Klein, Melanie - Karnac, Harry - Melanie Klein and Beyond - A Bibliography of Primary and Secondary Sources-Karnac (2009)

MELANIE KLEIN AND BEYOND
6005TS-kleinbib.indd i 7/9/09 11:53:59 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd ii 7/9/09 11:54:00 AM
MELANIE KLEIN AND BEYOND
A Bibliography of Primary and Secondary Sources
Harry Karnac
6005TS-kleinbib.indd iii 7/9/09 11:54:00 AM

First published in 2009 by
Karnac Books Ltd
118 Finchley Road
London NW3 5HT
Copyright © 2009 by Harry Karnac
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.
British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data
A C.I.P. for this book is available from the British Library
ISBN-13: 978-1-85575-544-4
Typeset by Vikatan Publishing Solutions (P) Ltd., Chennai, India
Printed in TK
www.karnacbooks.com
6005TS-kleinbib.indd iv 7/9/09 11:54:01 AM

CONTENTS
Foreword – Robert Hinshelwood vii
Introduction – Harry Karnac ix
Part 1: The writings of Melanie Klein 1

Chronological 1
Alphabetical 3
Part 2: Secondary sources 7

Alphabetical by author 7
– Articles 97
– Books including articles from books 155
– Reviews 179
6005TS-kleinbib.indd v 7/9/09 11:54:01 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd vi 7/9/09 11:54:01 AM
FOREWORD
To Harry Karnac’s Melanie Klein Bibliography
Well, did Melanie Klein ever think that 50 years after her death her ideas would be spreading world-wide in such a
fruitful and productive way? In one sense she would be surprised, but in another, I think she might have regarded
it as just to be expected. She had a very high regard for her own work, and enormous confidence that she was on
to something new. At the same time she was fatefully resigned to being misunderstood and rejected—just as Freud
had been, of course.
But now, here is the evidence of her success; two thousand odd references, and climbing. This bibliography
comprises texts in the English language. However in addition, there is a huge volume to be considered in Spanish
and Italian—those in German and French may be more modest in numbers. Klein’s ideas are truly international now,
and perhaps wherever Freud is there Klein shall be, to adapt a well-known phrase. Of course this is in the context of
other schools which also spread slipperily across the globe, thanks now to the web. But Harry Karnac’s bibliography
is a proper published document, and is of immense potential use for clinicians, students, and researchers. Its embrace
is much wider than Kleinian texts on PEPWeb, and it is a natural companion to that database. It is also a companion
to Harry’s previous bibliographies of Winnicott and Bion.
His contribution to psychoanalytic learning and practice has already been profound and extensive, and well-
acknowledged. His bookshop which he founded in Kensington is still a Mecca for psychoanalysts and students
across the world. It has evolved and matured in various ways, and has moved its location nearer to Hampstead,
the epicentre of psychoanalysis in Britain. There can hardly have been a psychoanalytic paper written without its
author consulting the shop’s catalogue—in the old days a slim and handy hard-copy, now an easily used database
on the website. In addition the Karnac reprints are an invaluable archival activity which has kept us appraised of
the full conceptual history of our major ideas. The shop has always been more than a commercial company; it is just
as much a professional service.
Since passing on his shop to later entrepreneurs, Harry has obviously not been taken with the idea of retiring.
His three bibliographies (Donald Winnicott, Melanie Klein and Wilfred Bion) demonstrate his thirst for continuing
his dedicated contributions to psychoanalysis. And it is not just the usual kind of contribution that we analysts
make with our papers and books; in line with his shop, it has been a generous contribution to others’ contributions,
by providing the books, his catalogue, the reprints, and now these bibliographies. It is not a contribution which puts
his work front-stage in the limelight. His name is a more retiring, distant icon in the psychoanalytic world. But his
contributions are no less major ones for which we should all give grateful acknowledgement. In his own way, he is
one of the great celebrities of psychoanalysis.
The sheer dogged industry in all Harry’s psychoanalytic achievements has been impressive; he has been a
businessman, a publishing archivist, and now a meticulous collator of all this vast array of Kleinian publications. His
talents are those that are not so common amongst psychoanalysts in general. The bibliography has required attention
to detail, and I believe an extraordinary persistence and stamina. I can vouch for this, having tried to develop a
bibliography of Kleinian publications myself. At that time, I stuck to the first 70 odd years, when the Kleinian world
could still be thought of as fairly well bounded. What was Kleinian then was pretty well the output of the ‘London
Kleinians’ and their direct students, analysands, and supervisees. Now Kleinian ideas are the property of the world,
and rightly so, but it magnifies the problem of what to include and exclude from a comprehensive world map that
this bibliography is. The strategy has tended to be inclusive. Of course, maybe a few people who regard themselves
as Kleinian are left out, and they will be cross; and indeed there may be a few non-Kleinians who should not be
there, also no doubt cross. Uniquely, its success is in directing us comprehensively, not just to core Kleinian writings,
but also to works that critique the core. This is a great strength since any burgeoning school must eventually break
out fully from an enclave of supporters and allow itself an exposure to proper critical appraisal by others. Klein’s
discoveries of the depressive position, splitting mechanisms, projective identification, and primary envy, and the
vii
6005TS-kleinbib.indd vii 7/9/09 11:54:01 AM

viii FOREWORD
later developments of these ideas are, still, such radical advances on Freud’s energic metapsychology that they
deserve and need continuing study, clinically and theoretically. The body of writing comprising those critiques as
well as the core writings is now collected together for us. We are fortunate to have such an aide de recherche.
Robert Hinshelwood
6005TS-kleinbib.indd viii 7/9/09 11:54:02 AM

INTRODUCTION
I suppose it was inevitable that, following similar compilations of writings on Winnicott and Bion, that my next
subject would be a bibliography of Melanie Klein’s writings together with other books, articles, papers, etc. dealing
with her life, ideas and work. Very early on, this became a problem for me since it appeared to be almost impossible
to separate Kleinian writings by Kleinians from writings on Klein and the best-known Kleinian authors. I feel certain
that Mrs. Klein herself would not have wanted her work to be studied, used and taught only within the boundaries
of psychoanalysis. As with Winnicott’s and Bion’s, her ideas have made a significant contribution beyond the
“couch” and can be seen regularly in philosophy, psychology, politics, education, art, literature and beyond.
Thus the compilation grew from writings of Segal, Bion, Rosenfeld, Joseph, Britton, John Steiner, Spillius,
O’Shaughnessy, Riccardo Steiner, Money-Kyrle, etc. to also include the many books and papers appropriate, but
not exclusively restricted to such renowned contributors. Naturally, this resulted in writings from many of the
therapists trained at the Tavistock over a period of many years by Bick, Meltzer, Martha Harris, Frances Tustin and
so on. Scanning various data bases on the internet I was able to locate many writings in the ancillary fields.
I soon encountered many names which were new to me, mainly due to my having been retired and “out of
circulation” from the literary-cum-analytic ambience for more than 20 years. This meant that I had to use appropriate
search engines which supplied abstracts of journal articles and enabled me to rely less on guessing from the title
how pertinent a paper was to my theme. In the event it was P.E.P. (Psychoanalytic Electronic Publishing) that provided
my first ‘port of call’ and, as usual, was an invaluable source of information. By its very nature, however, there
were other sources which required further research since many other journals than those appearing on the P.E.P.
site contained details of much of the literature apposite to the subject. Apart from journal research, Google offered,
through its “Booksearch” engine, many book details, including details of contents.
Early into the task, I came across Professor Bob Hinshelwood’s earlier bibliography of Kleinian writings which
became the basis of my ‘secondary sources’. I must thank him for this and for his generous help and encouragement
whenever I was showing signs of fatigue. I also used Robert Young’s website, a very useful tool. I must further
acknowledge the assistance of Chris Mawson and the Melanie Klein Trust for supplying copies of the New
International Library of Psychoanalysis for reference. In this respect, I must thank Oliver Rathbone and Alex
Massey for continuing to allow me to refer to so many books—and at the same time express my appreciation for the
patience they have shown in publishing this volume, as well as my two earlier books. I am very proud of the way
in which the company I started continues to carry my name and has become a leader in the field of psychoanalytic
publishing as well as bookselling.
Many others have been helpful in various ways during my researches; foremost, the infinitely wise and modest
science reference librarian at the British Library, Richard Wakeford, has yet again been a veritable mine of information,
supplying me with bibliographical details whose existence I would have had no idea where to search. As usual, too,
there was the generous help of the two Angelas at the Tavistock Library and the librarians of the British Association
of Psychotherapy and the Institute of Psychoanalysis, Thanks, too, to the Archivist of this Institute for generously
supplying details of the Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytical Society. Finally, a grateful ‘thank you’ to Ruth, my
wife whose love and constant attention helped me through the difficult days.
I have little doubt that, despite the wide scope of this volume, there will have been omissions as well as entries
I have included which may not be as relevant as some would have expected and I hope that I may be forgiven
for this. If at some later stage I am still able (since I will shortly be entering my tenth decade) to prepare a revised
edition, I can be contacted care of my publisher if such errors of commission and omission can be rectified.
Harry Karnac
ix
6005TS-kleinbib.indd ix 7/9/09 11:54:02 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd x 7/9/09 11:54:03 AM
PART 1
The writings of Melanie Klein
Under the general editorship of Roger Money-Kyrle In collaboration with Betty Joseph, Edna O’Shaughnessy &
Hanna Segal
Published by The Hogarth Press, Ltd. and the Institute of Psychoanalysis (1975)
Vol. 1 Love, Guilt and Reparation and other Works, 1921–1945 WMK I
Vol. 2 The Psychoanalysis of Children, 1975 WMK II
Vol. 3 Envy and Gratitude and other Works, 1946–1963 WMK III
Vol. 4 Narrative of a Child Analysis, 1961 WMK IV
Chronological
1920 Der Familienroman in Statu Nascendi. Internazionale Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse,

6: 151–154
1921 Eine Kinderentwicklung. Imago, 7: 251–309 [see also 1923a]
1922 Hemmungen und Schwierigkeiten im Pubertätsalter, Die Neue Erziehung 4. (and as WMK 1 54–58
Inhibitions and Difficulties at Puberty)
1923a The Development of a Child. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 4 (1923): WMK 1 1–53
419–474 [also in 1948a: 13–67; see also 1921]
1923b Die Rolle der Schule in der libidinöse Entwicklung des Kindes: Internazionale Zeitschrift
für die Psychoanalyse, 9: 323–344 [see also 1924]
1923c Zur Frühanalyse. Imago 9: 222–259 [see also 1926a]
1924 The Rôle of the School in the Libidinal Development of the Child. International WMK I 59–76
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 312–331 [also in 1948a: 68–86; see also 1923b]
1925a Zur Genese des Tics. Internazionale Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse, 11 [see also 1925b]
1925b A Contribution to the Psychogenesis of Tics. [also in 1948a: 87–116; see also 1925a] WMK I 106–127
1926a Infant Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 31–63 [see also 1923c] WMK I 77–105
1926b Die Psychologischen Grundlagen der Frühanalyse. Imago 12: 371–373 [see also 1927a]
1926c Frühstadien des Ödipuskonfliktes. Internazionale Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse, 12:
65–77 [see also 1928a]
1927a The Psychological Principles of Infant Analysis. International Journal of WMK I 128–138
Psychoanalysis, 8: 25–37 [see also 1926b and 1948a: 140–151] Published as: The
Psychological Principles of Early Analysis
1927b Symposium on Child Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 8: 339–370 WMK I 139–169
[also in 1948a: 152–184 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed) (2004c): 39–72]
1927c Criminal Tendencies in Normal Children. British Journal of Medical Psychology, WMK I 170–185
7: 177–192 [also in 1948a: 185–201]
1927d The Importance of Words in Early Analysis WMK III 314
6005TS-kleinbib.indd 1 7/9/09 11:54:03 AM

2
1928a Early Stages of the Œdipal Conflict. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, WMK I 186–198
9: 167–180 [also in 1948a: 204–214] [see also 1926c]
1928b Note on ‘A Dream of Forensic Interest’ (Note on preceding paper) International WMK III 315–317
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 9: 255–258 [Bryan, P. (1928) A Dream of Forensic Interest.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 9: 247–255]
1929a Personification in the Play of Children. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, WMK I 199–209
10: 193–204 [also in 1948a: 215–226]
1929b Infantile Anxiety Situations Reflected in a Work of Art and in the Creative Impulse. WMK I 210–218
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 10: 436–443 [also in 1948a: 227–235]
1929c Theoretical Deductions from an Analysis of Dementia Præcox in Early Infancy WMK III 318
1930a The Importance of Symbol-Formation in the Development of the Ego. WMK I 219–232
1930b The Psychotherapy of the Psychoses. British Journal of Medical Psychology, WMK I 233–235
10: 242–244 [also in 1948a: 251–253]
1931 A Contribution to the Theory of Intellectual Inhibition. International Journal of WMK I 236–247
Psychoanalysis, 12: 206–218 [also in 1948a: 254–266]
1932 The Psychoanalysis of Children. (trans. Strachey, A.) London: Hogarth
[see also 1975]
1933a The Early Development of Conscience in the Child. [in Lorand, S. (Ed.) WMK I 248–257
Psychoanalysis Today. New York: Covici-Friede 149–162] [also in 1948a: 267–277]
1934 Criminality (On). British Journal of Medical Psychology, 14: 312–315 [also in 1948a: WMK I 258–261
278–281]
1933b Review of Woman’s Periodicity by Mary Chadwick [London, Noel Douglas (1933)] WMK III 318–319
1935 A Contribution to the Psychogenesis of Manic-Depressive States. International WMK I 262–289
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 16: 145–174 [also in 1948a: 282–310]
1937a Weaning. [in Rickman, J. (Ed.) On the Bringing Up of Children. (1937) London, WMK I 290–305
Kegan Paul]
1937b Love, Hate and Reparation. with Riviere, J. London: Hogarth
1937c Love, Guilt and Reparation. [in Klein, M. and Riviere, J. (1937b): 57–119)] WMK I 306–343
1940 Mourning and its Relation to Manic-Depressive States. International Journal of WMK I 344–369
1941 On Reassurance (an unpublished contribution held in the Melanie Klein Archives
in the Wellcome Institute) [published in a German translation by Dr. C. Frank
Luzifer Amor 18(36): 23–41 (2005)]
1942 Some Psychological Considerations: A Comment. [commentary on Waddington, WMK III: 320–323
C.H. (Ed) Science And Ethics. (1942) London: Allen and Unwin]
1944 The Emotional Life and Ego-Development of the Infant with Special Reference to
the Depressive Position. [King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991a): 752–797]
1945 The Œdipus Complex in the Light of Early Anxieties. International Journal of WMK I 370–419
Psychoanalysis, 26: 11–33. [also in 1948a: 339–390 and in Steiner, J. (Ed) (1989): 11–82]
1946 Notes on Some Schizoid Mechanisms. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, WMK III 1–24
27: 99–110 [also in Klein, M. (et al) 1952a 292–320 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed)
(2005): 337–364]
1948a Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921–1945. London: Hogarth WMK II
1948b Contribution to the Theory of Anxiety and Guilt (A). International Journal of WMK III 25–42
Psychoanalysis, 29: 114–123 published as On the Theory of Anxiety and Guilt. [also
in Klein, M. et al (1952a): 271–291]
1950a On the Criteria for the Termination of a Psychoanalysis. International Journal of WMK III 43–47
Psychoanalysis, 31: 78–80
1950b On the Criteria for the Termination of an Analysis. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 31: 204

3
1952a Developments in Psychoanalysis. with Heimann, P. Isaacs, S. and Riviere. J. London:

Hogarth.
1952b The Origins of Transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 433–438 WMK III 48–56
1952c The Mutual Influences in the Development of Ego and Id, Psychoanalytic Study of WMK III 57–60
the Child 7: 51–68
1952d Some Theoretical Conclusions Regarding the Emotional Life of the Infant. WMK III 61–93
[Klein, M. (et al) 1952a: 198–236]
1952e On Observing the Behaviour of Young Infants. [Klein, M. (et al) 1952a: 237–270] WMK III 94–121
1952f Preface to 2nd Ed. Rickman, J. (Ed) On the Bringing up of Children.: xvii [see
Rickman, J. (Ed) (1939)]
1955a New Directions in Psychoanalysis: The Significance of Infant Conflict in the Pattern of
Adult Behaviour. with Heimann, P. and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (Eds.) London: Tavistock
1955b The Psychoanalytic Play Technique: Its History and Significance. [Klein, M. WMK III 122–140
Heimann, P. and Money-Kyrle, R.E. 1955a 1–22]
1955c On Identification. [Klein, M., Heimann, P. and Money-Kyrle, R.E. 1955a 309–345 WMK III 141–175
also in 1963a: 55–98]
1956 A Study of Envy and Gratitude. [Lecture delivered to the British Psychoanalytic
Society, later expanded into a book (1957). Mitchell, J. (Ed) 1986a: 211–229]
1957 Envy and Gratitude: A Study of Unconscious Sources. London: Tavistock WMK III 176–235
1958 On the Development of Mental Functioning. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, WMK III 236–246
39: 84–90
1959 Our Adult World and its Roots in Infancy. Human Relations 12: 291–303 [also in WMK III 247–263
1963a: 1–22]
1960a A Note on Depression in the Schizophrenic. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, WMK III 264–267
41: 509–511
1960b On Mental Health. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 33: 237–241 WMK III 268–274
1961 Narrative of a Child Analysis: The Conduct of the Psychoanalysis, of Children as Seen in WMK IV
the Treatment of a Ten-Year-Old Boy. London: Hogarth
1963a Our Adult World and Other Essays. (Klein, M. Ed.) London: Heinemann Medical
1963b Some Reflections on the Oresteia. [1963a: 23–54] WMK III 275–299
1963c On the Sense of Loneliness [1963a: 99–116] WMK III 300–313
1975 The Psychoanalysis of Children. (new Ed. revised by Thorner, H.A. in collaboration WMK II
with Strachey, A. London: Hogarth.) [see also 1932]
2009 Frank, C. Melanie Klein in Berlin: Her First Psychoanalyses of Children [Translated
from the original German edition (1999) by Sophie Leighton and Sue Young.
Edited and with a preface by Elizabeth Spillius]
[Since this volume includes translations into English from previously unpublished
Melanie Klein notes on treatment of children carried out in Berlin, I consider this an
important part of this bibliography. HK]
No date Notes on Citizen Kane (unpublished) [see Mason, A.A. (1998) and Stonebridge, L., Phillips, A. (1998)]
Alphabetical
1935 Contribution to the Psychogenesis of Manic-Depressive States (A). International WMK I 262–289
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 16: 145–174 [also in 1948a: 282–310]
1925b Contribution to the Psychogenesis of Tics (A). [also in 1948a: 87–116; see also WMK I 106–127
1925a]
1948b Contribution to the Theory of Anxiety and Guilt (A). International Journal of WMK III 25–42
Psychoanalysis, 29: 114–123 published as On the Theory of Anxiety and Guilt. [also
in Klein, M. et al (1952a): 271–291]

4
1931 Contribution to the Theory of Intellectual Inhibition (A). International Journal of WMK I 236–247
1948a Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921–1945. London: Hogarth WMK II
1927c Criminal Tendencies in Normal Children. British Journal of Medical Psychology, WMK I 170–185
7: 177–192 [also in 1948a: 185–201]
1934 Criminality (On). British Journal of Medical Psychology, 14: 312–315 [also in 1948a: WMK I 258–261
278–281]
1950a Criteria for the Termination of a Psychoanalysis (On the). International Journal of WMK III 43–47
1950b Criteria for the Termination of an Analysis (On the). International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 31: 204
1958 Development of Mental Functioning (On the). International Journal of WMK III 236–246
1923a Development of a Child (The) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 4 (1923): WMK 1 1–53
419–474 [also in 1948a: 13–67; see also 1921]
1952a Developments in Psychoanalysis,. with Heimann, P. Isaacs, S. and Riviere, J.
London: Hogarth.
1933a Early Development of Conscience in the Child (The). [in Lorand, S. (Ed.) WMK I 248–257
Psychoanalysis, Today. New York: Covici-Friede 149–162] [also in 1948a: 267–277]
1928a Early Stages of the Œdipal Conflict. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, WMK I 186–198
9: 167–180 [also in 1948a: 204–214] [see also 1926c]
1944 Emotional Life and Ego-Development of the Infant with Special Reference to the
Depressive Position (The). [King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991a): 752–797]
1957 Envy and Gratitude: A Study of Unconscious Sources. London: Tavistock WMK III 176–235
1920 Familienroman in Statu Nascendi (Der). Internazionale Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse,
6: 151–154
1923c Frühanalyse (Zur). Imago 9: 222–259 [see also 1926a]
1926c Frühstadien des Ödipuskonfliktes. Internazionale Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse,
12: 65–77 [see also 1928a]
1925a Genese des Tics (Zur). Internazionale Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse, 11 [see also
1925b]
1922 Hemmungen und Schwierigkeiten im Pubertätsalter, Die Neue Erziehung 4. (and as WMK 1: 54–58
Inhibitions And Difficulties at Puberty)
1955c Identification (On). [Klein, M., Heimann, P. and Money-Kyrle, R.E. 1955a 309–345 WMK III 141–175
also in 1963a: 55–98]
1930a Importance of Symbol-Formation in the Development of the Ego (The). WMK I 219–232
1927d Importance of Words in Early Analysis (The). WMK III 314
1926a Infant Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 31–63 [see also 1923c] WMK I 77–105
1929b Infantile Anxiety Situations Reflected in a Work of Art and in the Creative Impulse. WMK I 210–218
1921 Kinderentwicklung (Eine) Imago 7: 251–309 [see also 1923a]
1937c Love, Guilt and Reparation. [in Klein, M. and Riviere, J. (1937b): 57–119)] WMK I 306–343
1937b Love, Hate and Reparation with Riviere, J. London: Hogarth
1960b Mental Health (On). British Journal of Medical Psychology, 33: 237–241 WMK III 268–274
1940 Mourning and its Relation to Manic-Depressive States. International Journal of WMK I 344–369
1952c Mutual Influences in the Development of Ego and Id (The), Psychoanalytic Study WMK III 57–60
of the Child, 7: 51–68

5
1961 Narrative of a Child Analysis: The Conduct of the Psychoanalysis of Children as Seen in WMK IV
the Treatment of a Ten-Year-Old Boy. London: Hogarth
1955a New Directions in Psychoanalysis: The Significance of Infant Conflict in the Pattern
of Adult Behaviour. with Heimann, P. and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (Eds.) London:
Tavistock
1928b Note on ‘A Dream of Forensic Interest’ International Journal of Psychoanalysis, WMK III 315–317
9: 255–258 [Bryan, P. (1928) A Dream of Forensic Interest. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 9: 247–255]
1960a Note on Depression in the Schizophrenic (A). International Journal of WMK III 264–267
No date Notes on Citizen Kane (unpublished) [see Mason, A.A. (1998) and
Stonebridge, L., Phillips, A. (1998)]
1946 Notes on Some Schizoid Mechanisms. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, WMK III 1–24
27: 99–110 [also in Klein, M. (et al) 1952a 292–320 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed)
(2005): 337–364]
1952e Observing the Behaviour of Young Infants (On). [Klein, M. (et al) 1952a: 237–270] WMK III 94–121
1945 Œdipus Complex in the Light of Early Anxieties (The). International Journal of WMK I 370–419
Psychoanalysis, 26: 11–33. [also in 1948a: 339–390 and in Steiner, J. (Ed) (1989):
11–82]
1941 On Reassurance (an unpublished contribution held in the Melanie Klein Archives
in the Wellcome Institute) [published in a German translation by Dr. C. Frank
Luzifer Amor 18(36): 23–41 (2005)]
1952b Origins of Transference (The). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 433–438 WMK III 48–56
1959 Our Adult World and its Roots in Infancy. Human Relations 12: 291–303 [also in WMK III 247–263
1963a: 1–22]
1963a Our Adult World and Other Essays. (Klein, M. Ed.) London: Heinemann Medical
1929a Personification in the Play of Children. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, WMK I 199–209
10: 193–204 [also in 1948a: 215–226]
1952f Preface to 2nd Ed. Rickman, J. (Ed) On the Bringing up of Children.: xvii
[see Rickman, J. (Ed) (1939)]
1932 Psychoanalysis, of Children (The). (trans. Strachey, A.) London: Hogarth [see also
1975]
1975 Psychoanalysis, of Children (The). (new Ed. revised by Thorner, H.A. in WMK II
collaboration with Strachey, A. London: Hogarth.) [see also 1932]
1955b Psychoanalytic Play Technique: Its History and Significance (The). [Klein, M. WMK III 122–140
Heimann, P. and Money-Kyrle, R.E. 1955a 1–22]
1927a The Psychological Principles of Infant Analysis. International Journal of WMK I 128–138
Psychoanalysis, 8: 25–37 [see also 1926b and 1948a: 140–151] Published as: The
Psychological Principles of Early Analysis
1926b Psychologischen Grundlagen der Frühanalyse (Die). Imago 12: 371–373 [see also 1927a]
1930b Psychotherapy of the Psychoses (The). British Journal of Medical Psychology, WMK I 233–235
10: 242–244 [also in 1948a: 251–253]
1933b Review of Woman’s Periodicity by Mary Chadwick [London, Noel Douglas (1933)] WMK III 318–319
1924 Rôle of the School in the Libidinal Development of the Child (The). International WMK I 59–76
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 312–331 [also in 1948a: 68–86; see also 1923b]
1923b Rolle der Schule in der libidinöse Entwicklung des Kindes (Die). Internazionale
Zeitschrift für die Psychoanalyse, 9: 323–344 [see also 1924]
1963c Sense of Loneliness (On the). [1963a: 99–116] WMK III 300–313
1942 Some Psychological Considerations: A Comment. [commentary on Waddington, WMK III: 320–323
C.H. (Ed) Science And Ethics. (1942) London: Allen and Unwin]

6
1963b Some Reflections on the Oresteia. [1963a: 23–54] WMK III 275–299
1952d Some Theoretical Conclusions Regarding the Emotional Life of the Infant. WMK III 61–93
[Klein, M. (et al) 1952a: 198–236]
1956 Study of Envy and Gratitude (A). [Lecture delivered to the British Psychoanalytic
Society, later expanded into a book (1957). Mitchell, J. (Ed) 1986a: 211–229]
1927b Symposium on Child Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 8: 339–370 WMK I 139–169
[also in 1948a: 152–184 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed) (2004c): 39–72]
1929c Theoretical Deductions from an Analysis of Dementia Præcox in Early Infancy WMK III 318
1937a Weaning. [in Rickman, J. (Ed.) On the Bringing Up of Children. (1937) London, WMK I 290–305
Kegan Paul]

PART 2
Secondary sources
Alphabetical by author
Abel, E. (1988) The Poetics of Hunger: Woolf and Klein. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Object Relations, 6(2): 18–26
Abel, E. (1989) Virginia Woolf and the Fictions of Psychoanalysis. Chicago IL: Chicago University Press
Achenbach, T.M. (1982) Review: Tustin, F. (1981a): Contemporary Psychology, 27: 579
Adams, M. (1999) “Turning a Blind Eye”: Misrepresentation and the Denial of Life Events.
[Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, S. (1999): 75–93]
Adams, M. (2004) Classics Revisited ‘The Relation of Anal Masturbation to Projective Identification’.
[Meltzer, D. (1966)] Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 42: 158–168
Adams, T. (1992) Creative Experience and the ‘Authenticity’ of Psychoanalytic Discourse. Dissertation
Abstract, University of Kent
Aguayo, J. (1997) Historicising the Origins of Kleinian Psychoanalysis: Klein’s Analytic and Patronial
Relationships with Ferenczi, Abraham and Freud 1914–1927, International Journal of
Aguayo, J. (2000) Patronage in the Dispute over Child Analysis between Melanie Klein and Anna
Freud 1927–1932. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 733–752
Aguayo, J. (2002a) Œdipus in Britain: Edward Glover and the Struggle over Klein. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 71: 127–134
Aguayo, J. (2002b) Re-assessing the Clinical Affinity between Melanie Klein and D.W. Winnicott
1935–1951 International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 1133–1152
Aguayo, J. (2002c) Review: Roazen, P. (2000) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 71: 127–134
Aguayo, J. (2003) Response to Berman, E. (2003). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 446–448
Aguayo, J. (2006) Review: Hughes, J.M. (2004) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 87: 620–623
Aguayo, J. (2008) On Projective Identification: Back to the Beginning. International Journal of
Aguilar, J. et al (1996) The Kleinian Diagnostic Scale (revised version): Presentation and Reliability. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 94: 69–78
Ainslie, G.M. (1996) Review: Meltzer, D. (1994): Contemporary Psychology, 41: 278–279
Aisenberg, M.K. (1966) Mirror, Mirror: Envy between Women in Therapy: A Phenomenological Study of
Women’s Experiences. Dissertation Abstracts International, 57(5-B): 3399
Akhtar, S. (1992) Review: Limentani, A. (1989) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 43–48
Akhtar, S., Byrne, J.B. The Concept of Splitting and its Clinical Relevance. American Journal of Psychiatry,
(1983) 140: 1013–1016
Albiston, A.K. (1984) The Advent of Object Representation: A Piagetian Critique of the British
School Theorists Klein, Fairbairn, Winnicott and Guntrip. Dissertation Abstracts
International, 44(10-B): 3185
Alfillé, H. (1989) Review: Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987) Journal of British Association of Psychotherapists,
20: 107–111

8
Alford, C.F. (1989) Melanie Klein and Critical Social Theory: An Account of Politics, Art and Reason Based on
her Psychoanalytic Theory New Haven CT: Yale University Press
Alford, C.F. (1990a) Melanie Klein and the Oresteia Complex. Cultural Critique, 15: 167–190
Alford, C.F. (1990b) The Organization of Evil. Political Psychology, 11: 5–27
Alford, C.F. (1990c) Reparation and Civilization: A Kleinian Account of the Large Group. Free
Associations, 17: 7–30
Alford, C.F. (1993) Greek Tragedy, Confusion and Melanie Klein: Or, is there an Oresteia Complex?
American Imago, 50: 1–27
Alford, C.F. (1997) Hatred in Counterfeit Community and the Simulacrum of Love. Journal for the
Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, 21: 39–45
Alford, C.F. (1998) Melanie Klein and the Nature of Good and Evil. [Marcus, P., Rosenberg, A. (Eds.)
(1998) Psychoanalytic Versions of the Human Condition: Philosophies of Life and their
Impact on Practice: 118–139 New York: New York University Press]
Alford, C.F. (1999) A Psychoanalytic Study of Evil. American Imago, 56: 27–52
Alford, C.F. (2000) Psychology and the Natural Law of Reparation. New York, Cornell University Press
Alford, C.F. (2005) Augustine, Arendt and Melanie Klein: The (De)privation of Evil. Psychoanalysis,
Culture and Society, 10: 44–60
Alford, C.F. (2006a) Psychology and the Natural Law of Reparation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Alford, C.F. (2006b) Kleinian Theory is Natural Law Theory. [Mills, J. (2006): 217–245]
Alhanati, S., Kostoulas, K. Primitive Mental States Vol. 1: Across the Lifespan. Northvale, NJ: Aronson
(Eds.) (1997)
Allamani, C. (2006) A Tooth for a Private Eye: James Ellroy’s Detective Fiction. Journal of Popular Culture,
39: 349–364
Allison, G.H. (1981) Review: Grotstein, J.S. (1981a) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 51: 652–656
Almond, R. (2003) The Holding Function of Theory. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
51: 131–153
Alonso. A., Schippers, L. Object Relations Theory and Mid-life Development. Dynamic Psychotherapy, 4: 5–10
(1986)
Altieri, H. (1995) Review: Spillius, E.B. (1988b) Psychoanalytic Review, 82: 633
Alvarez, A. (1977) Problems of Dependence and Development in an Excessively Passive Autistic Boy.
Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 4(3): 25–48
Alvarez, A. (1980) Two Regenerative Situations in Autism: Reclamation and Becoming Vertebrative.
Alvarez, A. (1983) Problems in the Use of the Counter-transference: Getting it Across. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 9(1): 7–23 [also in Barrows, P.S. (2004): 63–82]
Alvarez, A. (1985) The Problem of Neutrality: Some Reflections on the Psychoanalytic Attitude in
the Treatment of Borderline and Psychotic Children. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
11(1): 87–103
Alvarez, A. (1988) Beyond the Unpleasure Principle: Some Pre-conditions for Thinking through Play.
Alvarez, A. (1989) Development Toward the Latency Period: Splitting and the Need to Forget in
Borderline Children. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 15: 71–83
Alvarez, A. (1992) Live Company: Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Autistic, Borderline, Deprived and
Abused Children. London: Routledge
Alvarez, A. (1993) Making the Thought Thinkable. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 13: 103–122
Alvarez, A. (1995) Motiveless Malignity: Problems in the Psychotherapy of Psychopathic Patients.
Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 21: 167–182. [also in (1999) Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
19: 172–184]
Alvarez, A. (1997a) Moral Imperatives in Work with Borderline Children: The Grammar of Wishes and
the Grammar of Needs. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 6: 753–768 [also in Symington, J.
(2000a) 5–22]

9
Alvarez, A. (1997b) Verbal Themes in Autism: The Concept of the Autistic Object and the
Countertransference. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 231–256]
Alvarez, A. (1998) Failures to Link Attacks or Defects? Some Questions Concerning the Thinkability of
Œdipal and pre-Œdipal Thoughts. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 24: 213–232
Alvarez, A. (2000) Borderline Children: Differentiating Disturbance and Deficit. [Margaret Rustin,
Quagliata, E. (Eds.) (2000): 33–50]
Alvarez, A. (2002) Failures to Link: Attacks or Defects, Disintegration or Unintegration? [Briggs, A.
(Ed.) (2002): 240–255]
Alvarez, A. (2006) Some Questions Concerning States of Fragmentation: Unintegration,
Under-Integration, Disintegration and the Nature of Early Integrations. Journal of
Child Psychotherapy, 32: 158–180
Amado, G. (1995) Why Psychoanalytical Knowledge Helps us Understand Organizations:
A Discussion with Elliott Jaques. Human Relations, 48: 351–357
Anderson, J. (2004) Risk-taking, Dangerous Behaviour in Childhood: Child Protection and Clinical
Strategies. Journal of Social Work Practice, 18: 19–32
Anderson, M. (1992) The Need of the Patient to be Emotionally Known: The Search to Understand a
Countertransference Dilemma. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 8: 247–252
Anderson, R. (1981) The Analysis of a 10-year Old Boy. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 17
Anderson, R. (1992) Clinical Lectures on Klein and Bion. London & New York: Routledge
Anderson, R. (1993) Some Observations on the Value of Child Analysis within the Psychoanalytic World.
Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 41
Anderson, R. (1995) The Child in the Adult: Some Notes on the Contribution of Child Analysis to the
Psychoanalysis of Adults. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 43
Anderson, R. (1996) The Adolescent Department. Tavistock and Portman Gazette, 1: 3–4
Anderson, R. (1997a) The Unconscious: A Kleinian Perspective. [Burgoyne, Sullivan (1997): 149–157]
Anderson, R. (1997b) The Child in the Adult: The Contribution of Child Analysis to the Psychoanalysis of
Adults. [Schafer, R. (1997): 414–426]
Anderson, R. (1997c) Putting the Boot in: Violent Defences Against Depressive Anxiety. [Schafer, R.
(1997): 223–238 and in Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a): 75–84]
Anderson, R. (2000) Assessing the Risks of Self-harm in Adolescents: A Psychoanalytical Perspective.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 14: 6–21 [also in Rustin, Margaret, Quagliata, E. (Eds.)
(2000): 162–176]
Anderson, R. (2001) The Person of the Analyst. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 37
Anderson, R. (2004) Developments in Technique in Kleinian Child Psychoanalysis. [De la Sierra, L.R.
(Ed.) (2004): 15–28]
Anderson, R., Dartington, Facing it Out: Clinical Perspectives on Adolescent Disturbance. London: Duckworth.
R. (Eds.) (1998) Rep. (2002) London: Karnac
Andreou, C. (1997) Survival of the Self: A Sixteen-year-old Girl’s Search for a Good Object, [Rustin, M.
et al (Eds.): (1997b): 71–88]
Angers, M.T. (2007) The Opening Session: Issues in. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 29: 63–68
Anshin, R.M. (1991) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1989) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis,
19: 497–499
Anthony, J. (1986) The Contributions of Child Psychoanalysis to Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Study
Antinucci-Mark- G. (1998) Review: Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (Eds.) (1997) Imternational Journal of
Apprey, M. (1987) Projective Identification and Maternal Misconception in Disturbed Mothers. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 4(1): 5–22
Apprey, M. (1993) Review: Spillius, E.B. (1988a, 1988b) Psychoanalytic Books, 4: 164–167
Apprey, M. (1996) Review: Meltzer, D. (1994) Psychoanalytic Books, 7: 168–175

10
Arrenga, W. (1975) More than a Book Review of Klein’s Psychoanalytic Contributions. Journal of
Contemporary Psychotherapy, 7: 130–133
Arundale, J. (1999) Notes on a Case of Pædophilia. [Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, S. (1999): 135–152]
Arundale, J. (2005) Review: Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (2004). British Journal of Psychotherapy,
22: 243–249
Ashbach, C., Schermer, V. Interactive and Group Dimensions of Kleinian Theory: Notes towards a Paradigm
(1987) Shift. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Group Relations, 5(1): 43–68
Ashwin, M. (1999) “… Against all Other Virtue and Goodness”: An Exploration of Envy in Relation to
Concepts of Sin. Psychoanalytic Studies, 1: 421–434
Astor, J. (1988) A Conversation with Dr. Donald Meltzer. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 15(1): 1–13
Astor, J. (1991a) The Klein Connection in the London School: The Search for Origins: Comments.
Journal of Analytical Psychology, 36: 519–523 [see also Zinkin, L. (1991)]
Astor, J. (1991b) The Emergence of Michael Fordham’s Model of Development: A New Integration in
Analytical Psychology. [Szur, R., Miller, L. (Eds.) (1991): 389–403]
Aubry, C. (2002) Freedom Through Re-introjection. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 19: 255–259
Aubry, C. (2005) Review: Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (Eds.)(2004) Bulletin of the European
Psychoanalysis Federation, 59
Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.) Culture and the Unconscious. Basingsoke: Palgrave
(2007)
Baker, J.M. (2003) Review: Kristeva J. (2001) Tulsa Studies in Women’s Literature, 22: 206–208
Barabash, K.J. (2003) Developmental Filial Therapy: Process-outcome Research on Strengthening
Child-Parent Relationships through Play. Dissertation Abstract, University of Victoria
(Canada)
Baranger, M. & W. (2009) The Work of Confluence: Listening and Interpreting in the Psychoanalytic Field.
London: Karnac
Barros, E.M. (1995) The Problem of Originality and Imitation in Psychoanalytic Thought: A Case
of Kleinian Thinking in Latin America. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 835–843
Barrows, K. (1984) A Child’s Difficulties in Using his Gifts and Imagination. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 10(1): 15–26
Barrows, K. (2005) Envy and its Relationship to Guilt and Projective Identification. [Budd, S.,
Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 59–74]
Barrows, P.S. (1995) Œdipal Issues at 4 and 44. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 85–96
Barrows, P.S. (1996) Soiling Children: The Œdipal Configuration. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
22: 240–260
Barrows, P.S. (1997) Parent-Infant Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 23: 255–264
Barrows, P.S. (1999a) Facing Reality: Working with a 4-year-old and a 34-year-old. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy, 11: 253–261
Barrows. P.S. (1999b) The Importance of Fathers in Parent-Infancy Psychotherapy. Infant Observation,
3(1): 74–88
Barrows, P.S. (2000) Shadow Lives: A Discussion of Reading in the Dark, a Novel by Seamus Deane.
[Symington, J. (2000a); 68–79]
Barrows, P.S. (2001a) The Aims of Child Psychotherapy: A Kleinian Perspective. Clinical Child Psychology
and Psychiatry, 6: 371–386
Barrows, P.S. (2001b) The Use of Stories as Autistic Objects. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 27: 69–82
Barrows, P.S. (2002a) Becoming Verbal: Autism, Trauma and Playfulness. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
28: 53–72
Barrows, P.S. (2002b) Envy. Cambridge: Icon Books
Barrows, P.S. (2003) Change in Parent-Infant Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 29: 283–300
Barrows, P.S (Ed.) (2004) Key Papers from the Journal of Child Psychotherapy. Hove & New
York: Brunner-Routledge

11
Barwick, N. (2003) Mad Desire and Feverish Melancholy: Reflections on the Psychodynamics of
Writing and Presenting. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 20: 59–71
Bass, A. (2006) Review: Kristeva, J. (2001) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society, 54: 686–693
Baudry, F. (1994) Revisiting the Freud/Klein Controversies Fifty Years Later. International Journal of
Bauer, K. (2000) The Therapeutic Role of Regression: Comparing the Perspectives of Michael Balint
and Melanie Klein. Dissertation Abstracts International, 61(3-B): 1624
Bauer, S.F. (1992) Review: Rosenfeld, H.A. (1987) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 64–71
Bauer, S.F. (1997) Review: Steiner, J. (1993) Psychoanalytic Books, 8: 198–203
Baum, N. (2006) A Kleinian Perspective on the Divorce Process: From the Paranoid-Schizoid to the
Depressive Position. Clinical Social Work Journal, 34: 279–292
Beech, D.R. (1998) The Effects of Freudian versus Kleinian Consultation Styles on Adaptive Regression
in Small Groups. Dissertation Abstracts International 58: 6800
Bégoin, J. (1995) Review: Meltzer, D. (1994) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 1043–1050
Bégoin, J. (1998) Review: Bell, D. (1997b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 819–821
Bégoin, J. (2000) Love and Destructivity: From the Aesthetic Conflict to a Revision of the Concept of
Destructivity in the Psyche. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 119–135]
Bell, D. (1990) Knowledge, Learning and Freedom from Thought. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
5: 59–78
Bell, D. (1992a) The Values of Psychotherapy. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 261–264
Bell, D. (1992b) Hysteria: A Contemporary Kleinian Perspective. British Journal of Psychiatry,
9: 169–180
Bell, D. (1996) Primitive Mind of State. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 10: 145–157
Bell, D. (1997a) In-Patient Psychotherapy: The Art of the Impossible. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
11: 3–18
Bell, D. (Ed.) (1997b) Reason and Passion: A Celebration of the Work of Hanna Segal. London: Duckworth
Bell, D. (1998a) Human Error. [Garland, C. (Ed.) (1988a): 32–46]
Bell, D. (1998b) External Injury and the Internal World. [Garland, C. (Ed.) (1988a): 167–182]
Bell, D. (Ed.) (1999) Psychoanalysis and Culture: A Kleinian Perspective. London: Duckworth
Bell, D. (2000) Psychoanalysis: A Body of Knowledge of Mind and Human Culture. Bulletin of the
British Psychoanalytic Society, 36
Bell, D. (2001a) Projective Identification. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 125–147]
Bell, D. (2001b) Who is Killing what or whom? Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 15: 21–37
Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a) Revised edition Bell, D. (1997b) London: Karnac
Bell, D. (2004b) Introductory Essay: Hanna Segal, the Work and the Person. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a): 1–36]
Bell, D. (2004c) Revised edition Bell, D. (1999) London: Karnac
Bell, D. (2004d) Psychoanalysis, a Body of Knowledge of Mind and Human Culture. [introduction
Bell, D. (2004c): 1–24]
Bell, D. (2004e) The Singing Detective: A Place in Mind. [Bell, D. (2004c): 64–85]
Bell, D. (2006) Existence in Time: Development or Catastrophe? Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
75: 783–805 [also in Perelberg, R.J. (Ed.) (2007): 65–84]
Bell, D. (2007) Psychoanalytic Perspectives on the Dionysiac and the Apollonian in Euripides’s
Bacchæ. [Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.) (2007): 225–241]
Beres, D. (1957) Review: Klein, M. (et al) (1955a). Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 26: 406–411
Bergman, A. (1991) Review: Tustin, F. (1986) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 60: 654–661
Bergmann, M.S. (1992) Review: Meltzer, D., Williams, M. Harris (1988) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 40: 885–888
Bergmann, M.S. (1993) Reflections on the History of Psychoanalysis. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic

12
Bergmann, M.S. (1997) The Historical Roots of Psychoanalytic Orthodoxy. International Journal of
Bergmann, M.S. (2004) Understanding Dissidence and Controversy in the History of Psychoanalysis. New
York: Other Press
Bergner, S. (2000) Resolution: The Metabolization of Early Loss in the Life of the Self (Sigmund Freud,
Melanie Klein). Dissertation Abstracts International, 60(9-B): 4876
Berke, J.H. (1989) The Tyranny of Malice. New York: Simon and Schuster
Berke, J.H. (2006) Malice through the Looking-glass: Reflections and Refractions of Envy, Greed and Jealousy.
London: Teva Press
Berman, E. (1994) Review: Etchegoyan, R.H. (1991a) Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 4: 129–136
Berman, E. (1997) Relational Psychoanalysis: A Historical Background. American Journal of
Berman, E. (2003) On Aguayo, J. (2002b). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 445–446
Bernardi, R. (2002) The Need for True Controversies in Psychoanalysis: The Debates on Melanie Klein
and Jacques Lacan in the Rio de la Plata. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 851–873
Bernardi, R. (2008) Letter from Uruguay. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 233–240
Bernstein, A. (1990) Review: Meisel, P., Kendrick, W. (1986) Modern Psychoanalysis, 15: 272–274
Bernstein, J.A. (1987) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) Modern Psychoanalysis, 12: 98–105
Bersani, L. (1998) Death and Literary Authority: Marcel Proust and Melanie Klein. [Stonebridge,
Phillips. (1998): 91–112]
Bersani, L. (1994) Marcel Proust and Melanie Klein. London: University of London Press
Bertolini, R. (2000) The Light, the Thermostat: The Tuner: The Compositional Aspects of
Communication with Very Disturbed Adolescents. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A.
(2000): 103–118]
Bezoari, M., Ferro, A., Listening, Interpreting and Psychic Change in the Psychoanalytic Dialogue.
Politi, P. (1994) International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 3: 35–41
Bianchedi, E.T. de (1991) Psychic Change: The “Becoming” of an Inquiry. International Journal of
Bianchedi, E.T. de (1993) Lies and Falsities. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 11(1): 30–46
Bianchedi, E.T. de et al Beyond Freudian Metapsychology: The Metapsychological Point of View from the
(1984) Kleinian School. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 65: 389–398
Bianchedi, E.T. de et al Theories on Anxiety in Freud and Melanie Klein: Their Metapsychological Status.
(1988) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 69: 359–368
Bianchedi, E.T. de et al Erna and Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 1587–1603
(2003)
Bibring, E. (1947) The So-called English School of Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 16: 69–93
Bick, E. (1962) Child Analysis Today. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43: 328–332 [also in
Harris, A., Bick, E. (1987): 104–113 in Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 168–176 and in Briggs, A.
(Ed.) (2002): 27–36]
Bick, E. (1964) Notes on Infant Observation in Psychoanalysis. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 45: 558–566 [also in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 240–256 and Briggs, A.
(Ed.) (2002): 37–54]
Bick, E. (1967) Notes on the Observation of Human Development in Teaching Psychoanalysis.
Revista de Psicoanálisis, 24: 74–115
Bick, E. (1968) The Experience of the Skin in Early Object-relations. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 49: 484–486, [also in Harris, A., Bick, E. (1987): 114–118 in Spillius,
E.B. (1988a): 187–191 and Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 55–59]
Bick, E. (1986) Further Considerations of the Function of the Skin in Early Object Relations: Findings
from Infant Observation Integrated into Child and Adult Analysis. British Journal of
Psychotherapy, 2: 292–299 [also in Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 60–71]

13
Bick, E. (2001) Anxieties Underlying of Phobia of Sexual Intercourse in Women. British Journal of
Bicudo, V.L. (1964) Persecutory Guilt and Ego Restriction. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45: 358–363
Bion, W.R. (1952) Group Dynamics: A Review. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 235–247 [also
in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1995) 440–477]
Bion, W.R. (1955) Language and the Schizophrenic. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) 220–239]
Bion, W.R. (1957) Differentiation of the Psychotic from the Non-psychotic Personalities. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 266–275 [also in Bion, W.R. (1967a): 43–64 and Spillius,
E.B. (1988a): 61–78]
Bion, W.R. (1959) Attacks on Linking. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 40: 308–315 [also in Bion,
W.R. (1967a): 93–110, Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 87–101 and Furman, A.C., Levy, S.T.
(Eds.) (2003): 125–142]
Bion, W.R. (1961) Experiences in Groups and Other Papers. London: Tavistock Publications and New
York: Rep. Hove: Brunner-Routledge 2001
Bion, W.R. (1962a) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann Medical Books rep.
London: Karnac 1984
Bion, W.R. (1962b) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Thinking. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
43: 306–310 [also in Bion, W.R. (1967a): 110–119] and in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 178–186
as “A Theory of Thinking”
Bion, W.R. (1963) Elements of Psycho-Analysis. London: William Heinemann Medical Books 1963 rep.
London: Karnac 1984
Bion, W.R. (1965) Transformations London: William Heinemann Medical Books 1965 rep.
London: Karnac 1984
Bion, W.R. (1967a) Second Thoughts: Selected Papers on Psycho-Analysis. London: William Heinemann
Medical Books rep. London: Karnac 1984
Bion, W.R. (1967b) Notes on Memory and Desire. Psychoanalytic Forum, 2: 272–273, 279–280 [also in
Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 17–21]
Bion, W.R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock Publications rep. London: Karnac
1984
Bion, W.R. (1973) Bion’s Brazilian Lectures 1—São Paulo. Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1974) Bion’s Brazilian Lectures 2—Rio de Janeiro/São Paulo. Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1975) A Memoir of the Future Book 1—The Dream. Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1977a) A Memoir of the Future Book 2—The Past Presented. Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1977b) A Memoir of the Future Book 3 The Dawn of Oblivion. Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1977c) A Key to A Memoir of the Future. Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1977d) Two Papers: The Grid and Cæsura. Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora (revised and
corrected edition) London: Karnac 1989
Bion, W.R. (1978) Four Discussions with W.R. Bion. Perthshire: Clunie Press
Bion, W.R. (1980) Bion in New York and São Paulo. Perthshire: Clunie Press
Bion, W.R. (1987) Clinical Seminars and Four Papers. Abingdon: Fleetwood Press
Bion, W.R. (1992) Cogitations (edited by Francesca Bion). London: Karnac 1992 new extended edition
London: Karnac 1994
Bion, W.R. (1997) Taming Wild Thoughts (edited by Francesca Bion). London: Karnac 1997
Bion, W.R. (2000) Clinical Seminars and other works (edited by Francesca Bion). London: Karnac [single
volume edition containing Bion, W.R. (1978) and (1987).]
Bion, W.R. (2005a) The Italian Seminars (edited by Francesca Bion and transl. from the Italian by Philip
Slotkin). London: Karnac [earlier edition Seminari Italiani: Testo Completo dei Seminari
tenuti da W.R.Bion a Roma. Edizioni Borla 1985]
Bion, W.R. (2005b) The Tavistock Seminars (edited by Francesca Bion). London: Karnac

14
Bion, W.R., Rickman, J. Intra-Group Tensions in Therapy: Their Study as a Task of the Group. The Lancet,
(1943) 678. [and in Bion, W.R. (1961b): 11–26]
Bion, W.R., Rosenfeld, H., Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 42: 4–8
Segal, H. (1961)
Birkett, D. (2008) Review: Segal, H. (2007) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 24: 239–241
Birksted-Breen, D. (1996) Phallus, Penis and Mental Space. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 77: 649–657
Blass, R.B. (2008) Psychoanalytic Controversies. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 9–10
Blazina, C. (2001) Part Objects, Infantile Fantasies and Intrapsychic Boundaries: An Object Relations
Perspective on Male Difficulties with Intimacy. Journal of Men’s Studies, 10: 89–98
Bléandonu, G. (1995) Wilfrid R. Bion: His Life and Works. (trans. Papaczowska, C.) London, Free Associations
Bleger, J. (1967) Psychoanalysis of the Psychoanalytic Frame. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
48: 511–519
Blessing, D. (2005) Review: Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (2004). Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
21: 177–180
Bloch, B. (2004) The Flight into the Object: Mania and the Æshetic Superego. Dissertation Abstract,
Wright Institute
Blomfield, O.H. (1985) Parasitism, Projective Identification and the Faustian Bargain. International Review
of Psychoanalysis, 12: 299–310
Blomfield, O.H. (1992) Bleger’s Extension of Kleinian Theory: Some Developmental and Transferential
Implications. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 10(1): 62–89
Blumenthal, E. (2006) Review: Hughes, J.M. (2004) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
54: 287–291
Bollas, C. (1993) Review: King, P.H., Steiner, R. (1991). Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Bonovitz, C. (2007) Who’s Who in the Psychoanalytic Situation? Subject, Object and Enactment in
the Relational and Contemporary Kleinian Traditions. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
17: 411–437
Borgogno, F. (1999) Paula Heimann’s Contributions to the Development of Psychoanalytic Technique.
Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 17: 389–400
Boris, H.N. (1993) Passions of the Mind: Unheard Melodies—a Third Principle of Mental Functioning. New
York: New York University Press
Boris, H.N. (1994) Envy. Northville, NJ: Aronson
Boris, H.N. (1997) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1994) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society,
41: 601–605
Boris, H.N. (1998) Tolerating Nothing. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 113–125]
Born, G. (1998) Anthropology, Kleinian Psychoanalysis and the Subject in Culture. American
Anthropologist, 100: 373–386
Boston, M. (1967) Some Effects of External Circumstances on the Inner Experience of Two Child
Patients. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(1): 20–32
Boston, M. (1973) Psychotherapy with a Boy from a Children’s Home. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
3(2): 53–67
Boston, M. (1976) Recent Research in Developmental Psychology. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
4(1): 15–24
Boston, M, (1977a) The Contribution of the Child Psychotherapist. [Boston, M., Daws, D. (Eds.)
(1977): 15–30]
Boston, M. (1977b) The Child Psychotherapist in a Day Centre for Young Children and Parents.
[Boston, M., Daws, D. (Eds.) (1977): 102–121]
Boston, M. (1980) Psychotherapy with Severely Deprived Children: Introduction: The Tavistock
Workshop. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 6(1): 45–48
Boston, M, (1983a) The Tavistock Workshop: An Overall View. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) (1983): 1–10]

15
Boston, M. (1983b) Technical Problems in Therapy. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) (1983): 58–66]
Boston, M. (1988) In Search of a Methodology for Evaluating Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with
Children. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 15(1): 15–46
Boston, M. (1991) The Splitting Image: A Research Perspective. [Szur, R., Miller, S. (Eds.)
(1991): 319–337]
Boston, M. (1994) Obituary: Frances Tustin. Buletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society of
Psychoanalysis, 30
Boston, M., Daws, D. The Child Psychotherapist. Aldershot: Wildwood revised edition London: Karnac
(Eds.) (1977) (1988)
Boston, M., Lush, D., Evaluation of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Children: Therapists’
Grainger, E. (1991) Assessments and Predictions. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 5: 191–234
Boston, M., Lush, D. (1994) Further Considerations for Evaluating Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with
Children: Reflections in the Light of Research Experience. Journal of Child
Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) Psychotherapy with Severely Disturbed Children. London,:Routledge
(1983)
Boswell, J. (2001) The Œdipus Complex. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 77–92]
Bott, E. (1955) Urban Families: Original Roles and Social Networks. Human Relations, 8: 345–384
Bott, E. (1957) Family and Social Network, London: Tavistock,
Bott, E. (1982) Tongan Society at the Time of Captain Cook’s Visits: Discussions with Her Majesty Queen
Salota Tupou. Wellington: Polynesian Society, Inc
Bott, J. (2007) The Concept of Aggression in the Work of Freud, Klein and Winnicott. Dissertation
Abstracts International, 67(9-B): 5390
Boulanger, J.B. (1984a) The Primacy of Effect in Kleinian Methodology and Metapsychology. Journal of the
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 2(1): 82–133
Boulanger, J.B. (1984b) Review: Weininger, O. (1984) Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
2(2): 191–198
Boulanger, J.B. (1986) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
4(1): 141–148
Boulanger, J.B. (1987) Guilt: A Psychoanalytic Paradigm (From Freud to Klein). Journal of the Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 5(1): 18–25
Bovenspiel, G. (2006) Attachment-Dissociation Network: Some Thoughts about a Complex Modern
Theory. Journal of Psychoanalytical Psychology, 51: 451–466
Bower, M. (Ed.) (2005) Psychoanalytic Theory for Social Work Practice: Thinking under Fire. Hove,
Sussex: Routledge
Bowlby, J. (1961) Mourning and its Implications for Psychiatry. American Journal of Psychiatry,
118: 481–498
Box, S. et al (1991) Crisis at Adolescence: Object Relations with the Family. Northville, NJ: Aronson
Braceland, F.J. (1954) Review: Klein, M. et al (1952) Psychoanalytic Review, 41: 390–391
Brandschaft, B. (1966) Review: Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 47: 569–575
Brandschaft, B. (1989) Klein, Balint and Fairbairn: A Self-Psychological Persopective. [Delrick, D.W. & S.P.
Self-Psychology: Comparisons and Contrasts. (1989): 231–258 Hillside, NJ: Analytic
Press]
Bravesmith, A. (2007) Reconsidering the Aims of Analysis in a Probabilistic Universe: Containment and
Coniunctio. Psychodynamic Practice, 13: 275–288
Brearley, M. (2001) Review: Bell, D. (Ed.) (1999) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 1275–1278
Brearley, M. (2008) Review: Spillius, E.B. (2007a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 448–452
Bremner, J., Meltzer, D. Autism Proper—Timmy. [Meltzer, D. et al 1975: 35–55]
(1975)
Brenman, E. (1969) The Psychoanalytical Viewpoint. [Klein, S. (Ed.) (1969): 1–13

16
Brenman, E. (1971) Cruelty—Human and Inhuman. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 7
Brenman, E. (1978) The Narcissism of the Analyst: Its Effect in Clinical Practice. Bulletin of the British
Psychoanalytic Society, 14 also in Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation 59
Brenman, E. (1980) The Value of Reconstruction in Adult Psychoanalysis. International Journal of
Brenman, E. (1982) Separation: A Clinical Problem. International Review of Psychoanalysis,
11: 199–206 3: 303–310
Brenman, E. (1984) Matters of Life and Death, Real and Assumed. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 20
Brenman, E. (1985a) Cruelty and Narrowmindedness. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 273–281
[also in Spillius, E.B. (1988): 256–270 and in Schafer, R. (1997): 174–192]
Brenman, E. (1985b) Hysteria. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 11: 423–432
Brenman, E. (2004) Meaning and Meaningfulness: Touching the Untouchable. [Bell, D. (Ed.)
(2004a): 89–104]
Brenman, E. (2006) Recovery of the Lost Good Object. ed. Spoto, G.F. London and New York: Routledge
Brenner, J. (1976) Some Factors Affecting the Placement of a Child in Treatment. Journal of Child
Brierley, M. (1932) Some Problems of Integration in Women. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
13: 433–438
Brierley, M. (1936) Specific Determinants in Feminine Component. International Journal of
Brierley, M. (1937) Affects in Theory and Practice. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 18: 256–268
Brierley, M. (1939) A Prefatory Note on ‘Internalized Objects’ and Depression. International Journal of
Brierley, M. (1942) ‘Internal Objects’ and Theory. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 23: 107–112
Brierley, M. (1943) Theory, Practice and Public Relations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
24: 119–125
Brierley, M. (1944) Notes on Metapsychology as Process Theory. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
25: 97–107
Brierley, M. (1945) Further Notes on the Implications of Psychoanalysis: Metapsychology and
Personology. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 26: 89–114
Brierley, M. (1947) Notes on Psychoanalysis and Integrative Living. International Journal of
Brierley, M. (1950) Review: Klein, M. (1948a). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 31: 209–211
Brierley, M. (1951) Trends in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press
Brierley, M. (1953) Review: Klein, M. (et al). (1952). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 34: 158–160
Brierley, M. (1969) ‘Hardy Perennials’ and Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
50: 447–452
Brierley, M. (1970) Review: Guntrip, H. (1969) Schizoid Phenomena, Object Relations and the Self.
London: Hogarth. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 51: 540–546
Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002) Surviving Space: Papers on Infant Observations. Essays on the Centenary of Esther Bick.
London: Karnac
Briggs, A. (2003) The Importance of Clinical Observation for Understanding a Difficult-to-reach
Young Boy. Infant Observation, 6(2): 12–32
Briggs, A. (2008) Translating Nature: Developing Esther Bick’s Method for Finding Words for
Describing what is Seen and Experienced in Infant Observation and Clinical Work.
British Journal of Psychotherapy, 24: 74–90
Briggs, D. (1997) Symbolisation and the Sense of Identity. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 115–137]
Briggs, S. (1997) Growth and Risk in Infancy: London: Jessica Kingsley
Briggs, S. (1999) Links between Infant Observation and Effective Social Work Practice. Journal of
Social Work Practice, 13: 147–156

17
Briggs, S. (2002a) Working with Adolescents: Basingstoke and New York: Palgrave-MacMillan
Briggs, S. (2002b) Reflections on the Function of the Skin in Psychosocial Space. [Briggs, A. (Ed.)
(2002): 199–207]
Briggs, S. (2005) Psychoanalytic Research in the Era of Evidence-based Practice. [Bower, M. (Ed.)
(2005): 15–30]
Britton, R. (1983a) What is Psychoanalysis? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 19
Britton, R. (1983b) Breakdown and Reconstitution of he Family Circle. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.)
(1983): 105–109]
Britton, R. (1984) The Œdipus Complex in Female Development. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 20
Britton, R. (1985) The Œdipus Complex and the Depressive Position. Sigmund Freud House Bulletin,
Vienna 9: 7–12 also in Anderson, R. (1992): 34–45
Britton, R. (1986a) The Effects of Serious Parental Psychologiocal Disturbance. Bulletin of the British
Psychoanalytic Society, 22
Britton, R. (1986b) Psychoanalysis, Psychotherapy and the British Society. Bulletin of the British
Britton, R. (1986c) The Infant in the Adult. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2(1): 31–44
Britton, R. (1988) Something Irrationally Reverenced: Winnicott’s Transitional Object. Bulletin of the
Britton, R. (1989a) Between Internal and External Reality. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 25
Britton, R. (1989b) The Missing Link: Parental Sexuality in the Œdipus Complex. [Steiner, J.
(1989): 83–101 also in Breen, D. (Ed.) (1997) The Gender Conundrum: Contemporary
Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Femininty and Masculinity: 82–96 London: Routledge
and in Schafer, R. (1997): 242–258]
Britton, R. (1992a) Fundamentalism and Idolatry as Transference Phenomena, Bulletin of the British
Britton, R. (1992b) Keeping Things in Mind. [Anderson, R. (1992): 102–113]
Britton, R. (1992c) Review: Riviere, J. (1991) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 19: 505–506
Britton, R. (1993) External and Internal Reality in Training Analysis. Bulletin of the European
Psychoanalytical Federation, 40: 42–44
Britton, R. (1994a) Publication Anxiety: Conflict between Communication and Affiliation. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 1213–1224
Britton, R. (1994b) Review: Grinberg, L. (1992) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 621–623
Britton, R. (1994c) The Blindness of the Seeing Eye: Inverse Symmetry as a Defence against Reality.
Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 14: 365–378
Britton, R. (1995a) Psychic Reality and Unconscious Belief. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 19–24
Britton, R. (1995b) Reality and Unreality in Phantasy and Fiction [Person, E.S. et al (Eds.) On Freud’s
Creative Writers and Day-Dreaming: 92–105 New Haven, CT: Yale University Press
(1995) also in Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.) (2007): 174–185]
Britton, R. (1998a) Belief and Imagination: Explorations in Psychoanalysis. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Britton, R. (1998b) The Equilibrium between Paranoid-Schizoid and Depressive Positions: Second
Thoughts. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 34
Britton, R. (1998c) William Blake and the Narcissism of Belief. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 34
Britton, R. (1999) Getting in on the Act: The Hysterical Solution. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
80: 1–14
Britton, R. (2000) The Nettle. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 36
Britton, R. (2001a) Beyond the Depressive Position: Ps (n + 1). [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 63–76]
Britton, R. (2001b) The Eleventh September Massacre. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 37

18
Britton, R. (2001c) Deification of Person or Process: Idolatry and Fundamentalism in Psychoanalytic

Practice. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 55
Britton, R. (2003a) The Preacher, the Poet and the Psychoanalyst. [Canham, H., Satyamurti, C. (Eds.)
2003: 113–132]
Britton, R. (2003b) Sex, Death and the Superego: Experiences in Psychoanalysis. London: Karnac
Britton, R. (2003c) Narcissistic Disorders in Clinical Disorders. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 39
Britton, R. (2003d) The Erotic Counter-transference: Then and Now. Bulletin of the European
Psychoanalysis Federation: 57
Britton, R. (2004a) Subjectivity, Objectivity and Triangular Space. Psychoanalytic Quarterly. 73: 47–61
Britton, R. (2004b) ‘Primal Grief’ and ‘Petrified Rage’: An Exploration of Rilke’s Duino Elegies.
[Bell, D. (2004c): 27–47]
Britton, R. (2005a) Endogenous Trauma and Psycho-phobia. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 41
Britton, R. (2005b) Re-enactment as an Unwitting Professional Response to Family Dynamics.
[Bower, M. (Ed.) (2005): 165–174]
Britton, R. (2005c) The Use of Theological Concepts in Psychoanalysis. [Field, N. (Ed.) (2005): 91–106]
Britton, R. (2006) Trauma Psychoanalysis: A Personal View. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 42
Britton, R. (2008a) What Part does Narcissism Play in Narcississtic Disorders? [Steiner, J. (Ed.)
(2008a): 22–34]
Britton, R. (2008b) He Thinks Himself Impaired: The Pathologically Envious Personality. [Roth, P.,
Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 124–136]
Britton, R. et al (2006a) Contemporary Views on Stages versus Positions. (panel 1). Journal of Infant, Child
and Adolescent Psychotherapy, 5: 268–281
Britton, R. et al (2006b) The Œdipus Complex, the Primal Scene and the Superego. (panel 2). Journal of
Infant, Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy, 5: 282–307
Britton, R. et al (2006c) The Role of Attachment and Love versus Envy and Destructiveness in the First
Year of Life: Affects, Compulses and Defenses. (panel 3). Journal of Infant, Child and
Adolescent Psychotherapy, 5: 308–350
Britton, R. et al (2006d) Introduction to Issues Related to Treatment. (panel 4). Journal of Infant, Child and
Britton, R., Steiner, J. (1994) Interpretation: Selected Fact or Overrated Idea. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 1069–1078
Britzman, D.P. (2003) After Education: Anna Freud, Melanie Klein and Psychoanalytic Histories of Learning.
Albany NY: State University of New York Press
Britzman, D.P. (2006a) On Being a Slow Reader: Psychoanalytic Reading Problems in Ishiguro’s Never Let
Me Go. Changing English, 13: 307–318
Britzman, D.P. (2006b) Little Hans, Fritz and Ludo: On the Curious History of Gender in the
Psychoanalytic Archive. Studies in Sexuality and Gender, 7: 113–140
Britzman, D.P. (2006c) Sigmund Freud, Melanie Klein and Little Œdipus: On the Pleasures and
Disappointments of Sexual Enlightment. [Boldt, G.M., Salvio, P.M. (Eds.) (2006)
Love’s Return: Psychoanalytic Essays on Childhood, Teaching and Learning: 165–184.
New York: Routledge]
Britzman, D.P. (2006d) Contents for Novel Education: Psychoanalytic Studies of Learning and not-Learning.
[especially Chapter 5] New York: Lang
Brody, E.B. (1964) Psychiatry in Potuguese America (Brazil). American Journal of Psychiatry,
120: 959–961
Bronstein, A.A. (2002) Review: Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. (1999) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Bronstein, C. (1995) Female Homosexuality in Adolescence: A Clinical Presentation. Bulletin of the
European Psychoanalytical Federation, 44: 30–50

19
Bronstein, C. (1997) Technique and Interpretation in Klein. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997a): 37–43]
Bronstein, C. (Ed.)(2001a) Kleinian Theory: A Contemporary Perspective. Philadelphia PA and London: Whurr
Bronstein, C. (2001b) Melanie Klein: Beginnings. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 1–16]
Bronstein, C. (2001c) What are Internal Objects? [Bronstein, C. (2001(a): 108–124]
Bronstein, C. (2002) On Free Association and Psychic Reality. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 18: 477–489
Bronstein, C. (2007) Borges, Immortality and The Circular Ruins. [Perelberg, R.J. (Ed.) (2007): 129–149]
Brown, L.J. (2002) The Early Œdipal Situation: Developmental, Theoretical and Clinical Implications.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 71: 273–300
Brown, S.R. (1989) A Brief Note on Harris’s Characterizations of Interpretations by the Kleinian School.
Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 7(1): 82–89
Buckingham, L. (1994) Teaching Klein. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 11: 298–302
[see also Miller, J. (1995)]
Buckley, P. (1996) From the Literature. (American Journal of Psychotherapy, 50): 370–372
Bucy, J.F. (1989) A Typology of Reason Based on Elliott Jaques’ Quintave Model of Cognitive
Functioning: An Application to Moral Problem Solving. Dissertation Abstracts,
50(3-B): 1149
Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. Introducing Psychoanalysis: Essential Themes and Topics. London: Psychology Press
(Eds.) (2005)
Burack, C. (1991) Feminism and Social Theory: The Problem of the Passions. Dissertation Abstract,
University of Maryland
Burack, C. (2002) Re-Kleining Feminine Psychoanalysis. Feminism and Psychoanalysis, 12: 33–38
Burch, B. (1988) Melanie Klein’s Work: An Adaptation in Practice. Clinical Social Work Journal,
16: 125–142
Burch, B. (1989) Mourning and Failure to Mourn: An Object Relations View. Contemporary
Burgess, G.A. (2005) Intimate Uncertainty: Reflections on Infant Observation in Psychoanalytic Training.
Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 13: 273–281
Burgner, M. (1990) Review: Limentani, A. (1989a): Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 5: 92–95
Burgoyne, B. (1997) The Klein-Lacan Dialogues. New York: Other Press, London: Rebus Press
Sullivan, M. (Eds.)
Burgoyne, B. (1997) Interpretation. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997): 45–58]
Busch, F., Joseph, B. (2004) A Missing Link in Psychoanalytic Technique: Psychoanalytic Consciousness.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 567–577
Butler, J. (1998) Moral Sadism and Doubting one’s own Love: Kleinian Reflections on Melancholia.
[Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 179–189]
Caine, B. (1998) The Stracheys and Psychoanalysis. History Workshop Journal, 45: 145–169
Camenietzki, S. (1999) The Man from Big Sur. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 49: 107–125
Campart, M. (1998) Donald Meltzer’s Contributions to a Psychoanalytical Theory of the Learning
and Teaching Concepts. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
16: 285–314
Campbell, D. (2008) Review: Segal, H. (2007) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 912–917
Campion, J., Fry, E. (1985) The Contribution of Kleinian Psychotherapy to the Treatment of a Disturbed
five-year-old Girl and her Family. Journal of Family Therapy, 7: 341–356
Campo, A.J. (1987) Childhood Depression and its Manifestations. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Canestri, J. (1994) Transformations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 1079–1092
Canestri, J. (2007) Comments on Therapeutic Action. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 76: 1601–1634
Canham, H. (2002) Group and Gang States of Mind. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 28: 113–127
Canham, H., Satyamurti, Acquainted with the Night: Psychoanalysis and the Poetic Imagination. London: Karnac
C. (Eds.) (2003)

20
Caper, R. (1988) Immaterial Facts: Freud’s Discovery of Psychic Reality and Klein’s Development of his
Work. Northvale NJ: Aronson rep. London and New York: Routledge 2000
Caper, R. (1992) Does Psychoanalysis Heal? A Contribution to the History of Psychoanalytic
Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 283–292
Caper, R. (1996a) Play, Experimentation and Creativity. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
77: 859–869
Caper, R. (1996b) On Having a Mind of One’s Own. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 32
Caper, R. (1998a) A Mind of One’s Own: A Kleinian View of Self and Object. London and New
York: Routledge
Caper, R. (1998b) Psychopathology and Primitive Mental States. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
79: 535–571 [also in Williams, P. (Ed.) (2002): 161–180]
Caper, R. (2004) Symbol Formation and Creativity: Hanna Segal’s Theoretical Contributions. [Bell,
D. (Ed.) (2004a): 37–56]
Caper, R. (2008) Envy, Narcissism and the Destructive Instinct. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.)
(2008): 35–49]
Carignan, L. (2004) Contrasting Clinical Techniques: A British Kleinian, Contemporary Freudian and
Latin American Discuss Clinical Material. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 1257–1260
Carignani, P. (2000) Clinical Notes on the Organizing Function of Time during Puberty. [Cohen, M.,
Hahn, A. (2000): 86–102]
Carnegie, Sir R. (2005) Jaques and the Early Years in Australia. Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies,
2: 332–344
Carneiro, M. & J.A., De Resistance as a Response in the Clinical Moment: The Approaches of a London,
Fisch, F.W. (2006) Kleinian, and an American Ego Psychologist. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1713–1716
Carnochan, P.G. (2006) Containers without Lids. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 341–362
Carroll, L. (2000) Freud and Klein on Male Homosexuality. Free Associations, 7D: 62–75
Carroll, P.M. (1984) On the Psychological Origins of the Evil Eye: A Kleinian View. Journal of
Psychoanalytic Anthropology, 7: 171–187
Carroll, P.M. (1987) Heaven-sent Wounds: A Kleinian View of the Catholic Stigmata in the Mystical
Tradition. Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology, 10: 17–38
Carsky, M. (1989) Review: Rosenfeld, H.A. (1987) Contemporary Psychology, 34: 270–271
Carveth, D. (1998) Review: Schafer, R. (1997) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 6: 176–177
Carveth, D. & J. (2003) Fugitives from Guilt: Post-modern Demoralization. American Imago, 60: 445–479
Case, C., Dalley, T. (1990) Working with Children in Art Therapy. London: Routledge
Casement, P. (1993) Review: Etchegoyan, R.H. (1991a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 393–396
Cassese, S.F. (2002) Introduction to the Work of Donald Meltzer. London: Karnac
Cebon, A. (1992) The Kleinian Baby. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy, 11(2): 6–10
Cebon, A. (2003) The Function and Role of the Father in the 21st Century. Australian Journal of
Cebon, A. (2007) Supervision with Esther Bick: 1973–1974. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 33: 221–238
Charles, M. (2006) Precious Illusions: Re-constructing Realities. [Mills, J. (2006): 77–104]
Charles, M. (undated) A “Confusion of tongues”: Difficulties in Conceptujalizing Development in
Psychoanalytic Theories. [www.//http@human-nature viewed August 6, 2008]
Chasseguet-Smirgel, J. On Acting Out. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71: 77–86
(1990)
Chasseguet-Smirgel, J. Review: Steiner, J. (1989a): International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 72: 727–730
(1991)
Chau, A.K.P. (2005) Imaginary Spaces in Children’s Fantasy Fiction: A Psychoanalytic Reading of
Carroll’s “Alice” Books and Philip Pullman’s “His Dark Materials” Trilogy.
Dissertation Abstract, University of Hong Kong

21
Chessick, R.D. (1991) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989a) American Journal of Psychotherapy, 45: 451
Chessick, R.D. (1992) Review: King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991) American Journal of Psychiatry,
149: 701–702
Chessick, R.D. (2000) Review: Etchegoyan, R.H. (1991a) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis,
28: 731–736
Chiesa, M. (1989) Different Origins Meanings of Acute Acting-out in an in-Patient Therapeutic
Setting. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4: 155–169
Chiesa, M. (1993) At the Border between Institutionalization Community Psychiatry: Psychodynamic
Observations of a Hospital Admission Ward. Free Associations, 4: 241–263
Chiesa, M. (1994) Some Thoughts on Erotic Transference. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 37–48
Chiesa, M. (1995) Biological and Psychic Domain: Clinical and Institutional Aspects. Psychoanalytic
Psychotherapy. 9: 121–131
Chiesa, M. (1996) Paranoid Transference as Resistance to Progress. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
10: 221–231
Chiesa, M. (2001a) Envy and Gratitude. [Bronstein, C. (2001(a): 93–107]
Chiesa, M. (2001b) Shock and Indifference. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 37
Christian, C. (2007) Siblimg Loss, Guilt and Reparation: A Case Study. International Journal of
Chused, J.P. (1988) The Transference Neurosis in Child Analysis. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child,
43: 51–81
Clack, B. (2008) After Freud: Phantasy and Imagination in the Philosophy of Religion. Philosophy
Compass, 3: 203–221
Clark, H. (2000) Autobiography, Mourning and Reparation: The Case of Melanie Klein. A B-
Lawrence, 15: 277–297
Clarke, G. (1994) Notes towards an Object Relations Approach to Cinema. Free Associations,
4(31 part 3): 369–390
Clarke, S. (2001a) The Kleinian Position: Phantasy, Splitting and the Language of Psychic Violence.
Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, 6: 289–297
Clarke, S. (2001b) From Æsthetics to Object Relations: Situating Klein in the Freudian ‘Uncanny’ Free
Associations, 8D: 547–561
Clarke, S. (2004) The Concept of Envy: Primitive Drives, Social Encounters and Resentment.
Psychoanalysis, Culture and Work, 9: 105–117
Clarke, S. (undated) Projective Identification: From Attack to Empathy. [www.//http@human-nature
viewed August 6, 2008]
Clarkson, J. (1997) The Theory of Fantasy and the Visual Imagination in the English School of
Psychoanalysis. Dissertation Abstract, University of Essex
Clarkson, P., Nuttall, J. Working with Counter-transference. Psychodynamic Counselling, 6: 359–379
(2000)
Clegg, H.G. (1980) The Reparative Motif in Expressive Play Therapy. Dissertation Abstract, Wright
Institute
Coates, K.E. (2004) The Art of Being Ill: Literature, Æsthetics and Psychoanalysis in Early Twentieth
Century Britain. Dissertation Abstract, University of Utah
Cochrane, N. (1975) The Role of Aggression in the Psychogenesis of Mental Illness. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 48: 113–130
Cohen, D., Jay, S.M. (1996) Autistic Barriers in the Psychoanalysis of Borderline Adullts. International Journal of
Cohen, M. (2000) Observing Babies and Supporting the Staff. [Symington, J. (2000a): 149–165]
Cohen, M. (2003) Sent before my Time: A Child Psychotherapist’s View of Life on a neo-Natal Intensive Care
Unit. London: Karnac
Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (Eds.) Exploring the Work of Donald Meltzer: A Festschrift. London: Karnac
(2000)

22
Colman, W. (2005) Sexual Metaphor and the Language of Unconscious Phantasy. Journal of Analytical
Psychology, 5: 641–660
Colman, W. (2007) Symbolic Conceptions: The Idea of the Third. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
52: 565–583
Cooper, A.M. (1989) Review: Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987) American Journal of Psychiatry, 146: 540–541
Cooper, C. (2007) Psychodynamic Therapy: The Kleinian Approach. [Dryden, W. (ed.) Dryden’s
Handbook of Individual Therapy. 5th ed: 56–96 Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage]
Cooper, J. (1994) Review: Steiner, J. (1993) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
27: 104–105
Cooper, P.C. (2001) Clouds into Rain. Journal of Religion and Mental Health, 40: 167–184
Cooper, P.C. (2002) The Pervasion of the Object: Depression and Unitive Experience. Psychoanalytic
Review, 89: 413–439
Cooper, V.S. (1990) The Paradox of Adolescent Suicide: A Kleinian Perspective. Journal of the Melanie
Klein Society and Object Relations, 8(1): 67–80
Cooper, V.S. (1995) Virginia Woolf (1882–1941): A Kleinian Perspective. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Cordon, S. (2007) Film, Feminism and Melanie Klein: ‘Weird Lullabies’. [Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.)
(2007): 154–168]
Corner, J. (1998) The Beginnings of George Eliot: The Creative Process of Early Fiction. Dissertation
Abstract, Cambridge University
Corr, K. (1997) “Unspeakable” Stories of the Surveying I (Eye): Eating Problems and Abuse.
Dissertation Abstract, University of Birmingham
Couture, L. (1991) Envy, Generosity and Mourning. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 9(1): 26–31
Cramer, P. (1979) Review: Klein, M. (with Riviere, J.) (1937c) Contemporary Psychology, 24: 511–512
Culbert-Koehn, J. (1997) Analysis of Hard and Soft: Tustin’s Contribution to a Jungian Study of Opposites.
[Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 111–123]
Curtis, A.E. (2007) The Claustrum: Sequestration of Cyberspace. Psychoanalytic Review, 94: 99–139
Da Cunha, M.A. (1988) Kleinian Technique: Three Samples. Journal of Clinical Psychoanalysis, 7: 535–553
Dale, F. (1983) The Body as Bondage. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 9: 33–45
Dale, F. (1997) The Absent Self. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 305–325]
Danbury, H. (1987) Review: Tustin, F. (1986): Bulletin of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
18: 114–116
Daniel, P. (1992) Child Analysis and the Concept of Unconscious Phantasy. [Anderson, R.
(1992): 14–23]
Daniel, P. (2000) Psychic Turbulence. [Symington, J. (2000a): 189–198]
Daniel, P. (2004) A Phantasy of Murder and its Consequences. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.
(2004): 106–121]
Da Roche Barros, E.M. The Problem of Originality and Imitation in Psychoanalytic Thought. International
(1995) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 835–840
Das, S. (2007) Bloomsbury Lives. History Workshop Journal, 64: 445–454
Da Silva (2006) Review: Rey, J.H. (1995b) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 4: 174–178
Davenport, V. (2002) Review: Likierman, M. (2001) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 19: 115–118
David, N. (2003) Love, Hate and Literature: Kleinian Readings of Dante, Ponge, Rilke and Sarraute. New
York: Lang
Davidson, A., Fay, J. (1953) Phantasy in Childhood. London, Routledge
Davidson, S. (1961) Review: Klein, M. (1961) Journal of Mental Science, 107: 986
Davies, J. (2002) Review: Likierman, M. (2001) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in South Africa, 10: 82–84
Davies, J. (2009) The Making of Psychotherapists: An Anthropological Analysis London: Karnac

23
Davies, J., Horwitz, M., Infant Observation in South Africa. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in South Africa,
Wirz, B. (2005) 13(2): 24–26
Davies, J.M. (2000) Whose Bad Objects are we Anyway? Repetition and our Elusive Love Affair with
Evil. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 14: 711–732
Davis, M.E.V. (1990) Winnicott versus Klein: The Manic Defence and its Implications. Bulletin of the British
Davis, W.A. (2006) Childhood Play as Tragic Drama. [Mills, J. (2006): 159–187]
De Berker, P.U. (1971) Perspective: The Concepts of Bion and Klein. Bulletin of the British Association of
Psychotherapists, 8: 46–48
Decker, H.S. (1990) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1989) American Historical Review, 95: 1153–1154
De Cunha, M.A. (1998) Kleinian Technique: Three Samples. Journal of Clinical Psychoanalysis 7: 535–554
De Folch, T.E. (1983) We—versus I and You. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 309–320
De Folch, T.E. (1985) On the Unveiling of the Greater London Council Plaque in Memory of Melanie
Klein. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 25
De Folch, T.E. (1988a) Guilt Bearable and Unbearable: A Problem for the Child in Analysis. International
Review of Psychoanalysis, 15: 13–24
De Folch, T.E. (1988b) Communication and Containing in Child Analysis: Towards Terminability.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 69: 105–112 [also in Spillius. E.B.
(1988a): 206–217]
De Folch, T.E. (1995) Psychic Reality and External Reality in the Analysis of Children. Bulletin of the
European Psychpanalytical Federation, 44: 5–21
De la Sierra, L.R. (Ed.) Child Analysis Today. London: Karnac
(2004)
De Levita, D.J. (1983) A Few Remarks on Hanna Segal’s ‘Some Clinical Implications of Melanie Klein’s
Work’. [Segal, H. (1983)] International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 277–280
De Lima, E.V. (2008) Non-discursive Elements and their Role in the Construction of Meaning in the
Analytical Situation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 121–135
Delmar, R. (1989) Children’s Fiction. History Workshop Journal, 28: 172–178
De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001) Herbert Rosenfeld at Work: The Italian Seminars. London: Karnac
De Masi, F. (2003) The Sadomasochistic Perversion: The Entity and the Theories. London: Karnac
De Olivera, L.E.P. (2001) The Nature of Transference between Anna Freud and Melanie Klein: Learning from
the Controversies. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 10: 247–258
De Paola, H., Herrmann, F. Envy, Jealousy and Shame. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 381–384
(2001)
Derrington, A. (1999) Conflicts Can Start in Child’s Play. Financial Times, May 1st
Dervin, D. (1993) “Them’d” to Death: Kleinian Psychodynamics and the Politics of Projective
Identification in the 1992 Election. Journal of Psychiatry, 21: 115–131
De Souza, D.S. (1960) Annihilation and Reconstruction of Object-relationship in a Schizophrenic Girl.
De Urtubey, L. (1999) Review: Britton, R. (1998) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 828–81
Di Ceglie, G. (1994) The Model of the Atom is not the Atom. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 30
Di Ceglie, G. (2002) Review: Sayers, J. (2000) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 19: 119
Dicks-Mireaux, M-J. (1990) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989a) Journal of Analytical Psychology, 35: 364–365
Diem-Wille, G. (2004) Using the Concept of the ‘Total Situation’ in the Analysis of a Borderline
Adolescent. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 30: 308–329
Doane, J.L., Hodges, D.L. From Klein to Kristeva: From Feminisim to the Search for the ‘Good Enough’ Mother. Ann
(1993) Arbor MI. Michigan University Press
Dollery, J. with Briggs, A. Secondary Skin and Culture: Reflects on some Aspects of Teaching Traveller
(2002) Children. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 172–187]

24
Donaldson, G. (1996) Between Practice and Theory: Melanie Klein, Anna Freud and the Development of
Child Analysis. Journal of Historic Behavioural Science, 32: 160–176
Dorpat, T.L. (1983) Review: Grotstein, J.S. (1981a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 116–119
Dorpat, T.L. (1999) Review: Schafer, R. (1997b) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 68: 129–131
Dorpat, T.L. (2002) Review: Mitrani, J. (2001) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 71: 596–602
Dresser, I. (1985) The Use of Transference and Counter-transference in Assessing Emotional
Disturbance in Children. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1: 95–106
Dresser, I. (1987) An Adopted Child in Analysis. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 3: 235–246
Dubinsky, A. (1997) A Little Boy who Did Not Want to Learn Anything. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.)
(1997b): 155–171]
Dubinsky, H. (1997) Jeremy and the Bitten Roof. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 212–220]
Dubner, M.A. (1998) Envy in the Group Therapy Process. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
48: 519–531
Dupont, M.A. (1974) A Provisional Contribution to the Psychoanalytic Study og Time. International
Journall of Psychoanalysis, 55: 483–484
Du Ry, M. (1997) An Interview with Donald Meltzer. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997): 177–185]
Eby, M.D. (1987) The Experience of Envy and Jealousy in the Psychotic Patient and its Relationship
to Psychopathology. Dissertation Abstract, Boston University
Edleman, R.J. (1991) Greed as a Kleinian Term. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148: 1764
Edwards, J. (2005) Before the Threshold: Destruction, Reparation and Creativity in Relation to the
Depressive Position. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 31: 317–334
Eerkens, B.E. (2003) Confronting Clinical Difference: Tolerating Tension between Freud and Klein in the
Transference. Dissertation Abstracts International, 64(6-B): 2913
Ehrenzweig, A. (1953) Psychoanalysis of Artistic Vision and Hearing. London: Routledge
Ehrenzweig, A. (1967) Thev Hidden Order of Art: A Study in the Psychology of Artistic Imagination.
London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson
Ehrlich, R. (2004) Winnicott’s Response to Klein. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 73: 453–484
Eigen, M. (1984) Review: Grotstein, J.S. (1981b) Psychoanalytic Review, 71: 346–348
Eigen, M. (1996) Psychic Deadness. Northville, NJ: Aronson rep. London: Karnac 2004
Eigen, M. (2006) Destruction and Madness, [Mills, J. (2006): 45–59]
Eisenbud, J. (1952) Review: Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1951a) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 21: 547–548
Eizirik, C.L. (2007) On the Therapeutic Action of Psychoanalysis Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 76: 1463–1478
Ekstein, R. (1964) Review: Segal, H. (1964) Contemporary Psychology, 10: 424–425
Elder, P.J. (1986) Kleinian Developments in the Concept of Narcissism. British Journal of
Elisha, P. (2006) Psychosoma in Psychoanalytic Discourse. Dissertation Abstract, Pacifica Graduate
Institute
Elkin, H. (1961) Emergence of Human Being in Infancy. Review of Existential Psychology and
Psychiatry, 1: 17–26
Ellis, M.L. (2008) Klein: Splitting the Breast or Split in Time. [Ellis, M.L. (2008) Time in Practice:
Analytic Perspective on the Times of our Lives (chapter 3: 55–78) London: Karnac]
Elmhirst, S.I. (1978) Time and the pre-Verb-al Transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
59: 173–180
Elmhirst, S.I. (1980a) Bion and Babies. Annual of Psychoanalysis 8: 155–167 [also in Grotstein, R.D.
(1981b): 83–91]
Elmhirst, S.I. (1980b) Transitional Objects and Transition. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
61: 367–373
Elmhirst, S.I. (1988) The Kleinian Setting for Child Analysis. International Review of Psychoanalysis,
15: 5–12

25
Elmhirst, S.I. (1997) A Scientific Turn of Mind: A Tribute to Frances Tustin. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.)
(1997): 209–212]
Emanuel, L., “What can the Matter Be?”: Therapeutic Interventions with Parents. Infants and Young
Bradley, E. (Eds.) (2008) Children. London: Karnac
Erlich, H.S. (2008) Envy and Gratitude: Some Current Reflections [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 50–62]
Ernsberger, C. (1999) Review: Segal, H. (1997) Modern Psychoanalysis, 24: 117–118
Esman, A.H. (1985) Review: Weininger, O. (1984) Contemporary Psychology, 30: 303–304
Esman, A.H. (1988) Review: Maisel, P., Kendrick, W. (1986) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Esman, A.H. (1993) Review: Caper, R. (1988) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 62: 653–655
Espasa, F.P. (2002) Considerations on Depressive Conflict and its Different Levels of
Intensity: Implications for Techniques. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 825–836
Etchegoyan, A. (1993a) The Analyst’s Pregnancy and its Consequences on her Work. International Journal of
Etchegoyan, A. (1993b) Latency: A Reappraisal. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 347–357
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1973) A Note on Ideology and Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 54: 485–486
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1978) Some Thoughts on Transference Perversion. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
59: 45–53
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1981) Instances and Alternatives of the Interpretive Work. International Review of
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1982) The Relevance of the ‘Here and Now’ Transference Interpretation for the
Reconstruction of Early Development. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63:
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1983) Fifty Years after the Imitative Interpretation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
64: 445–459
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1985) Identification and its Vicissitudes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 3–18
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1988) The Analysis of Little Hans and the Theory of Sexuality. International Review of
Etchegoyan, R.H. (1989) On Interpretation and its Testing. [Blum, H.P. (Ed.) (1989) The Psychoanalytic Core:
Essays in Honour of Leo Rangell: 369–398 New York: International Universities Press]
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1991a) Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic Technique. London, Karnac
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1991b) Psychoanalysis during the Last Decade. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 11: 88–106
Etchegoyan, R.H. (1993) Psychoanalysis Today and Tomorrow. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
74: 1109–1115
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1996) Some Views on Psychic Reality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 77: 1–14
Etchegoyan, R.H. et al On the Existence of Two Levels in the Process of Working Through. Journal of the
(1985) Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 3(3): 31–40
Etchegoyen, R.H., On Envy and how to Interpret It. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 68: 49–51
Lopez, B.M., Rabin, M.
(1987)
Etchegoyen, R.H., Salieri’s Dilemma: A Counterpoint between Envy and Appreciation. International
Nemas, C.R. (2003) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 45–58
Etchegoyan, R.H., The Psychoanalytic Theories of Envy. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Rabin, M. (1983) Relations, 3(1): 50–81
Etchegoyen, R.H., Melanie Klein in Buenos Aires and Developments. International Journal of
Zysman, S. (2006) Psychoanalysis, 86: 869–894
Evans, M.G. (1952) Early Anxiety Situations in the Analysis of a Boy in the Latency Period. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 93–110 [also in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 48–81]
Evans, W.N. (1951) Review: Klein, M. (1948a). Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 20: 107–110

26
Evans, W.N. (1953) Review: Klein, M. (et al) (1952). Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 22: 575–577
Evert, E.C. (2005) Cycles of Denial and Awe: Working with Trauma through the IPTAR Clinical
Center’s School-Based Service. Journal of Infant, Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy,
4: 310–320
Fairbairn, W.R.D. (1954) An Object Relations Theory of the Personality. London: Routledge
Farrell, E. (1995) Lost for Words: The Psychoanalysis of Anorexia and Bulimia. London: Process Press. rep
(2001) New York: Other Books
Feak, M.D. (1966) Aspects of a Kleinian Life-span Psychology. Dissertation Abstracts International 56
(12-B): 7062
Feak, M.D. (1992) Kleinian Contributions to Life-span Psychology: Preliminary Considerations with
some Interpretations from Folk Tales and Literature. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Featherston, C.R. (1999) Review: Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (Eds.) (1997) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis,
7: 152–153
Feldman, E., De Paola, H. An Investigation into the Psychoanalytic Concept of Envy. International Journal of
(1994) Psychoanalysis, 75: 217–234
Feldman, M. (1989) The Œdipus Complex: Manifestations in the Inner World: And the Therapeutic
Situation. [Steiner, J. (1989): 123–128]
Feldman, M. (1990) Common Ground: The Centrality of the Œdipus Complex. International Journal of
Feldman, M. (1992a) Splitting and Projective Identification. [Anderson, R. (1992): 74–88 also in
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 409–432 (1994) and in Schafer, R.
(1997): 119–140]
Feldman, M. (1992b) The Manifestation of the Object in the Transference. Psychoanalysis in Europe Bulletin,
39: 69–85
Feldman, M. (1993a) Aspects of Reality and the Focus of Interpretation. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
13: 274–295
Feldman, M. (1993b) The Dynamics of Reassurance. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 275–285
[also in Schafer, R. (1997): 321–344]
Feldman, M. (1994) Projective Identification in Phantasy and Enactment. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
14: 423–440
Feldman, M. (1997) Projective Identification: The Analyst’s Involvement. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 78: 227–241 also in Symington, J. (2000a): 166–188
Feldman, M. (1999) The Death Instinct Revisited. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 35
Feldman, M. (2001) What do Psychoanalysts Know about the Mind? What is the Evidential Basis for
this Knowledge? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 37
Feldman, M. (2004a) Supporting Psychic Change: Betty Joseph. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.
(2004): 20–37]
Feldman, M. (2004b) Pride. [Bell, D. (2004c): 136–153]
Feldman, M. (2004c) A Skin for the Imaginal. Journal of Psychoanalytical Psychology, 49: 285–311
Feldman, M. (2005a) The Œdipus Complex. [Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 153–165]
Feldman, M. (2005b) The Illumination of History. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation 59: Also
in International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 609–626
Feldman, M. (2007a) Addressing Parts of the Self. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 371–386
Feldman, M. (2007c) Racker’s Contribution to the Understanding of Countertransference Revisited.
Feldman, M. (2008a) Grievance: The Underlying Configuration. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
89: 743–758
Feldman, M. (2008b) Envy and the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.)
(2008): 168–185]

27
Ferreira, M.A. (2007) “Judas’ Kiss”, the Experience of Betrayal: A Kleinian Approach. Dissertation Abstract,
University of Pretoria
Ferro, A. (1999) The Bi-Personal Field: Experiences in Child Analysis. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Ferro, A. (2002) Superego Transformations through the Analyist’s Capacity for Reverie.
Ferro, A. (2005) Seeds of Illness, Seeds of Recovery: The Genesis of Suffering and the role of Psychoanalysis.
Hove, Sx: Routledge
Field, N. (1990) Healing, Exorcism and Object Relations Theory. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
6: 274–284
Field, N. (Ed.) (2005) Ten Lectures on Psychotherapy and Spirituality. London: Karnac
Figlio, K. (2000) Psychoanalysis, Science and Masculinity. London & Philadelphia PA: Whurr
Figlio, K. (2006) The Absolute State of Mind in Society and the Individual. Psychoanalysis, Culture and
Society, 11: 119–143
Figueiredo, L.C. (2004) Belief, Hope and Faith. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 1439–1453
Fine, S. & E. (1990) Four Psychoanalytic Perspectives: A Study of Differences in Interpreting
Intervention. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 38: 1017–1047
Finell, J.S. (1986) The Merits and Problems with the Concept of Projective Identification.
Psychoanalytic Review, 73: 103–120
Fintzy, R.T. (1995) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1994) American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 152: 1682
Fischer, J.C. (1998) Manifest Dream Content and Object Relations. Dissertation Abstract, Chicago School
of Professional Psychology
Fisher, J.V. (1999) Commentary by a Post-Kleinian Psychoanalytic Psychotherapist. British Journal of
Fisher, J.V. (2000a) Reading Donald Meltzer: Identification and Intercourse as Modes of Reading and
Relating. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 188–202]
Fisher, J.V. (2000b) A Father’s Abdication: Lear’s Retreat from “Æsthertc Conflict”. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 81: 963–982 [also in Williams, P., Gabbard, G.O. (2007): 15–48]
Fisher, J.V. (2004) Review: Likierman, M. (2001) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapy, 42: 84–87
Fitzpatrick-Hanly, M.A. Review: Kristeva, J. (2001) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 87: 287–293
(2006)
Flugel, J.C. (1951) Review: Brierley, M. (1951) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 32: 259–261
Flugel, J.C. (1952) Review: Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1951a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 70–71
Flynn, D. (2004) Severe Emotional Disturbance in Children and Adolescents: Psychotherapy in Applied
Contexts. Hove and New York: Brunner/Routledge
Fonagy, P. (2008) Being Envious of Envy and Gratitude. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 201–210]
Foote, A.J. (2006) Psychobiography of Alberto Giacometti: Uncovering Early Dynamics using an
Object Relations Perspective. Dissertation Abstract, California Institute of Integral
Studies
Fordham, M. (1980) Review: Meltzer, D. (1978c) Journal of Analytical Psychology, 25: 201–204
Fordham, M. (1993) The Jung-Klein Hybrid. Free Associations, 30: 631–641
Fordham, M. (1995) Freud, Jung, Klein the Fenceless Field: Essays on Psychoanalysis and Analytical
Psychology. London and New York: Routledge
Forster, S.E., Carveth, D.L. Christianity: A Kleinian Perspective. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 187–218
(1999)
Fortunato, G., Meltzer, D. Psychotherapy of an Adolescent Case of Anorexia Nervosa. Journal of Child
(1977) Psychotherapy, 4(3): 111–120
Fossi, G. (1985) Psychoanalytic Theory and the Problem of Creativity. International Journal of
Fox, A.R. (2003) The Schizoid Factor in Against Nature: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis.
Dissertation Abstract, Adelphi University

28
Frampton, E. (2004) Fluid Objects: Kleinian Psychoanalytic and Breast-feeding Narratives. Australian
Feminist Studies 19: 357–368
Frampton, E. (2005) Writing in White Ink: Twentieth Century Narratives if Breast-feeding. Dissertation
Narative, University of London, Birkbeck
Frank, C. (1998) Some Aspect of Erna’s Analysis in Klein’s Notes of 1924–1926. Journal of the Melanie
Frank, C. (1999) The Discovery of the Child as an Object sui generis of Cure and Research by Melanie
Klein as Reflected in the First Notes of her First Child Analyses in Berlin 1921–1926.
Psychoanalysis and History, 1: 155–174
Frank, C. (2009) Melanie Klein in Berlin: Her Frist Psychoanalyses of Children. Hove: Routledge
Frank, C., Weiss, H. (1996) The Origins of Disquieting Discoveries by Melanie Klein: The Possible Significance
of the Case of Erna. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 1101–1126
Freeman, R. & T. (1992) An Anatomical Commentary on the Concept of Infantile Oral Sadism. International
Freeman, T. (1987) On the Clinical Foundations of Melanie Klein’s Developmental Concepts. Bulletin of
the Anna Freud Centre, 10: 289–305
Freeman, T. (1994) Melanie Klein and W.R.D. Fairbairn: The Clinical Foundations of Psychoanalysis and
Explanatory Concepts of their Theories. [Ekins, R., Freeman, R. (1994) Centres and
Peripheries of Psychoanalysis: An Introduction to Psychoanalytic Studies 54–73 London
Karnac]
Friedman, H.J. (1993) Review: Alford, C.F. (1989) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society, 41: 254–260
Friedman, L. (1974) Review: Stokes, A. (1974) Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10: 511–521
Fries, M. (1937) Play Technique in the Analysis of Young Children. Psychoanalytic Review,
24: 233–245
Fry, J.C.E. (1997) The Contribution of Kleinian Psychotherapy to the Treatment of a Five-year-old Girl
and her Family. Journal of Family Therapy, 7: 341–356
Furer, M. (1977) Psychoanalytic Dialogue: Kleinian Theory Today. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 25: 371–385
Furman, C., Levy, T.S. Influential Papers from the 1950s. London, Karnac
(Eds.) (2003)
Furth, D. (1991) Melanie Klein: A Levinsonian Study of the Emergence of Creativity in the Mind.
Dissertation Abstracts International, 52(1-B): 540
Gabbard, G.O. (1995) Countertransference: The Emerging Common Ground. International Journal of
Gabbard, G.O. (1996) ‘Notes on Some Schizoid Mechanisms’ by Melanie Klein. Journal of Psychotherapy
Practice and Research, 5: 160–179
Gabbard, G.O., ‘Controversial Discussions’: The Issue of Differences in Method. International Journal
Scarfone, D. (2002) of Psychoanalysis, 83: 453–456
Gaddini, E. (1992) A Psychoanalytic Theory of Infantile Experience: Conceptual and Clinical Reflections.
London & New York: Routledge
Gaddini, R. de B. (1997) From Fear of Change to Mourning. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 213–230]
Gadt, J.C. (1994) The “New” Democratic Woman of Modernity: Georgia O’Keeffe and Melanie Klein.
American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 54: 173–187
Gagnier, T.T., Klein and Kohut: Clinical Confluence despite Theoretical Differences. Psychoanalytic
Robertiello, C. (1983) Review, 70: 373–386
Galatzer-Levy, B. (2007) Reparation and Reparations: Towards a Social Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalysis,
Galatzer-Levy, R.M. (2001) Review: Segal, H. (1997) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 1029–1033
Galef, H.R. (1992) Review: Limentani, A. (1989) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 61: 457–461
Gallagher, J. (1993) Review: Anderson, R. (1992) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 7: 279–280

29
Gallwey, P.L.G. (1978) Transference Utilization in Aim-restricted Psychotherapy. British Journal of Medical
Gallwey, P.L.G. (1979) Symbolic Dysfunction in the Perversions: Some Related Clinical Problems.
International Review of Psychoanalysis, 6: 155–161
Gallwey, P.L.G. (1985) The Psychodynamics of Borderline Personality Disorders. [Farrington, D.E.,
Gunn, J. (Eds.) (1985) Aggression and Dangerousness: 127–154 Chichester: Wiley]
Gammill, J. (1980) Some Reflections on Analytic Listening and the Dream Screen. International Journal
Gammill, J. (1989) Some Personal Reflections of Melanie Klein. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Ganzarian, R. (1993) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986). Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
41: 799–803
Gardner, M. (1995) Scotoma: The Journey into Dark. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 11: 557–560
Gardner, S. (1993) Irrationality and the Philosophy of Psychoanalysis. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press
Garland, C. (Ed.) (1998a) Understanding Trauma: A Psychoanalytical Approach. London: Duckworth [2nd
enlarged ed. 2002 London: Karnac]
Garland, C. (1998b) Thinking about Trauma. [Garland, C. (Ed.) (1988a): 9–31]
Garma, A. (1953) The Internalized Mother as Harmful Food in Peptic Ulcer Patients. International
Garma, A. (1958) Peptic Ulcer and Pseudo-peptic Ulcer. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
39: 104–107
Garner, A.M. (1954) Review: Klein, M. et al (1952): Psychological Bulletin, 5: 191–193
Garvey, P. (1999) Review: Caper, M. (1998a): Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 13: 273–275
Gau, J.V. (1991) The Theological and Psychological Foundations of Adult Faith as Seen in Hans Ur
von Balthaxar, Melanie Klein and D.W. Winnicott. Dissertation Abstracts International,
51(7-A): 2422
Gedo, J.E. (1989) Review: Rosenfeld, H.A. (1987) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 58: 268–273
Geissmann, P. & C. (1998) A History of Child Psychoanalysis. London and New York: Routledge
Geleerd. E.R. (1963) Evaluation of Melanie Klein’s Narrative of a Child Analysis. International Journal of
Geller, M.H. (1998) Review: Schafer, R. (1997a) Contemporary Psychology, 43: 202
Gericke, R. (2006) Working with a Child’s Envy in the Transference. Journal of Child and Adolescent
Mental Health, 18: 73–78
Gerrard, H.B. (1991) Review: Caper, R. (1988) Psychoanalytic Psychology, 8: 111–122
Gerson, G. (2005) Liberation, Sociability and Object Relations Theory. European Legacy, 10: 421–437
Gibb, E. (1998) Dreaming after a Traumatic Bereavement: Mourning or its Avoidance? [Garland, C.
(Ed.) (1988a): 123–138]
Gilhooley, D. (1998) Projection and Projective Identification in a Three-year-old Boy. Modern
Gillespie, W. (1973) The End of Life. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Gillespie, W. (1980) Review: Segal, H. (1979). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 61: 85–88
Gillespie, W. (1983) Tribute to Paula Heimann. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 19
Gillespie, W. (1987) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 68: 136–142
Gillespie, W. (1989) Review: Spillius, E.B. (1988a, 1988b). International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
70: 740–745
Gillespie, W. (1992) Review: King, P.H., Steiner, R. (1991). International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
73: 161–164
Gillespie, W. (1998) Historicising the Origins of Kleinian Psychoanalysis’. [commentary on Aguayo, J.
(1997)] International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 393

30
Ginsburg, R. (1992) Review: Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 263–270

Giovacchini, P.L. (1990) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1989) American Journal of Psychiatry, 147: 807
Gladwell, S. (1992) Review: Weininger, O. (1992) The Lancet, 340: 1149
Glatzer, H.T. (1985) Early Mother-Child Relationships: Notes on the pre-Œdipal Fantasy. Dynamic
Glover, E. (1930) Grades of Ego Differentiation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 11: 1–11
Glover, E. (1931) Sublimation, Substitution and Social Anxiety. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
12: 263–297
Glover, E. (1933) Review: Klein, M. (1932). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 14: 119–129
Glover, E. (1945) Examination of the Klein System of Child Psychology. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 1: 75–118
Glover, E. (1952) Psychoanalysis and Child Psychiatry. Samiska, 6: 141–162
Glover, N. (2009) Psychoanalytic Æsthetics: An Introduction to the British School. London: Karnac
Goldberg, R.S. (1997) Review: Schafer, R. (1997a) American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 57: 395–396
Goldberger, M. (1987) Review: Meisel, P., Kendrick, W. (1987) International Review of Psychoanalysis,
14: 557–563
Golden, G.K. (1983) Repairing the Mother: A New Look at Melanie Klein. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 1: 79–87
Goldie, L. (1985) Psychoanalysis in the National Health Service General Hospital. Psychoanalytic
Goldie, S.O. (1999) Commentary by a Kleinian Child, Adolescent and Adult Psychotherapist. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 15: 377–380
Goldstein, W.N. (1991) Clarification of Projective Identification. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148: 153–161
Gooch, J.A. (2002) Review: Sayers, J. (2000) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
50: 1033–1034
Gooch, J.A. (2005) Discussion of Joseph Newirth’s Clinical Material. Newirth, J. (2005). Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 25: 306–327
Goodman, G. (1998) Kleinian Guilt, Determinism and Free Will: Implications for Clinical Theory and
Treatment. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 26: 137–163
Gordon, J. (1993) Review: Weininger, O. (1992) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
24: 125–131
Gordon, S.G. (2002) Weird Lullabies: Film, Fallacies and Melanie Klein. Dissertation Absract, Sussex
University
Gordon, S.G. (2008) Film, Feminism and Melanie Klein: Weird Lullabies. Hove: Routledge
Goretti, G.R. (2007) Projective Identification: A Theoretical Investigation of the Concept of Starting
from ‘Notes on some Schizoid Mechanisms’. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
88: 387–405
Gosling, R. (1968) What is Transference? [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1968): 1–10]
Gosling, R. (1981) A Study of Small Groups. [Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 633–645]
Gosso, S. (Ed.) (2004a) Psychoanalysis and Art: Kleinian Perspectives. London: Karnac. [n.b. a large proportion
of the chapters in this volume are reprinted from Meltzer, D. (1984b), (1986), (1988)
and (1992)]
Gosso, S. (2004b) From Reparation to the Æsthetic Conflict. [introduction to Gosso, S. 2004a: 1–29]
Gough, B. (2004 ) Psychoanalysis as a Resource for Understanding Emotional Ruptures in the
Text: The Case of Defensive Masculinities. British Journal of Social Psychology,
43: 245–267
Gould, L.J. (1997) Correspondences between Bion’s Basic Assumption Theory and Klein’s
Developmental Positions: An Outline. Free Associations, 7A: 15–30
Graham, F.W. (1994) The Kleinian Technique: Forty Years Onwards. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 30

31
Graham, P. (1998) Susan Isaacs and the Malting House School. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 34: 5–22
Grauso, G. (2000) Unconscious Fantasy and Knowledge: A Case Study. [Symington, J. (2000a): 23–40]
Greco-Brooks, D.M. (2003) Feeding Identity: The Clinical Hermeneutics of Contemporary Kleinian
Psychoanalytically Oriented Psychotherapy from the Perspective of a Novice.
Dissertation Abstracts International, 6(2-B): 964]
Green, A. (1977) The Borderline Concept. [Hartocollis. P. (Ed.) (1977): 15–44]
Green, A. (2005) Winnicott at the Start of the Third Millennium. [Caldwell, L. (Ed.) (2005) Sex and
Sexuality: Winnicottian Perspectives: 11–32. London: Karnac]
Green, P. (2002) Klein, Blake and the Prophet Ezekiel. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 28: 235–252 [and
in Canham, H., Satyamurti, C. (Eds.) 2003: 71–94]
Greenson, R.R. (1974) Transference: Freud or Klein? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 55: 37–48
Griffiths, T. (2006) A Psychoanalytic Æsthetic: Klein, Daniel Deronda and the Work of the Text.
Dissertation Abstract, University of London, Birkbeck
Grignon, M. (2003) Infant Observation: Its Relevance in Teaching Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy.
Grinberg, L. (1962) On a Specific Aspect of Countertransference due to the Patient’s Projective
Identification. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43: 436–440
Grinberg, L. (1963) Relations between Psychoanalysts. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44: 363–367
Grinberg, L. (1964) On Two Kinds of Guilt: Their Relation with Normal and Pathological Aspects of
Mourning. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 45: 366–371
Grinberg, L. (1965) The Relation between Obsessive Mechanisms and States of
Self-disturbance: Depersonalization. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
46: 177–183
Grinberg, L. (1968) On Acting-out and its Role in the Analytic Process. International Journal of
Grinberg, L. (1969) New Ideas: Conflict and Evolution. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 50: 517–528
Grinberg, L. (1970) The Problems of Supervision in Psychoanalytic Education. International Journal of
Grinberg, L. (1977) An Approach to the Understanding of Borderline Patients. [Hartocollis. P. (Ed.)
(1977): 123–141]
Grinberg, L. (1978) The Razor’s Edge in Depression and Mourning. International Journal of
Grinberg, L. (1979) Counter-transference and Counter-identification. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
15: 226–247
Grinberg, L. (1980) The Closing Phase of the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Adults and the Goals of
Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 61: 25–37
Grinberg, L. (1981) The ‘Œdipus’ as a Resistance against the ‘Œdipus’ in Psychoanalytic Process.
[Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 341–355]
Grinberg, L. (1986) Drives and Affects: Models instead of Theories. Bulletin of the European
Psychoanalysis Federation, 26/27
Grinberg, L. (1990) The Goals of Psychoanalysis: Identification, Identity and Supervision. London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. (1991) Counter-transference and Projective Counter-identification in Non-verbal
Communication. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 36
Grinberg, L. (1992) Guilt and Depression. London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. et al (1967) The Psychoanalytic Process. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 48: 496–503
Grinberg, L. et al (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion. Strathtay: Clunie Press Rep. London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. et al (1993) A New Introduction to the Work of Bion. (revised ed. Grinberg, L. et al (1986) New
York: Aronson)
Grinberg, L. & R. (1974a) The Problem of Identity and the Psychoanalytic Process. International Review of

32
Grinberg, L. & R. (1974b) Pathological Aspects of Identity in Adolescents, Contemporary Psychoanalysis.

10: 27–40
Grinberg, L. & R. (1981) Modalities of Object Relationships in the Psychoanalytic Process. Contemporary
Grinberg, L. & R. (1989) Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Migration and Exile. New Haven: Yale University Press
[also in Bell, D. (2004c): 154–169]
Grinberg, L., Pariagua, C. The Attraction of Leonardo da Vinci. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 18: 1–10
(1991)
Grinberg, L., The Influence of Cervantes on the Future Creator of Psychoanalysis. International
Rodriguez, J.F. (1984) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 65: 155–168
Groh, L.S. (1980) Primitive Defenses: Cognitive Aspects and Therapeutic Handling. International
Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 661–683
Grolnick, S.A. (1986) Review: Meisel, P., Kendrick, W. (1986) American Journal of Psychiatry, 143: 1611–1612
Grosskurth, P. (1984) Melanie Klein in Berlin. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
2(2): 3–43
Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein: Her World and her Work. London: Hodder and Stoughton, Cambridge
MA: Harvard University Press. Rep London: Karnac 1987
Grosskurth, P. (1987) An Interview with Herbert Rosenfeld. Free Associations, 1K: 23–31
Grosskurth, P. (1988a) A Tribute to Eric Clyne. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
5(2): 101–104
Grosskurth, P. (1998b) Psychoanalysis: A Dysfunctional Family. Journal of Psychoanalytical Psychology,
43: 87–95
Grosskurth. P. (1990) Review: Limentani, A. (1989) Psychoanalytic Review, 77: 612–614
Grosskurth, P. (1995) Review: King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991) Psychoanalytic Review, 82: 173–177
Grotjahn, M. (1987a) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) Group Analysis, 20: 88–90
Grotjahn, M. (1987b) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) American Journal of Psychotherapy, 41: 620–621
Grotstein, J.S. (1966) A Discussion of Dr. Herbert Rosenfeld’s ‘The Need of Patients to Act-out during
Analysis’. Psychoanalytic Forum, 1: 26–27
Grotstein, J.S. (1975) A Discussion of Hanna Segal’s ‘Delusion and Artistic Creativity’. Psychoanalytic
Forum, 5: 412–422
Grotstein, J.S. (1978) Inner Space: Its Dimensions and its Co-ordinates. International Journal of
Grotstein, J.S. (1980) A Proposed Revision of the Psychoanalytic Concept of Primitive States.
Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 16: 479–546
Grotstein, J.S. (1980–81a) The Significance of Kleinian Contributions to Psychoanalysis I: Kleinian Instinct
Theory. International Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 375–392
Grotstein, J.S. (1980–81b) The Significance of Kleinian Contributions to Psychoanalysis II: Freudian and
Kleinian Conceptions of Early Mental Development. International Journal of
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 393–428
Grotstein, J.S. (1981a) Splitting and Projective Identification. New York: Aronson,
Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b) Do I Dare Disturb the Universe?: A Memorial to Wilfred R. Bion Beverley Hills: Cæsura
Press reprinted with corrections London: Karnac Books 1983
Grotstein, J. S. (1981c) Wilfred Bion: The Man, the Psychoanvalyst, the Mystic. [Grotstein, J.S.
(1981b): 1–35]
Grotstein, J.S. (1982a) The Significance of Kleinian Contributions to Psychoanalysis III: The Kleinian
Theory of Ego Psychology and Object Relations. International Journal of
Grotstein, J.S. (1982b) Review: Segal, H. (1979). Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 51: 149–153
Grotstein, J.S. (1982c) Newer Perspectives in Object Relations Theory. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
18: 43–91

33
Grotstein, J.S. (1982d) The Spectrum of Aggression. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 2: 193–211

Grotstein, J.S. (1983a) The Significance of Kleinian Contributions to Psychoanalysis IV: Critiques of Klein.
International Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 511–534
Grotstein, J.S. (1983b) Review: Segal, H. (1981), Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 52: 291–295
Grotstein, J.S. (1983c) Review: Tustin, F. (1981a), International Review of Psychoanalysis, 10: 491–498
Grotstein, J.S. (1988) A Critique of Borderline Patients: Psychoanalytic Perspectives. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 8: 422–437
Grotstein, J.S. (1990) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989a) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 6: 452–457
Grotstein, J.S. (1991a) An American View of the British Psychoanalytic Experience: Psychoanalysis in
Counterpoint. Part I: Introduction: The Americanization of Psychoanalysis. Journal
of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 9(2): 1–15
Grotstein, J.S. (1991b) Psychoanalysis in Counterpoint. Part II: The Kleinian School. Journal of the Melanie
Grotstein, J.S. (1991c) Psychoanalysis in Counterpoint. Part III: The Contributions of the British Object
Relations School. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 9(2): 34–62
Grotstein, J.S. (1991d) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1989) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 60: 136–140
Grotstein, J.S. (1992) Foreword to Weininger, O. (1992): Ix–xvii
Grotstein, J.S. (1993) Review: Petot, J.-M. (1991) Contemporary Psychology, 38: 420–422
Grotstein, J.S. (1994a) Projective Identification and Counter-transference: A Brief Commentary on their
Relationship. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 30: 578–592
Grotstein, J.S. (1994b) Projection Identification Reappraised—Part I Projection Identification, Introjective
Identification, the Transference/Countertransference, Neurosis/Psychosis, the
Crucifixion, the Pieta and “Therapeutic Exorcism”. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
30: 708–746
Grotstein, J.S. (1996) Object Relations Theory. [Naressian, E., Kopff, R.G. (1996) Textbook of
Psychoanalysis: 89–126 Washington, DC. American Psychiatric Press]
Grotstein, J.S. (1997a) Klein’s Archaic Œdipus Complex and its Possible Relationship to the Myth of
the Labyrinth: Notes on the Origin of Courage. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
42: 585–611
Grotstein, J.S. (1997b) The Psychoanalytic Fascination with the Concept of the Primitive. [Alhanati, S.,
Kostoulas, K. (Eds.) (1997): 1–22]
Grotstein, J.S. (1997c) One Pilgrim’s Progress: Notes on Frances Tustin’s Contributions to the
Psychoanalytic Conception of Autism. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 257–290]
Grotstein. J.S. (1997d) Integrating One-person and Two-person Psychologies: Autochthony and Alterity in
Counterpoint. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 66: 403–440
Grotstein, J.S. (1998) A Comparison of Fairbairn’s Endopsychic Structure and Klein’s Internal World.
[Skolnick, N.J., Scharff, D.E., (Eds.) (1998) Fairbairn Then and Now. Hillside,
NJ: Analytic Press: 71–98]
Grotstein, J.S. (1999a) Review: Schafer, R. (1997a) Psychoanalytic Review, 68: 643–648
Grotstein, J.S. (1999b) Melanie Klein and Heinz Kohut: An Odd Couple or Secretly Connected. Progress in
Self Psychology, 15: 123–146
Grotstein, J.S. (1999c) Projective Identification Reassessed: Commentary on Papers by Seligman, S. (1999)
and Silverman, R.C., Lieberman, A.F. (1999). Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 9: 187–203
Grotstein, J.S. (2000) Some Considerations of “Hate” and a Reconsideration of the Death Instinct.
Grotstein, J.S. (2002) One Pilgrim’s Progress toward the Psychoanalytic Citadel. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
22: 90–105
Grotstein, J.S. (2005) “Projective Transidentification”: An Extension of the Concept of Projective
Grotstein, J.S. (2006) Klein’s Theory of the Positions Revisited. [Mills, J. (Ed.) (2006): 105–131]

34
Grotstein, J.S. (2008) The Overarching Role of Unconscious Phantasy. Psychoanalyic Inquiry, 28: 109–125
Guignard, F. (2008) Envy in Western Society: Today and Tomorrow. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.)
(2008): 109–123]
Guntrip, H. (1961) The Schizoid Problem, Regression and the Struggle to Preserve and Ego. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 34: 223–244
Guntrip, H. (1965) Review: Segal, H. (1964a). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 46: 256–261
Haag, G. (1997a) Psychosis and Autism: Schizophrenic, Perverse and Manic- Depressive States
during Psychotherapy. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 189–211]
Haag, G. (1997b) Encounter with Francis Tustin. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 355–396]
Haartman, K. (2006) Attachment, Metaphor and the Relationality of Meaning. [Mills, J. (Ed.)
(2006): 188–216]
Hahn, A. (2005) Donald Meltzer (1922–2004). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 175–178
Hamburger, T. (1992) The Johannesburg Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Study Group: A Short History.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in South Africa, 1: 62–71
Hamilton, N.G. (1989) Intrapsychic and Interpersonal Projective Identification. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Hamilton, V. (1982) Narcissus and Œdipus: The Children of Psychoanalysis. London: Routledge rep.
London, Karnac (1993)
Hamilton, V. (1988) The Concept of Mourning and its Roots in Infancy. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy
3: 191–209 [also in Lanyado, M., Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 191–209]
Hamilton, V. (1992) Review: Tustin, F. (1990): International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 173–176
Hamilton, V. (1994) Obituary: Frances Tustin. Tavistock Gazette, 42: 6
Hamilton, V. (1997) The Analysis of a 9-year old Girl with Learning Disabilities:\Reflections
on Supervision with Francis Tustin, 25 Years Later. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.)
(1997): 83–110]
Hamilton, V. (2006) Reflections on “The Concept of Mourning and its Roots in Infancy” Hamilton, V.
(1988) [Lanyado, M., Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 191–209]
Hamon, M.-C. (2000) Why do Women Love Men and not their Mothers? New York: Other Press
Hansbury, G. (2005) Mourning the Loss of the Idealized Self: A Transsexual Passage. Psychoanalytic Social
Work, 12: 19–35
Hargreaves, E., In Pursuit of Psychic Change: The Betty Joseph Workshop. London & New York:
Varchevker, A. (Eds.) Brunner-Routledge
(2004)
Harley, K. (2006) A Lost Connection: Existential Positions and Melanie Klein’s Infant Development.
Transactional Analysis Journal, 36: 252–269
Harper, L.C. (2006) Interpreting Interpretation in Psychoanalysis: Freud, Klein and Lacan. Dissertation
Harris, A. (1998) Aggression: Pleasures and Dangers. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 18: 31–44
Harris, M. (1965) Depression and the Depressive Position in an Adolescent Boy. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 1(3): 33–40 [also in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 53–63 and in
Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 158–167]
Harris, M. (1968) The Child Psychotherapist and the Patient’s Family. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
2(2): 50–63 [and in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 18–37]
Harris, M. (1975) The Complexity of Mental Pain Seein in a Six-year-old Child Following Sudden
Bereavement. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(3): 35–45 [and in Harris, M., Bick, E.
(1987): 89–203]
Harris, M. (1976a) Some Notes on Maternal Containment in ‘Good Enough’ Mothering. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 4(1): 35–51 [also in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 143–163]
Harris, M. (1976b) Infantile Elements and Adult Strivings in Adolescent Sexuality. Journal of Child
Harris, M. (1977a) The Place of Once-weekly Treatment of an Analytically Trained Child
Psychotherapist. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(1): 31–39

35
Harris, M. (1977b) The London Tavistock: Training and Philosophy. [Boston, M., Daws. D. (Eds.)
(1977): 291–314 and in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 259–282]
Harris, M. (1979) Training in Observation and Application of Psychoanalytical Concepts to
Personality Development and Interaction. Tavistock Gazette, 1: 10–16
Harris, M. (1982) Growing Points in Psychoanalysis Inspired by the Work of Melanie Klein. Journal of
Child Psychotherapy, 8(2): 165–184
Harris, M. (1983a) Obituary: Dina Rosenbluth. Tavistock Gazette, 11: 14
Harris, M. (1983b) Esther Bick 1901–1983. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 9(2): 101–102
Harris, M. (1987a) Depressive, Paranoid and Narcissistic Features in the Analysis of a Woman
Following the Birth of her First Child and the Death of her Own Mother.
[Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 64–88]
Harris, M. (1987b) Towards Learning from Experience in Infancy and Childhood. [Harris, M., Bick, E.
(1987): 164–178]
Harris, M. (1987c) The Early Basis of Adult Female Sexuality and Motherliness. [Harris, M., Bick, E.
(1987): 185–200]
Harris, M. (1987d) A Baby Observation: The Absent Mother. [Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 219–224]
Harris, M. (1987e) L’appoport de l’observation de l’interaction mere-enfant. Nouveau Revue de Psychanalyse,
19: 99–112 [also in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): As ‘Contribution of Observation of
Mother-infant Reaction to the Equipment and Development of a Psychoanalyst or a
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapist’: 225–239]
Harris, M. (1987f) Bion’s Conception of a Psychoanalytic Attitude. [Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 340–344]
Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987) The Collected Papers. (edited Meg Harris Williams) Strathtay: Clunie Press
Harris, M., Carr, H. (1975) Therapeutic Consultations. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(4): 13–31 [also in
Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 38–52]
Harris, R.J. (1983) Klein and the Metapsychology. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Harris, R.J. (1988) Lacan and Klein: Towards a Dialogue. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Harris, R.J. (1989) On the Exactness of my Characterizations. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Hart, C.W. (1991) Melanie Klein on Mourning: Its Relation to Pastoral Care. Journal of Religion and
Health, 30: 237–240
Hartnap, T., Klauber, T., Commentaries by a Freudian Child Psychotherapist, a Kleinian Child
Astor, J. (1990) Psychotherapist and a Child and Adult Analyst. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
7: 180–188
Hartocollis, P. (Ed.) (1977) Borderline Personality Disorders: The Concept, the Syndrome, the Patient. New York:
International Universities Press
Hasui, C. (et al) (2008) Guilt and its Multidimensionality: Empirical Approaches using Klein’s View.
American Journal of Psychotherapy, 62: 117–142
Hawkey, M.L. (1945) Play Analysis: Case Study of a Nine-year old Girl. British Journal of Medical
Hayman, A. (1966) Comment on Bion’s ‘Catastrophic Change’. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 2
Hayman, A. (1986a) The Controversial Discussions: Just Ancient History? Bulletin of the British
Hayman, A. (1986b) On Marjorie Brierley, Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 22
Hayman, A. (1987) What do we Mean by Phantasy? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 23
Hayman, A. (1994) Some Remarks about the ‘Controversial Discussions’. International Journal of
Headlee, K. (1991) Review: Rosenfeld, H.A. (1987) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis,
19: 161–162

36
Hearty, B. (1989) A Further Development of the Relation between Mourning and Manic Depression.
Heimann, P. (1942) A Contribution to the Problem of Sublimation and its relation to Processes of
Internalization. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 23: 8–17 [also in Heimann, P.
(1989): 26–45 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed.) (2005): 313–336]
Heimann, P. (1949) Some Notes on the Psychoanalytic Concept of Introjected Objects. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 22: 8–15 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 61–72]
Heimann, P. (1950) On Counter-Transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 31: 81–84 [also in
Heimann, P. (1989): 73–79 and Furman, A.C., Levy, S.T. (Eds.) (2003): 27–34]
Heimann, P. (1952a) A Contribution to the Re-evaluation of the Œdipus Complex: The Early Stages.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 84–92. [also as a revised version in
Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 23–38 and in Heimann, P. (1989): 80–96]
Heimann, P. (1952b) Preliminary Notes on some Defence Mechanisms in Paranoid States. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 208–213 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 97–107]
Heimann, P. (1952c) Certain Functions of Introjection and Projection in Early Infancy. [Klein, M. et al
(Eds.) (1952): 122–168] See also Heimann, P. (1991)]
Heimann, P. (1952d) Notes on the Theory of the Life and Death Instincts. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.)
(1952): 321–337 also in Heimann, P. (1989): 46–60]
Heimann, P. (1954) Problems of the Training Analysis, International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 35: 163–168
(revised version of Heimann, P. (1952a) [also in Klein, M. et al (Eds.)
(1955): 23–38]
Heimann, P. (1955b) A Combination of Defence Mechanisms in Paranoid States. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.)
(1955): 240–265]
Heimann, P. (1956) Dynamics of Transference Interpretations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
37: 303–310 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 108–121]
Heimann, P, (1960) Counter-transference. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 33: 9–15 [also in
Heimann, P. (1989): 151–160]
Heimann, P. (1962) Notes on the Anal Stage. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43: 403–414 [also in
Heimann, P. (1989): 169–184]
Heimann, P. (1967) Aspects of Role of Introjection and Projection in Early Development. Bulletin of the
Heimann, P. (1968) The Evaluation of Applicants for Psychoanalytical Training. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 49: 527–539 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 231–251]
Heimann, P. (1969) Re-evaluation of Analysis Terminable and Interminable. Bulletin of the British
Heimann, P. (1975a) Sacrificial Parapraxis—Failure or Achievement? Annual of Psychoanalysis, 3: 145–163
[also in Heimann, P. (1989): 276–294
Heimann, P. (1975b) From “Cumulative Trauma” to the Privacy of the Self. International Journal of
Heimann, P. (1977) Further Observations on the Analyst’s Cognitive Process. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 25: 313–333 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 295–310]
Heimann, P. (1980) About Children and Children-no-longer. [Psychoanalytici aan het Woord. Deventer:
Van Loghum Slaterus, BV: 289–307 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 324–343]
Heimann, P. (1989) About Children and Children-no-longer: Collected Papers 1942–1980. [Ed. Tonnesmann,
M.] London: Tavistock/Routledge
Heimann, P. (1991) Some Aspects of the Role of Introjection and Projection in early Development.
[original form in King, P. Steiner, R. (1991): 502–530] see also Heimann, P. (1952c)
Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. Regression. [Klein, M. et al (1952): 169–197 also in King, P., Steiner, R.
(1952) (1991): 687–709]
Heimann, P., Valenstein, The Psychoanalytic Concept of Aggression: An Integrated Summary. International
A.F. (1972) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 53: 31–35

37
Henry, G. (1969) Some Aspects of Projective Mechanisms in the Jungian Theory. Journal of Child
Henry, G. (1993) Difficulties about Thinking and Learning. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) (1993): 82–88]
Henry, G. (1997) Doubly Deprived. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(4): 15–28 [also in Barrows, P.S.
(2004): 105–120]
Herman, N. (1985) My Kleinian Home: A Journey through Four Psychotherapies. London: Free Association
Books
Herman, N. (1986) Review: Tustin, F. (1986): Free Associations, 1H: 127–132
Herman, N. (1987) Why Psychotherapy? London: Free Association Books
Herman, N. (1989) Too Long a Child: The Mother-Daughter Dyad. London: Free Association Books
Herman, N. (2001) My Kleinian Home: Into the New Millenium. London: Karnac Books [revised Ed.
Herman, N. (1985)]
Herold, C.M. (1952) Review: Brierley, M. (1951) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 21: 227–233
Hess, N. (1991) Review: Tustin, F. (1990) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 22: 91–92
Hess, N. (1993) Review: King, P., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991) Journal of the British Association of
Hess, N. (1997) Review: Segal, H. (1997): Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 33: 89–91
Hess, N. (1999) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy for Chronic Depression. [Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, S.
(1999) 117: 134]
Hess, N. (2006) Classics Revisited ‘Death and the Mid-life Crisis’. [Jacques, E. (1965) British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 44: 151–154]
Hewins, J. (1983) Melanie Klein’s Contribution to Psychoanalytic Theory. Dissertation Abstract,
California School of Professional Psychology
Hill, J. (1993) Am I a Kleinian? Is Anyone? British Journal of Psychotherapy, 9: 463–475
Hindle, D. (2000) L’Enfant et les Sortilèges Revisited. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 1185–1196
Hindle, D., Godsil, S. The Idealization of a Lost Object in Julietta and in Clinical Work. [Bainbridge, C.
(2007) et al (Eds.) (2007): 186–201]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1979) The Community as Analyst. [Hinshelwood, R.D., Manning, N. (Eds.) (1979): 103–112]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1983) Projective Identification and Marx’s Concept of Man. International Review of
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1985) Questions of Training. Free Associations, 2: 7–18
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1986a) A Dual Materialism. Free Associations, 4: 36–50
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1986b) Eclecticism: The Impossible Project. Free Associations, 5: 23–27
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1986c) The Psychotherapist’s Role in a Large Psychiatric Hospital. Psychoanalytic
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989a) A Dictionary of Kleinian Thought. London: Free Association Books
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989b) Little Hans’s Transference. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 15: 63–78
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989c) Social Possession of Identity. [Richards, B. (Ed.) (1989) Crises of the Self: 75–83
London: Free Association Books]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1991a) Psychodynamic Psychiatry before World War 1. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 27
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1991b) Psychodynamic Formulation in Assessment for Psychotherapy. British Journal of
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1991c) Review: Joseph, B. (1989a) Free Associations, 2B: 295–310
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1993) Review: Weininger, O. (1992). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 860–862
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1994) Clinical Klein: From Theory to Practice. New York: Basic Books, London: Free
Association Books
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1995) Psychoanalysis in Britain: Points of Cultural Access. International Journal of

38
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997a) Transference and Counter-transference. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997a): 133–140]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997b) The Elusive Concept of ‘Internal Objects’ (1934–1943): Its Role in the Formation of
the Kleinian Group. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 78: 877–897
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997c) Therapy or Coercion?: Does Psychoanalysis Differ from Brainwashing? London: Karnac
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997d) Melanie Klein for Beginners. Irving, TX: Icon Books
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997e) Catastrophe, Objects and Representation: Three Levels of Interpretation. British
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997f) ‘Controversy is the Growing Point’: Repression or Splitting. Bulletin of the British
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997g) Psychoanalysis, Ethics and Integration. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 35
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1999a) Introducing Melanie Klein. Irving, TX: Icon Books
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1999b) Countertransference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 797–818 [also
with additional notes in Michels, R. et al (Eds.) Key Papers in Countertransference.
(2002): 41–79. London: Karnac]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1999c) Identity and some Psychoanalytic Implications. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society
and Object Relations, 7(1): 149–160
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2000) Commentary by a Kleinian Psychotherapist. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
17: 54–57
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2001) A Kleinian Contribution to the External World. Philosophy, Psychiatry and Psychology,
8: 17–20
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2002a) Review: Mitrani, J. (2001) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 287–290
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2002b) Applying the Observational Method: Observing Organiizations. [Briggs, A. (Ed.)
(2002): 157–171]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2002c) Review: Likierman, (2001) Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 28: 255–256
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2003) Commentary from a Kleinian Analyst and Group Analyst. British Journal of
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2004a) Review: Hargreaves, E., Varchevko, A. (Eds.) (2004). International Journal of
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2004b) Suffering Insanity: Three Psychoanalytic Essays on Psychosis. London: Routledge
Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed.) Influential Papers from the 1920s. London: Karnac
(2004c)
(2005)
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2006a) Melanie Klein and Repression: An Examination of some Unpublished Notes of 1934.
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2006b) Who Wants to be a Scientist? The Historical and Psychoanalytic Context at the Start
of Klein’s Career: Circa 1918–1921. [Mills, J. (Ed.) (2006): 8–24]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2007a) Tolerance and the Intolerable: The Case of Racism. Psychoanalysis, Culture and
Society, 12: 11–20
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2007b) The Kleinian Theory of Therapeutic Action. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 76: 1479–1498
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2007c) Psychology and the Natural Laws of Reparation. Psychoanalysis, Culture and Society,
12: 199–202
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2008a) Melanie Klein and Counter-transference: A Historical Note. Psychoanalysis and
History, 10: 95–113
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2008b) Repression and Splitting: A Method of Conceptual Comparison. International Journal
Hinshelwood, R.D., Therapeutic Communities: Reflections and Progress. London, Routledge
Manning, N. (Eds.) (1989)
Hobson, P.R. (1990) On Psychoanalytic Approaches to Autism. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
60: 324–336

39
Hoffer, W. (1949) Review: Klein, M. (1948a) British Medical Journal, 2462: 109
Hoffer, W. (1961) Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 42: 1–3
Hoggett, P. (1992) Partisans in an Uncertain World: The Psychoanalysis of Engagement. London: Free
Associations
Holbrook, D. (1994) Creativity and Popular Culture. Madison NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press
Holder, A. (2005) Anna Freud, Melanie Klein and the Psychoanalysis of Children and Adolescents. London,
Karnac
Holland, R. (1990) Scientificity and Psychoanalysis: Insights from the Controversial Discussions.
Hollander, N.C. (1987) Marxism, Psychoanalysis and Feminism: A View from Latin America. Women and
Therapy, 6: 87–108
Hollander, N.C. (2000) Erna and Melanie Klein. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 81: 579–581
Hollander, N.C. (2006) Trauma, Ideology and the Future of Democracy. International Journal of Applied
Psychoanalytic Studies, 3: 156–167
Holloway, R. (1988) Lacan with the Wind: A Personal Response to Lacan. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Hooks, R. (1991) Melanie Klein, Jacques Lacan and Symbolization. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society
Hopkins, J. (2006) Narcissistic Illusions in Late Adolescence: Defensive Kleinian retreats or
Winnicottian Opportunities? [Lanyado, M., Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 166–179]
Horne, A. (1983) Review: Tustin, F. (1981a)—revised ed. Journal of the British Association of
Horne, A. (2006) The Independent Position in Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Children and
Adolescents: Roots and Implications. [Lanyado, M., Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 18–33]
Horton, M. (1997) ‘Creativity and Inhibition’: A Comparison of Freud and Klein. Psychodynamic
Practice, 3: 251–261
Hosking, L. (2007) Emancipatory Discourses: Utilizing Kleinian Psychoanalysis an Poststructuralist
theory to deconstruct and (re)present Phallocentric Scenes in Rebecca and American
Beauty. Dissertation Abstract, University of Ottawa
Houzel, D. (1997) Thinking: A Dialectic Process between Emotions and Sensations. [Mitrani, T. & J.
(Eds.) (1997): 341–354]
Houzel, D. (2000) The Beauty and the Violence of Love. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 43–55]
Houzel, D. (2001) The ‘Nest of Babies’ Fantasy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 22: 125–138
Houzel, D. (2004) The Psychoanalysis of Infantile Autism. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 30: 225–237
Hoyle, R. (1989) The Role of Psychoanalysis in Linguistics: Applying the Tradition of Melanie
Klein to the Analysis of Conversational Interaction. Dissertaion Abstract, Oxford
University
Hoxter, S. (1964) The Experience of Puberty. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(2): 13–25 [also in
Barrows, P.S. (2004): 89–104]
Hoxter, S. (1972) A Study of a Residual Autistic Condition and its Effects on Learning. Journal of Child
Hoxter, S. (1975) Residential Autistic Condition and its Effect upon Learning—Piffle.
[Meltzer, D. et al (1975: 162–191]
Hoxter, S. (1977) Play and Communication. [Boston, M., Daws, D. (Eds.) (1977): 202–231]
Hoxter, S. (1983) Some Feelings Aroused in Working with Severely Deprived Children. [Boston, M.,
Szur, R. (Eds.) (1983): 125–132]
Hoxter, S. (1986) The Significance of Trauma in the Difficulties Encountered by Physically Disabled
Hoxter, S. (2000) Experiences of Learning with Donald Meltzer. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 12–26]
Hubback, J. (1971) Review: Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. (1970) Journal of Psychoanalytical Psychology,
16: 224

40
Hughes, A. (1976a) The Use of Dreams in the Analysis of a Borderline Patient. Bulletin of the, British
Hughes, A. (1976b) Pregnancy and the Fear of Separateness. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 12
Hughes, A. (1980) Aspects of Masculinity and Absence of his Father in a Male Patient. Bulletin of the
Hughes, A. (1988) The Use of Manic Defence in the Psychoanalysis of a Ten-year-old Girl. International
Hughes, A. (1990a) Review: Weininger, O. (1989) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 17: 262–263
Hughes, A. (1990b) Review: Caper, R. (1988) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 17: 521–523
Hughes, A. (1991) Joan Riviere: Her Life and Work [Riviere, J. (1991): 1–43]
Hughes, A. (1992) Letters of Sigmund Freud to Joan Riviere (1929–1939). International Review of
Hughes, A. (1993) Joan Riviere: Her Relationship to Freud, to Others, to Herself. Bulletin of the British
Hughes, A. (1997) Personal Experiences—Professional Interests: Joan Riviere and Femininity.
Hughes, A. (2004a) Talking Makes Things Happen: A Contribution to the Understanding of the
Patients’ Use of Speech in the Clinical Situation. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.
(2004): 153–166]
Hughes, A. (2004b) Joan Riviere and the Masquerade. Psychoanalysis and History, 6: 161–175
Hughes, A. et al (1985) Aspects of Anorexia Nervosa in the Therapy of Two Adolescents. Journal of Child
Hughes, J.M. (1989) Reshaping the Psychoanalytic Domain: The Work of Melanie Klein, W.R.D. Fairbairn and
D.W. Winnicott. Berkeley CA: University of California Press
Hughes, J.M. (2004) From Obstacle to Ally: The Evolution of Psychoanalytic Practice. Hove and New York,
Routledge
Hughes, J.M. (2007) Guilt and its Vicissitudes: Psychoanalytic Reflections on Morality. Hove and
New York: Routledge,
Hunter, D. (1954) Object Relation Changes in the Analysis of Fetishes. International Journal of
Hunter, D. (1975) Training in Child Psychotherapy at the Tavistock Clinic. Journal of Child
Hunter, V. (1992) An Interview with Francis Tustin. Psychoanalytic Review, 79: 1–24
Hunter, V. (1993) An Interview with Hanna Segal. Psychoanalytic Review, 80: 1–28
Hunter, V. (1995) An Interview with Clifford Scott. Psychoanalytic Review, 82: 189–206
Inoue, O. (2004) The Japanese Psychological Peculiarity Demystified: The Ajase Complex Theory Revisited
and the Stories of Ajatasatru in the Buddhist Scriptures based on Kleinian Theory.
Berkeley, CA: The Wright Institute
Ipp, H., Kolers, N. (1983) Melanie Klein and Anna Freud: Contributions to Child Psychoanalysis. Journal of the
Isaacs, S. (1921) An Introduction to Psychology: London: Methuen
Isaacs, S. (1923) A Note on Sex Differences from a Psychoanalytic Point of View. International Journal
Isaacs, S. (1928) The Mental Hygiene of Pre-school Children. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
8: 186–193 [also in Isaacs, S. 1948a: 1–9]
Isaacs, S. (1929) Privation and Guilt. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 10: 335–347
[also in Isaacs, S. 1948a: 10–22]
Isaacs, S. (1930) The Behaviour of Young Children. Vol. 1 Intellectual Growth in Young Children. London:
Routledge

41
Isaacs, S. (1932a) The Children we Teach: Seven to Eleven Years. London: University of London Press
Isaacs, S. (1932b) The Nursery Years: The Mind of the Child from Birth to Six Years. London: Routledge
Isaacs, S. (1932c) Some Notes on the Incidence of Neurotic Difficulties in Young Children. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 2: 1–91 & 184–195
Isaacs, S. (1933a) Social Development in Young Children: A Study of Beginnings, London: Routledge
Isaacs, S. (1933b) The Behaviour of Young Children. Vol. 2 Social Development in Young Children.
London: Routledge
Isaacs, S. (1934) Rebellious and Defiant Children—(public lecture given at the Institute of
Psychoanalysis, not previously published). [Isaacs, S. (1948a: 23–35]
Isaacs, S. (1935a) Bad Habits. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 16: 446–454
Isaacs, S. (1935b) The Psychological Aspects of Child Development. London: Evans
Isaacs, S. (1935c) Property and Possessiveness. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 15: 69–78 [also in
Isaacs, S. (1948a): 36–46
Isaacs, S. (1937a) Habit. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937): 123–166]
Isaacs, S. (1937b) The Nursery as a Community. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937): 167–232]
Isaacs. S. (1937c) The Educational Value of the Nursery School.The Nursery School Association. [also
in Isaacs. S. (1948a): 47–73]
Isaacs, S. (1938a) Psychology and the School. New Era, 19: 18–20
Isaacs, S. (1938b) Recent Advances in the Psychology of Young Children. [The British Psychological
Association Education Section, also in Isaacs, S. (1948a): 74–88]
Isaacs, S. (1939a) Modifications of the Ego through the Work of Analysis. [Isaacs, S. (1948a): 89–108]
Isaacs, S. (1939b) Criteria for Interpretation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 20: 148–160 [also in
Isaacs, S. (1948a): 109–121]
Isaacs, S. (1939c) A Special Mechanism in a Schizoid Boy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
20: 333–339 [also in Isaacs, S. (1948a) 122–128]
Isaacs, S. (1940) Temper Tantrums in Early Childhood in their Relation to Internal Objects.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 21: 280–293 [also in Isaacs, S. (1948a): 129–142]
Isaacs, S. (1943) An Acute Anxiety Occurring in a Boy of Four Years. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 24: 13–32 [also in Isaacs, S. (1948a): 143–185]
Isaacs, S. (1945a) Notes on Metapsychology as Process Theory. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
56–82
Isaacs, S. (1945b) Fatherless Children. [in Volkov, P. (Ed.) Fatherless Children. London: Pouskin Press
also in Isaacs, S. (1948a): 186–207]
Isaacs, S. (1945c) Children in Institutions. [Isaacs, S. (1948a): 208–236]
Isaacs, S. (1948a) Childhood and After: Some Essays and Clinical Essays. London: Routledge
Isaacs, S. (1948b) Troubles of Children and Parents. London: Methuen
Isaacs, S. (1948c) The Nature and Function of Phantasy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
29: 73–97 [also in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1952): 67–121, in King, P.H., Steiner, R.
(1991a): 264–321 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed.) (2005): 87–137]
Isaacs, S. (1952) see entry Heimann, P.H., Isaacs, S. (1952)
Isaacs, S. (1961) Obituary Melanie Klein 1882–1960. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 2: 1–4
Ivey, G. (2004) Critiques of Projective Identification. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in South Africa,
12: 1–20
Ivey, G. (2005) ‘And What Rough Beast —?’: Psychoanalytic Thoughts on Evil States of Mind.
British Journal of 22: Psychotherapy, 22: 199–206
Ivey, G. (2006) Configurations of Threeness: Œdipal Models, Œdipal Levels. British Journal of
Ivey, G. (2008) Enactment Controversies: A Critical Review of Current Debates. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 19–38
Jackson, J. (1970) Child Psychotherapy in a Day School for Maladjusted Children. Journal of Child

42
Jackson, J. (1985) An Adolescent’s Difficulty in Using His Mind. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
11: 105–119
Jackson, J., The Skin in Early Object Relations Revisited. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 208–225]
Nowers, E. (2002)
Jackson, M. (1973) Psychosomatic Factors in Disease. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Jackson, M. (1978) The Mind-Body Frontier: The Problem of the Mysterious Leap. Bulletin of the British
Jackson, M. (1982) Psychoanalysis, Somatisation and Pseudo-normality. Bulletin of the British
Jackson, M. (1985) A Psychoanalytical Approach to the Assessment of a Psychotic Patient.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1(2): 11–22
Jackson, M. (1989a) Discussion: A Kleinian Perspective. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 9: 554–569
Jackson, M. (1989b) Treatment of the Hospitalized Borderline Patient: A Kleinian Perspective.
Jackson, M. (1991) Psychotic Disorders. [Holmes, J. (Ed.) (1991) A Textbook of Psychiatry: 307–334
Edinburgh: Churchill/Livingstone]
Jackson, M. (1992a) Learning to Think of Schizoid Thinking. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 191–203
Jackson, M. (1992b) Psychodynamics and Psychotherapy on an Acute Psychiatric Ward: An
Experimental Unit. British Journal of Psychiatry, 160: 41–50
Jackson, M. (1993a) Psychoanalysis, Psychiatry, Psychodynamics: Training for Integration.
Jackson, M. (1993b) Manic-Depressive Psychosis: Psychopathology and Individual Psychotherapy
within a Psychodynamic Milieu. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 7: 103–133
Jackson, M. (2001) Weathering the Storms: Psychotherapy for Psychosis. London: Karnac
Jackson, M. (2002) The Work of Henri Rey: Reminiscences and Reflections. Bulletin of the British
Jackson, M., The Borderline Personality. [Blueglass, R., Bowden, P. (Eds.) (1990)
Tarnopolsky, A. (1990) The Principles and Practice of Forensic] Psychiatry: 427–436 Edinburgh:
Churchill/Livingstone
Jackson, M., Unimaginable Storms: A Search for Meaning in Psychosis. London: Karnac
Williams, P. (1994)
Jacobs, A. (2007) The Potential Theory: Melanie Klein, Luce Irigiray and the Mother-Daughter
Relationship. Hypatia, 22: 175–193
Jacobson, J.G. (2000) Review: Schafer, R. (1997b) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society, 48: 311–314
Jacobus, M. (1975) First Things: The Maternal Imagination in Literature, Art and Psychoanalysis. London
and New York: Routledge
Jacobus, M. (1990) ‘Tea Daddy’: Poor Mrs. Klein and the Pencil Shavings. Women: A Cultural Review,
1: 160–179 [also in Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 91–112]
Jacobus, M. (1999) Psychoanalysis and the Scene of Reading. Oxford: Oxford University Press
Jacobus, M. (2005) Poetics of Psychoanalysis: In the Wake of Klein. Oxford: Oxford University Press
James, M. (1975) Review: Tustin, F. (1972): International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 56: 106–111
James, M. (1982) Review: Tustin, F. (1981a): International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63: 504–514
Jaques, E. (1953) On the Dynamics of Social Structure: A Contribution to the Psychoanalytic Study of
Social Phenomena. Human Relations, 6: 3–24
Jaques, E. (1955) Social Systems as a Defence against Persecutory and Depressive Anxiety. [Klein, M.
et al (Eds.) (1955) 478–498]
Jaques, E. (1956) Measurement of Responsibility. London: Tavistock

43
Jaques, E. (1958) Psychoanalysis and the Current Economic Crisis. [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) 1958: 125–144]
Jaques, E. (1960) Disturbances in the Capacity to Work. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
41: 357–367
Jaques, E. (1965) Death and the Mid-Life Crisis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 46: 502–514
[also in Spillius, B. (1988b): 226–248]
Jaques, E. (1968) Guilt, Conscience and Social Behaviour. [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1968): 31–43]
Jaques, E. (1970) Work, Creativity and Social Justice. London: Heinemann
Jaques, E. (1972a) The Human Consequences of Industrialisation. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 8
Jaques, E. (1972b) What is the Normal Personality? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 8
Jaques, E. (1975) A General Theory of Bureaucracy. London: Heinemann
Jaques, E. (Ed.) (1977) Health Services. London: Heinemann
Jaques, E. (1979) Review: Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 6: 383–384
Jaques, E. (1980) Review: Segal, H. (1979). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 61: 88–89
Jaques, E. (1981a) The Form of Time. London: Heinemann
Jaques, E. (1981b) The Aims of Psychoanalytic Treatment. [Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 417–425]
Jaques, E. (1982) Review: Segal, H. (1981a). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63: 502–504
Jaques, E. (1995) A Reply to Amado, G. (1995). Human Relations, 48: 359–365
Jaques, E. (2003) Work and the Unconscious. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 20: 236–244
Jaques, E. (2005) On Trust, Good and Evil. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytical Studies,
2: 396–403
Jaques, E. (2006) Values, Mutual Trust and Terrorism. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytical
Studies, 3: 296–298
Jaques, E., Cason, K. (2006) Root Values for a Global One-world: Darwinian Biology and Social Etymology.
International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 3: 299–307
Jerotic, V. (2004) Christianity and the Teachings of Melanie Klein. Psikijatri Danas, (Belgrade)
36: 323–333
Jimenez, J.P. (2005) The Search for Integration or How to Work as a Pluralist Psychoanalyst.
Joffe, W.G. (1969) A Critical View of the Status of the Envy Concept. International Journal of
Joseph, B. (1948) A Technical Problem in the Treatment of the Infant Patient. International Journal of
Joseph, B. (1959) An Aspect of the Repetition Compulsion. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
40: 213–222 [also in Joseph, B. (1989): 16–33]
Joseph, B. (1960) Some Characteristics of the Psychopathic Personality. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 41: 526–531 also in Joseph, B. (1989): 34–43]
Joseph, B. (1966) Persecutory Anxiety in a Four-year-old Boy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
47: 184–188
Joseph, B. (1971) A Clinical Contribution to the Analysis of a Perversion. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 52: 441–449 also in Joseph, B. (1989): 51–66
Joseph, B. (1975) The Patient who is Difficult to Reach. [Giovacchini, P.L. (Ed.) (1975) Tactics and
Techniques in Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy. Vol. 2: Counter-transference: 205–216 New
York: Aronson, Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 48–60, also in Joseph, B. (1989): 75–87]
Joseph, B. (1978) Different Types of Anxiety and their Handling in the Analytic Situation. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 59: 223–228 also in Joseph, B. (1989): 106–114
Joseph, B. (1981a) Toward the Experiencing of Psychic Pain. [Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 93–102 also
in Joseph, B. (1989): 88–97]

44
Joseph, B. (1981b) Defence Mechanisms and Phantasy in the Psychoanalytical Process. Bulletin of the
European Psychoanalysis Federation, 17: 11–24 [also in Joseph, B. (1989): 116–126]
Joseph, B. (1982) Addiction to Near-death. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63: 449–456 [also in
Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 311–323 and in Joseph, B. (1989): 127–138]
Joseph, B. (1983) On Understanding and not Understanding: Some Technical Issues. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 291–298 [also in Joseph, B. (1989): 139–150 and in
Schafer, R. (1997): 299–316]
Joseph, B. (1985) Transference: The Total Situation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 447–454
[also in Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 62–72 and in Joseph, B. (1989): 156–167]
Joseph, B. (1986) Envy in Everyday Life. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2(2): 13–22 [also in Joseph, B.
(1989): 181–191]
Joseph, B. (1988a) Projective Identification—some Clinical Aspects. [Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1988a): 65–76]
[also in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): (138–150), Joseph, B. (1989): 168–180 and in Schafer, R.
(1997): 100–116]
Joseph, B. (1988b) Object Relations in Clinical Practice. Psychoanalytc Quarterly, 57: 626–642 [also in
Joseph, B. (1989): 203–215]
Joseph, B. (1989a) Psychic Equilibrium and Psychic Change: Selected Papers. [ed. Feldman, M., Spillius,
E.B.]. London and New York: Routledge
Joseph, B. (1989b) Passivity and Aggression: Their Inter-relationship. [Joseph, B. (1989a): 67–74]
Joseph, B. (1989c) Psychic Change and the Psychoanalytic Process. [Joseph, B. (1989a): 192–202 and in
Schafer, R. (1997): 395–410]
Joseph, B. (1992) Psychic Change: Some Perspectives. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
73: 237–243
Joseph, B. (1993a) On Transference Love: Some Current Observations. [Person, E.S., Hagelin, A.,
Fonagy, P. (1993) On Freud’s ‘Observations on Transference-love’. New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press: 102–113]
Joseph, B. (1993b) Hearing and Experiencing in the Treatment of Child and Adult Patients. Bulletin of
the European Psychoanalytic Federation, 40: 14–17
Joseph, B. (1998) Thinking about a Playroom. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 24: 359–366
Joseph, B. (2000) Agreeableness as Obstacle. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 641–649
Joseph, B. (2001) Transference. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 181–192]
Joseph, B. (2003) Ethics and Enlightenment. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 57
Joseph, B. (2004a) ‘Where There is No Vision’: From Sexualisation to Sexuality. [Bell, D. (Ed.)
(2004a): 161–174]
Joseph, B. (2004b) Richard Wollheim: (1923–2003). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 133–134
Joseph, B. (2005) The Paranoid-Schizoid Position. [Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 39–46]
Jurist, E.L. (1997) Review: Steiner, J. (1993) Psychoanalytic Psychology, 14: 299–309
Kanzer, M. (1987) Review: Meisel, P., Kendrick, W. (1986) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 56: 699–702
Kaplinsky, C. (2008) Shifting Shadows: Shaping Dynamics in the Cultural Unconscious. Journal of
Analytical Psychology, 53: 189–207
Kapur, R. (2008) Reparation: A New Dawn or a False Start in Northern Ireland? Psychoanalysis and
Politics International, 6: 154–151
Karliner, R.S. (1997) No Talking! Just Play. On Language, Action, Interpretation and Play in
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with a Seven-year-old Boy. Dissertation Abstract,
Adelphi University
Karush, R.K. (1992) Review: Weininger, O. (1989) Journal oif the American Psychoanalytic Association,
40: 932–936
Katz, E. (1995) Review: Meltzer. D. (1994) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
29: 91–95
Katz, E. (1999) When is Enough Enough? The Process of Termination with an Older Patient.

45
Katz, J.B. (1985) Review: Segal, H. (1979). Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
33: 209–214
Kaufman, W. (2007) On the Psychology of Slave Reparation: A Kleinian Reading. Atlantic Studies,
4: 267–284
Kavaler-Adler, S. (1990) The Supervisor as an Internal Object. Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy, 8: 69–76
Kavaler-Adler, S. (1993a) The Conflict and Process Theory of Melanie Klein. American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
53: 187–204
Kavaler-Adler, S. (1993b) Mourning Spirituality and Psychic Change. Hove, Sx: Brunner/Routledge
Kavaler-Adler, S, (1993c) The Compulsion to Create: A Psychoanalytic Study of Women Artists. New York:
Brunner/Routledge
Kavaler-Adler, S. (1993d) The Compulsion to Create: Women Writers and their Demon Lovers. New York: Brunner/
Routledge
Kavaler-Adler, S. (2006) “My Graduation is My Mother’s Funeral”: Transformation from the Paranoid-
Schizoid to the Depressive Position in Fear of Success and the Role of the Internal
Saboteur. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 15: 117–130
Keane, S. (1994) Modernism and Body Politics. Dissertation Abstract, University of Sussex
Kelsys, D. (1955) Review: Klein, M. (with Riviere, J.) (1937) Journal of Mental Science, 101: 416
Kenrick, J. (2005) Where we Live: Some Dilemmas and Technical Issues for the Child Psychotherapist.
Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 31: 24–39
Kernberg, O.F. (1969) A Contribution to the Ego-Psychological Critique of the Kleinian School.
Kernberg, O.F. (1972) Critique of the Kleinian School. [Giovacchini, P.L. (Ed.) (1972) Tactics and Techniques
in Psychoanalytic Therapy: 62–96 New York: Science House, London: Hogarth]
Kernberg, O.F. (1987) Projection and Projective Identification: Developmental and Clinical Aspects.
Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 35: 795–819
Kernberg, O.F. (1989) Review: Rosenfeld, H.A. (1987) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 70: 173–177
Kernberg, O.F. (1993) Convergencies and Divergencies in Contemporary Psychoanalytic Technique.
Kernberg, O.F. (1994) Review: Steiner, J. (1993) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 159–162
Kernberg, O.F. (1995) Review: Etchegoyan, R.H. (1991a) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society,
43: 601–605
Kernberg, O.F. (1998) Review: Schafer, R. (1997a). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 414–415
Kernberg, O.F. (2001) Recent Developments un the Technical Approaches of English-language
Psychoanalytic Schools. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 70: 519–547
Kernberg, O.F. (2006) Psychoanalytic Controversies: The Pressing Need to Increase Research in and on
Keylor, R.G. (2003) Subjectivity: Infantile Œdipus and Symbolization in Melanie Klein and Jacques
Lacan. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 13: 211–242
Keyser, G. (2003) Transitional London: Anxiety and Urban Representation in the British Novel
1859–1934. Dissertation Abstract, University of Californa, Davis
Kibel, H.D. (1999) Comments on “The Man from Big Sur”: The Clinical Appeal of a Kleinian
Perspective. [Camenietzki, S. 1949)] International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
49: 121–125
King, L. (2003) Review: Bronstein, C. (2001) Contemporary Psychology, 48: 819–822
King, P.H. (1983) The Life and Work of Mrs. Klein in the British Psychoanalytical Society. International
King, P.H. (1989) Paula Heimann’s Quest for her own Identity as a Psychoanalyst: An Introductory
Memoir. [Heimann, P. (1989): 1–9]
King, P.H. (1991a) Background and Development of the Freud-Klein Controversies in the British
Psychoanalytic Society. [King, P.H. Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991): 9–36]

46
King, P.H. (1991b) Conclusions: Editorial Comments [King, P.H. Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991): 920–931]
King, P.H. (1994) The Evolution of Controversial Issues. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 335–342
King, P.H. (2004) ‘In My End is My Beginning’. [Bell, D. (2004c): 170–188]
King, P.H. (2005) Memories of Dr. Elliott Jaques. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies,
2: 327–331
King, P.H., Steiner, R. The Freud-Klein Controversies 1941–1945. Hove and New York: Tavistock/Routledge
(Eds.) (1991)
Kirsner, D. (2004) The Intellectual Odyssey of Elliott Jaques: From Alchemy to Science. Free
Associations, 11B: 179–204
Kirsner, D. (2005a) Politics Masquerading as Science: Ralph Greenson, Anna Freud and the Melanie
Klein Wars. Psychoanalytic Review, 92: 902–927
Kirsner, D. (2005b) The Contribution of Elliot Jaques. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic
Studies, 2: 315–317
Kirsner, D. (2005c) Who was Elliot Jaques? International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies,
2: 318–326
Kite, J.V. (2007) Review: Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (2004). Psychoanalytical Quarterly, 76: 640–649
Kite, S. (2005) Adrian Stokes and the “Æshetic Position: Envelopment and Otherness. Annual of
Kitto, J. (1996) Science or Robbery: The Freud Klein Controversies 1841–1945. Free Associations,
6C: 445–460
Klein, M. (with Riviere, J.) Love, Hate and Reparation. London: Hogarth
(1937)
Klein, M. et al (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth. rep. London, Karnac (1985)
Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) New Directions in Psychoanalysis: The Significance of Infant Conflict in the Pattern of
Adul Behaviour. London, Tavistock rep. London, Karnac (1983)
Klein, S. (1965) Notes on a Case of Ulcerated Colitis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
46: 342–351
Klein, S. (Ed.) (1969) Sexuality and Aggression in Maturation: New Facets. London, Bailliere, Tindall and
Cassell
Klein, S. (1973) Emotion, Time and Space. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Klein, S. (1974) Transference in Manic States. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 55: 262–268
Klein, S. (1981) Autistic Phenomena in Psychotic Patients. [Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 103–114]
Klein, S. (1984) Delinquent Perversion: Problems in Assimilation, a Clinical Study. International
Klein. S. (1985) The Self in Childhood: A Kleinian Point of View. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
11: 31–47
Klein, S. (1987) Review: Tustin, F. (1986): International Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 426–427
Klein, S. (1991) Psychoanalysis in Australia. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 27
Klich, C.K. (1995) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1994) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
28: 104–107
Knox, J. (1997) Internal Objects: A Theoretical Analysis of Jungian and Kleinian Models. Journal of
Knox, J. (2003) Trauma and Defence: Their Roots in Relationships: An Overview. Journal of
Knox, J. (2005) Sex, Shame and the Transcendent Function: The Function of Fantasy in
Self-development. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 50: 617–639
Kohon, G. (1992) Review: Heimann, P. (1989) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 164–165
Korbivcher, C.F. (2005) The Theory of Transformations and Autistic States: Autistic Transformations:
a Proposal. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 1595–1610

47
Kristeva, J. (2001) Melanie Klein. New York: Columbia University Press

Kulish, N.M. (1985–1986) Projective Identification: A Concept Overburdened, International Journal of
Lafarge, L. (1995) Review: Petot, J-M. (1990,1991). Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
43: 606–610
Lafarge, L. (2000) Interpretation and Containment. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 67–84
Langer, M. (1958) Sterility and Envy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39: 139–143
Langer, M. (1962) Selection Criteria for the Training of Psychoanalytic Students. International Journal pf
Langer, M. (1992) Motherhood and Sexuality. New York: Guilford
Langer, M., Puget. J., A Methodological to the Teaching of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of
Teper, E. (1964) Psychoanalysis, 45: 567–574
Langs, R.J. (1993) Review: Petot, J.-M. (1990) Contemporary Psychology, 38: 75–76
Lanman, M. et al (2003) Objectivity in Psychoanalytical Assessment of Couple Relationships. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 182: 255–260
Lanyado, M., Horne, A. A Question of Technique: Independent Psychoanalytic Approaches with Children and
(Eds.) (2006) Adolescents. London & New York: Routledge
Lasch, C. (1991) The Culture of Narcissism: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations.
New York: Norton
Laurent, E. (1997) Rethinking Kleinian Interpretation: What Difference Does it Make? [Burgoyne,
Sullivan (1997): 159–167]
Laverde-Rubio. E. (2004) Envy: One or Many? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 401–418
Lawner, P. (2002) Review: Bronstein, C. (2001). Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
50: 1061–1068
Lawrence, M. (2000) Review: Britton, R. (1998) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 14: 93–95
Lawrence, M. (2001) Review: Bell, D. (1999) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 15: 90–92
Lax, R.F. (1962) Review: Klein, M. (1961—WMK IV) Psychoanalytic Review, 49: 136–137
Leader, D. (1997) Phantasy in Klein and Lacan. [Burgoyne, Sullivan (1997): 83–95]
Lebeau, V. (1991) Psychoanalysis. Year’s Work in Critical and Cultural Theory, 1: 32–49
Lebovici, S., The Breast and Breasts. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 19: 5–32
Kestemberg, E. (1993)
Lechevalier, B. (1997) Expressions of Annihilation Anxiety and the Birth of the Subject. [Mitrani, T. & J.
(Eds.) (1997): 327–339]
Lederman, R., Wharton, B. Review: Spillius, E.B. (1988a) Journal of Analytical Psychology, 89: 96–98
(1989)
Lefébure, M. (1982) Evil in Angels and Men: Thomas Aquinas and Melanie Klein. New Blackfriars,
63: 460–470
Leitão, H. de A.L. (1995) Gender Differences in Children’s Moral Concern for Others: An Empirical Kleinian
Investigation. Dissertation Abstract, University of Kent
Lemma, A, (2008) Keeping Envy in Mind: The Vicissitudes of Envy in Adolescent Motherhood.
[Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 92–108]
Leonard. M.R. (1975) Review: Tustin, F. (1972): Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 44: 282–287
Leoni, C.T. (2000) Living in Intrusive Identification. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 173–187]
Lerman, M. (2000) Ogden’s Matrix of Transference and the Concept of Sign. British Journal of Medical
Lerner, H. (1984) Research Perspectives on Borderline Phenomena: Implications for Klein’s Theory of
the “Bad Object” Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 2(2): 43–62
Lester, J.M. (1992) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1989) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
40: 936–941

48
Levine, E.G. (1982) Psychoanalysis and Symbolism: The Space between Self and World. Dissertation
Abstract, York University (Canada)
Levine, H.B. (1992) Freudian and Kleinian Theory: A Dialogue of Comparative Perspectives. Journal of
the American Psychoanalytic Association, 40: 801–826
Levine, H.B. (1993a) Review: Segal, H. (1991) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 62: 492–495
Levine, H.B. (1993b) Review: Anderson, R. (1992) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 62: 651–653
Levine, H.B. (1998) Review: Schafer (1977a) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 46: 601–603
Levine, H.B. (2002) Review: Britton, R. (1998) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
50: 1035–1039
Levine, H.B. (2003) Review: Bell, D. (1997b) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 51: 239–242
Levy, S.T. (1998) Review: Schafer, R. (1997b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 183–184
Lewin, V., Sharp, B. (Eds.) Siblings in Development: A Psychoanalytical View. London: Karnac
(2009)
Li Causi, R., Waddell, M. An Appreciation of the Work of Melanie Klein. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 31: 3–5
(2005)
Lichtenberg, J.D. (Ed.) Contemporary Kleinian Psychoanalysis. Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press
(1994)
Lieberman, E.J. (2001) Review: Kristeva, J. (2001) Library Journal, 126: 252
Likierman, M. (1988) Maternal Love and Positive Projective Identification. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
14(2): 29–45
Likierman, M. (1993a) “He Drew my Attention to my Great Gift for Understanding Children …”: Some
Thoughts on Sandor Ferenczi’s Influence on Melanie Klein. British Journal of
Philosophy, 9: 444–455
Likierman, M. (1993b) Primitive Object Love in Melanie Klein’s Thinking: Early Theoretical Influences.
Likierman, M. (1995a) The Debate between Anna Freud and Melanie Klein: An Historic Survey. Journal of
Likierman, M. (1995b) Loss of the Loved Object: Tragic and Moral Motifs in Melanie Klein’s Concept of the
Depressive Position. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 12: 147–159
Likierman, M. (1995c) Psychoanalytic Observation in Community Mental Health Care Education, Tavistock
Gazette, 43: 21–27
Likierman, M. (1997) On Rejection: Adolescent Girls and Anorexia. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
23: 61–80
Likierman, M. (1998) Commentary by a Kleinian Psychotherapist. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
15: 116–119
Likierman, M. (2001) Melanie Klein: Her Work in Context. New York: Continuum
Likierman, M. (2006a) Unconscious Experience: Relational Perspectives. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
16: 375–376
Likierman, M. (2006b) Some Questions about Divergences and Similarities between Kleinian and
Intersubjective Approaches: Replies to Commentaries [Slavin, M.O. 2006) and
Seligman, S. (2006). Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 407–412]
Likierman, M. (2007) Donald Winnicott and Melanie Klein: Compatible Outlooks: [Caldwell, L. (Ed.)
(2005) Winnicott and the Psychoanalytic Tradition: 112–127. London: Karnac]
Likierman, M. (2008) Melanie Klein and Envy: A Static Totalitarian Script or a Sample of our Protean
Theories?—Commentary on. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 18: 766–775
Likierman, M., Urban, E. The Roots of Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy in Psychoanalysis.
(1999) [Lanyado, M., Horne, A. (Eds.) (1999) The Handbook of Child and Adolescent
Psychotherapy: Psychoanalytic Approaches: 19–30. London & New York: Routledge]
Limentani, A. (1989) Between Freud and Klein. The Psychoanalytic Quest for Knowledge and Truth.
London: Free Association Books

49
Lindon, J.A. (1966) Melanie Klein: Her View of the Unconscious [Alexander, F. et al (Eds.) (1966)
Psychoanalytic Pioneers: 360–372. New York: Basic Books]
Lindon, J.A. (1972) Melanie Klein’s Theory and Technique: Her Life and Work. [Giovacchini, P.L. (Ed.)
(1972) Tactics and Techniques in Psychoanalytic Therapy: 33–61 New York: Science
House, London: Hogarth]
Lindsay. S.F. (1955) Review: Klein, M. (with Riviere, J.) (1937b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
36: 138
Lipman, A.J. (1990) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1989) Current Psychology, 9: 88–89
Lipshitz-Phillips, S. (1999) On the Persistence of Early Loss and Unresolved Mourning. [Ruszczynski, S.,
Johnson, S. (1999): 39–54]
Lombardi, K.L. (2006) When a Body Meets a Body: A Neo-Kleinian View of Language and Body
Language. Psychoanalytic Review, 93: 379–390
Lombardi, R. (2008) The Body in the Analytic Session: Focusing on the Body-mind Link. International
Long, S. (2006) Organizational Defenses against Anxiety: What has Happened since the 1955 Jaques
Paper? International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 3: 279–295
Lopez-Corvo, R.E. (1984a) Libido Adhesiveness and Working through during Pathological Mourning.
Scandinavian Psychoanalytic Review, 7: 35–48
Lopez-Corvo, R.E. (1984b) From the Schizo-Paranoid to the Depressive Position. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Lopez-Corvo R.E. (1987) Transitional Dreams: A Kleinian Approach. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Lorand, S. (1957) Review: Klein, M. et al (1955) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 283–285
Lowenfeld, Y. (1963) Review: Klein, M. (1961—WMK IV) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 32: 409–415
Lowenfeld, Y. (1964) Review: Klein, M. (1963a) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 33: 582–584
Lubbe, T. (1998) Projective Identification fifty years on: A Personal View. Journal of Child
Lubbe, T. (2000) The Borderline Psychotic Child: A Selective Integration, Hove/New York: Routledge
Lubbe, T. (2008) A Kleinian Theory of Sexuality. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 24: 299–316
Lucas, R. (1985) On the Contribution of Psychoanalysis to the Management of Psychotic Patients in
National Health Service. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1: 2–17
Lucas, R. (1992) The Psychoanalytic Personality: A Psychoanalytic Theory and its Application in
Clinical Practice. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 73–79
Lucas, R. (1993) The Psychotic Wavelength. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 7: 15–24
Lucas, R. (1994) Puerperal Psychosis. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 257–272
Lush, D. (1965) Treatment of Depression in an Adolescent. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(3): 26–32
Lush, D. (1968) Progress of a Child with Atypical Development. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
2(2): 64–73
Lush, D. (1972) Over Determination of a Phantasy Involving Compulsive Rituals and Thoughts.
Lush, D. (1978) The Strength of the Transference in a Ten-year-old Girl at the Beginning of
Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 4(4): 103–118
Luttinger, H. (2005) A Portrait of Melanie Klein. New York State Psychologist, 17: 32–36
Lutzky, H. (1989) Reparation and Tikkun: A Comparison of the Kleinian and Kabbalistic Concepts.
Lyth, I. Menzies (1959) A Case Study in the Functioning of Social Systems as a Defence against Anxiety:
a Report on a Study of the Nursing Service of a General Hospital. Human Relations,
13: 95–121. rep. London:Tavistock (1961) and republished as see Lyth, I. Menzies
(1970a)
Lyth, I. Menzies (1969) The Motor-cycle: Growing up on Two Wheels. [Klein, S. (Ed.) (1969): 37–49 and in
Lyth, I. Menzies (1989a): 142–157]

50
Lyth, I. Menzies (1970a) The Functioning of a Social System as a Defence against Anxiety. [rep. (1970) as
Tavistock Pamphlet No. 3 London: Tavistock Institute of Human Relations also in
Lyth, I. Menzies (1988): 43–85]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1970b) Psychosocial Aspects of Eating. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 14: 223–227 [also in
Lyth, I. Menzies (1989a): 61–67]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1976) Thoughts on the Maternal Role in Contemporary Society. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 4(1): 5–14 [also in Lyth, I. Menzies (1988): 208–221]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1979) Staff Support Systems: Task and Anti-task in Adolescent Institutions. [Hinshelwood,
R.D., Manning, N. (Eds.) (1979) Therapeutic Communities: Reflections and Progress.
London: Routledge: 197–207 also in Lyth, I. Menzies (1988): 222–235]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1981) Bion’s Contribution to Thinking about Groups. International Review of Psychoanalysis,
8: 8–11 [also in Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 661–665 and Lyth, I. Menzies (1989a): 19–25]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1985a) The Development of the Self in Children in Institutions. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 11(2): 49–64 [also in Lyth, I. Menzies (1988): 236–258 and in Barrows,
P.S. (Ed.) (2004): 195–212]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1985b) Psychoanalysis in Non-Clinical Contexts: On the Art of Captaincy. Free Associations,
5: 65–78
Lyth, I. Menzies (1988) Containing Anxiety in Institutions: Selected Essays Vol. 1. London: Free Association
Books
Lyth, I. Menzies (1989a) The Dynamics of the Social: Selected Essays Vol. 2. London: Free Association Books
Lyth, I. Menzies (1989b) A Psychoanalytic Perspective on Social Institutions. [Menzies, I. Lyth, (1989a): 26–44
and in Spiilius, E.B. (1988b): 284–299]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1991) The Institution as Therapist: Hazards and Hopes. [Szur, R., Miller, S., (Eds.)
(1991): 423–439]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1999) Facing the Crisis. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 13: 207–212
McCaig, J.M. (2007) The Use of Infant Observation in the Treatment of a Clinical Neonate. [Alhanati, S.,
Kostoulas, K. (Eds.) (1997): 53–82]
McCarthy, J.B. (1991) Review: Maisel, P., Kendrick, W. (1986) Psychoanalytic Psychology, 85: 515–517
McDonald, A. (1995) Review: King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 213
McDonnell, J. (1992) Review: Limentani, A. (1989) Free Associations, 3B: 291–297
McDougall, J. (1989) Review: Limentani, A. (1989) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71: 536–537
McEnroe, F.J. (1990) Psychoanalysis and Early Education: A Study of the Educational Ideas of Sigmund
Freud (1856–1939), Anna Freud (1895–1982), Melanie Klein (1882–1960) and Susan
Isaacs (1885–1948). Dissertation Abstracts International, 50 (10-A): 3188–3189
Mack, B. (2002) Psychoanalytic Insight and Relationships Revisited. Journal of Social Work Practice,
16: 191–201
Mackay, N. (1981) Melanie Klein’s Metapsychology: Phenomenological and Mechanistic Perspective.
McMahon, L. (1992) The Handbook of Play Therapy. London: Routledge
Magagna, J. (1987) Three Years of Infant Observation with Mrs. Bick. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
13(1): 19–39 [also in Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 75–104]
Magagna, J. (1996) Beyond the Infinite: Psychotherapy with a Psychotic Child. Journal of the Melanie
Magagna, J. (2000) Severe Eating Difficulties: Attacks on Life. [Rustin, Margaret, Quagliata, E. (Eds.)
(2000): 51–73]
Magagna, J. (2002) Mrs. Bick’s Contribution to the Understanding of Severe Feeding Difficulties and
Pervasive Refusal. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 135–156]
Magagna, J., Dubinsky, H. Remembering Mrs. Bick, Remembering Mrs. Klein. Tavistock Gazette, 10: 3–4
(1983)
Magagna, J. et al (Eds.) Intimate Transformations: Babies with their Families. London: Karnac
(2005)

51
Maiello, S. (1997) Going Beyond Notes on the Beginning of Object Relations in the Light of “The
Perpetuation of an Error” (Tustin, F. (1994a) [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 1–22]
Maiello, S. (2000) “Song and Dance” and its Developments: The Function of Rhythm in the Learning
Process of Oral and Written Language. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 68–85]
Main, T.F. (1961) Melanie Klein 30 March 1882—22 September 1960. British Journal of Medical
Malin, A. (1966) Projective Identification in the Therapeutic Process. International Journal of
Mancia, M. (1981) On the Beginning of Mental Life in the Fœtus. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62: 51–357
Mancia, M. (1988) The Dream as Religion of the Mind. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
69: 419–426
Mancia, M. (1993) In the Gaze of Narcissus: Memory, Affect and Creativity. London: Karnac
Mandin, P. (2007) The Contribution of Systems and Object Relations Theories to Understanding of the
Therapeutic Relationship in Social Work Practice. Social Work Practice 21: 149–162
Margulies, J. (2002) Review: Mitrani, J. (2001). Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society,
50: 1042–1051
Masciuch, S. (1988) Jealousy: The Quantitative and Qualitative Testing of a Kleinian Psychoanalytic
Neo-Piagetian Paradigm. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
6(1): 14–34
Mason, A.A. (1981) The Suffering Super-ego: Psychotic Break and Claustrophobia. [Grotstein, J.S.
(1981b): 139–166]
Mason, A.A. (1987) How Theory Shapes Technique: A Kleinian Perspective. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
7: 189–197
Mason, A.A. (1989) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986). Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 58: 262–268
Mason, A.A. (1991) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989). Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
39: 272–274
Mason, A.A. (1995) Review, Petot, J-M. (1990, 1991). Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 64: 375–380
Mason, A.A. (1998) Melanie Klein’s Notes on ‘Citizen Kane’ with Commentary. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
18: 147–153
Mason, A.A. (2003) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160: 241
Mason, A.A. (2004) A Psychoanalyst’s Look at a Hypnotist: A Study of Folie à Deux. [Bell, D.
(2004c): 189–208]
Mawson, C. (1986) The Use of Play Technique in Understanding Disturbed Behaviour in School.
Mawson, C. (2001) Review: Sanders, K. (2001) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 1086–1088
May, U. (2001) Abraham’s Discovery of the ‘Bad Mother’: A Contribution to the History of the
Theory of Depression. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 283–305
Mayers, D. (1998) Comments by a Post-Kleinian Psychotherapist. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
14: 376–377
Meisel, P., Kendrick, W. Bloomsbury Freud: The Letters of James and Alex Strachey 1924–1925 London: Chatto
(1986) and Windus
Meisels, M., Shapiro, E.R. Tradition and Innovation in Psychoanalytic Education. Hillside NJ: Erlbaum
(1990)
Meissner, W.W. (1985) Review: Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b) Psychoanalytic Psychology, 2: 279–282
Meissner, W.W. (1988) Projection and Projective Identification. [Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1988): 27–49]
Meltzer, D. (1955) Towards a Structural Concept of Anxiety. Psychiatry: Journal for the Study of
Interpersonal Processes, 18: 41–50 [and Meltzer, D. (1994): 3–21]
Meltzer, D. (1963a) A Contribution to the Metapsychology of Cyclothymic States. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 44: 83–96 [and Meltzer, D. (1994): 90–121]

52
Meltzer, D. (1963b) Concerning the Social Basis of Art. [Stokes, A. 1963: 19–46]
Meltzer, D. (1964) The Differentiation of Somatic Delusions from Hypochondria. International Journal of
Meltzer, D. (1966a) Introjective Basis of Polymorphous Tendencies in Human Sexuality. Bulletin of the
Meltzer, D. (1966b) The Relation of Anal Masturbation to Projective Identification. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 47: 335–342 [also in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 102–116]
Meltzer, D. (1967a) The Psychoanalytical Process. London: Heinemann rep. 2008 London: Karnac (The
Harris-Meltzer Trust Series)
Meltzer, D. (1967b) Identification and Socialization in Adolescence. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
3: 95–100
Meltzer, D. (1968a) Tyranny. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 4
Meltzer, D. (1968b) Terror, Persecution, Dread—a Dissection of Paranoid Anxieties. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 49: 396–400 [also in Meltzer, D. (1973): 99–106 and in Spillius, E.B.
(1988a): 230–238]
Meltzer, D. (1969) The Relation of Aims to Methodology in the Treatment of Children. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 2(3): 57–61 [and in Meltzer, D. (1994): 170–176]
Meltzer, D. (1970) Review: Racker, H. (1968) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 51: 83–87
Meltzer, D. (1971a) Sincerity: A Study in the Atmosphere of Human Relations. [and Meltzer, D.
(1994): 185–284] (written in 1971 but unpublished until 1994)
Meltzer, D. (1971b) Towards an Atelier System. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 7 [also in
Meltzer, D. (1994): 285–289]
Meltzer, D. (1973a) Sexual States of Mind. Strathtay: Clunie Press rep. 2008 London: Karnac (The
Harris-Meltzer Trust Series)
Meltzer, D. (1973b) On the Apprehension of Beauty. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 9: 224–229
Meltzer, D. (1974a) Repression, Forgetting and Unfaithfulness. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 9 [also in Meltzer, D. (1994): 307–322]
Meltzer, D. (1974b) Narcissistic Foundation of the Erotic Transference. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
10: 311–316 [and Meltzer, D. (1994): 323–330]
Meltzer, D. (1974c) The Role of Pregenital Confusions in Erotomania. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Meltzer, D. (1974d) A Biographical Note on Adrian Stokes. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10: 342–345
Meltzer, D. (1975a) Adhesive Identification. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 11: 289–310 [and Meltzer, D.
(1994): 335–350]
Meltzer, D. (1975b) Compulsive Generosity. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 11: 135–145 [and Meltzer, D.
(1994): 351–362]
Meltzer, D. (1975c) Psychology of Autistic States and Post-autistic Mentality. [Meltzer, D. et al
(1975): 6–30]
Meltzer, D. (1975d) Mutism in Autism, Schizophrenia and Manic Depressive States—the Correlation of
Clinical Psychopathology and Linguistics. [Meltzer, D. et al (1975): 192–206]
Meltzer, D. (1975e) The Relation of Autism to Obsessional States in General. [Meltzer, D. et al
(1975): 209–222]
Meltzer, D. (1975f) Dimensionality in Mental Functioning. [Meltzer, D. et al (1975): 223–238]
Meltzer, D. (1976a) Dream-narrative and Dream-continuity. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 12: 423–432
Meltzer, D. (1976b) The Delusion of Clarity of Insight. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 57: 141–146
Meltzer, D. (1977) Temperature and Distance as Technical Dimensions of Interpretation. Bulletin of the
European Psychoanalysis Federation, 9
Meltzer, D. (1978a) Routine and Inspired Interpretations: Their Relation to the Weaning Process in
Analysis. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 14: 210–225 [and Meltzer, D. (1994): 290–306]
Meltzer, D. (1978b) A Note on Introjective Processes. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 12 [also
in Meltzer, D. (1994): 458–468]

53
Meltzer, D. (1978c) The Kleinian Development. Vol. 1: Freud’s Clinical Development; Vol. 2: Richard
Week-by-Week; Vol. 3: The Clinical Significance of the Work of Klein and Bion.
Strathtay: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1980) ‘The Diameter of the Circle’ in Bion’s Work. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 14
Meltzer, D. (1981a) The Relation of Splitting of Attention to Splitting of Self and Objects. Contemporary
Meltzer, D. (1981b) Does Money-Kyrle’s Concept of Misconception Have any Unique Descriptive
Power? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 15 [also in Meltzer, D.
(1994): 496–513]
Meltzer, D. (1981c) The Kleinian Expansion of Freud’s Metapsychology. International Journal of
Meltzer, D. (1982) The Conceptual Distinction between Projective Identification (Klein) and
Container-Contained (Bion). Journal of Child Psychology, 8(2): 185–202 [and in
Meltzer, D. et al (1986): 50–69]
Meltzer, D. (1984a) Dream-Life: A Re-examination of the Psychoanalytical Theory and Technique.
Meltzer, D. (1984b) A One-year Old Goes to Nursery. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 10: 89–104
Meltzer, D. (1986) On First Impressions. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 22: 467–470
Meltzer, D. (1987) On Æsthetic Reciprocity. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 13(2): 3–14
Meltzer, D. (1989) Concerning the Stupidity of Evil. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Meltzer, D. (1992) The Claustrum: An Investigation of Claustrophobic Phenomena. Strathtay: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1994) Sincerity and Other Works: Collected Papers. (edited Hahn, A.) London: Karnac
Meltzer, D. (1997) The Evolution of Object Relations. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 14: 60–66
Meltzer, D. (1998) The Kleinian Development. (rep.of Meltzer, D. (1978c) in one volume) London, Karnac
Meltzer, D. (2000) A Review of My Writings. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 1–11]
Meltzer, D. (2003) Supervisions with Donald Meltzer (with Rosa Castellà, Carlos Tabbia and Lluís Farré.
London: Karnac
Meltzer, D. (2005a) ‘Thought Disorder’: A Distinct Phenomenonological Category? British Journal of
Meltzer, D. (2005b) The Role of Projective Identification in the Formation of Weltanschauung [Field, N.
(Ed.) (2005): 131–136]
Meltzer, D.et al (1975) Explorations in Autism: A Psychoanalytic Study. Strathtay: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. et al (1982) The Conceptual Distinction between Projective Identification (Klein) and Container-
Contained (Bion). Journal of Child Psychology, 8(2): 185–202 [and in Meltzer, D. et al
(1986): 50–69]
Meltzer, D. et al (1986) Studies in Extended Metapsychology: Clinical Applications of Bion’s Ideas.
Meltzer, D., The Story of Child Development: A Psychoanalytic Account. Infant Observation,
Harris, M. (2001) 4(2): 36–56
Meltzer, D., Ego Ideal Functions and the Psychoanalytic Process. International Journal, 62:
Mancia, M. (1981) 243–249 [and Meltzer, D. (1994): 351–362]
Meltzer, D., Williams, M. The Apprehension of Beauty: The Role of Aesthetic Conflict in Development, Violence and
Harris (1988) Art. Strathtay, Clunie Press
Meredith-0wen. W. (2008) ‘Go! Sterilise the Fertile with thy Rage’: Envy as Embittered Desire. Journal of
Psychoanalytical Psychology, 53: 459–480
Middlemore, M. (1934) The Treatment of Bewitchment in a Puritan Community. International Journal of

54
Middlemore, M. (1937) The Uses of Sensuality. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937): 57–86]

Middlemore, M. (1941) The Nursing Couple. London: Hamish Hamilton
Milivojevic, L., Importance of Object Relations for Development of Capacity for Normal Love.
Strakali, I.S. (2004) Croatian MedicalJournal, 45: 18–24
Miller, J. (1995) “Teaching Klein” Response. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 12: 107–108 [see also
Buckingham, L. (1994)]
Miller, L. (1987) Idealisation and Contempt: Dual Aspects of the Process of Devaluation of the Breast
as a Feeding Relationship. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 13: 41–56
Miller, L. (1997) The Difficulty of Finding a Space for Thinking: The Therapy of a Seven-year-old
Girl. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 56–70]
Miller, L. (1999) Infant Observation as a Precursor of Clinical Training. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
19: 142–145
Miller, L. et al (1990) Closely Observed Infants. London: Duckworth
Miller, P., Aisenstein, M. On Analytic Listening. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 1485–1488
(2004)
Mills, J. (2000) Hegel on Projective Identification: Implications for Klein, Bion and Beyond.
Psychoanalytic Review, 8: 841–874 [also in Mills, J. (2006): 132–158]
Mills, J. (2006) Other Banalities: Melanie Klein Revisited. London: Routledge
Milner, M. (1944) A Suicidal Symptom in a Child of Three. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
25: 53–61
Milner, M. (1945) Some Aspects of Phantasy in Relation to General Psychology. International Journal of
Milner, M. (1952) Aspects of Symbolism in Comprehension of the Non-Self. International Journal of
Milner, M. (1955) The Role of Illusion in Symbol Formation. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955a): 82–108].
Originally in a larger form: Milner, M. (1952) also in Gosso, S. (2004a): 85–109]
Milner, M. (1958) Psychoanalysis and Art. [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1958): 77–101]
Milrod, D. (1998) Review: Weininger, O. (1996) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 200–202
Milton, J. (1994) Abuser and Abused: Perverse Solutions Following Childhood Abuse. Psychoanalytic
Milton, J. (2000) Psychoanalysis and the Moral High Ground. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 1101–1115
Minsky, R. (1995) Reaching Beyond Denial—Sight and Insight—a Way Forward? (drawing on the
Theory of Freud, Klein, Winnicott, Lacan and Kristeva). Free Associations, 5: 326–351
Minsky, R. (1996) Psychoanalysis and Gender: An Introductory Reader. London & New York: Routledge
Minsky, R. (undated) Beyond Nurture: Finding the Words for Male Identity. [www.//http@human-nature
Mitchell, J. (Ed.) (1986a) The Selected Melanie Klein. London: Penguin
Mitchell, J. (1986b) Introduction. [Mitchell, J. (1986a) 9–32]
Mitchell, J. (1998) Introduction. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 11–31]
Mitchell, S.A. (1981) The Origin and Nature of the Object in the Theories of Klein and Fairbairn.
Mitchell, S.A. (1988) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) Contemporary Psychology, 33: 855–856
Mitchell, S.A. (1995) Interaction in the Kleinian and Interpersonal Relations. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
31: 65–91
Mitchell, S.A. (1997) Influence and Autonomy in Psychoanalysis. (especially chapter 4: “Interaction in the
Kleinian Tradition”. [Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press rep. 2005 Hove and New York,
Routledge]
Mitrani, J. (1993) Deficiency and Envy: Some Factors Impacting the Analytic Mind from Listening to
Interpretation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 689–704

55
Mitrani, J. (1994) Unintegration, Adhesive Identification and the Psychic Skin: Variations on some
Themes by Esther Bick. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
12(2): 65–89
Mitrani, J. (1996) A Framework for the Imaginary: Clinical Explorations in Primitive States of Being.
Northville, NJ: Aronson
Mitrani, J. (1997) Unbearable Ecstasy, Reverence and Awe, and the Perpetuation of an “Æsthetic
Conflict”. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 23–39 also in Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
67: 102–127]
Mitrani, J. (2001) Ordinary People and Extra-ordinary Protections: A Post-Kleinian Approach to the
Treatment of Primitive Mental States. London and New York: Routledge
Mitrani, J. (2007a) Some Technical Implications of Melanie Klein’s Concept of ‘Premature Ego
Development’. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 825–842
Mitrani, J. (2007b) Bodily Centred Protections in Adolescence: An Extension of the Work of Francis
Tustin. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 1153–1169
London: Karnac
Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) Encounters with Autistic States: A Memorial Tribute to Frances Tustin. Lanham,
(1997) MD: Aronson
Mizen, R. (2003) A Contribution towards an Analytic Theory of Violence. Journal of Psychoanalytical
Mizen, R., Morris, M. On Aggression and Violence: An Analytic Perspective. Basingstoke: Palgrave
(2007)
Modell, A. (1991) Review: Rosenfeld, H.A. (1987) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
39: 248–250
Mohavedi, S. (1993) Review: Petot, J.-M. (1990–1991) Modern Psychoanalysis, 18: 118–123
Mohavedi, S. (1999) Review: Schafer, R. (1997a) Modern Psychoanalysis, 24: 112–117
Mollon, P. (1985) Self-awareness, Self-consciousness and Preoccupation with the Self. Tavistock
Gazette, 16: 3–8
Mollon, P. (1986) A Note on Kohut and Klein: Idealisation, Splitting and Projective Identification.
Mollon, P. (2002) Shame and Jealousy: The Hidden Turmoils. London: Karnac
Mollon, P. (2005) Some Thoughts on the Here-and-Now Use of Transference. Bulletin of the British
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1927) Belief and Representation. Symposion, 1: 315–331 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1978): 1–15]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1928a) The Psycho-Physical Apparatus. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 8: 132–142
[and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 16–27]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1928b): Morals and Supermen. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 8: 277–284
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1929) Critical Abstract: Roheim’s After the Death of the Primal Father British Journal of
Medical Psycholgy, 9: 33–56 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 38–56]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1930) The Meaning of Sacrifice. London: Hogarth
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1931a) The Remote Consequences of Psychoanalysis on Individual, Social and Instinctive
Behaviour. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 11: 173–193 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1978): 57–81]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1931b) A Psychologist’s Utopia. Psyche (London), 11: 48–69 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1978): 82–108]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1932a) The Development of the Sexual Impulses. London: Kegan Paul
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1932b) Aspasia. London: Kegan Paul
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1933) A Psychoanalytic Study of the Voices of Joan of Arc. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 13: 63–81 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 109–130]

56
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1934) A Psychological Analysis of the Causes of War. The Listener, 7 Nov. ‘34
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1937) The Development of War. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 16: 219–236 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 138–159]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1939) Superstition and Society. London: Hogarth
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1941) The Psychology of Propaganda. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 19: 82–94 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 160–175]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1944a) Towards a Common Aim: A Psychoanalytic Contribution Ethics. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 20: 1051–117 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 176–197]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1944b) Some Aspects of Political Ethics from a Psychoanalytic Point of View. International
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1948a) Social Conflict and the Challenge to Psychology. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
21: 215–221 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 198–209]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1948b) Varieties of Group Formation. Psychoanalysis and the Social Sciences, 2: 313–330 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 210–228]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1951a) Psychoanalysis and Politics: A Contribution to the Psychology of Politics and Morals.
London: Duckworth
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1951b) Some Aspects of State and Character in Germany. [Wilbur, G., Munsterberger, G. (Eds.)
Psychoanalysis and Culture. New York: International Universities Press: 280–292 and
in Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 229–244]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1952) Psychoanalysis and Ethics. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 225–234 [also in
Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 421–439]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1953) Toward a Rational Attitude to Crime. (pamphlet) London: The Howard League
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1955a) The Anthropological and Psychoanalytic Concept of the Norm. Psychoanalysis and
the Social Sciences, 4: 51–60 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 253–263]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1955b) Psychoanalysis and Ethics: [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 421–439 and Money-Kyrle,
R.E. (1978): 264–284]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1955c) An Inconclusive Contribution to the Theory of the Death Instinct. [Klein, M. et al
(Eds.) (1955): 499–509 and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 285–296]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1956a) The World of the Unconscious and the World of Common Sense. British Journal of
Philosophy of Science, 7: 86–96 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 318–329]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1956b) Normal Counter-transference and some of its Deviations. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 37: 360–366 [also in Money-Kyrle (1978): 330–342, in Furman, A.C.,
Levy, S.T. (Eds.) (2003): 81–94 and in Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 22–33]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1958a) On the Process of Psychoanalytic Inference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1958b) Psychoanalysis and Philosophy. Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1958): 102–124
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1960) On Prejudice—a Psychoanalytic Approach. British Journal of Medical Psychology
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1961a) Man’s Picture of his World. London: Duckworth
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1961b) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 43: 29–30
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1963a) A Note on Migraine. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44: 290–292 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 361–365]
Money-Kyrle. R.E. (1963b) Megalomania . American Imago, 22: 142–154 {and in Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1978): 376–388]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1963c) British Schools of Psychoanalysis: Melanie Klein and her Contribution to
Psychoanalysis. Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 4: 9–18 [and in
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 408–415]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1964) Politics from the Point of View of Psychoanalysis. [Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978)
366–375. Originally written for 20th Century but unpublished]

57
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1965a) Review: Bion, W.R. (1963) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 46: 365–368 [and in
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 389–396]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1965b) Success and Failure in Mental Maturations. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 1 [and in Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 397–406]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1966) A Note on the Three Caskets. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 2 [and in
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 407]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1968) Cognitive Development. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 49: 691–698
[and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 416–433 addendum in Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.)
(1981b): 537–550]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1969) On the Fear of Insanity. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 5 [and in
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 434–441]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1971) The Aim of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 52: 103–106 [and
in Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 442–449]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1974) Kleinian Psychoanalysis [Arieti, S. (Ed.) (1974) The American Handbook of
Psychiatry: Vol.3 225–238. New York: Basic Books]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1976a) Review: Meltzer, D. et al (1975a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 57: 499–500
[and in Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 450–451]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1976b) Review: Grinberg, L. (1975) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 57: 500–502 [and in
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 451–456]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1977) On Being a Psychoanalyst. [Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 457–465]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978) Collected Papers. (edited Meltzer, D. with the assistance of O’Shaughnessy, E.
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1979) Looking Backwards—and Forwards. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 6:
265–272
Morgan, D. (1997) Review: Rey, J.H. (1995b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 70: 420–424
Morris, M. (1986) J.Henri Rey: An Overview of his Theoretical Concepts. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Morro, M. (2000) Some Reflections on Comparing Obessional Neurosis and Autism. [Symington, J.
(2000)a 98–117]
Mortensen, K.V. (1991) Form and Context in Children’s Human Figure Drawings: Development, Sex Differences
and Body Differences. New York: New York University Press
Moskowitz, M. (1991) Review: Alford, C.F. (1989) Contemporary Psychology, 36: 987–988
Mosse, H.L. (1962) Review: Klein, M. (1961) American Journal of Psychiatry, 119: 93–94
Muir, E. (1985) The Kleinian Perception of Position and Group Therapeutic Process. Journal of Child
Muir, R. (1999) A Discussion of John Steiner’s Paper. (Steiner, J. (1999) Canadian Journal of
Munro, L. (1948) Analysis of a Cartoon in a Case of Hypochondria. International Journal of
Munro, L. (1952) Clinical Notes on Internalization and Identification. International Journal of
Munro, L. (1955) Steps in Ego-Integration Observed in a Play Analysis. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 35: 202–205 [and in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) 109–139]
Myers, J. (2001) Melanie Klein and Anna Freud: A Comparison of their Transference and Child
Treatment Theories. Dissertation Abstracts International, 61(9-B): 4997
Naiman, J. (1998) Review: Schafer, R. (1997b) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 6: 169–171
Nash, J.L. (1998a) Review: Schafer, R. (1997a) Journal of Psychotherapy Practice and Research, 4: 320–321
Nash, J.L. (1998b) The Thinking Body: A Feminist Perspective of Melanie Klein’s Psychology of
Knowledge. Dissertation Abstract, Sheffield University
Nathan, J. (1994) The Psychic Organisation of Community Care: A Kleinian Perspective. Journal of

58
Nemas, C. (2000) Development is Beauty, Growth is Ethics. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 27–42]
Nemas, C. (2005) A Brief Psychoanalytic Biography. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 443–445
Nemetz, M.G. (1961) Child Psychoanalysis of Melanie Klein and Anna Freud: A Comparative Study of
their Theories and Methods. Dissertation Abstracts International, 14: 634–635
Neuberger, R.P. (1988) A Psychoanalytic Tango: Recent Developments in Psychoanalysis in Argentina.
Journal of European Psychoanalysis, 7
Nevins, P. (2000) Review: Bell, D. (1999) International Journal of Psychotherapy, 5: 177–180
Newbigin, J. (1990) Counselling: A Cure for Social IIls? Women: A Cultural Review, 1: 188–197
Newirth, J. (2001) Between Emotion and Cognition: The Generative Unconscious. New York: Other Press
Newirth, J. (2005) A Case Study of Power and the Eroticized Transference-Countertransference.
Newsome, F. (2004) Envy and the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. Modern Psychoanalysis 29: 43–48
Nicholls, L. (2006) When Faith Eclipses Hope: Forgiveness within Reparation. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 6: 161–182
Nielson, J.A. (2004) Recognising a Different Other: A Neo-Kleinian Analysis of Lesbian Relationship
Violence. Dissertation Abstracts International, 5(3-B): 1558
Nilson, S.V. (2001) Gilgamesh in Relationship: A Feminist Kleinian Hermeneutic of the Contemporary
Epic. Dissertation Abstracts International, 61(10-B): 5610
Nixon, M. (2005) Fantastic Reality: Louise Bourgeois and a Story of Modern Art. Cambridge MA: MIT
Press
Nutkevich, A. (1985) Re-formulation of the Concept of Projective Identification (Envy,
Countertransference). Dissertation Abstract, New York City University
Nuttall, J. (2000) Modes of Therapeutic Relationship in Kleinian Psychotherapy. British Journal of
Oakley, C. (1999) Review: Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (Eds.) (1997) Journal of European Analysis, 8/9
Obholzer, A. (1986) Institutional Dynamics and Resistance to Change. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
2(3): 201–206
Obholzer, A. (1989) Psychoanalysis and the Political Process. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4(1): 55–66
Oclander-Goldie, S. (2000) Catastrophe, Containment and Manic Defences. [Symington, J. (2000a): 41–56]
O’Connor, N. (1990) Is Melanie Klein the one who knows who Really are? Women: A Cultural Review, 1:
180–188
O’Connor, J. (2002) Type A, Type B and the Kleinian Positions: Do they Relate to Similar Processes?
Psychoanalytic Psychology, 19: 95–117
Oelsner, R. & M. (2005) About Supervision: An Interview with Donald Meltzer. British Journal of
Ogden, T.H. (1982) Projective Identification and Psychotherapeutic Technique. Northville, NJ: Aronson [rep.
London: Karnac (1992)]
Ogden, T.H. (1984) Instinct, Phantasy and Psychological Deep Structure—a Re-interpretation of Aspects
of the Work of Melanie Klein. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 20: 500–525
Ogden, T.H. (1986) The Matrix of the Mind: Object Relations and the Psychoanalytic Dialogue. Northville,
NJ: Aronson [rep. London: Karnac (1992)]
Ogden, T.H. (1989a) The Primitive Edge of Experience. Northville, NJ: Aronson [rep. London: Karnac
(1992)]
Ogden, T.H. (1989b) On the Concept of an Autistic-contiguous Position, International Journal of
Ogden, T.H. (1992) The Dialectically Constituted/Decentred Subject of Psychoanalysis: II—The
Contributions of Klein and Winnicott. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73:
613–626 [and in Ogden, T.H. (1994): 33–60]
Ogden, T.H. (1994) Subjects of Analysis. London: Karnac
Ogden, T.H. (1997) Some Theoretical Comments on Personal Isolation. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.)
(1997): 179–193]

59
Ogden, T.H. (2003) What’s True and Whose Idea Was it? International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 593–606
Ogle, A. (1988) Warhol’s Demotic Writings: A Kleinian Analysis of Postmodern “Murder by
Signifiers” Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 6(2): 27–36
Ogle, A. (2008) The Jocastan Complex: A Kleinian Reading of Poetic Discourse. Dissertation Abstract,
University of California, Santa Cruz
Olsen, O.A. (2004) Depression and Reparation as Themes in Melanie Klein’s Analysis of the Painter,
Ruth Weber. Scandinavian Psychoanalytic Review, 27: 34–42
Orford, E. (1976) Some Effects of the Absence of his Father on an Eight-year-old Boy. Journal of Child
Orwin, C. (1994) Review: Segal, J. (1992) Journal of Mental Health, 3: 558
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1964) The Absent Object. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(2): 34–43 [also in Barrows, P.S.
(2004): 13–24]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1976) On the Concept of Anal Organisation of the Instincts. Bulletin of the British
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1978) A Liar and his Lying Objects: A Clinical Presentation. Bulletin of the British
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1981a) A Clinical Study of a Defensive Organization. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62: 359–369 [also in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 293–310]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1981b) A Commemorative Essay on W.R. Bion’s Theory on Thinking. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 7: 181–189 [also in Spillius, E.B. (1988b) as “W.R. Bion’s Theory of
Thinking and New Techniques in Child Analysis”: 177–190]
O’Shaughnessy, O. (1981c) The Impact of Meeting. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 17
O’Shaughnessy, O. (1982) Money-Kyrle’s Contribution to Ethics and Politics. Bulletin of the British
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1983a) The Detachment of Talk from Experience: Some Analytic Problems. Bulletin of the
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1983b) Words and Working Through. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 281–289
[also in Spillius. E.B. (1988b): 138–151]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1986) A Three-and-a-half-year-old Boy’s Melancholic Identification with an Original
Object. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 67: 173–179
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1987) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986). International Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 132–136
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1988) The Invisible Œdipus Complex. [Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 191–205 and in Steiner, J.
(1989): 129–150]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1989) Seeing with Meaning and Emotion. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 15(2): 27–31
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1990) Can a Liar be Psychoanalysed? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71: 187–195
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1992a) Psychosis: Not Thinking in a Bizarre World. [Anderson, R. (Ed.) 1992: 89–101
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1992b) Enclaves and Excursions. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 603–611 [also in
Bell, D. (1997): 147–160]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1994) What is a Clinical Fact? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 409–432 [also in
Schafer, R. (1997): 30–47]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1996) Dissension over Homosexuality. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 32
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1999) Relating to the Superego. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 861–870
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2000) The Anal Organisation of the Instincts: A Note on Theories Past and Present.
[Symington, J. (2000a): 118–127]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2004a) A Projective Identification with Frankenstein: Some Questions about Psychic Limits.
[Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (2004): 168–184]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2004b) Being Frankenstein: A Youth Solution to Psychosis. [De la Sierra, L.R. (Ed.)
(2004): 59–72]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2005) Mental Connectedness. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 41

60
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2006a) Contemporary Freudians, Independents and Kleinians: Perspectives on Projective

Identification. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 42
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2006b) A Conversation about Early Unintegration, Disintegration and Integration. Journal
of Child Psychotherapy, 32: 153–157
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2007) Gratitude: An Essay on Melanie Klein’s Envy and Gratitude. Bulletin of the British
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2008a) ’Intrusions’ [Steiner, J. (Ed.) (2008a): 3–14]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2008b) On Gratitude. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 79–91]
O’Shaughnessy, E., Edna O’Shaughnessy in Conversation with Jean Arundale. British Journal of
Arundale, J. (2004) Psychotherapy, 20: 527–539
Ostby, A.C. (2006) Hallucinosis: Psychoanalytic Perspectives (Wilfred Bion, Melanie Klein). Dissertation
Padel, J. (1990) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1989) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71: 715–717
Padel, J. (1991) The Psychoanalytic Theories of Melanie Klein and Donald Winnicott and their
Interaction in the British Society of Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Review,
78: 325–345
Paiva, N.D. (2005) The Potential in ‘not Knowing’. International Journal of Infant Observation, 8: 279–289
Pantone, P.J. (1994) Projective Identification: Affectuve Aspects. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 30: 604–618
Papadakis, M. (2004) To Defy the Fates: Doubt as an Expression of Envy. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.
(2004): 185–197]
Papernik, D.S. (1994) Review: King, P.H., Steiner, R. (1997) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 63: 549–552
Parks, C.E. (1983) Effects of Differing Styles of Consultaion on Participants’ Perceptions in Large
Groups. Dissertation Abstracts International, 44(2B)
Pasquali, G. (1987a) Some Notes on Humour in Psychoanalysis. International Review of Psychoanalysis,
14: 231–236
Pasquali, G. (1987b) Reflections on Œdipus in Sophocles Tragedy and in Clinical Practice. International
Pasquali, G. (1993) On Separateness. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 7: 181–191
Pasquali, G. (2000) The Significance of Perversion: To Prevent Intimacy. [Symington, J. (2000a): 57–67]
Paul, L. (1977) A Kleinian Approach to Psychotherapy. Clinical Social Work, 3: 179–190
Payton, C. (2007) Envy: The Canker in the Bud. Psychodynamic Practice, 13: 183–195
Perelberg, R.J. (2006) The Controversial Discussions and après-coup. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1199–1220
Perelberg, R. (Ed.) (2007) Time and Memory. London, Karnac
Pérez-Sanchez, M. (1990) Baby Observation: Emotional Relationships during the First Year of Life. Strathtay: Clunie
Press
Petot, J.-M. (1990) Melanie Klein: (vol. 1) First Discoveries and First System 1919–1932. Madison
CT: International Universities Press
Petot, J.-M. (1991) Melanie Klein. (vol. 2) The Ego and the Good Object 1932–1960. Madison
CT: International Universities Press
Phillips, J. (1998) The Fissure of Authority: Violence and the Acquisition of Knowledge. [Stonebridge,
Phillips (1998): 160–178]
Pichon-Riviere, A.D. (1958) Walking and Speech in Relation to the Depressive Position. International Journal of
Pick, D. (2004) ‘Roma o Morte’: Garibaldi, Nationalism and the Problem of Psycho-biography.
History Workshop Journal, 57: 1–33
Pick, D., Milton, J. (2001) Memories of Melanie Klein: Part 2—Interview with Betty Joseph. (Viewable on
Melanie Klein Trust website)
Pick, D., Roper, L. (2000) Psychoanalysis, Dreams, History: An Interview with Hanna Segal. History Workshop
Journal, 49: 161–170

61
Pick, I. Brenman (1967) On Stealing: Clinical Notes on Three Adolescent Boys. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
2(1): 67–79
Pick, I. Brenman (1985a) Development of the Concepts of Transference and Counter-transference.
Pick, I. Brenman (1985b) Breakdown in Communication: On Finding the Child in the Analysis of an Adult.
Pick, I. Brenman (1985c) Working through in the Counter-Transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
66: 157–166 [also in Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 34–47 and Schafer, R. (1997): 348–368]
Pick, I. Brenman (1985d) Male Sexuality: A Clinical Study of Forces that Impede Development. International
Pick, I. Brenman (1988) Adolescence: Its Impact on Patient and Analyst. International Review of
Pick, I. Brenman (1992) The Emergence of Early Object Relations in the Psychoanalytic Setting. (in
Anderson, R. (1992): 24–33]
Pick, I. Brenman (1995) Concern: Spurious or Real? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 257–270
Pick, I. Brenman (2008) Reflections on Envy and Gratitude. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 186–200]
Pick, I.B., Segal, J. (1978) Melanie Klein’s Contribution to Child Analytic Theory and Technique.
(Glenn, J. (Ed.) Child Analysis and Therapy: 427–449. New York: Aronson)
Pines, D. (2001) Memories of Melanie Klein: Part 1—Interview with Hanna Segal. (Viewable on
Pines, M. (1986) The Influence of Rickman and Klein on Bion. Tavistock Gazette, 20: 3–6
Pinkney, T.A. (1982) An Interpretation of some Aspects of the Work of T.S. Eliot in the Light of the
Psychoanalysis of Melanie Klein and D.W. Winnicott. M.Litt. thesis, Oxford 32–363
Piontelli, A. (1986) Backwards in Time: A Study in Infant Observation by the Method of Ester Bick.
Piontelli, A. (1987) Infant Observation from Before Birth. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
68: 453–463
Piontelli, A. (1988) Pre-natal Life and Birth as Reflected in the Analysis of a Two-year-old Psychotic
Girl. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 15: 73–81
Piontelli, A. (1989) A Srudy on Twins Before Birth. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 16: 413–426
Piontelli, A. (1992) From Fetus to Child: An Observational and Psychoanalytic Study. London: Routledge
Piontelli, A. (1993) Reflections on Infantile Amnesia. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 29
Piontelli, A. (1995) Kin Recognition and Early Precursors of Attachment as Seen in the Analysis of a
Young Psychotic. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 21: 5–21
Piontelli, A. (1996) Non-shared pre- and post-Natal Environment Factors: Twins Observed before and
after Birth. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 32
Pitt, A.J. (2002) Review: Sayers, J. (2000) European Journal of Cultural Studies, 5: 107–108
Ployé, P.M. (1984) A Note on Two Important Aspects of Melanie Klein: ‘Project Identification’ and
‘Idealisation’. British Journal of Psychiatry, 145: 55–58
Pocock, D. (2006) Six Things Worth Understanding about Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy. Journal of
Family Therapy, 28: 352–369
Podro, M. (2007) Destructiveness and Play: Klein, Winnicott and Milner. [Caldwell, L. (Ed.) (2005)
Winnicott and the Psychoanalytic Tradition: 24–32. London: Karnac]
Poggi, E.G. (1999) Review: Waddell, M. (1997) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
49: 325–327
Polden, J. (2005) Reparation, Terminable and Interminable. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
21: 559–575
Pollock, G.H. (1991) Review: Alford, C.F. (1989). International Review of Psychoanalysis, 18: 588–589
Polmear, C. (2008) An Independent Response to Envy and Gratitude. [Roth. P., Lemma, A. (Eds.)
(2008): 63–78]

62
Pontalis, J.-B. (1998) The Question Child. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 81–90]
Pozzi, M. (1994) Memories of Frances Tustin. Tavistock Gazette, 42: 7–10
Pozzi, M. (1997) Beginning the Search for an Identity: Analysis of a Young Woman with Autistic
Features as Supervised by Frances Tustin. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 291–303]
Prado de Olivera, L.E. The Nature of the Transference between Anna Freud and Melanie Klein: Learning
(2001) from the Controversies. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 10: 247–258
Prados, M. (1959) Review: Klein, M. (1957) American Journal of Psychiatry, 115: 861–862
Praper, P. (1993) A Kleinian View of the Former Yugoslavia. Group Analysis, 26: 189–193
Proner, B.D. (2005) Bodily States of Anxiety: The Movement from Somatic States to Thought. Journal of
Proner, K. et al (1998) Learning and Teaching the Theories of Melanie Klein. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
24: 449–460
Psychoanalytic Group of A Learning Experience in Psychoanalysis. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 203–214]
Barcelona (2000)
Pullias, E.V. (1940) Review: Klein, M. (with Riviere, J.) (1937) Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
35: 586–588
Pulver, S.E. (1994) Review: Joseph, B. (1989a) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
42: 287–292
Pulver, S.E., Levine, H.B. Freudian and Kleinian Theory: A Dialogue of Comparative Perspectives. Journal of
(1992) the American Psychoanalytic Association, 40: 801–826
Quinodoz, J.-M. (1993) Taming of Solitude: Separation Anxiety in Psychoanalysis. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2002a) Dreams that Turn Over a Page: Paradoxical Dreams in Psychoanalysis. Hove,
Sx: Routledge
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2002b) Projective Identification: What do French-speaking Analysts Thiink? Psychoanalysis
in Europe, 56: 139–147
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2004) Review, Britton, R. (2003b). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 790–793
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2006) Thinking Under Fire. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 87: 1–23
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2007) Listening to Hanna Segal. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Racker, H. (1953) A Contribution to the Problem of Countertransference. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 34: 313–324, in Furman, A.C., Levy, S.T. (Eds.) (2003): 55–80 [and in
Racker, H. (1968) as “The Countertransference Neurosis”: 105–126]
Racker, H. (1954a) Notes on the Theory of Transference. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 23: 78–86. [and in
Racker, H. (1968): 71–78]
Racker, H. (1954b) On the Confusion between Mania and Health. Samiska, 8: 42–46 [and in
Racker, H. (1968) as “Psychoanalytic Technique and the Analyst’s Unconscious
Mania”: 181–185]
Racker, H. (1957a) A Contribution to the Problem of Psychpathological Stratification.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 223–239, in Furman, A.C., Levy, S.T.
(Eds.) (2003): 55–80 [and in Racker, H. (1968) as “The Meaning and Uses of
Counter-transference”: 127–173]
Racker, H. (1957b) Analysis of Transference through the Patient’s Relations with the Interpretation.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 26: 223–357 [and in Racker, H. (1968): 79–104]
Racker, H. (1957c) The Meaning and Uses of Counter-transference. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
26: 303–357 [and in Racker, H. (1968) 105–126]
Racker, H. (1958a) Psychoanalytic Technique. (lecture read to The Argentine Psychoanalytic
Association) [and in Racker, H. (1968): 6–22]
Racker, H. (1958b) Classical and Present Techniques in Psychoanalysis. (lecture given—in abridged
form—at the 2nd Latin American Psychoanalytic Congress) [and in Racker, H.
(1968): 23–70]
Racker, H. (1958c) Psychoanalytic Technique and the Analyst’s Unconscious Masochism. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 27: 555–562 [and in Racker, H. (1968): 174–180]

63
Racker, H. (1958d) Counter-resistance and Interpretation. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic

Association, 6: 215–221 [and in Racker, H. (1968): 186–192]
Racker, H. (1960) A Study of some Early Conflicts through their Return in the Patient’s Relation with
the Interpretation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41: 47–58
Racker, H. (1966) Ethics and Psychoanalysis and the Ethics of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of
Racker, H. (1968) Transference and Counter-transference. London: Hogarth
Radin, M. (2004) The Story of Peter Pan as an Allegory in Melanie Klein’s Essay on ‘Love, Guilt and
Reparation’. Dissertation Abstracts International, 64(11-B): 5790
Rainer, J.D. (1989) Review: Caper, R. (1988) American Journal of Psychotherapy, 43: 293–294
Rance, S. (1997) “Here I Am!”: Self and Object in a Developmentally Delayed Boy with Autistic
Features. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 138–154]
Rank, B. (1942) Where Child Analysis Stands Today. American Imago, 3: 41–60
Rau, L. (1962) Review: Klein, M. (1961—WMK IV) Contemporary Psychology, 7: 146–147
Rauch-Rapaport, A. (2005) Melancholia in Thomas Mann’s Ordnung und Frühes Leid: Feeling Envy for the
Young and Dancing. Oxford German Studies, 34: 204–210
Ravid, Z. (1991) Review: Segal, H. (1991): Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 22: 89–90
Reed, G.S., The Logic of Controversy by Susan Isaacs and Anna Freud on F(Ph)antasy. Journal of
Baudry, F. (1997) the AmericanPsychoanalytic Association, 45: 485–490
Rees, S.C., Transference and Counter-transference: A Clinical Study with a Kleinian
Cutcher, J.A. (1985) Perspective. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 3(1): 93–108
Regan, B.C. (1981) Melanie Klein’s Psychoanalytic Approach: Its Historical Foundations. Dissertation
Abstract, University of Ottawa
Reid, S. (1997a) The Technique of Child Psychotherapy. [Rustin, Margaret et al (eds.) (1997): 27–36]
Reid, S. (Ed.) (1997b) Developments in Infant Observation: The Tavistock Model. Hove, Sussex: Routledge
Reid, V. (2005) André Gide and Curiosity. Dissertation Abstract, University of Reading
Reis, B. (2006) Even Better than the Real Thing. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 42: 177–196
Renik, O., Psychoanalytic Controversies: Intersubjectivity in Psychoanalysis. International
Spillius, E.B. (2004) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 1053–1064
Resnik, S. (1987) The Theatre of the Dream. London: Routledge
Rey, J.H. (1974) Intra-Psychic Relations: The Individual and the Group. [Wolberg, L., Aronson, M.
(Eds.): Group Therapy: An Overview. 84–101 (1974) New York: Stratton]
Rey, J.H. (1979) Schizoid Phenomena in the Borderline. [Le Boit, J., Capponi, A. (Eds.): 449–484
(1979) and in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 203–229]
Rey, J.H. (1981) Psycholinguistics, Object Relations and Therapeutic Process. Bulletin of the British
Rey, J.H. (1985) A Dream and the Problem of Early Object Formation. Bulletin of the British
Rey, J.H. (1986a) Reparation. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 4(1): 5–36
Rey, J.H. (1986b) The Schizoid Mode of Being and the Space-Time Continuum (beyond Metaphor).
Rey, J.H. (1986c) Psycholinguistics, Object Relations Theory and the Therapeutic Process. Journal of
the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 4(2): 53–72
Rey, J.H. (1986d) The Psychodynamics of Psychoanalytic and Psycholinguistic Structures. Journal of
Rey, J.H. (1986e) Psychodynamics of Depression. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 4(2): 93–115
Rey, J. H. (1988) That Which Patients Bring to Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 69:
457–470
Rey, J.H. (1992) Awake, Going to Sleep, Asleep, Dreaming, Awaking, Awake: Comments on
W. Clifford M. Scott. Free Associations, 3: 439–455

64
Rey, J.H. (1994a) Further Thoughts on that which Patients Bring to Analysis. British Journal of
Rey, J.H. (1994b) Universals of Psychoanalysis in the Treatment of Psychotic and Borderline States. [edited
Magagna, J.] London: Free Association Books]
Rey, J.H. (1997) Space and Time Factors as Related to Schizoid Conditions. Bulletin of the British
Association of Therapists, 32: 3–26
Rhode, E. (1987) Birth and Madness. London: Duckworth
Rhode, E. (1990) The Generations of Adam. London: Free Associations
Rhode, E. (1994) Psychotic Metaphysics. Strathtay: Clunie Press
Rhode, E. (1995) Commentary by a Post-Kleinian Psychoanalytic Psychotherapist. British Journal of
Rhode, E. (1996) The Image in Form. Free Associations 6A: 73–80
Rhode, E. (1997) First Light: Knowing the Infant as an Actuality and as an Idea. [Reid, S. (Ed.)
(1997): 89–97]
Rhode, E. (1998) The Enigmatic Object: The Relation of Understanding to Being and Becoming.
Rhode, M. (1984) Ghosts and the Imagination. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 10(1): 3–14
Rhode, M. (1994) Autistic Breathing. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 20: 25–41
Rhode, M. (1995a) A Tribute to Frances Tustin. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 21: 153–166
Rhode, M. (1995b) Links between Henri Rey’s Thinking and Psychoanalytic Work with Autistic
Children. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 149–155
Rhode, M. (1997a) Going to Pieces: Autistic and Schizoid Solutions. [Rustin, Margaret et al
(1997b): 231–244]
Rhode, M. (1997b) Psychosomatic Integrations: Eye and Mouth in Infant Observation. [Reid, S. (Ed.)
(1997): 140–156]
Rhode, M. (1997c) The Voice as an Autistic Object [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 41–61]
Rhode, M. (2000a) On Using an Alphabet: Recombining Separable Components. [Symington, J.
(2000a): 80–97]
Rhode, M. (2000b) Assessing Children with Communication Disorders. [Rustin, Margaret,
Quagliata, E. (2000): 9–32]
Rhode, M. (2002) Whom Does the Skin Belong to? Trauma, Communication, and a Sense of Self.
[Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 226–239]
Rhode, M. (2003) Sensory Aspects of Language Development in Relation to Primitive Anxieties. Infant
Observation, 6(2): 12–32
Rhode, M. (2004) Different Responses to Trauma in Two Children with Autistic Spectrum
Disorder: The Mouth as Crossroads for the Sense of Self. Journal of Child
Rhode, M. (2005) Mirroring, Imitation, Identification: The Sense of Self in Relation to the Mother’s
Internal World. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 31: 52–71
Richmond, S. (2002) Feminism and Psychoanalysis: Using Melanie Klein, [Fricker, M., Hornby, J.,
(Eds.) (2002) The Cambridge Companion to Feminism and Philosophy: 68–87.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press]
Richter, P. (1988) Review: Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 37: 612–615
Rickman, J. (1921) An Unanalysed Case: Anal Erotism, Occupation and Illness. International Journal of
Rickman, J. (1926) A Psychological Factor in the Ætiology of descensus uteri, Laceration of the Perineum
and Vaginismus. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 363–365
Rickman, J. (1926–1927) A Survey: The Development of the Psychoanalytical Theory of the Neuroses British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 6: 270–294 & 7: 321–374
Rickman, J. (1928a) Index Psychoanalyticus: 1893–1926. London: Hogarth

65
Rickman, J. (1928b) The Development of the Psychoanalytical Theory of the Neuroses: 1893–1926.
London: Bailliere, Tindall and Cox
Rickman, J. (1932) The Psychology of Crime. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 12: 264–269
Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937) On the Bringing up of Children. London: Kegan Paul. rep. 2003 with new introduction
by King, P. London: Routledge
Rickman, J. (1940) On the Nature of Ugliness and the Creative Impulse. International Journal of
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Melanie Klein: Achievement and Problems. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
(1980) Society, 16
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Expiation as Defence. International Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 549–570
(1981a) [also in Bell, D. (1981a) (Ed.) (1997): 105–127]
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Technical Problems in the Analysis of a Pseudo-compliant Patient. International
(1981b) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 62: 477–484
Riesenburg-Malcolm, R. Interpretation: The Past in The Present. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis
(1985) Federation 24: [also in International Review of Psychoanalysis, 13: 433–443 and in (1985)
Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 73–89]
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. The Constitution and the Operation of the Super-ego. Psychoanalytic
(1987) Psychotherapy, 3: 149–159
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. The Mirror: A Perverse Sexual Phantasy in a Woman seen as a Defence against a
(1988a) Psychotic Breakdown. [Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 115–137]
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Construction as Living History. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalytical Federation,
(1988b) 31: 3–12
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. As if: The Phenomenon of not Learning. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(1990) 71: 385–392 [also in Anderson, R. (1992): 114–125]
Riesenberg-Malcolm. R. Conceptualization of Clinical Facts. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(1994) 75: 1031–1040 [also in Schafer, R. (1997): 51–70]
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. How Can you Know the Dancer from the Dance?: Hysteria as Hyperbole. Bulletin of
(1995a) the British Psychoanalytic Society, 31
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. The Three W’s: What, Where and When: The Rationale of Interpretation.
(1995b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 447–456
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. On Bearing Unbearable States of Mind. ed. Roth, P. London: Routledge
(1999)
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Bion’s Theory of Containment. [Bronstein, C. (2001(a): 165–180]
(2001)
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Expiation as a Defence. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a): 105–127]
(2004)
Riley, C. (1997) Between Two Worlds: Hope and Despair in the Analysis of an Autistic Child.
[Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 63–82]
Riolo, F. (2007) Psychoanalytic Transformations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 1375–1389
Riviere, J. (1920) Three Notes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 1: 200–203 [also in Riviere, J.
(1991): 46–49]
Riviere. J. (ca.1920–1921) The Theory of Dreams. (rep. from the women’s supplement of a newspaper—source
unknown) [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 54–58]
Riviere, J, (1921–1922a) Review: Forsyth, D. The Technique of Psychoanalysis.London; Kegan Paul 1922. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 2: 32–39 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 64–70]
Riviere, J. (1921–1922b) Review: Hingley, R.H. Psychoanalysis. London: Methuen 1921. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 2: 147–148 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 71–73]
Riviere, J. (1921–1922c) Review: Valentine, C.W. Dreams and the Unconscious: An Introduction to the Study of
Psychoanalysis. London: Christophers 1921. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 2:
244–246 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 74–76]

66
Riviere, J. (1923) Review: Freud, S. Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego. James Strachey translation.
London: International Psychoanalytic Press 1922. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 4: 183–199 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 60–61]
Riviere, J. (1924a) A Castration Symbol. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 85 [also in Riviere, J.
(1991): 51–56]
Riviere, J. (1924b) Phallic Symbolism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 85 [also in Riviere, J.
(1991): 52]
Riviere, J. (1924c) The Castration Complex in a Child. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 467–468
[also in Riviere, J. (1991): 49–51]
Riviere, J. (1924d) Review: Parsons, F.A. The Psychology of Dress, London, Batsford 1924. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 499 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 77]
Riviere, J. (1927) Symposium on Child Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 8: 370–377
Riviere, J. (1929) Womanliness as a Masquerade. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 10: 303–313
[also in Riviere, J. (1991): 90–101 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed.) (2004c): 127–138]
Riviere, J. (1930) Magical Regeneration by Dancing. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 11: 340
Riviere, J. (1932) Jealousy as a Mechanism of Defence. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 13:
414–424 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 104–115]
Riviere, J. (1934) Review: Freud, S. New Introductory Lectures on Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth
Press (1933) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 15: 329–339 [also in Riviere, J.
(1991): 118–131]
Riviere, J. (1936a) A Contribution to Analysis of the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 17: 304–320 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 134–153]
Riviere, J. (1936b) On the Genesis of Physical Contact in Earliest Infancy. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 17: 395–422 [also in Klein, M. et al (1952): 37–66 and in Riviere, J.
(1991): 272–300]
Riviere, J. (1937a) Hate, Greed and Aggression. [Klein, M., Riviere, J. (1937): 3–53 and in Riviere, J.
(1991): 168–205]
Riviere. J. (1937b) Review: Freud, S. An Autobiographical Study. London: Hogarth Press (1935) British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 16: 72–77 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 156–166]
Riviere, J. (1939) An Intimate Impression The Lancet, 678 (30.9.1939). [also in Riviere, J.
(1991): 208–212]
Riviere, J. (1945) The Bereaved Wife. [Volkov, P. (Ed.) (1945) Fatherless Children.London: Pouskin Press
[also in Riviere, J. (1991): 214–226]]
Riviere, J. (1948) Review: Freud, S. The Question of Lay Analysis. London: Imago 1947. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 29: 257–258. [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 228–230]
Riviere, J. (1952a) General Introduction [Klein, M. et al (1952): 1–36 and in Riviere. J. (1991): 233–269]
Riviere, J. (1952b) The Unconscious Phantasy of an Inner World Reflected in Examples from
Literature. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 160–172 [also in Klein, M. et al
(Eds.) (1955): 346–369, in Riviere, J. (1991): 302–330 and Gosso, S. (2004a): 62–84]
Riviere, J. (1952c) The Inner World in Ibsen’s The Master Builder. International Journal of Psychoanalysis
33, 173–180 [also in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 370–383 and Riviere, J.
(1991): 332–347]
Riviere, J, (1958) A Character Trait of Freud’s. [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1950): 145–149 [and in Riviere, J.
(1991): 350–354]
Riviere, J. (1991) The Inner World of Joan Riviere: Collected Papers. [Ed., Hughes, A.]. London, Karnac]
Rizq, R. (2007) On the Margins: A Psychoanalytic Perspective. British Journal of Guidance and
Counselling, 35: 283–297
Roazen, P. (1988) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) American Journal of Psychiatry, 145: 1310
Roazen, P. (1992a) Review: Petot, J.-M. (1990) American Journal of Psychiatry, 149: 700

67
Roazen, P. (1992b) Review: King, P., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 391–398
Roazen, P. (2000) Œdipus in Britain: Edward Glover and the Struggle over Klein. New York: Other Press
Roazen, P. (2001) The Controversial Discussions: Edward Glover and the Origins of
“Double-barrelled Training”. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 10: 259–274
Robbins, M. (1980) Current Controversy in Object Relations Theory as Outgrowth of a Schism between
Klein and Fairbairn. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 61: 477–492
Robbins, M. (1992) Review: Anderson, R. (1992) American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 52: 382
Robbins, M. (1993) Review: King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991) American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 53: 374
Robertson, L.R. (1998) Review: Schafer, R. (1997b) Psychoanalytic Books, 9: 151–155
Robins, B.D., Goicoechea, J. The Psyche Genesis of the Self and the Emergence of Ethical Relatedness: Klein
(2005) in the Light ofMerleau-Ponty. Journal of Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology,
25: 191–193
Robinson, H.T. (2000) Review: Stonebridge, L., Phillips, J. (1998). International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 618–620
Robinson, H.T. (2001) Review: Waddell, M. (2001a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 836–838
Rodrigué, E. (1955a) The Analysis of a Three-year-old Mute Schizophrenic. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.)
(1955): 140–179]
Rodrigué, E. (1955b) Notes on Menstruation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 36: 328–334
Rodrigué, E. (1956) Notes on Symbolism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 37: 147–158
Rodrigué, E. (1966) Transference and a-Transferrence Phenomena. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
47: 342–348
Rodrigué, E. (1967) Severe Bodily Illness in Childhood. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 48: 290–293
Rodrigué, E. (1969) The Fifty-thousand Hour Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 50: 603–613
Roeckerath, K. (2002) Projective Identification: A Neuro-psychoanalytic Perspective. Neuropsychoanalysis,
41: 177–185
Rogers, R. (1990) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1990) Psychoanalytic Books, 1: 459–463
Rogers, R. (1992a) Review: Segal, H. (1991) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 352–360
Rogers, R. (1992b) Review: Joseph, B. (1989a) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 352–360
Rogers, R. (1998) Review: Segal, H. (1997) Psychoanalytic Books, 9: 304–308
Roitman, M. (1989) The Concept of an Idea: Its Use in Understanding Interpersonal and Group
Processes. Group Analysis, 22: 235–248
Roper, L. (1991) Witchcraft and Fantasy in Early Modern Germany. History Workshop Journal,
32: 19–43
Roper, L. (1994) Œdipus and the Devil: Witchcraft, Sexuality and Religion in Early Modern Europe.
London: Routledge
Rose, J. (1990) Hanna Segal Interviewed by Jacqueline Rose. Women: A Cultural Review, 1: 198–214
Rose, J. (1993) Why War? Psychoanalysis, Politics and Return to Melanie Klein. Oxford: Blackwell
Rose, J. (1998) Negativity in the Work of Melanie Klein. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 126–159] also
in Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 16(4): 647–683
Rosenblatt, A.D. (1991) Review: Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
39: 822–826
Rosenbluth, D. (1965) The Kleinian Theory of Depression. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(3): 20–25
Rosenbluth, D. (1967) “Insight” as an Aim of Treatment. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(2): 5–17
Rosenbluth, D. (1970) Transference in Child Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(4): 72–87 [also
in Barrows, P.S. (2004): 43–62]
Rosenfeld, D. (1997) Understanding Varieties of Autistic Encapsulation: A Homage to Frances Tustin.
[Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 163–177]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1947) Analysis of a Psychotic Schizophrenic State with Depersonalization. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 28: 130–139 [also in Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 13–33 Steiner, J.
(Ed.) (2008a): 87–105]

68
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1949) Remarks on the Relation of Male Homosexuality to Paranoia, Paranoid Anxiety and
Narcissism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 30: 36–47 [also in Rosenfeld, H.A.
(1965): 34–51]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1950) Notes on the Psychopathology of Confusional States in Chronic Schizophrenias.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 31: 132–137 [also in Rosenfeld, H.A.
(1965): 52–62]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1952a) Notes on the Psychoanalysis of the Super-ego Conflict in an Acute Schizophrenic
Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 111–131 [also in Rosenfeld,
H.A. (1965): 63–103, in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 180–219 and in Spillius, E.B.
(1988a): 14–51]
Rosenfeld, H. A. (1952b) Transference Phenomena and Transference Analysis in an Acute Catatonic
Schizophrenic Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 457–464 [also in
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 104–116]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1954) Considerations Requiring the Psychoanalytic Approach to Acute Catatonic
Schizophrenia. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 35: 138–140 [also in Rosenfeld,
H.A. (1965): 117–127]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1958a) Some Observations on the Psychopathology of Hypochondriacal States.
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1958b) Contribution to the Discussion on Variations in Classical Technique. International
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1958c) Discussion on Ego Distortion. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39: 274–275
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1959a) Review: Klein, M. (1957). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 40: 64–66
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1959b) An Investigation into the Theory of Depression. International Journal of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1960a) On Drug Addiction. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41: 467–475 [also in
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 128–143]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1960b) A Note on the Precipitating Factor in Depressive Illness. International Journal of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1962) The Superego and the Ego-Ideal. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43: 258–263
[also in Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 144–153]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1963a) Notes on the Psychopathology and Psychoanalytic Treatment of Depressive and
Manic-depressive Patients. Psychiatric Research Reports of the American Psychiatric
Association, November
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1963b) Notes on the Psychopathology and Psychoanalytic Treatment of Schizophrenia.
Psychiatric Research Reports of the American Psychiatric Association, November [also in
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 155–168]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964a) Object Relationships of the Acute Schizophrenic Patient in the Transference
Situation. Psychiatric Research Reports of the American Psychiatric Association,
December
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964b) On the Psychopathology of Narcissism: A Clinical Approach. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 45: 332–337 [also in Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 169–179 and in Steiner, J.
(Ed.) (2008a): 106–115]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964c) The Psychopathology of Hypochondriasis. [Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 180–199]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964d) An Investigation into the Need of Neurotic and Psychotic Patients to Act Out
during the Analysis [Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 200–216]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964e) The Psychopathology of Drug Addiction and Alcoholism: A Critical Review of the
Psychoanalytic Literature. [Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 217–242]
Rosenfeld, H.E. (1964f) Object Relations of the Acute Schizophrenic Patient in the Transference Situation.
[Solomon, P., Glueck, B.C. (Eds.) (1964) Recent Research on Schizophrenia. 59–68
Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Association]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965) Psychotic States: A Practical Approach. London: Hogarth Press. rep London: Karnac
(1982)

69
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1969) On the Treatment of Psychotic States by Psychoanalysis: An Historic Approach.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 50: 615–630 [see also Rosenfeld, H.A. (1981b)]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1970) On Projective Identification, Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 6
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1971a) Contribution to the Psychopathology of Psychotic States: The Importance of
Projective Identification in the Ego Structure and the Object Relations of the
Psychotic Patient. [Doucet, P., Lauren, C. (Eds.) (1971) Problems of Psychosis: 115–128.
The Hague: Excerpta Medica and in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 117–137 and in Steiner, J.
(Ed.) (2008a): 131–149]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1971b) A Clinical Approach to the Psychoanalytic Theory of the Life and Death
Instincts: An Investigation into the Aggressive Aspects of Narcissism. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 52: 169–178 [also in Spillius, B. (1988a): 239–255 and in
Steiner, J. (Ed.) (2008a): 116–130]
Rosenfeld. H.A. (1972) A Critical Appreciation of James Strachey’s Paper on the Nature of the Therapeutic
Action of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 53: 455–461
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1974) Discussion on the Paper by Greenson, R.R. (1974). International Journal of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1975a) A Review of the Literature on the Therapeutic Action of Psychoanalysis. Bulletin of
the British Psychoanalytic Society, 11
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1975b) Notes on some Therapeutical Factors in Psychoanalysis. Bulletin of the British
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1975c) The Negative Therapeutic Reaction. [Giovacchini, P. (Ed.) (1974) Tactics and
Technique in Psychoanalytioc Therapy. Vol. 2: 217–228. New York: Aronson]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1977) Notes on Diagnosis and Psychoanalytic Treatment of Borderline Patients. Bulletin of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1978a) Relation between Psychosomatic Symptoms and Latent Psychotic States. Bulletin of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1978b) Notes on the Psychopathology and Psychoanalytic Treatment of some Borderline
States. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 59: 215–221
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1979a) Difficulties in the Psychoanalytic Treatment of the Borderline Patient. [LeBoit, J.,
Capponi, A. (Eds.) Advances in Psychotherapy of the Borderline Patient. (1979): 187–206
New York: Aronson]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1979b) Transference Psychosis in the Borderline Patient. [LeBoit, J., Capponi, A.
(Eds.) Advances in Psychotherapy of the Borderline Patient (1979): 485–510 New
York: Aronson]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1981a) Observations on the Problem of a Psychoanalysis of a Borderline Patient in 1952.
Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 17
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1981b) On the Psychology and Treatment of Psychotic Patients (Historical and
Comparative Reflections. [Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 167–179. see also Rosenfeld,
H.A. (1969)]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1983a) Primitive Object Relations and Mechanisms. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
64: 261–267
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1983b) A Psychoanalytic Encounter. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 20
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1986) Impasse in Psychoanalysis and its Relation to Transference and Counter-
transference. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 22
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1987) Impasse and Interpretation: Therapeutic and Anti-therapeutic Factors in the Psychoanalytic
Treatment of Psychotic, Neurotic and Borderline Patients. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001a) Psychotic Transference Diagnosis and Treatment Issues in the Analysis of a
Psychotic Adolescent. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 3–23]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001b) The Relationship between Psychosomatic Symptoms and Latent Psychotic States.
[De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 24–45]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001c) Communication Problems between Patient and Analyst in Psychotic abd Borderline
Patients. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 46–63]

70
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001d) The Analyst’s Use of Phantasy. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 64–76]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001e) Traumatic Infancy. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 77–117]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001f) Transference in Psychosis. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 118–159]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001g) Persecutory Anxiety. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 160–180]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001h) A Primitive Psychic Structure. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 181–201]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001i) Crisis Situations. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 202–226]
Ross, M. (2000) Body-talk: Somatic Counter-transference. Psychodynamic Counselling, 6: 451–467
Roth, M.S. (1988) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) American Historical Review, 93: 671–673
Roth, N. (1992) Review: Maisel, P., Kendrick, W. (1986) Journal of the American Academy of
Roth, N. (1993) Review: Riviere, J. (1991) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis,
21: 160–161
Roth, P. (1994) Being True to a False Object: A View of Identification. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
14: 393–405
Roth, P. (2001) The Paranoid-schizoid Position [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 32–46]
Roth, P. (2005a) The Depressive Position. [Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 47–58]
Roth, P. (2005b) Projective Identification. [Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 200–210]
Roth, P. (2008) Introduction. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 1–18]
Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) Envy and Gratitude Revisited. London: International Psychoanalytical Association
(2008)
Roth, P.B. (1995) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1994). International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 1075–1077
Rouart, J. (1968) Acting Out and the Psychoanalytical Process. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
49: 185–187
Roys, P. (1994) Review: Weininger, O. (1992) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
27: 106–109
Roys, P. (1999) Recollection and Reconstruction. [Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, S. (1999): 9–38]
Rozen, D.L. (1993) Projective Identification and Bulimia. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 10: 261–273
Rusbridger, R. (1986) Observations of a Case of Bulimia. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 12(2): 5–28
Rusbridger, R. (1999) Elements of the Œdipus Complex: Building up the Picture. British Journal of
Rusbridger, R. (2002) Review: Caper, R. (1998a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 719–721
Rusbridger, R. (2004) Elements of the Œdipus Complex: A Kleinian Account. International Journal of
Russell, F. (1994) Possesion: Mourning, Childhood and J.M. Barrie. Dissertation Abstract, Cambridge
University
Rustin, Margaret (1977) Work with a Rebellious Adolescent Girl Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(1): 40–48
Rustin, Margaret (1982) Finding a Way to the Child, Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 8(2): 145–150
Rustin, Margaret (1987) Obituary: Mattie Harris 1920–1986. Tavistock Gazette, 21: 12–13
Rustin, Margaret (1988) Encountering Primitive Anxieties: Some Aspects of Infant Observation as a
Preparation for Clinical Work with Children and Families. Journal of Child
Rustin, Margaret (1989) On Jane Eyre, Tavistock Gazette, 26: 13–16
Rustin, Margaret (1991a) Review: Spillius, E.B. (1988a & b): Free Associations, 3C: 458–460
Rustin, Margaret (1991b) The Strength of a Practitioner’s Workshop as a New Model in Clinical Research.
[Szur, R., Miller, S. (Eds.) (1991): 379–388]
Rustin, Margaret (1997a) Child Psychotherapy within the Kleinian Tradition. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M.
(1997a): 7–17]
Rustin, Margaret (1997b) Once-weekly Work with a Rebellious Adolescent. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
3(1): 40–48

71
Rustin, Margaret (1997c) Rigidity and Stability in a Psychotic Patient: Some Thoughts about Obstacles to
Facing Reality in Psychotherapy. [Rustin, Margaret et al (eds.) (1997): 245–260]
Rustin, Margaret (1998a) Dialogues with Parents. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 24(2): 233–252
Rustin, Margaret (1998b) Observation, Understanding and Interpretation: The Story of a Supervision. Journal
of Child Psychotherapy, 24(3): 433–448
Rustin, Margaret (1999) The Training of Child Psychotherapists at the Tavistock Clinic: Philosophy and
Practice. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19: 125–141
Rustin, Margaret (2001) The Therapist with her Back to the Wall. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
27(3): 273–284
Rustin, Margaret (2002) Struggles in Becoming a Mother: Reflections from a Clinical and Observational
Standpoint. Infant Observation, 5(1): 7–20
Rustin Margaret (2005) Further Thoughts on Psychoanalytical Observation. Bulletin of the British
Rustin, Margaret (2007a) Inside and Outside the Consulting Room—Current Dilemmas and Developments in
Analytic Work with Children. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 43
Rustin, Margaret (2007b) Taking Account of Siblings: A View from Child Therapy. Journal of Child
Rustin, Margaret et al Psychotic States in Children. London: Duckworth. Rep. 2002 London: Karnac
(1997)
Rustin, Margaret, Assessments in Child Psychotherapy. London: Duckworth. rev. ed. (2004) Karnac
Quagliata, E. eds (2000)
Rustin, Margaret and Narratives of Love and Loss: Studies in Modern Children’s Modern Fiction London: Verso
Michael (1987)
Rustin, Margaret and Coups d’État and Catastrophic Change. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 11: 242–259
Michael (1994)
Rustin, Margaret and Beckett: Dramas of Psychic Catastrophe. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 152–172]
Michael (2000)
Rustin, Margaret and Learning to Say Goodbye. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 29(3): 415–428
Michael (2003)
Rustin, Michael (1982) A Socialist Consideration of Kleinian Psychoanalysis. New Left Review, 131: 71–93
Rustin, Michael (1984) Psychoanalysis and Social Justice. Free Associations, 1A: 98–112
Rustin, Michael (1985) The Social Organisation of Secrets: Towards a Sociology of Psychoanalysis.
Rustin, Michael (1987) Psychoanalysis, Philosophical Realism and the New Sociology of Science. Free
Associations 1J: 102–136
Rustin, Michael (1988) Shifting Paradigms in Psychoanalysis in the 1940s. History Workshop Journal,
26: 133–142
Rustin, Michael (1991) The Good Society and the Inner World: Psychoanalysis, Politics and Culture.
London: Verso
Rustin, Michael (1995) Lacan, Klein and Politics: The Positive and Negative in Psychoanalytic Thought.
[Eliot, A., Frosch, S. (Eds.) (1995) Psychoanalysis in Contexts: Paths between Theory and
Modern Culture. 191–204 London: Routledge]
Rustin, Michael (1997) What do we See in the Nursery? Infant Observation as Laboratory Work. Infant
Rustin, Michael (1998) Infant Research and Psychoanalysis. Infant Observation, 1(2): 113–116
Rustin, Michael (2001) Reason and Unreason: Psychoanalysis, Science and Politics. Middletown, CT: Wesleyan
University Press
Rustin, Michael (2002) Looking in the Right Place: Complexity Theory, Psychoanalysis and Infant
Observation. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 256–278]
Rustin, Michael (2003a) Learning about Emotions: The Tavistock Approach. European Journal of
Psychotherapy, Counselling and Health, 6: 187–208

72
Rustin Michael (2003b) Research in the Consulting Room. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 29(2): 137–145
Rustin, Michael (2004) Psychoanalysis: The Last Modernism. [Bell, D. (2004c): 105–121]
Rustin, Michael (2006a) Klein on Human Nature. [Mills, J. (Ed.) (2006): 25–44]
Rustin, Michael (2006b) Infant Observation Research: What have we Learned so Far? Infant Observation,
9(1): 32–52
Rustin, Michael (2007) Psychoanalysis and Culture in Secular Times. [Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.)
(2007): 58–73]
Ruszczynski, S. (1999) Tolerating Emotional Knowledge. [Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, S. (1999): 93–116]
Ruszczynski, S., Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in the Kleinian Tradition. London, Karnac
Johnson, S. (Eds.) (1999)
Sacret, J. (2006) Classics Revisited ‘Separation: A Clinical Problem’. (Brenman, E. (1982) British
Safá-Gerard, D. (1996) A Kleinian Approach to Group Therapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
46: 17–192
Safá-Gerard, D. (1998) Bearable and Unbearable Guilt: A Kleinian Perspective. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
57: 351–378
Safier, R. (2000) When the Bough Breaks: Working with Parents and Infants. [Symington, J.
(2000a): 128–148]
Sagan, C. (2002) Teaching Psychiatric Patients: A Psychoanalytic Study. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
16: 58–73
Sakula, A. (2001) Melanie Klein (1882–1960). Journal of Medical Biography, 9: 11
Salomonson, J.W. (1997) Transference in Child Analysis: A Comparative Reading of Anna Freud and Melanie
Klein. Scandinavian Psychoanalytic Review, 20: 1–19
Salter, L.B. (2003) Ethical Dimensions of Psychoanalytic Interpretations of of Kleinian and Kohutian
Theories. Dissertation Abstracts International, 63(11-A): 3973
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Resistance in Treatment as a Means of Avoiding Inner Conflict. Journal of Child
(1963) Psychotherapy, 1(1): 26–34
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Psychoanalytic Insights and Relationships: A Kleinian Approach. London, Routledge
(1970)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Primal Depression in Autism—John. [Meltzer, D. et al (1975): 56–99]
(1975)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Extending Fields of Work. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(1): 22–30
(1977a)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Counselling Young People. [Boston, M., Daws, D. (Eds.) (1977): 136–160]
(1977b)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. The Use of Here and Now Experiences in a Teaching Conference of Psychotherapy
(1978) as a Means of Gaining Insight into the Nature of the Helping Relationship. Journal of
Child Psychotherapy, 4(4): 33–50 [also in Barrows, P.S. (Ed.) (2004): 175–194]
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Assessment for Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 8: 131–144
(1982)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Brief Therapeutic Work with Parents of Infants. [Szur, R., Miller, L. (Eds.)
(1991) (1991): 83–105]
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Beginnings: The Family, the Observer and the Infant Observation. [Reid, S. (Ed.)
(1997a) (1997b): 19–32]
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Autism as a Defence Against Hopelessness. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 125–141]
(1997b)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Ending Therapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 25: 339–356
(1999)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. The Transition from Home to Nursery School. Inant Observation, 4(2): 23–35
(2001)

73
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I., The Emotional Experience of Learning and Teaching. London: Routledge
Henry, G., Osbourne, E.
(1983)
Sanchez-Pardo, E. (1998) Melancholia as Constitutive of Male Homosexuality: A Kleinian Approach. Gender
and Psychoanalysis, 3: 47–79
Sanchez-Pardo, E. (2003) Cultures of the Death Drive: Melanie Klein and Modernist Melancholia. Durham
NC: Duke University Press
Sanders, K. (1976) A Five-year-old Child and her Grandmother: Therapeutic Encounters in General
Practice. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 4(1): 52–60
Sanders, K. (1978) Shakespeare’s The Winter’s Tale and some Notes on the Analysis of a Present-day
Leontes. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 5: 175–178
Sanders, K. (1981) On Being Unable to Weep. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 17
Sanders, K. (1986) A Matter of Interest: Clinical Notes of a Psychoanalyst in General Practice.
Sanders, K. (1993) The Economics of Introjective Identification and the Embarrassment of Riches.
Sanders, K. (1998) Meltzer’s Concept of the Psychoanalytical Process and its Development. Journal of
the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 16: 245–256
Sanders, K. (2001) Post-Kleinian Psychoanalysis: The Biella Seminars. London: Karnac Books
Sanders, K. (2003) On: Review of Post-Kleinian Psychoanalysis: The Biella Seminars. International Journal of
Sanders, K. (2005) Mind and Body: Emotional Problems in Primary Care—a Psychoanalytic View.
London: Westcombe
Sanders, K. (2006) Meltzer and the Influence of Bion. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 22: 347–362
Sandford, B. (1952) An Obsessional Man’s Need to be “Kept”. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
33: 144–152 [also in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 266–281]
Sandford, B. (1955) Some Psychotherapeutic Work in Maternity and Child Welfare Clinics. British
Sandford, B. (1957) Some Notes on a Dying Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 158–165
Sandler, A-M., Klein, H.S. The Self and Childhood: A Kleinian Point of View. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
(1985) 11(2): 31–47
Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987) Projection, Identification, Projective Identification. New York: International Universities
Press & London: Karnac
Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1989) Dimensions of Psychoanalysis. London: Karnac
Sandler, J. (1999) A Generative Grammar of Phantasy? Some Thoughts on Hanna Segal’s Paper
(1998a) ‘Phantasy and Reality’. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 35
Sandler, J. & A.-M. (2004) On Remembering, Repeating and Working Through. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004): 128–138]
Sandler, P.C. (2005) The Language of Bion: A Dictionary of Concepts. London: Karnac
Sayers, J. (1984) Feminism and Mothering: A Kleinian Perspective. Women’s Studies International
Forum, 7: 237–241
Sayers, J. (1986) Sexual Contradictions: Psychology, Psychoanalysis and Feminism. London: Tavistock
Sayers, J. (1987) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) Psychology of Women’s Quarterly, 11: 380–382
Sayers, J. (1989) Melanie Klein and Mothering: A Feminist Perspective. International Review of
Sayers, J. (1990) Sex, Art and Reparation. Women: A Cultural Review, 1: 135–143
Sayers, J. (1991) Mothers of Psychoanalysis: Helene Deutsch, Karen Horney, Anna Freud and Melanie Klein.
New York: Norton
Sayers, J. (1992) Mothering Psychoanalysis. London: Hamish Hamilton
Sayers, J. (2000) Kleinians: Psychoanalysis Inside Out. Cambridge: Polity Press

74
Sayers, J. (2001) British Psychology and Psychoanalysis: The Case of Susan Isaacs. [Bunn, G.C.,
Lovie, A.D., Richards, G.D. (Eds.): Psychology in Britain: Historical Essays and Personal
Reflections: 205–222. London: British Psychological Society (2001)]
Sayers, J. (2003) Divining Psychoanalysis: Melancholia, Dostoevsky and Kristeva. Women: A Cultural
Review, 14: 1–10
Sayers, J. (2004) Healing Æsthetics. Theory and Psychology, 14: 777–795
Sayers, J. (2007) Thinking Art and Psychoanalysis. [Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.) (2007): 74–87]
Schafer, R. (1975) Danger Situations. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 11
Schafer, R. (1985) Wild Analysis. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 33: 275–299
Schafer, R. (1991a) A Clinical Critique of the Idea of Resistance. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 27
Schafer, R. (1991b) Review: Joseph, B. (1989a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 72: 169–171
Schafer, R. (1994a) One Aspect in the Freud-Klein Controversies (1941–1945). International Journal of
Schafer, R. (1994b) The Contemporary Kleinians of London. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 63: 409–432
Schafer, R. (1994c) Commentary: Traditional Freudian and Kleinian Analysis. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
14: 462–475
Schafer, R. (1996) Interpreting Sex. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 16: 502–513
Schafer, R. (Ed.) (1997a) The Contemporary Kleinians of London. Madison CT: International Universities Press
Schafer, R. (1997b) Tradition and Change in Psychoanalysis. Madison, CT: International Universities Press
Schafer, R. (1999) Recentring Psychoanalysis: From Heinz Hartmann to the Contemporary British
Kleinians. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 16: 339–364
Schafer, R. (2000) Review: Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. (1999) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 832–833
Schafer, R. (2002) You can Get Here from There. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 22: 29–42
Schafer, R. (2004) Blocked Introspection/Blocked Incorporation. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004): 139–146
Schain, J. (1985) Can Klein and Kohut Work Together in a Group? Clinical Social Work Journal,
13: 293–304
Schlachet, P.J. (1997) Eine Kleinian Nachtmusik. Group, 21: 287–290
Schlemenson, A. (2005) An Innovative Approach to the Theory and Practicse of Organizational
Analysis: My Journey with Elliot Jaques. International Journal of Applied
Schmideberg, M. (1930) The Role of Psychotic Mechanisms in Cultural Development. International Journal of
Schmideberg, M. (1931) A Contribution to the Psychology of Persecutory Ideas and Delusions. International
Schmideberg, M. (1933) Some Unconscious Mechanisms in Pathological Sexuality and their Relation to
Normal Sexuality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 14: 225–260
Schmideberg, M. (1934) The Play Analysis of a Three-year-old Girl. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
15: 245–264
Schmideberg, M. (1935a) The Psychoanalysis of Asocial Children. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
16: 22–48
Schmideberg, M. (1935b) Reassurance as a Means of Analytic Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
16: 307–324
Schmideberg, M. (1935c) The Psychological Care of the Baby. Mother and Child, 6: 304–308
Schmideberg, M. (1936) A Note on Suicide. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 17: 1–5
Schmideberg, M. (1938a) Intellectual Inhibition and Disturbances in Eating. International Journal of
Schmideberg, M. (1938b) Bad Habits in Childhood: Their Importance in Development. International Journal of

75
Schmideberg, M. (1938c) After the Analysis …. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 7: 122–142

Schmideberg, M. (1938d) The Mode of Operation of Psychoanalytic Therapy. International Journal of
Schmideberg, M. (1939) The Role of Suggestion in Analytic Therapy. Psychoanalytic Review, 26: 219–229
Schmideberg, M. (1940) Anxiety States. Psychoanalytic Review, 27: 439–444
Schmideberg, M. (1946) On Querulance. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 15: 472–502
Schmideberg, M. (1947) Learning to Talk. Psychoanalytic Review, 34: 296–335
Schmideberg, M. (1948a) On Fantasies of Being Beaten. Psychoanalytic Review, 35: 303–308
Schmideberg, M. (1948b) A Note on Claustrophobia. Psychoanalytic Review, 35: 309–311
Schmideberg, M. (1950) Infant Memories and Constructions. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 19: 468–481
Schmideberg, M. (1953a) Some Aspects of Jealousy and Feeling Hurt. Psychoanalytic Review, 40: 1–16
Schmideberg, M. (1953b) A Note on Transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 34: 199–201
Schmideberg, M. (1956) Delinquent Acts as Perversions and Fetishes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
37: 422–424
Schmideberg, M. (1958) Values and Goals in Psychotherapy. Psychiatric Quarterly, 32: 233–265
Schmideberg. M. (1970) Psychotherapy with Failures of Psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry,
116: 195–200
Schmideberg, M. (1971) A Contribution to the History of the Psychoanalytic Movement in Britain. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 118: 61–68
Schmideberg, M. (1974) My Experience of Psychotherapy. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 6: 121–127
Schneider, M. (1987) Omnipotence and Idealization as Contributory Factors in a Failure to Mourn.
Schnier, J. (1957) The Function and Origin of Form. Journal of Æsthetics and Art Criticism, 16: 66–75
Schoenhals, H. (1994a) Prologue and Epilogue to journal issue on Kleinian Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 14: 319–323 and 476
Schoenhals, H. (1994b) Kleinian Supervision in Germany Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 14: 451–461
Schoenhals, H. (1994c) Contemporary Kleinian Psychoanalysis. Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press
Schwartz-Salant, N. (1988) Archetypal Foundations of Projective Identification. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
33: 39–64
Schwenger, P. (2005) Cultures of the Death Drive: Melanie Klein and Modernist Melancholia.
Psychoanalysis, Culture and Society, 10: 222–225
Scott, A. (1988) Unconscious Explanations. History Workshop Journal, 26: 143–152
Scott, A. (1990) Melanie Klein and the Questions of Feminism. Women: A Cultural Review, 1: 127–134
Scott, W.C.M. (1946) A Note on the Psychopathology of Convulsive Phenomena in Manic-depressive
Scott, W.M.C. (1947) On the Intense Affects Encountered in Treating a Severe Manic-Depressive Disorder.
Scott, W.M.C. (1948a) Some Embryological, Neurological, Psychiatric and Psychoanalytic Implications of
the Body Schema. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 29: 141–155
Scott, W.M.C. (1948b) Some Psychodynamic Aspects of Disturbed Perception of Time. British Journal of
Scott, W.M.C. (1948c) Notes on the Psychopathology of Anorexia Nervosa. British Journal of Medical
Scott, W.M.C. (1948d) A Psychoanalytic Concept of the Origin of Depression. British Medical Journal,
21: 538–540 [and in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) 39–47]
Scott, W.M.C. (1949) The Body Scheme in Psychotherapy. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 22: 139–150
Scott, W.C.M. (1955) A Psychoanalytic Concept of the Origin of Depression. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955)
39–47]
Scott, W.M.C. (1958) Noise, Speech and Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39: 108–111

76
Scott, W.M.C. (1960) Depression, Confusion and Multivalence. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
41: 497–503
Scott, W.M.C. (1981) The Development of the Analysands’ and Analysts’ Enthusiasm for the Process of
Psychoanalysis’ [Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 571–578]
Scott, W.M.C. (1982) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. Psychiatric Journal, University of Ottawa, 7: 149–157
Scott, W.M.C. (1985) Narcissism, the Body, Phantasy, Fantasy, Internal and External Objects and the
“Body Scheme”. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 3(1): 23–49
Scott, W.M.C. (1987) Differences between the Playroom Used in Child Psychiatric Treatment and in Child
Analysis. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 5(2): 3–17
Scott, W.M.C. (1989) A Note about Adopted Children. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Scott, W.M.C. (1992) Making the Best of a Sad Job. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
10(1): 1–18
Searl, M.N. (1927) Symposium on Child Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 8: 377–380
Searl, M.N. (1929a) The Flight to Reality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 10: 280–291
Searl, M.N. (1929b) Danger Situations of the Immature Ego. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
10: 280–291
Searl, M.N. (1930) The Role of Ego and Libido in Development. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
11: 125–149
Searl, M.N. (1932) A Note on Depersonalization. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 13: 329–347
Searl, M.N. (1933a) The Psychology of Screaming. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 14: 193–205
Searl, M.N. (1933b) Play, Reality and Aggression. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 14: 310–320
Searl, M.N. (1933c) A Note on Symbols and Early Intellectual Development. International Journal of
Searl, M.N. (1936) Some Queries on Principles of Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
17: 471–493
Searl, M.N. (1937) Questions and Answers. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937): 87–122]
Sedgwick, E.K. (2007) Melanie Klein and the Difference Affect Makes. South Atlantic Quarterly,
106: 625–642
Sedgwick, J.M. (2001) Emily Dickinson’s Grotesque: Ambivalent Interactions with Uncertainty.
Dissertation Abstract, Warwick University
Segal, H. (1950) Some Aspects of the Analysis of a Schizophrenic. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 31: 268–278 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 101–120 and in Spillius, E.B.
(1988b): 96–114]
Segal, H. (1951) Review of Winnicott, D. (1949) The Ordinary Devoted Mother and her Baby: 9 Broadcast
Talks. (privately distributed) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 32: 327–328
Segal, H. (1952) A Psychoanalytical Approach to Æsthetics. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
33: 196–207 [also in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) 384–405 rep. 1977 London: Karnac,
in Segal, H. (1981a): 185–206 and in Gosso, S. (2004a): 42–61]
Segal, H. (1953) A Necrophilic Phantasy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 34: 98–101 [also in
Segal, H. (1981a): 165–172]
Segal, H. (1954) A Note on Schizoid Mechanisms Underlying Phobia Formation. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 35: 238–241 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 137–144]
Segal, H. (1955) A Psychoanalytical Approach to Æsthetics. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) 384–405 rep.
1977 London Karnac also in Gosso, S. (2004a): 42–61]
Segal, H. (1956) Depression in the Schizophrenic. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 37: 339–343
[also in Segal, H. (1981a): 121–130 and Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 52–60]
Segal, H. (1957) Notes on Symbol Formation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 391–397. [also
in Segal, H. (1981a): 49–60, in Furman, A.C., Levy, S.T. (Eds.) (2003): 143–156 and in
Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 160–177]

77
Segal, H. (1958) Fear of Death: Notes on the Analysis of an Old Man. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 39: 178–181 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 173–182]
Segal, H. (1961) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. British Journal of Psychology, 52: 1–2
Segal, H. (1962) The Curative Factors in Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
43: 212–217 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 69–80]
Segal, H. (1964a) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Heinemann Medical Books. rep.
London: Karnac. (1988)
Segal, H. (1964b) Phantasy and other Mental Processes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45: 191–194 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 41–48]
Segal, H. (1967) Melanie Klein’s Technique. [Wolman, B.B. (Ed.) (1967): Psychoanalytic
Techniques: 168–190 New York and London: Basic Books, also in Segal, H.
(1981a): 3–24]
Segal, H. (1969) On the Acting-out of a Catastrophic Situation. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 5
Segal, H. (1972a) Role of Child Analysis in the General Psychoanalytic Training. International Journal
Segal, H. (1972b) A Delusional System as a Defence Against the Re-emergence of a Catastrophic
Situation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 53: 393–400
Segal, H. (1972c) Melanie Klein’s Technique of Child Analysis. [Wolman, B.B. (Ed.) (1972) Handbook
of Child Psychoanalysis: 401–414 New York: Van Nostrand, also in Segal, H.
(1981a): 25–37]
Segal, H. (1972d) A Note on Internal Objects. (À Propos des Objets Internes) Nouvelle Revue de
Psychanalyse, 6: 153–157 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 159–164]
Segal, H. (1973) Atypical Dreams. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Segal, H. (1974) Delusion and Artistic Creativity: Some Reflections on Reading The Spire by
William Golding. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 1: 135–141 [also in Segal, H.
(1981a): 137–144 and Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 249–258]
Segal, H. (1975) A Psychoanalytic Approach to the Treatment of Schizophrenia. [Lader, M.H. (Ed.)
(1975) Studies of Schizophrenia: 94–97 Ashford, Kent: Headley [also in Segal, H.
(1981a): 131–136 as “A Psychoanalytic Approach to the Treatment of Psychoses”]
Segal, H. (1977a) Psychoanalytic Dialogue: Kleinian Theory Today. Journal of the American
Segal, H. (1977b) Countertransference. International Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 31–37
[also in Segal, H. (1981a): 81–88]
Segal, H. (1978a) Psychoanalysis and Freedom of Thought. (Inaugural Lecture, Freud Memorial
Visiting Professor of Psychoanalysis, University College, London. [published
London: H.K. Lewis [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 217–229]]
Segal, H. (1978b) On Symbolism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 55: 315–319 [and in Segal, H.
(1997): 41–48]
Segal, H. (1979) Melanie Klein. (Fontana Modern Masters) London: Collins rep. London: Karnac
(1989)
Segal, H. (1980) Bion’s Clinical Contributions 1940–1965. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 16
Segal, H. (1981a) The Work of Hanna Segal: A Kleinian Approach to Clinical Practice. Northville,
NJ: Aronson, and London: Free Association Books with Karnac
Segal, H. (1981b) The Function of Dreams. [Segal, H. (1981a): 89–97 and in Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.)
(1981b): 579–587]
Segal, H. (1981c) Manic Reparation. [Segal, H. (1981a): 147–158 and in Schafer, R. (1997): 281–296]
Segal, H. (1982) Early Infantile Development as Reflected in the Psychoanalytical Process: Steps
in Integration. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63: 15–21 [and in Segal, H.
(1997): 64–74]

78
Segal, H. (1983) Some Clinical Implications of Melanie Klein’s Work—Emergence from Narcissism.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 269–275 [also in Segal, H. (1997): 75–85]
Segal, H. (1984) Joseph Conrad and the Mid-life Crisis. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 11: 3–8
[and in Segal, H. (1997): 123–132]
Segal, H. (1987a) What is Therapeutic and Counter-therapeutic in Psychoanalysis? Bulletin of the
Segal, H. (1987b) Silence is the Real Crime. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 3–12 [also in
Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, (1987) 5(1): 3–17 and in
Segal, H. (1997): 143–156]
Segal, H. (1988) Sweating it Out. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 43: 167–175 [published as
“Termination—Sweating it Out” In Segal, H. (1997): 103–110]
Segal, H. (1989a) Introduction. [Steiner, J. (1989): 1–10]
Segal, H. (1989b) Psychoanalysis and Freedom of Thought. [Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1989): 51–64]
Segal, H. (1990a) Some Comments on the Alexander Technique. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19: 409–414
Segal, H. (1990b) What is an Object?: The Role of Perception. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis
Federation, 35
Segal, H. (1991) Dream, Phantasy and Art. London and New York: Routledge
Segal, H. (1992a) The Achievement of Ambivalence. Common Knowledge, 1: 92–104
Segal, H. (1992b) Acting on Phantasy and Acting on Desire. [Hopkins, J., Saville, A. (Eds.)
(1992): Psychoanalysis, Mind and Art: Perspectives on Richard Wollheim.
Oxford: Blackwell: 55–67 also in Segal, H. (2007): 96–110]
Segal, H. (1993a) On the Clinical Usefulness of the Concept of the Death Instinct. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 74: 55–61 [and in Segal, H. (1997): 17–26]
Segal, H. (1993b) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989a). International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
74: 417–419
Segal, H. (1994a) Phantasy and Reality, International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 359–401 [also in
Segal, H. (1997): 27–40 and in Schafer, R. (1997): 75–96]
Segal, H. (1994b) Paranoid Anxiety and Paranoia. [Oldham, J.M., Bone, S. (Eds.) (1994): Paranoia: New
Psychoanalytical Perspectives: 17–26 Madison: International Universities Press and in
Segal, H. (1997): 95–102]
Segal, H. (1994c) Salman Rushdie and the Sea of Stories. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 611–618 [and in Segal, H. (1997): 133–142]
Segal, H. (1995) Hiroshima, the Gulf War and After. (Eliot, A., Frosch, S. (Eds.) (1995) Psychoanalysis
in Contexts: Paths between Theory and Modern Culture. 191–204 London: Routledge
and as From Hiroshima to the Gulf War and After: Socio-political Expressions of
Ambivalence. [Segal, H. (1997: 157–168)]
Segal, H. (1997) Psychoanalysis, Literature and War: Papers 1972–1995. (Ed.) Steiner, J. London,
Routledge
Segal, H. (1998a) A Psychoanalytic Approach to Æsthetics. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 203–222]
Segal, H. (1998b) The Importance of Symbol Formation in the Development of the Ego’ in Context.
Segal, H. (2001a) Symbolization. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 148–156]
Segal, H. (2001b) Changing Models of the Mind. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 157–164]
Segal, H. (2001c) Review: Kristeva, J. (2001) Le Génie Féminin—II Melanie Klein. International Journal of
Segal, H. (2001d) ‘‘Interpretation des Rêves’’ Cent ans après. ‘Journal de la Psychoanalyse de l‘Enfant’,
translated “Interpretation of Dreams” 100 Years on. [also in Segal, H. (2007): 14–24]
Segal, H. (2001e) New Perspective on the Œdipus Complex. [Hartocollis, P. (Ed.) (2001) Mankind’s
Œdipal Destiny: Madison, CT. International Universities Press]
Segal, H. (2006) Reflections on Truth, Tradition and the Psychoanalytic Tradition on Truth. American
Imago, 63: 283–292 [and in Segal, H. (2007): 69–78]

79
Segal, H. (2007) Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow. (Ed.) Abel-Hirsch, N. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Segal, H., Bell, D. (1981) The Theory of Narcissism in the Work of Freud and Klein. [Sandler, J. et al
(Eds.) (1991) Freud’s “On Narcissism: An Introduction”: 149–174 New Haven: Yale
University Press]
Segal, H., Britton, R. (1981) Interpretation and Primitive Psychic Process: A Kleinian View. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 1: 267–268
Segal. H., Meltzer, D. Review: Klein, M. (1961). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44: 507–513
(1963)
Segal, H., Roth, P (1990) How Theory Shapes Technique: A Kleinian View. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 10: 541–549
Segal, H., Steiner, R. (1987) H.A. Rosenfeld (1910–1986) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 68: 415–419
Segal, J. (1986) Phantasy in Everyday Life: A Psychoanalytic Approach to Understanding Ourselves.
London: Penguin. rep. London: Karnac (1995)
Segal, J. (1992) Melanie Klein. (2nd Ed., 2004) London & Thousand Oaks CA: Sage
Segal, J. (1998) The Role of a Parent’s Illness in the Emotional Experience of a Child: Evidence from
Melanie Klein’s Narrative of a Child Analysis. Psychodynamic Counselling 4: 487–504
Segal, J. (2003) Your Feelings or Mine? Projective Identification in a Context of Counselling
Families Living with Multiple Sclerosis. Psychodynamic Practice: Individuals, Groups
and Organisations, 9: 153–171
Segal, J. (2004a) Review: Likierman, M. (2001) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 18: 143–145
Segal, J. (2004b) Review: Bronstein, C. (Ed.) (2001a). Psychodynamic Practice: Individuals, Groups and
Organisations, !0: 133–135
Segal, L. (2004) Keeping the Faith. History Workshop Journal, 58: 348–352
Segall, A. (2006) After (Teacher) Education: Review of After-Education: Anna Freud, Melanie Klein
and Psychoanalytic Histories of Learning. Journal of Teacher Education, 54: 686–692
Seiguer, G.H. (1990) Omnipotence in the Works of Melanie Klein. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Seligman, S. (1999) Integrating Kleinian Theory and Intersubjective Infant Research: Observing P.I.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 9: 129–160
Seligman, S. (2006) The Analyst’s Theoretical Persuasion and the Construction of a Conscientious
Analysis: Commentary on Liekerman, M. (2006). Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
16: 397–405
Seligman, S., Slavin, M.O. On the Interface of Kleinian and Intersubjective Approaches to a Clinical Case.
(2006) Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 363–364
Shainess, N. (1987) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1996) Journal of the American Medical Association, 258: 1539
Shapiro, R.L. (1991) Review: Spillius, E.B. (1988a). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 72: 730–734
Sharpe, E.F. (1937) Planning for Stability. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937): 1–30]
Sharpe, E.F. (1945) What the Father Means to a Child. [Volkov, P. (Ed.) (1945) [Fatherless Children.
London: Pouskin Press]]
Sharpe, E.F. (1950) Collected Papers on Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth
Shaskar, D.A., Blank, L, New Directions in Group Psychotherapy. International Journal of Social Psychiatry,
(1958) 4: 134–139
Sheppard, A. (2003) Review: Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (Eds.) (2000) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis,
11: 576–580
Sherwin-White, S.M. ‘The Ghost is Coming’: The Fear of Annihilation in a Nine-year-old Boy. [Rustin, M.
(1997) et al (Eds.) (1997b): 221–230]
Shuttleworth, A. (1991) Intensive Child Psychotherapy: Working with Matthew towards Understanding.
Silverman, D.K. (1987) Female Bonding: Some Supportive Findings for Melanie Klein’s Views.
Psychoanalytical Review, 74: 201–215
Silverman, R.C., Negative Maternal Attributions, Projective Identification and Intergenerational
Lieberman, A.F. (1999) Transmission of Violent Relational Patterns. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 9:
161–166

80
Sinason, V. (1989) Mrs. Klein Revisited. Tavistock Review, 24: 17–20

Sinclair, A. (1993) The Deceived Husband: A Kleinian Approach to the Literature of Infidelity.
Oxford: Oxford University Press
Sirois, F.J. (2008) Æsthetic Experience. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 127–142
Sklar, J. (1989) Review: Spillius, E.B. (Ed.) (1988a & b) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4: 92–93
Skubal. S. (1999) Word of Mouth: Foor and Fiction after Freud. Dissertation Abstract, University of
Wisconsin, Milwaukee
Slater, B. (1994) Man’s History of Himself as Space: Adrian Stokes Art, Life and Psychoanalysis in
the Writings up to 1951. Dissertation Abstract, Reading University
Slavin, J.H. (1981) Review: Segal, H. (1979) Contemporary Psychology, 26: 511–512
Slavin, J.H. (1993) Reviews: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989a) and Petot, J.-M. (1991) Journal of the History of
the Behavioural Sciences, 29: 169–172
Slavin, M.O. (2006) How a Kleinian Analysis also Tells a Relational and Intersubjective
Story: Commentary on Liekerman, M. (2006). Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 387–396
Smirnoff, V. (1971) The Scope of Child Analysis. London: Routledge
Smith, D.L. (1999) Approaching Psychoanalysis: An Introductory Course. [chapter 10—‘New
Positions: Kleinian Psychoanalysis’: 118–140) London: Karnac]
Smith, H.F. (2003) Analysis of Transference: A North American Perspective. International Journal of
Smith, H.F. (2008) Vicious Circles of Punishment: A Reading of Melanie Klein’s Envy and Gratitude.
Snelling, D. (1997) Philosophy, Psychoanalysis and the Origins of Meaning. Dissertation Abstract,
University of London, Birkbeck
Snowden, N.H. (1992) The Origins of Object Relations Theory in Freud, Abraham, Klein and Fairbairn.
Dissertation Abstract, California School of Professional Psychology
Sodré, I. (1994a) Deciphering, Discovering and Imagining. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalytical
Federation, 43: 30–34
Sodré, I. (1994b) Obsessional Certainty versus Obsessional Doubt: From 2 to 3. Psychoanalytical
Inquiry, 14: 379–392 [also in Schafer, R. (1997): 262–278]
Sodré, I. (2002) Certainty and Doubt: Transparency and Opacity of the Object. Bulletin of the British
Sodré, I. (2004a) Who’s Who/Notes on Pathological Identifications. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.
(2004): 53–68]
Sodré, I. (2004b) Death by Daydreaming: Madame Bovary. [Bell, D. (2004c): 64–85]
Sodré. I. (2008) “Even now, now, very now …”: On Envy and the Hatred of Love. [Roth, P.,
Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 19–34]
Sohn, L. (1973) Analytic Experiences with Anorexic Patients. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 9
Sohn, L. (1978) Working Through. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 14
Sohn, L. (1980) Inability to Feel Loss. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 16
Sohn, L. (1981) Clinical Notes on Empathy. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 17
Sohn, L. (1983) Nostalgia. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 203–211
Sohn, L. (1985a) Narcissistic Organization, Projective Identification and the Formation of the
Identificate. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 201–213 [also in Spillius, E.B.
(1988a): 271–292]
Sohn, L. (1985b) Anorexic and Bulimic States of Mind in the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Anorexic/
Bulimic Patients and Psychotic Patients. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1(2): 49–55
Sohn, L. (1988) Origins of Transference and Resultant Varieties of Interpretation. Bulletin of the
Sohn, L. (1995) Unprovoked Assaults: Making Sense of Apparently Random Violence. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 565–575 [also in Bell, D. (Ed.) 1997: 57–74]

81
Sohn, L. (2000) The Concept of the Envious/Jealous Superego. [Symington, J. (2000a): 199–212]
Sohn, L. (2003) Working with Disturbed and Disturbed Patients. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 39
Sohn, L. (2006) Condescension. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 42
Sokol, B.J. (1986) Lolita and Kleinian Analysis. Free Associations, 1E: 7–21
Solomon, I. (1995) A Primer of Kleinian Therapy. Lanham, MD: Aronson
Solow, S.P. (1999) Review: Bell, D. (1997b) Psychoanalytic Books, 10: 402–408
Souder, J.K. (1988) Projective Identification: Comparison of Four Views. Dissertation Abstract, Biola
University School of Psychology
Southgate, B. (2002) Review: Likierman, M. (2001) Feminism and Psychology, 12: 124–128
Spensley, S. (1995) Frances Tustin. London and New York: Routledge
Spensley, S. (1997) Borderline Autism as a Factor in Somatoform Disorder. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.)
(1997): 143–162]
Speziali-Bagliacci, R., Guilt: Remorse and Responsibility in Psychoanalysis. Hove, London: Psychology Press
Budd, S. (2004)
Spielman, R. (2006) Continuity and Change in the Post-Kleinian Evolution in London: Clinical Work of
John Steiner, Ronald Britton and Michael Feldman (1988–2004). International Journal
Spillius, E.B. (1968) Psychoanalysis and Ceremony. [Sutherland, J.D. (Ed.) (1968) The Psychoanalytic
Approach: 52–77 London: Baillière, Tindall and Cassell and in Spillius, E.B.
(1988b): 259–283]
Spillius, E.B. (1973) Anorexia in Analysis. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Spillius, E.B. (1976) Hospital and Society. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 49: 97–140 [rep. in
modified form as ‘Asylum and Society’ in Trist, E., Murray, H. (Eds.) (1990) The
Social Engagement of Social Science. Vol. 1 Socio-Psychological Perspective: 586–612.
Spillius, E.B. (1980) Clinical Reflections on the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. Bulletin of the European
Psychoanalytic Federation, 15: 31–39
Spillius, E.B. (1983) Some Developments from the Work of Melanie Klein. International Journal of
Spillius, E.B. (1988a) (Ed.) Melanie Klein Today: Developments in Theory and Practice (Vol. 1): Mainly Theory
Spillius, E.B. (1988b) (Ed.) Melanie Klein Today: Developments in Theory and Practice (Vol. 2): Mainly Practice
Spillius, E.B. (1989) On Kleinian Language. Free Associations, 18: 90–110
Spillius, E.B. (1992a) Clinical Experiences of Projective Identification. [Anderson, R. (1992): 59–73]
Spillius, E.B. (1992b) Two Ways of Experiencing Envy. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 28
Spillius, E.B. (1993a) Varieties of Envious Experience. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 1199–1212
[also in Schafer, R. (1997): 143–170 and in Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 140–162]
Spillius, E.B. (1993b) Review: Petot, J-M. (1990, 1991). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 1274–1280
Spillius, E.B. (1994a) Developments in Kleinian Thought: Overview and Personal View. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 14: 324–364
Spillius, E.B. (1994b) On Formulating Clinical Fact to the Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 1121–1132
Spillius, E.B. (1994c) Review: Weininger, O. (1992) Psychoanalytic Books, 5: 108–111
Spillius, E.B. (2001) Freud and Klein on the Concept of Phantasy. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 82: 361–373 [also in Bronstein, C. (2001(a): 17–31 and in Spillius,
E.B. (2007a): 163–182]
Spillius, E.B. (2002a) Review: Likierman, M. (2001) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 297–303

82
Spillius, E.B. (2002b) Understanding Oneself and Being Understood: Experiences of Supervising
Psychoanalysts and Psycho-therapists. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis
Federation, 56
Spillius, E.B. (2002c) A Brief Introduction to the Concept of Projective Identification. Bulletin of the
Spillius, E.B. (2003) Anthropology and Psychoanalysis: A Personal Concordance. Bulletin of the British
Psychoanalytic Society, 39 [also in Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 7–24]
Spillius, E.B, (2004) Melanie Klein Revisited: Her Unpublished Thoughts on Technique. Bulletin of the
British Psychoanalytic Society, 40 [also in Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 67–86]
Spillius, E.B. (2005) Projective Identification: Back to the Future. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 41 [also in Sociological Review 55: 658–667 (2005) and in Spillius, E.B.
(2007a): 106–126]
Spillius, E.B. (2007a) Encounters with Melanie Klein: Selected Papers. (edited Roth. B., Rusbridger, R.) Hove,
Sx. Routlledge
Spillius, E.B. (2007b) Kleinian Thought: Overview and Personal View. Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 25–62 (later
version of Spillius, E.B. (1994a))
Spillius, E.B. (2007c) Melanie Klein on the Past. Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 87–105
Spillius, E.B. (2007d) Clinical Reflections on the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. Spillius, E.B.
(2007a): 129–139 (later version of Spillius, E.B. (1980)
Spillius, E.B. (2007e) Developments in Kleinian Technique. Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 183–198
Spillius, E.B. (2007f) Recognition of Separateness and Otherness. Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 199–211
Spillius, E.B. (2007g) On the Influence of Horney’s “Problem of the Negative Therapeutic Reaction”.
Spoto, G.F. (2004) Luxuriating in Stupefaction: The Analysis of a Narcissistic Fetish. [Hargreaves, E.,
Varchevker, A. (2004): 122–135]
Springett, J. (2003) Religious Fundamentalism and Primitive Objective Processes. Psychoanalytic
Stadlen, W. (2004) Mothers at the Cutting Edge of Science. Counselling and Psychotherapy Journal,
15(6): 5–7
Steele, J.R. (2001) The Psychological Role of the Father: A Theoretical Dissertation. Dissertation
Stein, R. (1990) A New Look at the Theory of Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
71: 499–511
Steinberg, J. (2005) Infant Observation at the Heart of Training. London: Karnac
Steiner, J. (1979) The Border between the Paranoid-Schizoid and the Depressive Positions in the
Borderline Patient: British Journal of Medical Psychology, 52: 385–391
Steiner, J. (1982a) Perverse Relationships between Parts of the Self: A Clinical Illustration. International
Steiner, J. (1982b) Review: Grotstein, J. (Ed.) (1981b) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 9: 492
Steiner, J. (1984) Some Reflections on the Analysis of Transference: A Kleinian View. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 4: 443–463
Steiner, J. (1985a) Turning a Blind Eye: The Cover Up for Œdipus. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 12: 161–172 [also in Bell, D. (2004c): 86–102]
Steiner, J. (1985b) The Training of Psychoanalysts. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1(1): 56–63
Steiner, J. (1986) Review: Grosskurth, P. (1986) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy 2: 186–192
Steiner, J. (1987) The Interplay between Pathological Organizations and the Paranoid-schizoid
and Depressive Positions. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 68: 69–80 [also in
Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 324–342 and Schafer, R. (1997): 195–220]
Steiner, J. (Ed.) (1989a) The Œdipus Complex Today: Clinical Implications. London: Karnac [revised (Ed.) 2004]
Steiner, J. (1989b) The Aim of Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4(2): 109–120

83
Steiner, J. (1989c) The Psychoanalytic Contribution of Herbert Rosenfeld. International Journal of

Steiner, J. (1990a) Pathological Organisations as Obstacles to Mourning. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (1990b) The Defensive Function of Pathological Organisations. [Boyer, L.B., Giovacchini,
P.L. (1990) Master Clinicians on Treating the Regressed Patient: 97–116. Northvale, NJ.
Aronson]
Steiner, J. (1991a) The Retreat from Truth to Omnipotence in Sophocles Œdipus at Colonus.
Steiner, J. (1991b) A Psychotic Organisation of the Personality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
72: 201–207
Steiner, J. (1992) The Equilibrium between the Paranoid-schizoid and the Depressive Positions.
[Anderson, R. (1992): 46–58]
Steiner, J. (1993) Psychic Retreats: Pathological Organizations in Psychotic, Neurotic and Borderline
Patients. London & New York: Routledge
Steiner, J. (1994) Patient-Centred and Analyst-Centred Interpretations: Some Indications of
Containment and Counter- transference. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 14: 406–422
Steiner, J. (1995) The Influence of Henri Rey’s Work. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 145–148
Steiner, J. (1996a) Revenge and Resentment in the Œdipal Situation. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (1996b) The Aim of Psychoanalysis in Theory and Practice. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (1997a) What Do Psychoanalysts Want?: The Problem of Aims in Psychoanalytic Therapy.
Steiner, J. (1997b) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique: Patient-Centred and Analyst-centred
Interpretations. [Schafer, R. (1997): 372–392]
Steiner, J. (1997c) Some Thoughts on The Women of Trachis. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society,
33
Steiner, J. (1999a) The Work of Hanna Segal. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 35
Steiner, J. (1999b) The Struggle for Dominance in the Œdipal Situation. Canadian Journal of
Steiner, J. (2000) Review: Caper, R. (1998a) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
48: 637–643
Steiner, J. (2004a) Containment, Enactment and Communication. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.
(2004): 38–52]
Steiner, J. (2004b) Gaze, Domination and Humiliation in the Schreber Case. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (2005) The Conflict between Mourning and Melancholia. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
74: 83–104
Steiner, J. (2006a) Interpretive Enactments and the Analytic Setting. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (2006b) Seeing and Being Seen: Narcissistic Pride and Narcissistic Humiliation. International
Steiner, J. (2007) Transference: Now and Then. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 43
Steiner, J. (Ed.) (2008a) Rosenfeld in Retrospect: Essays on his Clinical Influence. Hove: Routledge
Steiner, J. (2008b) A Personal View of Rosenfeld’s Contribution to Clinical Psychoanalysis. [Steiner, J.
(Ed.) (2008a): 58–84]
Steiner, J. (2008c) Transference to the Analyst as an Excluded Observer. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (2008d) The Repetition Compulsion, Envy and the Death Instinct. [Roth, P., Lemma, A.
(Eds.) (2008): 137–151]

84
Steiner, J., Britton, R. (1994) Interpretation: Selected Fact or Overvalued Idea? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 30
Steiner, M.D. (1989) The Internal Family and the Facts of Life. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4: 31–42
Steiner, R. (1981) Psychoanalysis: Lacan Analysis or Lack-of-Analysis? Bulletin of the British
Steiner, R. (1985) Some Thoughts about Tradition and Change Arising from an Examination of the
British Psychoanalytic Society’s Controversial Discussions. International Review of
Steiner, R. (1986a) Responsibility as a Way of Hope in the Nuclear Era: Some Notes on F.Fornari’s
Psychoanalysis of War. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2(1): 75–82
Steiner, R. (1986b) Herbert A. Rosenfeld (1910–1986). Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2: 263–265
Steiner, R. (1987) A World Wide International Trade Mark of Genuineness? Some Observations on
the History of the English Translation of Sigmund Freud, Focusing Mainly on his
Technical Terms. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 33–102
Steiner, R. (1988a) “Paths to Xanadu …”: Some Notes on the Development of Dream Displacement
and Condensation in Sigmund Freud’s Interpretation of Dreams. International Review
Steiner, R. (1988b) Review: Meisel, P., Kendrick, W. (1986): International Review of Psychoanalysis,
15: 404–407
Steiner, R. (1989a) On Narcissism: The Kleinian Approach. Psychiatric Clinics of North America,
12: 741–770
Steiner, R. (1989b) It’s a New Kind of Diaspora. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 16: 35–78
Steiner, R. (1989c) Review: Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 70: 727–735
Steiner, R. (1991) To Explain our View to English Readers in English Words. International Review of
Steiner, R. (1993) Here and Now and Here and How . Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 29
Steiner, R. (1994a) Background to the Scientific Controversies. [King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.)
(1991): 227–263]
Steiner, R. (1994b) Conclusions: Editorial Comments [King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991): 914–919
Steiner, R. (1994c) In Vienna Veritas …. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 511–583`
Steiner, R. (1994d) ‘The Tower of Babel’ or ‘After Babel in Contemporary Psychoanalysis’? International
Steiner, R. (1994e) Some Observations on the Role Played by Extra-analytical Variables in the
Theoretical and Clinical Issues of the Freud-Klein Controversial Discussions
(1941–1944) and their Relevance Today. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 30
Steiner, R. (1995a) Hermeneutics or Hermes-ness? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 435–446
Steiner, R. (1995b) ‘Et in Arcadia Egoa …?’: Some Notes on Methodological Issues in the Use of
Psychoanalytic Documents and Archives. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 739–758
Steiner, R. (1995c) A Personal Appreciation of the Cultural and Theoretical Applications of Hanna
Segal’s Approach to Creativity and Æsthetics. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 31
Steiner, R. (1997) The Future as Nostalgia. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 33
Steiner, R. (1999) Who Influenced Whom? And How?: A Brief Series of Notes on E. Weiss, M.
Klein (and I. Svevo) and the So-called ‘Origins’ of ‘Projection and Introjection
Identification’. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 367–375
Steiner, R. (2000a) Tradition, Change, Creativity: Repercussions of the New Diaspora in Aspects of British
Psychoanalysis. London: Karnac
Steiner, R. (2000b) “It is a New Kind of Diaspora”: Explorations in the Sociopoltical and Cultural Context of

85
Steiner, R. (2004) S.Isaacs (1885–1948): Yesterday or Today? A Short Reminder of her Work. Bulletin of
Steiner, R. (2008) Some Notes on H.A. Rosenfeld’s Contributions to Psychoanalysis. [Steiner, J. (Ed.)
(2008a): 39–57]
Stekelman, S. (1995) Review: Heimann, P. (1989) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 64: 596–599
Stengel, E. (1964) Review: Segal, H. (1964) British Medical Journal, 5396: 1499
Stephen, A. (1949) The Superego and other Internal Objects. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
27: 52–59
Stephen, K. (1934) Introjection and Projection: Guilt and Rage. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
14: 316–331
Stephen, M. (1998a) Devouring the Mother: A Kleinian Perspective on Necrophagia and Corpse Abuse.
Ethos, 26: 387–409
Stephen, M. (1998b) Consuming the Dead: Perspective on Death Rituals Cross-culturally. International
Stephen, M. (1999) Witchcraft, Grief and the Ambivalence of Emotions. American Ethnologist,
25: 711–737
Stephen, M. (2000) Reparation and the Gift. Ethos, 28: 119–146
Stephen, M. (2003) Male Mothers and Cannibal Women: A Kleinian Interpretation of Male Initiiation in
New Guinea. Psychoanalytic Review, 90: 615–653
Sterba, J.F. (1963) Review: Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1961a) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 32: 255–257
Stern, E.S. (1949) Review: Klein, M. (1948a) Journal of Mental Science, 95: 993–994
Stern, J. (1998) Review: Schafer, R. (1997a) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 12: 75–79
Sternberg, J. (2006) Not Simply ‘Doing’: Thoughts from the Literature on Technique. [Lanyado, M.,
Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 191–209]
Steuerman, E. (2000) The Bounds of Reason: Habermas, Lyotard and Melanie Klein on Rationality. London &
New York: Routledge
Stewart, H. (1988) Review: Meltzer, D. (1984a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 69: 382–384
Stiers, M.J. (1987) A Kleinian Approach to Group Development. Group, 11: 67–77
Stobart, R. (2008) Review: Spillius, E.B. (2007a) Journal of Analytical Psychology, 53: 576–578
Stoeri, J.H. (1983) The Assessment of Envy and its Relationship to Personality and Therapeutic
Outcome. Dissertation Abstracts International, 43(7-B)
Stokes, A. (1945) Concerning Art and Metapsychology. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
26: 177–179
Stokes, A. (1947) Inside Out. London: Faber
Stokes, A. (1951) Rough and Smooth. London: Faber
Stokes, A. (1952) Form in Art. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 225–234 [also in Klein, M. et al
(Eds.) (1955): 406–421]
Stokes, A. (1955) Michelangelo. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1957) Listening to Clichés and Individual Words. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
38: 412–418
Stokes, A. (1958) Greek Culture and the Ego. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1960) A Game that must be Lost. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41: 70–76
Stokes, A. (1961) The Painting of our Time. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1962) On Resignation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43: 175–181
Stokes, A. (1963) Painting and the Inner World. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1964) Review: Klein, M. (1963). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 45: 131–134
Stokes, A. (1965) The Invitation to Art. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1966) On Being Taken out of Oneself. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 47: 523–530
Stokes, A. (1973) A Game that Must be Lost. Cheadle: Carcanet

86
Stokes, A. (1974a) Primary Process, Thinking and Art. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10: 327–341
Stokes, A. (1974b) Psychoanalysis and Our Culture. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10: 469–482
Stone, A.A. (1992) Review: Petot, J.-M. (1991) American Journal of Psychiatry, 149: 1607
Stonebridge, L. (1995) The Destructive Element: English Psychoanalysis, Literature and Criticism from the
1920s to World War Two. Dissertation Abstract, University of London, Queen Mary
and Westfield
Stonebridge, L. (1998a) Anxiety in Klein: The Missing Witch’s Letter. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 190–202]
Stonebridge, L. (1998b) The Destructive Element: British Psychoanalysis and Modernism. London & New
York: Routledge
Stonebridge, L, (1998) Reading Melanie Klein. London & New York: Routledge
Phillips, J. (Eds.)|
Storch, M. (1988) The Death of the Mother in Sons and Lovers. Journal of the Melanie Klein Societyand
Strachey, A. (1941) A Note on the Use of the Word ‘Internal’. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
22: 37–43
Strachey, A. (1957) The Unconscious Motives of War. London: George Allen & Unwin
Strachey, J. (1930) Some Unconscious Factors in Reading. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
11: 322–331
Strachey, J. (1934) The Nature of the Therapeutic Action of Psychoanalysis. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 15: 127–159 rep. 1969 International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
50: 275–292
Strachey, J. (1937) Contribution to a Symposium on the Theory of the Therapeutic Results of
Psychoanalysis, International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 18: 139–145
Strachey, J. (1939) Preliminary Notes upon the Problem of Akhnaton. International Journal of
Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary: Joan Riviere. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44: 228–235
Stramer, R. (1991) Review: Limentani, A. (1989) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
22: 93–98
Strenger, C. (1997) Further Remarks on the Classic and the Romantic Visions in Psychoanalysis: Klein,
Winnicott and Ethics. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought, 20: 207–243
Summers, F. (2005) Therapeutic Action, Epistomology and the Ethic of Psychoanalysis. Journal of
Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 2: 220–235
Sussal, C.M. (1991) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1989) Clinical Social Work Journal, 19: 435
Sussal, C.M. (1998) A Kleinian Analysis of Homophobia. Smith College Studies in Social Work, 68: 203–214
Sussman, D. (1997) Finding a Safe Place: A Four-year-old Child’s Recovery from Sexual Abuse.
[Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 39–55]
Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1958) Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought. London: Hogarth
Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1968) The Psychoanalytic Approach. London: Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell
Swinburne, M. (2000) “Home is Where the Hate is”. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 14: 223–238
Symington, J. (1983) Crisis and Survival in Infancy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 9: 25–32
Symington, J. (1985a) The Establishment of Female Genital Sexuality. Free Associations, 1: 57–75
Symington, J. (1985b) The Survival Function of Primitive Omnipotence. International Journal of
Symington, J. (1988) The Analysis of a Mentally Handicapped Youth. International Review of
Symington, J. (1997a) On Rejection: The Little Obsessional Alchemist. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
23: 265–278
Symington, J. (1997b) The Suction Tentacle, [Alhanati, S., Kostoulas, K. (Eds.) (1997): 83–90]
Symington, J. (Ed.) (2000a) Imprisoned Pain and its Transformation: A Festschrift for H. Sydney Klein.
London: Karnac

87
Symington, J. (Ed.) (2000b) Frozen Pain. [Symington, J. (2000a): 213–226]

Symington, J. (2002) Mrs. Bick and Infant Observation. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 105–116]
Symington, N. (1986) The Analytic Experience: Lectures from the Tavistock. London: Free Associations
Symington, N, (1993) Narcissism: A New Theory. London: Karnac
Symington, N. (2001) The Spirit of Sanity. London: Karnac
Szollosy, M. (2002) Surviving our Paradoxes: The Psychoanalysis and Literature of Uncertainty.
Dissertation Abstract, Sheffield University
Szur, R. (1970) Acting-out: Some Notes on Work with an Adolescent Girl and a Boy in the Latency
Period. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(4): 23–38
Szur, R. (1976) Psychotherapy with a Young in-Patient with Dystoria. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
4(1): 80–92
Szur, R. (1983a) Sexuality and Aggression as Related Themes. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.)
(1983): 47–57]
Szur, R. (1983b) The Transition from an Institution to a Family. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.)
(1983): 89–97]
Szur, R. (1991) Thinking about Adolescence. [Szur, R., Miller, S. (Eds.) (1991): 151–164]
Szur, R., Hignett, E.C. Portraits of Mrs. Bick and Mrs. Klein. Tavistock Gazette, 10: 5–6
(1983)
Szur, R., Miller, S. (Eds.) Extending Horizons: Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Children, Adolescents and
(1991) Families. London: Karnac
Tabbia, C. (2005) The Last Supervision. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 451–453
Tabin, J.K. (1993) Review: Segal, J. (1992) Contemporary Psychology, 38: 1316–1317
Tabin, J.K. (1996) Review: Hinshelwood, R.D. (1994) Contemporary Psychology, 41: 485–486
Tarnopolsky, A. (1995) Understanding Countertransference. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 185–194
Tarnopolsky, A. (2000) Normal and Pathological Mourning: A Kleinian Interpretation of Verdi and
Rigoletto. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 8: 19–40
Taylor, D. (1983) Some Observations on Hallucinations: Clinical Applications of Developments of
Melanie Klein’s Work. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 299–308
Taylor, D. (1991) Early Object Relations and Development of Meaning: Initial Consideration.
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1970) On Projective Identification. Bulletin of the British
Taylor, D. (1994) Review: Anderson, R. (1992). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 627–632
Taylor, D. (2004) Beyond Learning Theory. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (2004): 136–152]
Taylor, J.N. (1959) A Note on the Splitting of Interpretations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
40: 295–296
Temperley, J. (1989) Psychoanalysis and the Threat of Nuclear War. [Richards, B. (Ed.) (1989) Crises of the
Self: 259–267] London: Free Association Books
Temperley, J. (1997) Klein’s Views on Sexuality with Particular Reference to Female Sexuality.
[Burgoyne, Sullivan (1997): 97–103]
Temperley, J. (2001) The Depressive Position. [Bronstein, C. (2001(a): 47–62]
Thieberger, J. (1991) The Concept of Reparation in Melanie Klein’s Writing. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Thorner, H.A. (1938) The Mode of Suicide as a Manifestation of Phantasy. British Journal of Medical
Thorner, H.A. (1948) The Treatment of Psychoneurosis in the British Army. International Journal of
Thorner, H.A. (1951) Notes on a Case of Male Homosexuality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
30: 31–35
Thorner, H.A. (1954a) Examination Anxiety without Examination. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
33: 153–159 [also in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 384–407]

88
Thorner, H.A. (1954b) The Criteria for Progress in a Patient during Analysis. International Journal of
Thorner, H.A. (1955) Three Defences against Inner Persecution. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) 282–308]
Thorner, H.A. (1965) Cause or Reason. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 1
Thorner, H.A. (1968) Observations on a Trend in the Theory of Psychoanalysis. Bulletin of the British
Thorner, H.A. (1970) On Compulsive Eating. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 14: 321–325
Thorner, H.A. (1981a) Notes on the Desire for Knowledge. [Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 589–597]
Thorner, H.A. (1981b) Either/or: A Contribution to the Problem of Synbolisation and Sublimation
Thorner, H.A. (1984) On Repetition: Its Relationship to the Depressive Position. International Journal of
Titchener, J. (1990) Review: Hughes, J.M. (1989) American Journal of Psychotherapy, 44: 140–141
Todd, S. (2001) Guilt, Suffering and Responsibility. Journal of Philosophy and Education, 35: 597–614
Tolchin, M. (1997) Review: Schafer, R. (1997b) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis,
25: 535–537
Torok, M., Sylwan, B., Melanie Mell by Herself. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 51–80]
Covello, A. (1988)
Traub-Werner, D. (1991) Review: Spillius, E.B. (1988b). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 72: 734–736
Tucker, S.S. (1999) Review: Caper, R. (1998a) Psychoanalytic Books, 10: 527–531
Tuckett, D. (1999) A Brief View of Herbert Rosenfeld’s Contribution to the Theory of Psychoanalytic
Techniques. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 70: 619–625
Turner, C.E.M. (1948) An Interpretation of Play Therapy by the Psychosomatic of Family Sexuality. Journal
of Mental Science, XCIV: 718–732
Tustin, F. (1951) A Group of Juniors. London: Heinemann
Tustin, F. (1963) Two Drawings Occurring in the Analysis of a Latency Child. Journal of Child
Tustin, F. (1966) A Significant Element in the Development of Autism: A Psychoanalytic Approach.
Journal oif Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 7: 53–67
Tustin, F. (1967) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Autistic Children. Journal of the British
Association of Psychotherapists, 7: 32–39
Tustin, F. (1969) Autistic Processes. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(3): 23–42
Tustin, F. (1972) Autism and Childhood Psychosis. London: Hogarth rep.London: Karnac (1995)
Tustin, F (1977) Psychotherapy with Psychotic Children. [Boston, M., Daws, D., (Eds.)
(1977): 232–250]
Tustin, F. (1978) Psychotic Elements in the Neurotic Disorders of Children. Journal of Child
Tustin, F. (1981a) Autistic States in Children. London & Boston: Routledge
Tustin, F. (1981b) Psychological Birth and Psychological Catastrophe. [Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 181–196]
Tustin, F. (1982) I-ness. Bulletin of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 13: 17–36
Tustin, F. (1983) Thoughts on Autism with Special Reference to a Paper by Melanie Klein. Journal of
Tustin, F. (1984) The Growth of Understanding, Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 10(2): 137–149
Tustin, F. (1985) Autistic Shapes. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 11: 279–290
Tustin, F. (1986) Autistic Barriers in Neurotic Patients. London: Karnac
Tustin, F. (1988a) The ‘Black Hole’—a Significant Element in Autism. Free Associations, 11: 35–50
Tustin, F. (1988b) Psychotherapy with Children who Cannot Play. International Review of

89
Tustin, F. (1990a) Projective Shell in Children and Adults. London: Karnac

Tustin, F. (1990b) Autistic Encapsulation in Neurootic Patients. [Boyer, L.B., Giovacchini, P.L. (1990)
Master Clinicians on Treating the Regressed Patient: 117–138. Northvale, NJ. Aronson]
Tustin, F. (1991a) Revised Understandings of Psychogenic Autism. International Journal of
Tustin, F. (1991b) What Autism is and What Autism is Not. [Szur, R., Miller. S. (Eds.) (1991): 243–266
and a shorter version in Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
7(1): 12–18 (1996)]
Tustin, F. (1994a) The Perpetuation of an Error. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 20: 3–23
Tustin, F. (1994b) Autistic Children who are Assessed as not Brain-damaged. Journal of Child
Twemlow, S.W. (2005) Elliott Jaques on the Life and Behaviour of Living Organisms. International Journal of
Tylim, I. (1996) Psychoanalysis in Argentina: A Couch with a View. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
6: 713–727
Tyndale, A. (1990) Review: Joseph, B. (1989a) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
21: 119–122
Tyndale, A. (1991) Review: Heimann, P. (1989) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
22: 85–88
Tyndale, A. (1992) Review: Riviere, J. (1991) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists,
22: 148–150
Tyson, R.L. (1992) Review: Heimann, P. (1989) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 365–366
Ulanov, A.B. (1981) Receiving Woman: Studies in Psychology and Theology of the Feminine. Louisville
KY: Westminster Press
Unwin, C. (2006) Notes on Unintegration and Integration from Historical and Developmental
Perspective. Journal pf Child Psychotherapy, 32: 193–213
Urban, E. (1992) The Primary Self and Related Concepts in Jung, Klein and Isaacs. Journal of
Usher, S. (1998) Review: Weininger, O. (1996) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 6: 160–162
Van Buren, J. (1993) Mother-Infant Semiotics: Intuition and the Development of Human
Subjectivity—Klein/Lacan: Fantasy and Meaning. Journal of American Academy of
Psychoanalysis and Dynamic Psychiatry, 21: 567–580
Van Buren, J. (1997) Themes of Being and non-Being in the Work of Frances Tustin and Jacques Lacan.
[Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 195–207]
Van Haute, P., Geyskens, From Death Instinct to Attachment Theory: The Primacy of the Child. New York: Other
T. (2007) Press
Vaquer, F. (1989) A Note on Envy. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 7(1): 4–11
Vida, J.E. (2003) On Playing the ‘Goldberg’ Variations, or, Mothering in and out of Context. [review
of Likierman, M. (2001) and Kristeva, J. (2001). American Imago, 60: 379–400]
Villejo, R.E. (1997) Insights on Envy: A Kleinian Anallysis of Shakespeare’s Othello. Journal of the
Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 15 (3): 467–474
Viner, R. (1996) Melanie Klein, Anna Freud and the Discourse of the Early Dispute. Journal of the
History of Behavioural Science, 32: 4–15
Vitz, P.C., Mango, P. (1997) Kleinian Psychodynamics: Religious Aspects of Hatred as a Defense Mechanism.
Journal of Psychology and Theology, 25: 64–71
Volkan, V.D. (1995) Review: Grinberg, L. (1992) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society, 43: 938–941
Vorus, N. (1998) The Concept of Phantasy in Psychoanalysis: An Examination of the Place of Reality
in the Freud-Klein Controversies. Dissertation Abstract, New York City University
Vorus, N. (2003) Disquieting Phantasy: Klein-Freud Controversies. Psychoanalytic Review, 90: 63–99

90
Vorus, N. (2006) Central Concepts of the Freud-Klein Debates. Infant, Child and Adolescent
Waddell, M. (1986) Concepts of the Inner World in George Eliot’s Work. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
12: 109–124
Waddell, M. (1988a) Kleinian and post-Kleinian Theory: Infant Observation Practice. British Journal of
Waddell, M. (1988b) Modes of Thought: A Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
5: 192–199
Waddell, M. (1989a) Gender Identity—Fifty Years on from Freud. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
5: 381–289 [also Women: A Cultural Review, 1 (1990): 149–159]
Waddell, M. (1989b) Living in Two Worlds: Psychodynamic Theory and Social Work Practice. Free
Waddell, M. (1990a) Experience and Identification in George Eliot’s Novels. Free Associations, 17: 7–27
Waddell, M. (1990b) Growing Up. Free Associations 17: 90–105
Waddell, M. (1991) The Vale of Soul-making: Psychotherapy and the Growth of the Mind. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 7: 392–405
Waddell, M. (1995) Psychoanalysis and Feminism. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 12: 81–84
Waddell, M. (1997)) Inside Lives: Psychoanalysis and the Growth of the Personality. New York: Aronson
[revised, expanded edition London: Karnac (1997)]
Waddell, M. (1998a) Psychoanalysis and the Growth of Personality. London: Duckworth
Waddell, M. (1998b) The Scapegoat. [Anderson, R., Dartington, A. (Eds.) (1998) Facing it Out: Clinical
Perspectives in Adolescent Disturbances. London: Taylor and Francis: 127–142]
Waddell, M. (1999) On Ideas of the “Good” and the “Ideal” in George Eliot’s Novels and Post-Kleinian
Thought. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39: 271–286
Waddell, M. (2000a) Only Connect: Developmental Issues from Early to Late Life. Psychoanalytic
Waddell, M. (2000b) Assessing Adolescents: Finding a Space to Think. [Rustin, Margaret, Quagliata, E.
(Eds.) (2000): 145–161]
Waddell, M. (2001) Perverse States of Mind in Adolescence. Journal of the British Association of
Pstchotherapists, 39: 152–165
Waddell, M. (2002) The Assessment of Adolescents: Preconceptions and Realizations. Journal of Child
Waddell, M. (2003) Turning into One’s own Œdipus Complex in Late Adolescence. Journal of Child
Waddell, M. (2005) The Ætiology of an Idea: Observing Development. Bulletin of the British
Waddell, M. (2006a) Infant Observation in Britain: The Tavistock Approach. International Journal of
Waddell, M. (2006b) Narcissism: An Adolescent Disorder? Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 32: 21–34
Waddell, M. (2006c) Integration, Unintegration And Disintegration: An Introduction. Journal of Child
Waddell, M. (2007) From Resemblance to Identity: The Internal Narrative of the Fifty-miniute Hour.
Waddell, M. (undated) Living in Two Worlds: Psychodynamic Theory and Social Work Practice.
[www.//http@human-nature viewed August 6, 2008]
Waddell, M., Reflections on Perverse States of Mind. Free Associations, 22(2): 203–213
Williams, G. (1991)
Walker-Kennedy, S. (1988) Autism from a Freudian and a Kleinian Point of View. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Wallerstein, R.S. (1990) Psychoanalysis: The Common Ground. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
71: 3–20

91
Warshaw, S.C. (1994) Whatever Happened to Kleinian Child Analysis? Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
11: 401–406
Waska, R. (1998) Hate, Dislike and Disinterest. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
16(2): 389–405
Waska, R. (1999a) Clinical Impressions of Kleinian Theory to Interpretation. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Waska, R.T. (1999b) Projective Identification, Countertransference and the Struggle for Understanding
over Acting out. Journal of Psychotherapeutic Practice and Research, 8: 155–162
Waska, R.T. (1999c) Projective Identification, Self-Disclosure and the Patient’s View of the Object: The
Need for Flexibility. Journal of Psychotherapeutic Practice and Research, 8: 225–233
Waska, R.T. (2001a) Schizoid Anxiety: A Reappraisal of the Manic Defense and the Depressive Position.
Waska, R. (2001b) Some Thoughts on “Mrs. Klein”: A Theater Review from a Psychoanalytic
Perspective. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 10: 275–278
Waska, R. (2002a) Fragmentation, Persecution and Primitive Guilt: Clinical and Theoretical Issues
with Psychotic Patients. Psychodynamic Practice: Individuals, Groups and Organisations,
8: 147–162
Waska, R. (2002b) Primitive Experiences of Loss: Working with the Paranoid-Schizoid Patient.
London: Karnac
Waska, R. (2003) Greed, Idealization and the Paranoid-Schizoid Experience of Insatiability.
Waska, R. (2004a) Greed and the Frightening Rumble of Psychic Hunger. American Journal of
Waska, R.T. (2004b) Projective Identification in the Clinical Setting: A Kleinian Perspective. Hove, Sx. and
New York: Brunner/Routledge
Waska, R. (2005a) A Case Study of Borderline Anxiety and the Process of Analytical Transformation.
Waska, R. (2005b) Real People, Real Problems and Real Solutions: The Kleinian Psychoanalytic Approach with
Difficult Patients. London: Taylor and Francis/Routledge
Waska, R. (2006a) Addictions and the Quest to Control the Object. American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
66: 1–43
Waska, R. (2006b) The Analyst as Translator: Failures and Successes. Psychoanalytic Social Work,
3: 43–65
Waska, R. (2006c) The Danger of Change: The Kleinian Approach with Patients who Experience Progress as
Trauma. London: Routledge
Waska. R. (2007a) The Concept of Analytic Contact: The Kleinian Approach to Reaching the Hard-to-reach
Patient. London: Routledge
Waska, R. (2007b) When Patients Face the Dual Threat of Depression and Paranoid Phantasies.
Waska, R. (2007c) Review: Mills, J. (2006) Psychodynamic Practice, 13: 429–432
Waska, R. (2008a) A Kleinian View of Psychoanalytic Couples Therapy. Part 1 Psychoanalytic
Waska, R. (2008b) A Kleinian View of Psychoanalytic Couples Therapy. Part 2 Psychoanalytic
Waska, R. (2008c) Session-by-Session Report of Low-Frequency Kleinian Psychoanalysis: Establishing
Analytic Contact with a Borderline Patient. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic,
72: 85–108
Waska, R. (2008d) Review: Spillius, E.B. (2007a) Psychodynamic Process, 14: 469–473
Watts, D.W. (1986) Creativity and Catharsis: The Psychoanalytic Perspective of Melanie Klein.
Dissertation Abstract, University of Alberta

92
Watts. S.C. (1993) Investigation into the Psyches of Serial Killers: A Kleinian Perspective. Dissertation
Abstract, Toronto University
Watson, J.P. (1973) Review: Segal, H. (1964a) British Journal of Psychiatry, 123: 123
Weddell, D. (1975) Disturbed Geography of the Life Space in Autism—Barry. [Meltzer, D. et al
(1975): 100–161]
Weininger, D.E. (2001) Sociocultural and Historical Factors that Support Kleinian Theory in the Bay Area,
California. Dissertation Abstracts International, 61(9-A): 3469
Weininger, O. (1983) Equivalence, Substitution and Symbolization. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Weininger, O. (1984) The Clinical Psychology of Melanie Klein. Springfield, IL: C.C. Thomas
Weininger, O. (1985) Secrets. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 3(1): 108–118
Weininger, O. (1987) Electively Mute Children: A Therapeutic Approach. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Weininger, O. (1988) Mourning as Reflected in The Wonderful Wizard of Oz. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Weininger, O. (1989) Children’s Phantasies: The Shaping of Relationships. London: Karnac
Weininger, O. (1992) Melanie Klein: From Theory to Reality. London, Karnac
Weininger, O. (1996) Being and Not Being: Clinical Applications of the Death Instinct. Madison, CT.
International Universities
Weininger, O., Harris, R.J. On Primary Masochism. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
(1983) 1(2): 54–62
Weisberg, J. (1994) Linking Theory to Practice: Melanie Klein and the Relational Revolution.
International Journal of Communicative Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy, 9: 77–84
Weisel-Barth, J. (2008) Analyst Envy in Working with an Artist: Four Scenes. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
18: 735–757
Weisinger, D.E. (2000) Sociocultural and Historical Factors that Support Interest in Kleinian Theories in the Bay
Area. Berkeley, CA: The Wright Institute
Weiss, H. (2008) Romantic Perversion: The Role of Envy in the Creation of a Timeless Universe.
[Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 152–167]
Weissbourd, K. (2004) Review: Kristeva, J. (2001) Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 40: 304–309
Wells, A. (1997) The Beginnings of Mind: Psychotherapy of a Sexually Abused Six-year-old Girl.
[Rustin, Margaret et al (Eds.) (1997b): 101–114]
West, M. (2004) Identity, Narcissism and the Emotional Core. Journal of Psychoanalytical Psychology,
49: 521–551
Westlund, J. (1988) Some Problems with Klein’s Theory of Reparations. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Wheeler, W. (1999) A New Modernity: Science, Literature and Politics. London: Lawrence and Wishart
White, J. (2006) Generation: Preoccupations and Conflicts in Contemporary Psychoanalysis.
Hove: Routledge
White, J. (2008) Pluralism in Contemporary Psychoanalysis: Theory and Practice. British Journal of
White, R.W. (1958) Review: Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) Contemporary Psychology, 3: 81–84
Whitehead, C.C. (1975) Additional Aspects of the Freudian-Kleinian Controversy: Towards a
Psychoanalysis of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 56: 383–396
Whyte, R. (1991) Symbolism in a Group. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 6: 133–142
Whyte-Earnshaw, C.E. Towards the Articulation of Kleinian Social Theory. Journal of the Melanie Klein
(1994) Society and Object Relations, 12(1): 59–83
Wiebe, M.L. (1994) The Inner World of a Troubled Child: An Art Therapy Case Study involving a
12-year-old Boy with a History of Early Abuse. Dissertation Abstract, Concordia
University, Canada

93
Wieland, C. (2003) Ordinary People and Extra-ordinary Protections: A Post-Kleinian Approach to the
Treatment of Primitive Mental States. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 17: 269–273
Williams, A. Hyatt (1960) A Psychoanalytic Approach to the Treatment of a Murderer. International Journal of
Williams, A. Hyatt (1963) The Psychopathology and Treatment of Sexual Murderers. [Rosen, I. (Ed.) (1960)
The Pathology and Treatment of Sexual Deviation: 351–377 Oxford: Oxford University
Press]
Williams, A. Hyatt (1969) Murderousness. [Blom-Cooper, L. (Ed.) (1969) The Hanging Question.
London: Duckworth 91–99]
Williams, A. Hyatt (1970) Report on the Psychoanalysis of a Convicted Murderer. Bulletin of the British
Williams, A. Hyatt (1971) Review: Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. (1970) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
52: 324–325
Williams, A. Hyatt (1972) Where Crime Begins. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 8
Williams, A. Hyatt (1977) Depression, Deviation and Acting-out. Journal of Adolescence, 1: 309–317
Williams, A. Hyatt (1980) Some Ideas on a Case of Stealing. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 16
Williams, A. Hyatt (1981) Adolescence, Violence and Crime. Journal of Adolescence, 5: 125–134
Williams, A. Hyatt (1986) The Ancient Mariner: Opium, the Saboteur of Self Therapy. Free Associations,
6: 123–144
Williams, A. Hyatt (1989) Choice of Victim: Further Ideas. Free Associations, 1R: 113–114
Williams, A. Hyatt (1998) Cruelty, Violence and Murder: Understanding the Criminal Mind. Northvale,
NJ: Aronson & London: Karnac
Williams, G. (1991a) Reflections on the Process of Internalisation. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 17: 3–14
Williams, G. (1991b) Work with Ethnic Minorities. [Szur, R., Miller, S. (Eds.) (1991): 183–204]
Williams, G. (1997) Internal Landscapes and Foreign Bodies: Eating Disorders and other Pathologies.
London: Duckworth. New edition London: Karnac (2002)
Williams, G. (1999) On Different Introjective Processes and the Hypothesis of an “Omega Function”.
Williams, G. (2000) Reflections on “Aesthetic Reciprocity”. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 136–151]
Williams, G. (2005) Double Deprivation. [Bower, M. (Ed.) (2005): 89–102]
Williams, M. Harris (1992) Review: Segal, H. (1991) Free Associations, 3B: 306–310
Williams, M. Harris (1994) A Man of Achievement: Sophocles’ Œdipus. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
11: 232–241
Williams, M. Harris Inspiration: A Psychoanalytic and Æsthetic Concept. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
(1997a) 14: 33–43
Williams, M. Harris A Trial of Faith: Horatio’s Story—Hamlet in Analysis. Strathtay: Clunie
(1997b)
Williams, M. Harris (1998) The Æsthetic Perspective in the Work of Donald Meltzer. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Williams, M. Harris (1999) Psychoanalysis: An Art or a Science?—a Review of the Implications of the Theory of
Bion and Meltzer. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 16: 127–135
Williams, M. Harris. (2000) Keats’s “Ode to Psyche”. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 56–67]
Williams, M. Harris (2003) Conversations with Internal Objects: Family and Narrative Structure in Homer’s
Odyssey. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 20: 209–225
Williams. M. Harris (2004) Obituary: Donald Meltzer. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 329–330
Williams, M. Harris The Three Vertices: Science, Art and Religion. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
(2005a) 21: 429–441
Williams, M. Harris. The Vale of Soulmaking: The Post-Kleinian Model of the Mind and its Poetic Origins.
(2005b) London: Karnac

94
Williams, M. Harris., Chamber of Maiden Thought: Literary Origins of the Psychoanalytic Model of the Mind.
Waddell, M. (1991) London: Routledge
Williams, P. (Ed.) (2002) Key Papers on Borderline Disorders: With IJP Internet Discussion Reviews.
London: Karnac
Williams, P., Gabbard, Key Papers in Literature and Psychoanalysis. London: Karnac
G.O. (Eds.) (2007)
Willoughby, R. (2001a) “The Dungeon of Thyself”—the Claustrum as Pathological Container. International
Willoughby, R. (2001b) The Petrified Self: Esther Bick and her Membership Paper. British Journal of
Willoughby, R. (2004) Between the Basic Fault and Second Skin. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 179–196
Wilson, S. (1981) Hans Andersen’s Nightingale. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 7: 483–486
Wilson, S. (1985) Character Development in Daniel Deronda: A Psychoanalytic View. International
Review of Psychoanalysis 11: 199–206
Wilson, S. (2005) My Donald Meltzer. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 446–449
Winnicott, D.W. (1941) The Observation of Infants in a Set Situation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
22: 229–249
Winnicott, D.W. (1945) Primitive Emotional Development. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 26: 137–142
Winnicott, D.W. (1965) A Personal View of the Kleinian Contribution. [The Maturational Processes and the
Facilitating Environment. (1965) London: Hogarth: 171–178]
Wisdom, J.O. (1956) Review: Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) British Journal of Philosophy of Science,
VII: 105–110
Wisdom, J.O. (1963) Mid-Century Developments with Psychoanalytic Therapy. British Journal of
Philosophy of Science, XIV: 54–63
Wisdom, J.O. (1984) What is Left of Psychoanalytic Theory? International Review of Psychoanalysis,
11: 313–326
Wollheim, R. (1982) The Bodily Ego. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 18
Wollheim, R. (1983) Melanie Klein. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 19
Wollheim, R. (1985) The Thread of Life. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press
Wollheim, R. (1992) Review: Segal, H. (1991) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 166–167
Wollheim, R. (1993) The Mind and its Depths. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Wollheim, R. (2004) Emotion and the Malformation of Emotion. [Bell, D. (2004c): 122–135]
Wollheim, R. (2005) On the Freudian Unconscious. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 41
Woodward, K. (1988) Kleinian Theory and Representation of the Aging Body. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Yaglom, M. (1993) Role of Psychocultural Factors in the Adjustment of Soviet Jewish
Refugees: Applying Kleinian Theory of Mourning. Journal of Contemporary
Yorke, C. (1971) Some Suggestions for a Critique of Kleinian Psychology. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 26: 129–155
Yorke, C. (1994) Freud or Klein: Conflict or Compromise. International Journal of Psychotherapy,
75: 375–385
Youell, B. (2002) The Relevance of Infant and Young Child Observation in Multidisciplinary
Assessments for the Family Courts. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 117–134]
Youell, B. (2006) The Learning Relationship: Psychoanalytic Thinking in Education. London: Karnac
Young, J. (2007) Identity as Subterfuge: A Kleinian and Winnicottian Reading of David Lynch’s
Mulholland Drive. Psychoanalytic Review, 94: 903–925

95
Young, R.M. (1990) The Analytic Space: Countertransference and Evocative Knowledge. [on line at
http://www.human-nature.com viewed August 6, 2008]
Young, R.M. (1991) Psychotic Anxieties are Normal. [on line at http://www.human-nature.com viewed
August 6, 2008]
Young, R.M. (1992) Benign and Virulent Projective Identification Groups and Institutions. [on line at
Young, R.M. (1994a) Mental Space. London: Process Press
Young, R.M. (1994b) New Ideas about the Œdipus Complex. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Young, R.M. (1996) The Culture of British Psychoanalysis. [on line at http://www.human-nature.com
Young, R.M. (1997) Phantasy and Psychotic Anxieties. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997a): 65–81]
Young, R.M. (1998) Being a Kleinian is not Straightforward. [on line at http://www.human-nature.com
Young, R.M. (1999) Hate. [on line at http://www.human-nature.com viewed August 6, 2008]
Young, R.M. (2000) Melanie Klein (1) and (2). [on line at http://www.human-nature.com viewed August 6,
2008]
Young, R.M. (2001) Œdipus Complex. Irving TX: Icon Books
Young, R.M. (2003) Psychoanalysis, Terrorism and Fundamentalism. Psychodynamic Practice, 9: 307–322
Young, R.M. (2006) Projective Identification. [Mills, J. (Ed.) (2006): 60–76]
Zarelsky, E. (1998) Melanie Klein and the Emergence Modern Personal Life. [Stonebridge, Phillips
(1998): 32–50]
Zaretsky, E. (1999) “One Large, Secure, Solid Background”: Melanie Klein and the Origins of the British
Welfare State. Psychoanalysis, 1: 136–154
Zetzel, E.R. (1956) An Approach to the Relation between Concept and Content in Psychoanalytic
Theory (with Special Reference to the Work of Melanie Klein and her Followers).
Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 11: 99–121
Zetzel, E.R. (1958) Review: Klein, M. (1957). Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 27: 409–412
Zetzel, E.R. (1961) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 30: 420–425
Zetzel, E.R. (1965) Review: Segal, H. (1964). Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 34: 588–593
Zimmer, R.B. (1994) Review: Segal, H. (1991) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
42: 945–950
Zinkin, L. (1991a) The Klein Connection in the London School: The Search for Origins. Journal of
Zinkin, L. (1991b) A Reply to Astor, J. (1991). Journal of Analytical Psychology, 36: 523–527
Zoja, L. (1987) Analytical Psychology and the Metapsychology of Feelings: Possible Connections
between Jung and Melanie Klein. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 32: 47–55
Zysman, S. Erna and Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 579–581

Articles
Abel, E. (1988) The Poetics of Hunger: Woolf and Klein. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Adams, M. (2004) Classics Revisited ‘The Relation of Anal Masturbation to Projective Identification’.
(Meltzer, D. (1966). Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 42: 158–168
Aguayo, J. (1997) Historicising the Origins of Kleinian Psychoanalysis: Klein’s Analytic and Patronial
Relationships with Ferenczi, Abraham and Freud 1914–1927. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 78: 1165–1182.
Aguayo, J. (2000) Patronage in the Dispute over Child Analysis between Melanie Klein and Anna
Freud 1927–1932. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 733–752.
Aguayo, J. (2002a) Œdipus in Britain: Edward Glover and the Struggle over Klein. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 71: 127–134
Aguayo, J. (2002b) Re-assessing the Clinical Affinity between Melanie Klein and D.W. Winnicott
1935–1951. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 1133–1152
Aguayo, J. (2003) Response to Berman, E. (2003). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 446–448
Aguayo, J. (2008) On Projective Identification: Back to the Beginning. International Journal of
Aguilar, J. (et al) (1996) The Kleinian Diagnostic Scale (revised version): Presentation and Reliability. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 94: 69–78
Aisenberg, M.K. (1966) Mirror, Mirror: Envy between Women in Therapy: A Phenomenological Study of
Women’s Experiences. Dissertation Abstracts International, 57(5-B): 3399
Akhtar, S., Byrne, J.B. The Concept of Splitting and its Clinical Relevance. American Journal of Psychiatry,
(1983) 140: 1013–1016
Albiston, A.K. (1984) The Advent of Object Representation: A Piagetian Critique of the British
School Theorists Klein, Fairbairn, Winnicott and Guntrip. Dissertation Abstracts
International, 44(10-B): 3185
Alford, C.F. (1990a) Melanie Klein and the Oresteia Complex. Cultural Critique, 15: 167–190
Alford, C.F. (1990b) The Organization of Evil. Political Psychology, 11: 5–27
Alford, C.F. (1990c) Reparation and Civilization: A Kleinian Account of the Large Group. Free
Alford, C.F. (1993) Greek Tragedy, Confusion and Melanie Klein: Or, is there an Oresteia Complex?
American Imago, 50: 1–27
Alford, C.F. (1997) Hatred in Counterfeit Community and the Simulacrum of Love. Journal for the
Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, 21: 39–45
Alford, C.F. (1999) A Psychoanalytic Study of Evil. American Imago, 56: 27–52
Alford, C.F. (2005) Augustine, Arendt and Melanie Klein: The (De)privation of Evil. Psychoanalysis,
97

98
Allamani, C. (2006) A Tooth for a Private Eye: James Ellroy’s Detective Fiction. Journal of Popular Culture,
39: 349–364
Almond, R. (2003) The Holding Function of Theory. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
51: 131–153
Alonso. A., Schippers, L. Object Relations Theory and Mid-life Development. Dynamic Psychotherapy, 4: 5–10
(1986)
Alvarez, A. (1977) Problems of Dependence and Development in an Excessively Passive Autistic Boy.
Alvarez, A. (1980) Two Regenerative Situations in Autism: Reclamation and Becoming Vertebrative.
Alvarez, A. (1983) Problems in the Use of the Counter-transference: Getting it Across. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 9(1): 7–23 [also in Barrows, P.S. (2004): 63–82]
Alvarez, A. (1985) The Problem of Neutrality: Some Reflections on the Psychoanalytic Attitude in
the Treatment of Borderline and Psychotic Children. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
11(1): 87–103
Alvarez, A. (1988) Beyond the Unpleasure Principle: Some Pre-conditions for Thinking through Play.
Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 14(2): 1–13 [expanded version in Szur, R., Miller, S.
(Eds.) (1991): 399–403]
Alvarez, A. (1989) Development Toward the Latency Period: Splitting and the Need to Forget in
Borderline Children. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 15: 71–83
Alvarez, A. (1993) Making the Thought Thinkable. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 13: 103–122
Alvarez, A. (1995) Motiveless Malignity: Problems in the Psychotherapy of Psychopathic Patients.
Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 21: 167–182. [also in (1999) Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
19: 172–184]
Alvarez, A. (1997a) Moral Imperatives in Work with Borderline Children: The Grammar of Wishes
and the Grammar of Needs. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 6: 753–768 [also in
Symington, J. (2000a) 5–22]
Alvarez, A. (1998) Failures to Link Attacks or Defects? Some Questions Concerning the Thinkability of
Œdipal and pre-Œdipal Thoughts. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 24: 213–232
Alvarez, A. (2006) Some Questions Concerning States of Fragmentation: Unintegration, Under-
Integration, Disintegration and the Nature of Early Integrations. Journal of Child
Amado, G. (1995) Why Psychoanalytical Knowledge Helps us Understand Organizations:
A Discussion with Elliott Jaques. Human Relations, 48: 351–357
Anderson, J. (2004) Risk-taking, Dangerous Behaviour in Childhood: Child Protection and Clinical
Strategies. Journal of Social Work Practice, 18: 19–32
Anderson, M. (1992) The Need of the Patient to be Emotionally Known: The Search to Understand a
Countertransference Dilemma. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 8: 247–252
Anderson, R. (1981) The Analysis of a 10-year Old Boy. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 17
Anderson, R. (1993) Some Observations on the Value of Child Analysis within the Psychoanalytic World.
Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 41
Anderson, R. (1995) The Child in the Adult: Some Notes on the Contribution of Child Analysis to the
Psychoanalysis of Adults. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 43
Anderson, R. (1996) The Adolescent Department. Tavistock and Portman Gazette, 1: 3–4
Anderson, R. (2000) Assessing the Risks of Self-harm in Adolescents: A Psychoanalytical Perspective.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 14: 6–21 [also in Rustin, Margaret, Quagliata, E. (Eds.)
(2000): 162–176]
Anderson, R. (2001) The Person of the Analyst. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 37
Angers, M.T. (2007) The Opening Session: Issues in. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 29: 63–68
Anthony, J. (1986) The Contributions of Child Psychoanalysis to Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Study

99
Apprey, M. (1987) Projective Identification and Maternal Misconception in Disturbed Mothers. British
Journal of Psychotherapy, 4(1): 5–22
Arrenga, W. (1975) More than a Book Review of Klein’s Psychoanalytic Contributions. Journal of
Contemporary Psychotherapy, 7: 130–133
Ashbach, C., Schermer, V. Interactive and Group Dimensions of Kleinian Theory: Notes towards a Paradigm
(1987) Shift. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Group Relations, 5(1): 43–68
Ashwin, M. (1999) “… Against all Other Virtue and Goodness”: An Exploration of Envy in Relation to
Concepts of Sin. Psychoanalytic Studies, 1: 421–434
Astor, J. (1988) A Conversation with Dr. Donald Meltzer. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 15(1): 1–13
Astor, J. (1991a) The Klein Connection in the London School: The Search for Origins: Comments.
Journal of Analytical Psychology, 36: 519–523 [see also Zinkin, L. (1991)]
Aubry, C. (2002) Freedom Through Re-introjection. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 19: 255–259
Barabash, K.J. (2003) Developmental Filial Therapy: Process-outcome Research on Strengthening Child-
Parent Relationships through Play. Dissertation Abstract, University of Victoria
(Canada).
Barros, E.M. (1995) The Problem of Originality and Imitation in Psychoanalytic Thought: A Case
of Kleinian Thinking in Latin America. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 835–843
Barrows, K. (1984) A Child’s Difficulties in Using his Gifts and Imagination. Journal of Child
Barrows, P.S. (1995) Œdipal Issues at 4 and 44. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 85–96
Barrows, P.S. (1996) Soiling Children: The Œdipal Configuration. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
22: 240–260
Barrows, P.S. (1997) Parent-Infant Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 23: 255–264
Barrows, P.S. (1999a) Facing Reality: Working with a 4-year-old and a 34-year-old. Psychoanalytic
Barrows. P.S. (1999b) The Importance of Fathers in Parent-Infancy Psychotherapy. Infant Observation,
3(1): 74–88
Barrows, P.S. (2001a) The Aims of Child Psychotherapy: A Kleinian Perspective. Clinical Child Psychology
and Psychiatry, 6: 371–386
Barrows, P.S. (2001b) The Use of Stories as Autistic Objects. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 27: 69–82
Barrows, P.S. (2002a) Becoming Verbal: Autism, Trauma and Playfulness. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
28: 53–72
Barrows, P.S. (2003) Change in Parent-Infant Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 29: 283–300
Barwick, N. (2003) Mad Desire and Feverish Melancholy: Reflections on the Psychodynamics of
Writing and Presenting. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 20: 59–71
Baudry, F. (1994) Revisiting the Freud/Klein Controversies Fifty Years Later. International Journal of
Bauer, K. (2000) The Therapeutic Role of Regression: Comparing the Perspectives of Michael Balint
and Melanie Klein. Dissertation Abstracts International, 61(3-B): 1624
Baum, N. (2006) A Kleinian Perspective on the Divorce Process: From the Paranoid-Schizoid to the
Depressive Position. Clinical Social Work Journal, 34: 279–292
Beech, D.R. (1998) The Effects of Freudian versus Kleinian Consultation Styles on Adaptive Regression
in Small Groups. Dissertation Abstracts International 58: 6800
Bell, D. (1990) Knowledge, Learning and Freedom from Thought. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
5: 59–78
Bell, D. (1992a) The Values of Psychotherapy. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 261–264
Bell, D. (1992b) Hysteria: A Contemporary Kleinian Perspective. British Journal of Psychiatry,
9: 169–180
Bell, D. (1996) Primitive Mind of State. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 10: 145–157

100
Bell, D. (1997a) In-Patient Psychotherapy: The Art of the Impossible. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
11: 3–18
Bell, D. (2000) Psychoanalysis: A Body of Knowledge of Mind and Human Culture. Bulletin of the
Bell, D. (2001b) Who is Killing what or whom? Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 15: 21–37
Bell, D. (2006) Existence in Time: Development or Catastrophe? Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
75: 783–805 [also in Perelberg, R.J. (Ed.) (2007): 65–84]
Bergmann, M.S. (1993) Reflections on the History of Psychoanalysis. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Bergmann, M.S. (1997) The Historical Roots of Psychoanalytic Orthodoxy. International Journal of
Bergner, S. (2000) Resolution: The Metabolization of Early Loss in the Life of the Self (Sigmund Freud,
Melanie Klein). Dissertation Abstracts International, 60(9-B): 4876
Berman, E. (1997) Relational Psychoanalysis: A Historical Background. American Journal of
Berman, E. (2003) On Aguayo, J. (2002b). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 445–446
Bernardi, R. (2002) The Need for True Controversies in Psychoanalysis: The Debates on Melanie Klein
and Jacques Lacan in the Rio de la Plata. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 851–873
Bernardi, R. (2008) Letter from Uruguay. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 233–240
Bezoari, M., Ferro, A., Listening, Interpreting and Psychic Change in the Psychoanalytic Dialogue.
Politi, P. (1994) International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 3: 35–41
Bianchedi, E.T. de (1991) Psychic Change: The “Becoming” of an Inquiry. International Journal of
Bianchedi, E.T. de (1993) Lies and Falsities. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 11(1): 30–46
Bianchedi, E.T. de (et al) Beyond Freudian Metapsychology: The Metapsychological Poins of View from the
(1984) Kleinian School. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 65: 389–398
Bianchedi, E.T. de (et al) Theories on Anxiety in Freud and Melanie Klein: Their Metapsychological Status.
(1988) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 69: 359–368
Bianchedi, E.T. de (et al) Erna and Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 1587–1603
(2003)
Bibring, E. (1947) The So-called English School of Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 16: 69–93
Bick, E. (1962) Child Analysis Today. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43: 328–332 [also in
Harris, A., Bick, E. (1987): 104–113 in Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 168–176 and in Briggs, A.
(Ed.) (2002): 27–36]
Bick, E. (1964) Notes on Infant Observation in Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45: 558–566 [also in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 240–256 and Briggs, A. (Ed.)
(2002): 37–54]
Bick, E. (1967) Notes on the Observation of Human Development in Teaching Psychoanalysis.
Revista de Psicoanálisis, 24: 74–115.
Bick, E. (1968) The Experience of the Skin in Early Object-relations. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 49: 484–486 [also in Harris, A., Bick, E. (1987): 114–118 in Spillius, E.B.
(1988a): 187–191 and Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002a: 55–59]
Bick, E. (1986) Further Considerations of the Function of the Skin in Early Object
Relations: Findings from Infant Observation Integrated into Child and Adult
Analysis. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 2: 292–299 [also in Briggs, A. (Ed.)
(2002): 60–71]
Bick, E. (2001) Anxieties Underlying of Phobia of Sexual Intercourse in Women. British Journal of
Bicudo, V.L. (1964) Persecutory Guilt and Ego Restriction. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45: 358–363

101
Bion, W.R. (1952) Group Dynamics: A Review. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 235–247 [also
in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1995) 440–477
Bion, W.R. (1957) Differentiation of the Psychotic from the Non-psychotic Personalities. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 266–275 [also in Bion, W.R. (1967a): 43–64 and Spillius,
E.B. (1988a): 61–78]
Bion, W.R. (1959) Attacks on Linking. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 40: 308–315 [also in Bion,
W.R. (1967a): 93–110, in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 87–101 and Furman, A.C., Levy, S.T.
(Eds.) (2003): 125–142]
Bion, W.R. (1962b) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Thinking. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
43: 306–310 [also in Bion, W.R. (1967a): 110–119] and in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 178–186
as “A Theory of Thinking”.
Bion, W.R. (1967b) Notes on Memory and Desire. Psychoanalytic Forum, 2: 272–273, 279–280 [also in
Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 17–21
Bion, W.R., Rickman, J. Intra-Group Tensions in Therapy: Their Study as a Task of the Group. The Lancet,
(1943) 678. [and in Bion, W.R. (1961b): 11–26
Bion, W.R., Rosenfeld, H., Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 42: 4–8
Segal, H. (1961)
Birksted-Breen, D. (1996) Phallus, Penis and Mental Space. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 77: 649–657
Blass, R.B. (2008) Psychoanalytic Controversies. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 9–10
Blazina, C. (2001) Part Objects, Infantile Fantasies and Intrapsychic Boundaries: An Object Relations
Perspective on Male Difficulties with Intimacy. Journal of Men’s Studies, 10: 89–98
Bleger, J. (1967) Psychoanalysis of the Psychoanalytic Frame. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
48: 511–519
Bloch, B. (2004) The Flight into the Object: Mania and the Æshetic Superego. Dissertation Abstract,
Wright Institute
Blomfield, O.H. (1985) Parasitism, Projective Identification and the Faustian Bargain. International Review of
Blomfield, O.H. (1992) Bleger’s Extension of Kleinian Theory: Some Developmental and Transferential
Implications. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations 10(1): 62–89.
Bonovitz, C. (2007) Who’s Who in the Psychoanalytic Situation? Subject, Object and Enactment in
the Relational and Contemporary Kleinian Traditions. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
17: 411–437
Borgogno, F. (1999) Paula Heimann’s Contributions to the Development of Psychoanalytic Technique.
Born, G. (1998) Anthropology, Kleinian Psychoanalysis and the Subject in Culture. American
Anthropologist, 100: 373–386
Boston, M. (1967) Some Effects of External Circumstances on the Inner Experience of Two Child
Patients. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(1): 20–32
Boston, M. (1973) Psychotherapy with a Boy from a Children’s Home. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
3(2): 53–67
Boston, M. (1976) Recent Research in Developmental Psychology. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
4(1): 15–24
Boston, M. (1980) Psychotherapy with Severely Deprived Children: Introduction: The Tavistock
Workshop. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 6(1): 45–48
Boston, M. (1988) In Search of a Methodology for Evaluating Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with
Boston, M. (1994) Obituary: Frances Tustin. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 30
Boston, M., Lush, D., Evaluation of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Children: Therapists’
Grainger, E. (1991) Assessments and Predictions. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 5: 191–234
Boston, M., Lush, D. Further Considerations for Evaluating Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with
(1994) Children: Reflections in the Light of Research Experience. Journal of Child

102
Bott, E. (1955) Urban Families: Original Roles and Social Networks. Human Relations, 8: 345–384
Bott, J. (2007) The Concept of Aggression in the Work of Freud, Klein and Winnicott. Dissertation
Boulanger, J.B. (1984a) The Primacy of Effect in Kleinian Methodology and Metapsychology. Journal of the
Boulanger, J.B. (1987) Guilt: A Psychoanalytic Paradigm (From Freud to Klein). Journal of the Melanie Klein
Bovenspiel, G. (2006) Attachment-Dissociation Network: Some Thoughts about a Complex Modern
Theory. Journal of Psychoanalytical Psychology, 51: 451–466
Bowlby, J. (1961) Mourning and its Implications for Psychiatry. American Journal of Psychiatry,
118: 481–498
Bravesmith, A. (2007) Reconsidering the Aims of Analysis in a Probabilistic Universe: Containment and
Coniunctio. Psychodynamic Practice, 13: 275–288
Brenman, E. (1971) Cruelty—Human and Inhuman. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 7
Brenman, E. (1978) The Narcissism of the Analyst: Its Effect in Clinical Practice. Bulletin of the British
Psychoanalytic Society, 14 also in Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation 59
Brenman, E. (1980) The Value of Reconstruction in Adult Psychoanalysis. International Journal of
Brenman, E. (1982) Separation: A Clinical Problem. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63: 303–310
Brenman, E. (1984) Matters of Life and Death, Real and Assumed. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 20
Brenman, E. (1985a) Cruelty and Narrowmindedness. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 273–281
[also in Spillius, E.B. (1988): 256–270 and in Schafer, R. (1997): 174–192]
Brenman, E. (1985b) Hysteria. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 11: 423–432
Brenner, J. (1976) Some Factors Affecting the Placement of a Child in Treatment. Journal of Child
Brierley, M. (1932) Some Problems of Integration in Women. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
13: 433–438
Brierley, M. (1936) Specific Determinants in Feminine Component. International Journal of
Brierley, M. (1937) Affects in Theory and Practice. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 18: 256–268
Brierley, M. (1939) A Prefatory Note on ‘Internalized Objects’ and Depression. International Journal of
Brierley, M. (1942) ‘Internal Objects’ and Theory. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 23: 107–112
Brierley, M. (1943) Theory, Practice and Public Relations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
24: 119–125
Brierley, M. (1944) Notes on Metapsychology as Process Theory. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
25: 97–107
Brierley, M. (1945) Further Notes on the Implications of Psychoanalysis: Metapsychology and
Personology. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 26: 89–114
Brierley, M. (1947) Notes on Psychoanalysis and Integrative Living. International Journal of
Brierley, M. (1969) ‘Hardy Perennials’ and Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
50: 447–452.
Briggs, A. (2003) The Importance of Clinical Observation for Understanding a Difficult-to-reach
Young Boy. Infant Observation, 6(2): 12–32
Briggs, A. (2008) Translating Nature: Developing Esther Bick’s Method for Finding Words for
Describing what is Seen and Experienced in Infant Observation and Clinical Work.
Briggs, S. (1999) Links between Infant Observation and Effective Social Work Practice. Journal of

103
Britton, R. (1983a) What is Psychoanalysis? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 19

Britton, R. (1984) The Œdipus Complex in Female Development. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 20
Britton, R. (1985) The Œdipus Complex and the Depressive Position. Sigmund Freud House Bulletin,
Vienna, 9: 7–12 Also in Anderson, R. (1992): 34–45
Britton, R. (1986a) The Effects of Serious Parental Psychological Disturbance. Bulletin of the British
Britton, R. (1986b) Psychoanalysis, Psychotherapy and the British Society. Bulletin of the British
Britton, R. (1986c) The Infant in the Adult. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2(1): 31–44
Britton, R. (1988) Something Irrationally Reverenced: Winnicott’s Transitional Object. Bulletin of the
Britton, R. (1989a) Between Internal and External Reality. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 25
Britton, R. (1992a) Fundamentalism and Idolatry as Transference Phenomena. Bulletin of the British
Britton, R. (1993) External and Internal Reality in Training Analysis. Bulletin of the European
Psychoanalytical Federation, 40: 42–44
Britton, R. (1994a) Publication Anxiety: Conflict between Communication and Affiliation. International
Britton, R. (1994c) The Blindness of the Seeing Eye: Inverse Symmetry as a Defence against Reality.
Britton, R. (1995a) Psychic Reality and Unconscious Belief. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 19–24
Britton, R. (1998b) The Equilibrium between Paranoid-Schizoid and Depressive Positions: Second
Thoughts. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 34
Britton, R. (1998c) William Blake and the Narcissism of Belief. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 34
Britton, R. (1999) Getting in on the Act: The Hysterical Solution. International Journal of
Britton, R. (2000) The Nettle. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 36
Britton, R. (2001b) The Eleventh September Massacre. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 37
Britton, R. (2001c) Deification of Person or Process: Idolatry and Fundamentalism in Psychoanalytic
Practice. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 55
Britton, R. (2003c) Narcissistic Disorders in Clinical Practice. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 39
Britton, R. (2003d) The Erotic Counter-transference: Then and Now. Bulletin of the European
Psychoanalysis Federation, 57
Britton, R. (2004a) Subjectivity, Objectivity and Triangular Space. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 73: 47–61
Britton, R. (2005a) Endogenous Trauma and Psycho-phobia. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 41
Britton, R. (2006) Trauma Psychoanalysis: A Personal View. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 42
Britton, R. (et al) (2006a) Contemporary Views on Stages versus Positions. (panel 1). Journal of Infant, Child
and Adolescent Psychotherapy, 5: 268–281
Britton, R. (et al) (2006b) The Œdipus Complex, the Primal Scene and the Superego. (panel 2). Journal of
Infant, Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy, 5: 282–307
Britton, R. (et al) (2006c) The Role of Attachment and Love versus Envy and Destructiveness in the First
Year of Life: Affects, Compulses and Defenses. (panel 3). Journal of Infant, Child and
Britton, R. (et al) (2006d) Introduction to Issues Related to Treatment. (panel 4). Journal of Infant, Child and

104
Britton, R., Steiner, J. Interpretation: Selected Fact or Overrated Idea. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(1994) 75: 1069–1078
Britzman, D.P. (2006a) On Being a Slow Reader: Psychoanalytic Reading Problems in Ishiguro’s Never Let
Me Go. Changing English, 13: 307–318
Britzman, D.P. (2006b) Little Hans, Fritz and Ludo: On the Curious History of Gender in the
Psychoanalytic Archive. Studies in Sexuality and Gender, 7: 113–140
Brody, E.B. (1964) Psychiatry in Potuguese America (Brazil). American Journal of Psychiatry,
120: 959–961
Bronstein, C. (1995) Female Homosexuality in Adolescence: A Clinical Presentation. Bulletin of the
European Psychoanalytical Federation, 44: 30–50
Bronstein, C. (2002) On Free Association and Psychic Reality. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 18: 477–489
Brown, L.J, (2002) The Early Œdipal Situation: Developmental, Theoretical and Clinical Implications.
Brown, S. R. (1989) A Brief Note on Harris’s Characterizations of Interpretations by the Kleinian School.
Buckingham, L. (1994) Teaching Klein. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 11: 298–302 [see also Miller, J. (1995)]
Buckley, P. (1996) From the Literature. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 50: 370–372
Bucy, J.F. (1989) A Typology of Reason Based on Elliott Jaques’ Quintave Model of Cognitive
Functioning: An Application to Moral Problem Solving. Dissertation Abstracts,
50(3-B): 1149
Burack, C. (1991) Feminism and Social Theory: The Problem of the Passions. Dissertation Abstract,
University of Maryland
Burack, C. (2002) Re-Kleining Feminine Psychoanalysis. Feminism and Psychoanalysis, 12: 33–38
Burch, B. (1988) Melanie Klein’s Work: An Adaptation in Practice. Clinical Social Work Journal,
16: 125–142
Burch, B. (1989) Mourning and Failure to Mourn: An Object Relations View. Contemporary
Burgess, G.A. (2005) Intimate Uncertainty: Reflections on Infant Observation in Psychoanalytic Training.
Busch, F., Joseph, B. (2004) A Missing Link in Psychoanalytic Technique: Psychoanalytic Consciousness.
Caine, B. (1998) The Stracheys and Psychoanalysis. History Workshop Journal, 45: 145–169
Camenietzki, S. (1999) The Man from Big Sur. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 49: 107–125
Campart, M. (1998) Donald Meltzer’s Contributions to a Psychoanalytical Theory of the Learning
and Teaching Concepts. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
16: 285–314
Campion, J., Fry, E. (1985) The Contribution of Kleinian Psychotherapy to the Treatment of a Disturbed
five-year-old Girl and her Family. Journal of Family Therapy, 7: 341–356
Campo, A.J. (1987) Childhood Depression and its Manifestations. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Canestri, J. (1994) Transformations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 1079–1092
Canestri, J. (2007) Comments on Therapeutic Action. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 76: 1601–1634
Canham, H. (2002) Group and Gang States of Mind. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 28: 113–127
Caper, R. (1992) Does Psychoanalysis Heal? A Contribution to the History of Psychoanalytic
Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 283–292
Caper, R. (1996a) Play, Experimentation and Creativity. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
77: 859–869
Caper, R. (1996b) On Having a Mind of One’s Own. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 32
Caper, R. (1998b) Psychopathology and Primitive Mental States. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
79: 535–571 [also in Williams, P. (Ed.) (2002): 161–180]

105
Carignan, L. (2004) Contrasting Clinical Techniques: A British Kleinian, Contemporary Freudian and
Latin American Discuss Clinical Material. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 1257–1260
Carnegie, Sir R. (2005) Jaques and the Early Years in Australia. Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies,
2: 332–344
Carneiro, M. & J.A., Resistance as a Response in the Clinical Moment: The Approaches of a London,
De Fisch, F.W. (2006) Kleinian, and an American Ego Psychologist. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1713–1716.
Carnochan, P.G. (2006) Containers without Lids. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 341–362
Carroll, L. (2000) Freud and Klein on Male Homosexuality. Free Associations, 7D: 62–75
Carroll, P.M. (1984) On the Psychological Origins of the Evil Eye: A Kleinian View. Journal of
Psychoanalytic Anthropology, 7: 171–187
Carroll, P.M. (1987) Heaven-sent Wounds: A Kleinian View of the Catholic Stigmata in the Mystical
Tradition. Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology, 10: 17–38
Carveth, D. & J. (2003) Fugitives from Guilt: Post-modern Demoralization. American Imago, 60: 445–479
Cebon, A. (1992) The Kleinian Baby. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy, 11(2): 6–10
Cebon, A. (2003) The Function and Role of the Father in the 21st Century. Australian Journal of
Cebon, A. (2007) Supervision with Esther Bick: 1973–1974. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 33: 221–238
Charles, M. (undated) A “Confusion of tongues”: Difficulties in Conceptujalizing Development in
Psychoanalytic Theories. [www.//http@human-nature viewed August 6, 2008]
Chasseguet-Smirgel, J. On Acting Out. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71: 77–86
(1990)
Chau, A.K.P. (2005) Imaginary Spaces in Children’s Fantasy Fiction: A Psychoanalytic Reading of
Carroll’s “Alice” Books and Philip Pullman’s “His Dark Materials” Trilogy.
Dissertation Abstract, University of Hong Kong
Chiesa, M. (1989) Different Origins Meanings of Acute Acting-out in an in-Patient Therapeutic
Setting. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4: 155–169
Chiesa, M. (1993) At the Border between Institutionalization Community Psychiatry: Psychodynamic
Observations of a Hospital Admission Ward. Free Associations, 4: 241–263
Chiesa, M. (1994) Some Thoughts on Erotic Transference. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 37–48
Chiesa, M. (1995) Biological and Psychic Domain: Clinical and Institutional Aspects. Psychoanalytic
Chiesa, M. (1996) Paranoid Transference as Resistance to Progress. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
10: 221–231
Chiesa, M. (2001b) Shock and Indifference. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 37
Christian, C. (2007) Siblimg Loss, Guilt and Reparation: A Case Study. International Journal of
Chused, J.P. (1988) The Transference Neurosis in Child Analysis. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child,
43: 51–81
Clack, B. (2008) After Freud: Phantasy and Imagination in the Philosophy of Religion. Philosophy
Compass 3: 203–221
Clark, H. (2000) Autobiography, Mourning and Reparation: The Case of Melanie Klein.
A B-Lawrence, 15: 277–297
Clarke, G. (1994) Notes towards an Object Relations Approach to Cinema. Free Associations, 4(31 part
3): 369–390
Clarke, S. (2001a) The Kleinian Position: Phantasy, Splitting and the Language of Psychic Violence.
Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, 6: 289–297
Clarke, S. (2001b) From Æsthetics to Object Relations: Situating Klein in the Freudian ‘Uncanny’ Free
Associations, 8D: 547–561

106
Clarke, S. (2004) The Concept of Envy: Primitive Drives, Social Encounters and Resentment.
Psychoanalysis, Culture and Work, 9: 105–117
Clarke, S. (undated) Projective Identification: From Attack to Empathy. [www.//http@human-nature
Clarkson, P., Nuttall, J. Working with Counter-transference. Psychodynamic Counselling, 6: 359–379
(2000)
Clegg, H.G. (1980) The Reparative Motif in Expressive Play Therapy. Dissertation Abstract,Wright
Institute
Coates, K.E. (2004) The Art of Being Ill: Literature, Æsthetics and Psychoanalysis in Early Twentieth
Century Britain. Dissertation Abstract, University of Utah
Cohen, D., Jay, S.M. Autistic Barriers in the Psychoanalysis of Borderline Adullts. International Journal of
Colman, W. (2005) Sexual Metaphor and the Language of Unconscious Phantasy. Journal of Analytical
Colman, W. (2007) Symbolic Conceptions: The Idea of the Third. Journal of Analytical Psychology
52: 565–583
Cooper, P.C. (2001) Clouds into Rain. Journal of Religion and Mental Health, 40: 167–184
Cooper, P.C. (2002) The Pervasion of the Object: Depression and Unitive Experience. Psychoanalytic
Review, 89: 413–439
Cooper, V.S. (1990) The Paradox of Adolescent Suicide: A Kleinian Perspective. Journal of the Melanie
Cooper, V.S. (1995) Virginia Woolf (1882–1941): A Kleinian Perspective. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Corner, J. (1998) The Beginnings of George Eliot: The Creative Process of Early Fiction. Dissertation
Abstract, Cambridge University
Couture, L. (1991) Envy, Generosity and Mourning. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Curtis, A.E. (2007) The Claustrum: Sequestration of Cyberspace. Psychoanalytic Review, 94: 99–139
Da Cunha, M.A. (1988) Kleinian Technique: Three Samples. Journal of Clinical Psychoanalysis, 7: 535–553
Dale, F. (1983) The Body as Bondage. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 9: 33–45
Da Roche Barros, E.M. The Problem of Originality and Imitation in Psychoanalytic Thought. International
Das, S. (2007) Bloomsbury Lives. History Workshop Journal, 64: 445–454
Davies, J., Horwitz, M., Infant Observation in South Africa. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in South Africa,
Wirz, B. (2005) 13(2): 24–26
Davies, J.M. (2000) Whose Bad Objects are we Anyway? Repetition and our Elusive Love Affair with
Evil. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 14: 711–732
Davis, M.E.V. (1990) Winnicott versus Klein. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 26
De Berker, P.U. (1971) Perspective: The Concepts of Bion and Klein. Bulletin of the British Association of
De Cunha, M.A. (1998) Kleinian Technique: Three Samples. Journal of Clinical Psychoanalysis, 7: 535–554
De Folch, T.E. (1983) We—versus I and You. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 309–320
De Folch, T.E. (1985) On the Unveiling of the Greater London Council Plaque in Memory of Melanie
Klein. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 25
De Folch, T.E. (1988a) Guilt Bearable and Unbearable: A Problem for the Child in Analysis. International
De Folch, T.E. (1988b) Communication and Containing in Child Analysis: Towards Terminability.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 69: 105–112 [also in Spillius. E.B.
(1988a): 206–217]

107
De Folch, T.E. (1995) Psychic Reality and External Reality in the Analysis of Children. Bulletin of the
European Psychpanalytical Federation, 44: 5–21
De Levita, D.J. (1983) A Few Remarks on Hanna Segal’s ‘Some Clinical Implications of Melanie Klein’s
Work’. [Segal, H. (1983)] International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 277–280
De Lima, E.V. (2008) Non-discursive Elements and their Role in the Construction of Meaning in the
Analytical Situation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 121–135
Delmar, R. (1989) Children’s Fiction. History Workshop Journal, 28: 172–178
De Olivera, L.E.P. (2001) The Nature of Transference between Anna Freud and Melanie Klein: Learning from
the Controversies. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 10: 247–258
De Paola, H., Herrmann, F. Envy, Jealousy and Shame. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 381–384
(2001)
Derrington, A. (1999) Conflicts Can Start in Child’s Play. Financial Times, May 1st.
Dervin, D. (1993) “Them’d” to Death: Kleinian Psychodynamics and the Politics of Projective
Identification in the 1992 Election. Journal of Psychiatry, 21: 115–131
De Souza, D.S. (1960) Annihilation and Reconstruction of Object-relationship in a Schizophrenic Girl.
Di Ceglie, G. (1994) The Model of the Atom is not the Atom. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 30
Diem-Wille, G. (2004) Using the Concept of the ‘Total Situation’ in the Analysis of a Borderline Adolescent.
Donaldson, G. (1996) Between Practice and Theory: Melanie Klein, Anna Freud and the Development of
Child Analysis. Journal Historic Behavioural Science, 32: 160–176.
Dresser, I. (1985) The Use of Transference and Counter-transference in Assessing Emotional
Disturbance in Children. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1: 95–106
Dresser, I. (1987) An Adopted Child in Analysis. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 3: 235–246
Dubner, M.A. (1998) Envy in the Group Therapy Process. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
48: 519–531
Dupont, M.A. (1974) A Provisional Contribution to the Psychoanalytic Study og Time. International
Journall of Psychoanalysis, 55: 483–484
Eby, M.D. (1987) The Experience of Envy and Jealousy in the Psychotic Patient and its Relationship to
Psychopathology. Dissertation Abstract, Boston University
Edleman, R.J. (1991) Greed as a Kleinian Term. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148: 1764
Edwards, J. (2005) Before the Threshold: Destruction, Reparation and Creativity in Relation to the
Depressive Position. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 31: 317–334
Eerkens, B.E. (2003) Confronting Clinical Difference: Tolerating Tension between Freud and Klein in the
Transference. Dissertation Abstracts International, 64(6–B): 2913
Ehrlich, R. (2004) Winnicott’s Response to Klein. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 73: 453–484
Eizirik, C.L. (2007) On the Therapeutic Action of Psychoanalysis Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 76: 1463–1478
Elder, P.J. (1986) Kleinian Developments in the Concept of Narcissism. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
3: 65–71
Elisha, P. (2006) Psychosoma in Psychoanalytic Discourse. Dissertation Abstract, Pacifica Graduate
Institute
Elkin, H. (1961) Emergence of Human Being in Infancy. Review of Existential Psychology and
Psychiatry, 1: 17–26
Elmhirst, S.I. (1978) Time and the pre-Verb-al Transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
59: 173–180
Elmhirst, S.I. (1980a) Bion and Babies. Annual of Psychoanalysis, 8: 155–167 [also in Grotstein, R.D.
(1981b): 83–91]
Elmhirst, S.I. (1980b) Transitional Objects and Transition. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
61: 367–373

108
Elmhirst, S.I. (1988) The Kleinian Setting for Child Analysis. International Review of Psychoanalysis,
15: 5–12
Espasa, F.P. (2002) Considerations on Depressive Conflict and its Different Levels of
Intensity: Implications for Techniques. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
83: 825–836
Etchegoyan, A. (1993a) The Analyst’s Pregnancy and its Consequences on her Work. International Journal of
Etchegoyan, A. (1993b) Latency: A Reappraisal. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 347–357
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1973) A Note on Ideology and Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
54: 485–486
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1978) Some Thoughts on Transference Perversion. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
59: 45–53
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1981) Instances and Alternatives of the Interpretive Work. International Review of
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1982) The Relevance of the ‘Here and Now’ Transference Interpretation for the
Reconstruction of Early Development. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1983) Fifty Years after the Imitative Interpretation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
64: 445–459
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1985) Identification and its Vicissitudes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 3–18
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1988) The Analysis of Little Hans and the Theory of Sexuality. International Review of
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1991b) Psychoanalysis during the Last Decade. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 11: 88–106
Etchegoyan, R.H. (1993) Psychoanalysis Today and Tomorrow. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
74: 1109–1115
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1996) Some Views on Psychic Reality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 77: 1–14
Etchegoyan, R.H. (et al) On the Existence of Two Levels in the Process of Working Through. Journal of the
(1985) Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 3(3): 31–40
Etchegoyan, R.H., On Envy and how to Interpret It. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 68: 49–51
Lopez, B.M., Rabih, M.
(1987)
Etchegoyen, R.H., Salieri’s Dilemma: A Counterpoint between Envy and Appreciation. International
Nemas, C.R. (2003) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 45–58
Etchegoyan, R.H., The Psychoanalytic Theories of Envy. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Rabin, M. (1983) Relations, 3(1): 50–81
Etchegoyen, R.H., Melanie Klein in Buenos Aires and Developments. International Journal of
Zysman, S. (2006) Psychoanalysis, 86: 869–894.
Evans, M.G. (1952) Early Anxiety Situations in the Analysis of a Boy in the Latency Period. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 93–110 [also in Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 48–81]
Evert, E.C. (2005) Cycles of Denial and Awe: Working with Trauma through the IPTAR Clinical
Center’s School-Based Service. Journal of Infant, Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy
4: 310–320
Feak, M.D. (1966) Aspects of a Kleinian Life-span Psychology. Dissertation Abstracts International,
56(12-B): 7062
Feak, M.D. (1992) Kleinian Contributions to Life-span Psychology: Preliminary Considerations with
some Interpretations from Folk Tales and Literature. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Society and Object Relations, 10(1): 46–61.
Feldman, E., De Paola, H. An Investigation into the Psychoanalytic Concept of Envy. International Journal of
Feldman, M. (1990) Common Ground: The Centrality of the Œdipus Complex. . International Journal of

109
Feldman, M. (1992b) The Manifestation of the Object in the Transference. Psychoanalysis in Europe Bulletin,
39: 69–85
Feldman, M. (1993a) Aspects of Reality and the Focus of Interpretation. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
13: 274–295
Feldman, M. (1993b) The Dynamics of Reassurance. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 275–285
[also in Schafer, R. (1997): 321–344]
Feldman, M. (1994) Projective Identification in Phantasy and Enactment. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
14: 423–440
Feldman, M. (1997) Projective Identification: The Analyst’s Involvement. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 78: 227–241 also in Symington, J. (2000a): 166–188
Feldman, M. (1999) The Death Instinct Revisited. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 35
Feldman, M. (2001) What do Psychoanalysts Know about the Mind? What is the Evidential Basis for
this Knowledge? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 37
Feldman, M. (2004c) A Skin for the Imaginal. Journal of Psychoanalytical Psychology, 49: 285–311
Feldman, M. (2005b) The Illumination of History. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 59 also
in International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 609–626
Feldman, M. (2007a) Addressing Parts of the Self. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 371–386
Feldman, M. (2007b) Racker’s Contribution to the Understanding of Countertransference Revisited.
Feldman, M. (2008a) Grievance: The Underlying Configuration. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
89: 743–758
Ferreira, M.A. (2007) “Judas’ Kiss”, the Experience of Betrayal: A Kleinian Approach. Dissertation Abstract,
University of Pretoria
Ferro, A. (2002) Superego Transformations through the Analyist’s Capacity for Reverie.
Field, N. (1990) Healing, Exorcism and Object Relations Theory. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
6: 274–284
Figlio, K. (2006) The Absolute State of Mind in Society and the Individual. Psychoanalysis, Culture and
Society, 11: 119–143
Figueiredo, L.C. (2004) Belief, Hope and Faith. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 1439–1453
Fine, S. & E. (1990) Four Psychoanalytic Perspectives: A Study of Differences in Interpreting
Intervention. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 38: 1017–1047
Finell, J.S. (1986) The Merits and Problems with the Concept of Projective Identification.
Fischer, J.C. (1998) Manifest Dream Content and Object Relations. Dissertation Abstract, Chicago School
of Professional Psychology
Fisher, J.V. (1999) Commentary by a Post-Kleinian Psychoanalytic Psychotherapist. British Journal of
Fisher, J.V. (2000b) A Father’s Abdication: Lear’s Retreat from “Æsthertc Conflict”. International Journal;
of Psychoanalysis, 81: 963–982 [also in Williams, P., Gabbard, G.O. (2007): 15–48]
Foote, A.J. (2006) Psychobiography of Alberto Giacometti: Uncovering Early Dynamics using an Object
Relations Perspective. Dissertation Abstract, California Institute of Integral Studies
Fordham, M. (1993) The Jung-Klein Hybrid. Free Associations, 30: 631–641
Forster, S.E., Carveth, D.L. Christianity: A Kleinian Perspective. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 187–218
(1999)
Fortunato, G., Meltzer, D. Psychotherapy with an Adolescent Case of Anorexia Nervosa. Journal of Child
(1977) Psychotherapy, 4(3): 111–120
Fossi, G. (1985) Psychoanalytic Theory and the Problem of Creativity. International Journal of

110
Fox, A.R. (2003) The Schizoid Factor in Against Nature: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis.
Dissertation Abstract, Adelphi University.
Frampton, E. (2004) Fluid Objects: Kleinian Psychoanalytic and Breast-feeding Narratives. Australian
Feminist Studies, 19: 357–368
Frampton, E. (2005) Writing in White Ink: Twentieth Century Narratives if Breast-feeding. Dissertation
Narative, University of London, Birkbeck
Frank, C. (1998) Some Aspect of Erna’s Analysis in Klein’s Notes of 1924–1926. Journal of the Melanie
Frank, C. (1999) The Discovery of the Child as an Object sui generis of Cure and Research by Melanie
Klein as Reflected in the First Notes of her First Child Analyses in Berlin 1921–1926.
Frank, C., Weiss, H. (1996) The Origins of Disquieting Discoveries by Melanie Klein: The Possible Significance
of the Case of Erna. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 1101–1126
Freeman, R. & T. (1992) An Anatomical Commentary on the Concept of Infantile Oral Sadism. International
Freeman, T. (1987) On the Clinical Foundations of Melanie Klein’s Developmental Concepts. Bulletin of
the Anna Freud Centre, 10: 289–305
Fries, M. (1937) Play Technique in the Analysis of Young Children. Psychoanalytic Review, 24: 233–245
Fry, J.C.E. (1997) The Contribution of Kleinian Psychotherapy to the Treatment of a Five-year-old Girl
and her Family. Journal of Family Therapy, 7: 341–356
Furer, M. (1977) Psychoanalytic Dialogue: Kleinian Theory Today. Journal of the American
Furth, D. (1991) Melanie Klein: A Levinsonian Study of the Emergence of Creativity in the Mind.
Gabbard, G.O. (1995) Countertransference: The Emerging Common Ground. International Journal of
Gabbard, G.O. (1996) ‘Notes on Some Schizoid Mechanisms’ by Melanie Klein. Journal of Psychotherapy
Practice and Research, 5: 160–179
Gabbard, G., Scarfone, D. ‘Controversial Discussions’: The Issue of Differences in Method. International Journal
(2002) of Psychoanalysis, 83: 453–456
Gadt, J.C. (1994) The “New” Democratic Woman of Modernity: Georguia O’Keeffe and Melanie
Klein. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 54: 173–187
Gagnier, T.T., Klein and Kohut: Clinical Confluence despite Theoretical Differences. Psychoanalytic
Robertiello, C. (1983) Review, 70: 373–386
Galatzer-Levy, B. (2007) Reparation and Reparations: Towards a Social Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalysis,
Gallwey, P.L.G. (1978) Transference Utilization in Aim-restricted Psychotherapy. British Journal of Medical
Gallwey, P.L.G. (1979) Symbolic Dysfunction in the Perversions: Some Related Clinical Problems.
Gammill, J. (1980) Some Reflections on Analytic Listening and the Dream Screen. International Journal
Gammill, J. (1989) Some Personal Reflections of Melanie Klein. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Gardner, M. (1995) Scotoma: The Journey into Dark. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 11: 557–560
Garma, A. (1953) The Internalized Mother as Harmful Food in Peptic Ulcer Patients. International
Garma, A. (1958) Peptic Ulcer and Pseudo-peptic Ulcer. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
39: 104–107

111
Gau, J.V. (1991) The Theological and Psychological Foundations of Adult Faith as Seen in Hans
Ur von Balthaxar, Melanie Klein and D.W. Winnicott. Dissertation Abstracts
International, 51(7-A): 2422
Geleerd. E.R. (1963) Evaluation of Melanie Klein’s Narrative of a Child Analysis. International Journal of
Gericke, R. (2006) Working with a Child’s Envy in the Transference. Journal of Child and Adolescent
Mental Health, 18: 73–78
Gerson, G. (2005) Liberation, Sociability and Object Relations Theory. European Legacy, 10: 421–437
Gilhooley, D. (1998) Projection and Projective Identification in a Three-year-old Boy. Modern
Gillespie, W.H. (1973) The End of Life. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Gillespie, W.H. (1983) Tribute to Paula Heimann. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 19
Gillespie, W.H. (1998) ‘Historicising the Origins of Kleinian Psychoanalysis’. [commentary on Aguayo, J.
(1997)] International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 393
Glatzer, H.T. (1985) Early Mother-Child Relationships: Notes on the pre-Œdipal Fantasy. Dynamic
Glover, E. (1930) Grades of Ego Differentiation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 11: 1–11
Glover, E. (1931) Sublimation, Substitution and Social Anxiety. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
12: 263–297
Glover, E. (1945) Examination of the Klein System of Child Psychology. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 1: 75–118
Glover, E. (1952) Psychoanalysis and Child Psychiatry. Samiska, 6: 141–162
Golden, G.K. (1983) Repairing the Mother: A New Look at Melanie Klein. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Goldie, L. (1985) Psychoanalysis in the National Health Service General Hospital. Psychoanalytic
Goldie, S.O. (1999) Commentary by a Kleinian Child, Adolescent and Adult Psychotherapist. British
Goldstein, W.N. (1991) Clarification of Projective Identification. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148: 153–161
Gooch, J.A. (2005) Discussion of Joseph Newirth’s Clinical Material. [Newirth, J. (2005)]. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 25: 306–327
Goodman, G. (1998) Kleinian Guilt, Determinism and Free Will: Implications for Clinical Theory and
Treatment. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 26: 137–163
Gordon, S.G. (2002) Weird Lullabies: Film, Fallacies and Melanie Klein. Dissertation Absract, Sussex
University
Goretti, G.R. (2007) Projective Identification: A Theoretical Investigation of the Concept of Starting
from ‘Notes on some Schizoid Mechanisms’. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
88: 387–405
Gough, B. (2004) Psychoanalysis as a Resource for Understanding Emotional Ruptures in the
Text: The Case of Defensive Masculinities. British Journal of Social Psychology,
43: 245–267
Gould, L.J. (1997) Correspondences between Bion’s Basic Assumption Theoryh and Klein’s
Developmental Positions: An Outline. Free Associations, 7A: 15–30
Graham, F.W. (1994) The Kleinian Technique: Forty Years Onwards. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 30
Graham, P. (1998) Susan Isaacs and the Malting House School. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 34: 5–22
Greco-Brooks, D.M. (2003) Feeding Identity: The Clinical Hermeneutics of Contemporary Kleinian
Psychoanalytically Oriented Psychotherapy from the Perspective of a Novice.

112
Green, P (2002) Klein, Blake and the Prophet Ezekiel. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 28: 235–252 [and
in Canham, H., Satyamurti, C. (Eds.) 2003: 71–94]
Greenson, R.R. (1974) Transference: Freud or Klein? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 55: 37–48
Griffiths, T. (2006) A Psychoanalytic Æsthetic: Klein, Daniel Deronda and the Work of the Text.
Dissertation Abstract, University of London, Birkbeck
Grignon, M. (2003) Infant Observation: Its Relevance in Teaching Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy.
Grinberg, L. (1962) On a Specific Aspect of Countertransference due to the Patient’s Projective
Grinberg, L. (1963) Relations between Psychoanalysts. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44: 363–367
Grinberg, L. (1964) On Two Kinds of Guilt: Their Relation with Normal and Pathological Aspects of
Mourning. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 45: 366–371
Grinberg, L. (1965) The Relation between Obsessive Mechanisms and States of Self-disturbance:
Depersonalization. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 46: 177–183
Grinberg, L. (1968) On Acting-out and its Role in the Analytic Process. International Journal of
Grinberg, L. (1969) New Ideas: Conflict and Evolution. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 50: 517–528
Grinberg, L. (1970) The Problems of Supervision in Psychoanalytic Education. International Journal of
Grinberg, L. (1978) The Razor’s Edge in Depression and Mourning. International Journal of
Grinberg, L. (1979) Counter-transference and Counter-identification. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
15: 226–247
Grinberg, L. (1980) The Closing Phase of the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Adults and the Goals of
Grinberg, L. (1986) Drives and Affects: Models instead of Theories. Bulletin of the European
Psychoanalysis Federation, 26/27
Grinberg, L. (1991) Counter-transference and Projective Counter-identification in Non-verbal
Communication. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 36
Grinberg, L. (et al) (1967) The Psychoanalytic Process. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 48: 496–503
Grinberg, L. & R. (1974a) The Problem of Identity and the Psychoanalytic Process. International Review of
Grinberg, L. & R. (1974b) Pathological Aspects of Identity in Adolescents, Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
10: 27–40
Grinberg, L. & R. (1981) Modalities of Object Relationships in the Psychoanalytic Process. Contemporary
Grinberg, L., Pariagua, C. The Attraction of Leonardo da Vinci. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 18: 1–10
(1991)
Grinberg, L., Rodriguez, The Influence of Cervantes on the Future Creator of Psychoanalysis. International
J.F. (1984) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 65: 155–168
Groh, L.S. (1980) Primitive Defenses: Cognitive Aspects and Therapeutic Handling. International
Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 661–683
Grosskurth, P. (1984) Melanie Klein in Berlin. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
2(2): 3–43
Grosskurth, P. (1987) An Interview with Herbert Rosenfeld. Free Associations, 1K: 23–31
Grosskurth, P. (1988a) A Tribute to Eric Clyne. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
5(2): 101–104
Grosskurth, P. (1998b) Psychoanalysis: A Dysfunctional Family. Journal of Psychoanalytical Psychology,
43: 87–95
Grotstein, J.S. (1966) A Discussion of Dr. Herbert Rosenfeld’s ‘The Need of Patients to Act-out during
Analysis’. Psychoanalytic Forum 1: 26–27

113
Grotstein, J.S. (1975) A Discussion of Hanna Segal’s ‘Delusion and Artistic Creativity’. Psychoanalytic
Forum, 5: 412–422
Grotstein, J.S. (1978) Inner Space: Its Dimensions and its Co-ordinates. International Journal of
Grotstein, J.S. (1980) A Proposed Revision of the Psychoanalytic Concept of Primitive States.
Grotstein, J.S. (1980–81a) The Significance of Kleinian Contributions to Psychoanalysis I: Kleinian Instinct
Theory. International Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 375–392
Grotstein, J.S. (1980–81b) The Significance of Kleinian Contributions to Psychoanalysis II: Freudian and
Kleinian Conceptions of Early Mental Development. International Journal of
Grotstein, J.S. (1982a) The Significance of Kleinian Contributions to Psychoanalysis III: The Kleinian
Theory of Ego Psychology and Object Relations. International Journal of
Grotstein, J.S. (1982c) Newer Perspectives in Object Relations Theory. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
18: 43–91
Grotstein, J.S. (1982d) The Spectrum of Aggression. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 2: 193–211
Grotstein, J.S. (1983a) The Significance of Kleinian Contributions to Psychoanalysis IV: Critiques of Klein.
International Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 511–534
Grotstein, J.S. (1988) A Critique of Borderline Patients: Psychoanalytic Perspectives. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 8: 422–437
Grotstein, J.S. (1991a) An American View of the British Psychoanalytic Experience: Psychoanalysis in
Counterpoint. Part I: Introduction: The Americanization of Psychoanalysis. Journal
of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 9(2): 1–15
Grotstein, J.S. (1991b) Psychoanalysis in Counterpoint. Part II: The Kleinian School. Journal of the Melanie
Grotstein, J.S. (1991c) Psychoanalysis in Counterpoint. Part III: The Contributions of the British Object
Relations School. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 9(2): 34–62
Grotstein, J.S. (1994a) Projective Identification and Counter-transference: A Brief Commentary on their
Relationship. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 30: 578–592
Grotstein, J.S. (1994b) Projection Identification Reappraised—Part I Projection Identification, Introjective
Identification, the Transference/Countertransference, Neurosis/Psychosis, the
Crucifixion, the Pieta and “Therapeutic Exorcism”. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
30: 708–746
Grotstein, J.S. (1997a) Klein’s Archaic Œdipus Complex and its Possible Relationship to the Myth of
the Labyrinth: Notes on the Origin of Courage. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
42: 585–611
Grotstein. J.S. (1997d) Integrating One-person and Two-person Psychologies: Autochthony and Alterity in
Counterpoint. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 66: 403–440
Grotstein, J.S. (1999b) Melanie Klein and Heinz Kohut: An Odd Couple or Secretly Connected. Progress in
Self Psychology, 15: 123–146
Grotstein, J.S. (1999c) Projective Identification Reassessed: Commentary on Papers by Seligman, S. (1999)
and Silverman, R.C., Lieberman, A.F. (1999). Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 9: 187–203
Grotstein, J.S. (2000) Some Considerations of “Hate” and a Reconsideration of the Death Instinct.
Grotstein, J.S. (2002) One Pilgrim’s Progress toward the Psychoanalytic Citadel. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
22: 90–105
Grotstein, J.S. (2005) “Projective Transidentification”: An Extension of the Concept of Projective
Grotstein, J.S. (2008) The Overarching Role of Unconscious Phantasy. Psychoanalyic Inquiry, 28: 109–125
Guntrip, H. (1961) The Schizoid Problem, Regression and the Struggle to Preserve and Ego. British

114
Hahn, A. (2005) Donald Meltzer (1922–2004). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 175–178
Hamburger, T. (1992) The Johannesburg Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Study Group: A Short History.
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in South Africa, 1: 62–71
Hamilton, N.G. (1989) Intrapsychic and Interpersonal Projective Identification. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Hamilton, V. (1988) The Concept of Mourning and its Roots in Infancy. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
3: 191–209 [also in Lanyado, M., Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 191–209]
Hamilton, V. (1994) Obituary: Frances Tustin. Tavistock Gazette, 42: 6
Hansbury, G. (2005) Mourning the Loss of the Idealized Self: A Transsexual Passage. Psychoanalytic Social
Work, 12: 19–35
Harley, K. (2006) A Lost Connection: Existential Positions and Melanie Klein’s Infant Development.
Transactional Analysis Journal, 36: 252–269
Harper, L.C. (2006) Interpreting Interpretation in Psychoanalysis: Freud, Klein and Lacan. Dissertation
Harris, A. (1998) Aggression: Pleasures and Dangers. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 18: 31–44
Harris, M. (1965) Depression and the Depressive Position in an Adolescent Boy. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 1(3): 33–40 [also in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 53–63 and in Spillius,
E.B. (1988b): 158–167]
Harris, M. (1968) The Child Psychotherapist and the Patient’s Family. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
2(2): 50–63 [and in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 18–37]
Harris, M. (1975) The Complexity of Mental Pain Seen in a Six-year-old Child Following Sudden
Bereavement. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(3): 35–45 [and in Harris, M., Bick, E.
(1987): 89–203]
Harris, M. (1976a) Some Notes on Maternal Containment in ‘Good Enough’ Mothering. Journal of Child
Harris, M. (1976b) Infantile Elements and Adult Strivings in Adolescent Sexuality. Journal of Child
Harris, M. (1977a) The Place of Once-weekly Treatment of an Analytically Trained Child
Psychotherapist. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(1): 31–39
Harris, M. (1979) Training in Observation and Application of Psychoanalytical Concepts to
Personality Development and Interaction. Tavistock Gazette, 1: 10–16
Harris, M. (1982) Growing Points in Psychoanalysis Inspired by the Work of Melanie Klein. Journal of
Harris, M. (1983a) Obituary: Dina Rosenbluth. Tavistock Gazette, 11: 14
Harris, M. (1983b) Esther Bick 1901–1983. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 9(2): 101–102
Harris, M. (1987e) L’appoport de l’observation de l’interaction mere-enfant. Nouveau Revue de Psychanalyse,
19: 99–112 [also in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): As ‘Contribution of Observation of
Mother-infant Reaction to the Equipment and Development of a Psychoanalyst or a
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapist’: 225–239]
Harris, M., Carr, H. (1975) Therapeutic Consultations. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(4): 13–31 [also in
Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 38–52
Harris, R.J. (1983) Klein and the Metapsychology. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Harris, R.J. (1988) Lacan and Klein: Towards a Dialogue. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Harris, R.J. (1989) On the Exactness of my Characterizations. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Hart, C.W. (1991) Melanie Klein on Mourning: Its Relation to Pastoral Care. Journal of Religion and
Health, 30: 237–240

115
Hartnap, T., Klauber, T., Commentaries by a Freudian Child Psychotherapist, a Kleinian Child
Astor, J. (1990) Psychotherapist and a Child and Adult Analyst. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
7: 180–188
Hasui, C. (et al) (2008) Guilt and its Multidimensionality: Empirical Approaches using Klein’s View.
Hawkey, M.L. (1945) Play Analysis: Case Study of a Nine-year old Girl. British Journal of Medical
Hayman, A. (1966) Comment on Bion’s ‘Catastrophic Change’. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 2
Hayman, A. (1986a) The Controversial Discussions: Just Ancient History? Bulletin of the British
Hayman, A. (1986b) On Marjorie Brierley, Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 22
Hayman, A. (1987) What do we Mean by Phantasy? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 23
Hayman, A. (1994) Some Remarks about the ‘Controversial Discussions’. International Journal of
Hearty, B. (1989) A Further Development of the Relation between Mourning and Manic Depression.
Heimann, P. (1942) A Contribution to the Problem of Sublimation and its relation to Processes of
Internalization. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 23: 8–17 [also in Heimann, P.
(1989): 26–45 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed.) (2005): 313–336]
Heimann, P. (1949) Some Notes on the Psychoanalytic Concept of Introjected Objects. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 22: 8–15 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 61–72
Heimann, P. (1950) On Counter-Transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 31: 81–84 [also in
Heimann, P. (1989): 73–79 and Furman, A.C., Levy, S.T. (Eds.) (2003): 27–34]
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 84–92. [also as a revised version in
Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955): 23–38 and in Heimann, P. (1989): 80–96]
Heimann, P. (1952b) Preliminary Notes on some Defence Mechanisms in Paranoid States. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 208–213 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 97–107]
Heimann, P. (1954) Problems of the Training Analysis, International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 35: 163–168
(revised version of Heimann, P. (1952a) [also in Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955): 23–38]
Heimann, P. (1956) Dynamics of Transference Interpretations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
37: 303–310 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 108–121]
Heimann, P, (1960) Counter-transference. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 33: 9–15 [also in
Heimann, P. (1989): 151–160]
Heimann, P. (1962) Notes on the Anal Stage. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43: 403–414 [also in
Heimann, P. (1989): 169–184]
Heimann, P. (1967) Aspects of Role of Introjection and Projection in Early Development. Bulletin of the
Heimann, P. (1968) The Evaluation of Applicants for Psychoanalytical Training. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 49: 527–539 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 231–251]
Heimann, P. (1969) Re-evaluation of Analysis Terminable and Interminable. Bulletin of the British
Heimann, P. (1975a) Sacrificial Parapraxis—Failure or Achievement? Annual of Psychoanalysis, 3: 145–163
[also in Heimann, P. (1989): 276–294]
Heimann, P. (1975b) From “Cumulative Trauma” to the Privacy of the Self. International Journal of
Heimann, P. (1977) Further Observations on the Analyst’s Cognitive Process. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic, Association, 25: 313–333 [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 295–310]

116
Heimann, P., Valenstein, The Psychoanalytic Concept of Aggression: An Integrated Summary. International
A.F. (1972) Journal of Psycho-analysis, 53: 31–35
Henry, G. (1969) Some Aspects of Projective Mechanisms in the Jungian Theory. Journal of Child
Henry, G. (1997) Doubly Deprived. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(4): 15–28 [also in Barrows, P.S.
(2004): 105–120]
Hess, N. (2006) Classics Revisited ‘Death and the Mid-life Crisis’ (Jacques, E. (1965) British Journal of
Hewins, J. (1983) Melanie Klein’s Contribution to Psychoanalytic Theory. Dissertation Abstract,
California School of Professional Psychology
Hill, J. (1993) Am I a Kleinian? Is Anyone? British Journal of Psychotherapy, 9: 463–475
Hindle, D. (2000) L’Enfant et les Sortilèges Revisited. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 1185–1196
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1983) Projective Identification and Marx’s Concept of Man. International Review of
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1985) Questions of Training. Free Associations, 2: 7–18
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1986a) A Dual Materialism. Free Associations, 4: 36–50
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1986b) Eclecticism: The Impossible Project. Free Associations, 5: 23–27
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1986c) The Psychotherapist’s Role in a Large Psychiatric Hospital. Psychoanalytic
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989b) Little Hans’s Transference. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 15: 63–78
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1991a) Psychodynamic Psychiatry before World War 1. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 27
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1991b) Psychodynamic Formulation in Assessment for Psychotherapy. British Journal of
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1995) Psychoanalysis in Britain: Points of Cultural Access. International Journal of
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997b) The Elusive Concept of ‘Internal Objects’ (1934–1943): Its Role in the Formation of
the Kleinian Group. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 78: 877–897
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997e) Catastrophe, Objects and Representation: Three Levels of Interpretation. British
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997f) ‘Controversy is the Growing Point’: Repression or Splitting. Bulletin of the British
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997g) Psychoanalysis, Ethics and Integration. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 35
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1999b) Countertransference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 797–818 [also with
additional notes in Michels, R. (et al) (Eds.) Key Papers in Countertransference.
(2002): 41–79. London: Karnac]
Hinshelwood,R.D. (1999c) Identity and some Psychoanalytic Implications. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2000) Commentary by a Kleinian Psychotherapist. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
17: 54–57
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2001) A Kleinian Contribution to the External World. Philosophy, Psychiatry and Psychology,
8: 17–20
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2003) Commentary from a Kleinian Analyst and Group Analyst. British Journal of
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2006a) Melanie Klein and Repression: An Examination of some Unpublished Notes of 1934.
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2007a) Tolerance and the Intolerable: The Case of Racism. Psychoanalysis, Culture and
Society, 12: 11–20
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2007b) The Kleinian Theory of Therapeutic Action. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 16: 1479–1498

117
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2007c) Psychology and the Natural Laws of Reparation. Psychoanalysis, Culture and Society,
12: 199–202
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2008a) Melanie Klein and Counter-transference: A Historical Note. Psychoanalysis and
History, 10: 95–113
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2008b) Repression and Splitting: A Method of Conceptual Comparison. International Journal
Hobson, P.R. (1990) On Psychoanalytic Approaches to Autism. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
60: 324–336
Hoffer, W. (1961) Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 42: 1–3
Holland, R. (1990) Scientificity and Psychoanalysis: Insights from the Controversial Discussions.
Hollander, N.C. (1987) Marxism, Psychoanalysis and Feminism: A View from Latin America. Women and
Therapy, 6: 87–108
Hollander, N.C. (2000) Erna and Melanie Klein. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 81: 579–581
Hollander, N.C. (2006) Trauma, Ideology and the Future of Democracy. International Journal of Applied
Holloway, R. (1988) Lacan with the Wind: A Personal Response to Lacan. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Hooks, R. (1991) Melanie Klein, Jacques Lacan and Symbolization. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society
Horton, M. (1997) ‘Creativity and Inhibition’: A Comparison of Freud and Klein. Psychodynamic
Practice, 3: 251–261
Hosking, L. (2007) Emancipatory Discourses: Utilizing Kleinian Psychoanalysis an Poststructuralist
theory to deconstruct and (re)present Phallocentric Scenes in Rebecca and American
Beauty. Dissertation Abstract, University of Ottawa
Houzel, D. (2001) The ‘Nest of Babies’ Fantasy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 22: 125–138
Houzel, D. (2004) The Psychoanalysis of Infantile Autism. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 30: 225–237
Hoxter, S. (1964) The Experience of Puberty. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(2): 13–25 [also in
Barrows, P.S. (2004): 89–104]
Hoxter, S. (1972) A Study of a Residual Autistic Condition and its Effects on Learning. Journal of Child
Hoxter, S. (1986) The Significance of Trauma in the Difficulties Encountered by Physically Disabled
Hoyle, R. (1989) The Role of Psychoanalysis in Linguistics: Applying the Tradition of Melanie Klein
to the Analysis of Conversational Interaction. Dissertaion Abstract, Oxford University
Hughes, A. (1976a) The Use of Dreams in the Analysis of a Borderline Patient. Bulletin of the British
Hughes, A. (1976b) Pregnancy and the Fear of Separateness. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 12
Hughes, A. (1980) Aspects of Masculinity and Absence of his Father in a Male Patient. Bulletin of the
Hughes, A. (1988) The Use of Manic Defence in the Psychoanalysis of a Ten-year-old Girl. International
Hughes, A. (1992) Letters of Sigmund Freud to Joan Riviere (1929–1939). International Review of
Hughes, A. (1993) Joan Riviere: Her Relationship to Freud, to Others, to Herself. Bulletin of the British
Hughes, A. (1997) Personal Experiences—Professional Interests: Joan Riviere and Femininity.
Hughes, A. (2004b) Joan Riviere and the Masquerade. Psychoanalysis and History, 6: 161–175

118
Hughes, A. (et al) (1985) Aspects of Anorexia Nervosa in the Therapy of Two Adolescents. Journal of Child
Hunter, D. (1954) Object Relation Changes in the Analysis of Fetishes. International Journal of
Hunter, D. (1975) Training in Child Psychotherapy at the Tavistock Clinic. Journal of Child
Hunter, V. (1992) An Interview with Francis Tustin. Psychoanalytic Review, 79: 1–24
Hunter, V. (1993) An Interview with Hanna Segal. Psychoanalytic Review, 80: 1–28
Hunter, V. (1995) An Interview with Clifford Scott. Psychoanalytic Review, 82: 189–206
Ipp, H., Kolers, N. (1983) Melanie Klein and Anna Freud: Contributions to Child Psychoanalysis. Journal of the
Isaacs, S. (1923) A Note on Sex Differences from a Psychoanalytic Point of View. International Journal
Isaacs, S. (1928) The Mental Hygiene of Pre-school Children. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
8: 186–193 [also in Isaacs, S. 1948a: 1–9]
Isaacs, S. (1929) Privation and Guilt. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 10: 335–347 [also in
Isaacs, S. 1948a: 10–22]
Isaacs, S. (1932c) Some Notes on the Incidence of Neurotic Difficulties in Young Children. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 2: 1–91 & 184–195
Isaacs, S. (1935a) Bad Habits. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 16: 446–454
Isaacs, S. (1935c) Property and Possessiveness. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 15: 69–78 [also in
Isaacs, S. (1948a): 36–46
Isaacs. S. (1937c) The Educational Value of the Nursery School. [The Nursery School Association of
Great Britain, also Isaacs. S. (1948a): 47–73]
Isaacs, S. (1938a) Psychology and the School. New Era, 19: 18–20
Isaacs, S. (1938b) Recent Advances in the Psychology of Young Children [The British Psychological
Association Education Section, also in Isaacs, S. (1948a): 74–88]
Isaacs, S. (1939b) Criteria for Interpretation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 20: 148–160 [also in
Isaacs, S. (1948a): 109–121]
Isaacs, S. (1939c) A Special Mechanism in a Schizoid Boy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
20: 333–339 [also in Isaacs, S. (1948a) 122–128]
Isaacs, S. (1940) Temper Tantrums in Early Childhood in their Relation to Internal Objects.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 21: 280–293 [also in Isaacs, S. (1948a): 129–142]
Isaacs, S. (1943) An Acute Anxiety Occurring in a Boy of Four Years. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 24: 13–32 [also in Isaacs, S. (1948a): 143–185]
Isaacs, S. (1945a) Notes on Metapsychology as Process Theory. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
56–82
Isaacs, S. (1948c) The Nature and Function of Phantasy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
29: 73–97 [also in Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1952): 67–121 and in King, P.H., Steiner, R.
(1991a): 264–321 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed.) (2005): 87–137]
Isaacs, S. (1961) Obituary Melanie Klein 1882–1960. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 2: 1–4
Ivey, G. (2004) Critiques of Projective Identification. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in South Africa,
12: 1–20
Ivey, G. (2005) ‘And What Rough Beast —?’: Psychoanalytic Thoughts on Evil States of Mind.
Ivey, G. (2006) Configurations of Threeness: Œdipal Models, Œdipal Levels. British Journal of
Ivey, G. (2008) Enactment Controversies: A Critical Review of Current Debates. International Journal

119
Jackson, J. (1970) Child Psychotherapy in a Day School for Maladjusted Children. Journal of Child
Jackson, J. (1985) An Adolescent’s Difficulty in Using His Mind. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
11: 105–119
Jackson, M. (1973) Psychosomatic Factors in Disease. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Jackson, M. (1978) The Mind-Body Frontier: The Problem of the Mysterious Leap. Bulletin of the British
Jackson, M. (1982) Psychoanalysis, Somatisation and Pseudo-normality. Bulletin of the British
Jackson, M. (1985) A Psychoanalytical Approach to the Assessment of a Psychotic Patient.
Jackson, M. (1989a) Discussion: A Kleinian Perspective. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 9: 554–569
Jackson, M. (1989b) Treatment of the Hospitalized Borderline Patient: A Kleinian Perspective.
Jackson, M. (1992a) Learning to Think of Schizoid Thinking. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 191–203
Jackson, M. (1992b) Psychodynamics and Psychotherapy on an Acute Psychiatric Ward: An
Experimental Unit. British Journal of Psychiatry, 160: 41–50
Jackson, M. (1993a) Psychoanalysis, Psychiatry, Psychodynamics: Training for Integration. Psychoanalytic
Jackson, M. (1993b) Manic-Depressive Psychosis: Psychopathology and Individual Psychotherapy
within a Psychodynamic Milieu. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 7: 103–133
Jackson, M. (2002) The Work of Henri Rey: Reminiscences and Reflections. Bulletin of the British
Jacobs, A. (2007) The Potential Theory: Melanie Klein, Luce Irigiray and the Mother-Daughter
Relationship. Hypatia, 22: 175–193
Jacobus, M. (1990) ‘Tea Daddy’: Poor Mrs. Klein and the Pencil Shavings. Women: A Cultural Review,
1: 160–179 [also in Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 91–112]
Jaques, E. (1953) On the Dynamics of Social Structure: A Contribution to the Psychoanalytic Study of
Social Phenomena. Human Relations, 6: 3–24
Jaques, E. (1960) Disturbances in the Capacity to Work. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
41: 357–367
Jaques, E. (1965) Death and the Mid-Life Crisis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 46: 502–514
[also in Spillius, B. (1988b): 226–248
Jaques, E. (1972a) The Human Consequences of Industrialisation. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 8
Jaques, E. (1972b) What is the Normal Personality? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 8
Jaques, E. (1995) A Reply to Amado, G. (1995). Human Relations, 48: 359–365
Jaques, E. (2003) Work and the Unconscious. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 20: 236–244
Jaques, E. (2005) On Trust, Good and Evil. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytical Studies,
2: 396–403
Jaques, E. (2006) Values, Mutual Trust and Terrorism. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytical
Studies, 3: 296–298
Jaques, E., Cason, K. (2006) Root Values for a Global One-world: Darwinian Biology and Social Etymology.
International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 3: 299–307
Jerotic, V. (2004) Christianity and the Teachings of Melanie Klein. Psikijatri Danas, (Belgrade)
36: 323–333
Jimenez, J.P. (2005) The Search for Integration or How to Work as a Pluralist Psychoanalyst.
Joffe, W.G. (1969) A Critical View of the Status of the Envy Concept. International Journal of

120
Joseph, B. (1948) A Technical Problem in the Treatment of the Infant Patient. International Journal of
Joseph, B. (1959) An Aspect of the Repetition Compulsion. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
40: 213–222 [also in Joseph, B. (1989): 16–33]
Joseph, B. (1960) Some Characteristics of the Psychopathic Personality. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 41: 526–531 also in Joseph, B. (1989): 34–43]
Joseph, B. (1966) Persecutory Anxiety in a Four-year-old Boy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
47: 184–188
Joseph, B. (1971) A Clinical Contribution to the Analysis of a Perversion. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 52: 441–449 also in Joseph, B. (1989): 51–66
Joseph, B. (1978) Different Types of Anxiety and their Handling in the Analytic Situation. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 59: 223–228 also in Joseph, B. (1989): 106–114
Joseph, B. (1981b) Defence Mechanisms and Phantasy in the Psychoanalytical Process. Bulletin of the
European Psychoanalytical Federation, 17: 11–24 [also in Joseph, B. (1989): 116–126]
Joseph, B. (1982) Addiction to Near-death. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63: 449–456 [also in
Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 311–323 and in Joseph, B. (1989): 127–138]
Joseph, B. (1983) On Understanding and not Understanding: Some Technical Issues. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 291–298 [also in Joseph, B. (1989): 139–150 and in
Schafer, R. (1997): 299–316]
Joseph, B. (1985) Transference: The Total Situation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 447–454
[also in Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 62–72 and in Joseph, B. (1989): 156–167]
Joseph, B. (1986) Envy in Everyday Life. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2(1): 13–22 [also in Joseph, B.
(1989): 181–191]
Joseph, B. (1988b) Object Relations in Clinical Practice. Psychoanalytc Quarterly, 57: 626–642 [also in
Joseph, B. (1989): 203–215]
Joseph, B. (1992) Psychic Change: Some Perspectives. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
73: 237–243
Joseph, B. (1993b) Hearing and Experiencing in the Treatment of Child and Adult Patients. Bulletin of
the European Psychoanalytic Federation, 40: 14–17
Joseph, B. (1998) Thinking about a Playroom. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 24: 359–366
Joseph, B. (2000) Agreeableness as Obstacle. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 641–649
Joseph, B. (2003) Ethics and Enlightenment. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalytic Federation, 57
Joseph, B. (2004b) Richard Wollheim: (1923–2003). International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 133–134
Kaplinsky, C. (2008) Shifting Shadows: Shaping Dynamics in the Cultural Unconscious. Journal of
Kapur, R. (2008) Reparation: A New Dawn or a False Start in Northern Ireland? Psychoanalysis and
Politics International, 6: 154–151
Karliner, R.S. (1997) No Talking! Just Play. On Language, Action, Interpretation and Play in
Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with a Seven-year-old Boy. Dissertation Abstract,
Adelphi University
Kaufman, W. (2007) On the Psychology of Slave Reparation: A Kleinian Reading. Atlantic Studies,
4: 267–284
Kavaler-Adler, S. (1990) The Supervisor as an Internal Object. Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy 8: 69–76
Kavaler-Adler, S. (1993a) The Conflict and Process Theory of Melanie Klein. American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
53: 187–204
Kavaler-Adler, S. (2006) “My Graduation is My Mother’s Funeral”: Transformation from the
Paranoid-Schizoid to the Depressive Position in Fear of Success and the Role of the
Internal Saboteur. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 15: 117–130
Kenrick, J. (2005) Where we Live: Some Dilemmas and Technical Issues for the Child Psychotherapist.

121
Kernberg, O.F. (1969) A Contribution to the Ego-Psychological Critique of the Kleinian School.
Kernberg, O.F. (1987) Projection and Projective Identification: Developmental and Clinical Aspects. Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 35: 795–819
Kernberg, O.F. (1993) Convergencies and Divergencies in Contemporary Psychoanalytic Technique.
Kernberg, O.F. (2001) Recent Developments un the Technical Approaches of English-language
Psychoanalytic Schools. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 70: 519–547
Kernberg, O.F. (2006) Psychoanalytic Controversies: The Pressing Need to Increase Research in and on
Keylor, R.G. (2003) Subjectivity: Infantile Œdipus and Symbolization in Melanie Klein and Jacques
Lacan. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 13: 211–242
Keyser, G. (2003) Transitional London: Anxiety and Urban Representation in the British Novel
1859–1934. Dissertation Abstract, University of Californa, Davis
Kibel, H.D. (1999) Comments on “The Man from Big Sur”: The Clinical Appeal of a Kleinian
Perspective. [Camenietzki, S. (1949)] International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
49: 121–125
King, P.H. (1983) The Life and Work of Mrs. Klein in the British Psychoanalytical Society. International
King, P.H. (1994) The Evolution of Controversial Issues. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 335–342
King, P.H. (2005) Memories of Dr. Elliott Jaques. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies,
2: 327–331
Kirsner, D. (2004) The Intellectual Odyssey of Elliott Jaques: From Alchemy to Science. Free
Associations, 11B: 179–204
Kirsner, D. (2005a) Politics Masquerading as Science: Ralph Greenson, Anna Freud and the Melanie
Klein Wars. Psychoanalytic Review, 92: 902–927
Kirsner, D. (2005b) The Contribution of Elliot Jaques. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic
Studies, 2: 315–317
Kirsner, D. (2005c) Who was Elliot Jaques? International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies,
2: 318–326
Kite, S. (2005) Adrian Stokes and the “Æshetic Position: Envelopment and Otherness. Annual of
Kitto, J. (1996) Science or Robbery: The Freud Klein Controversies 1841–1945. Free Associations,
6C: 445–460
Klein, S. (1965) Notes on a Case of Ulcerated Colitis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
46: 342–351
Klein, S. (1973) Emotion, Time and Space. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Klein, S. (1974) Transference in Manic States. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 55: 262–268
Klein, S. (1984) Delinquent Perversion: Problems in Assimilation, a Clinical Study. International
Klein. S. (1985) The Self in Childhood: A Kleinian Point of View. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
11: 31–47
Klein, S. (1991) Psychoanalysis in Australia. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 27
Knox, J. (1997) Internal Objects: A Theoretical Analysis of Jungian and Kleinian Models. Journal of
Knox, J. (2003) Trauma and Defence: Their Roots in Relationships: An Overview. Journal of
Knox, J. (2005) Sex, Shame and the Transcendent Function: The Function of Fantasy in Self-
development. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 50: 617–639

122
Korbivcher, C.F. (2005) The Theory of Transformations and Autistic States: Autistic Transformations:
A Proposal. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 86: 1595–1610
Kulish, N.M. (1985–1986) Projective Identification: A Concept Overburdened, International Journal of
Lafarge, L. (2000) Interpretation and Containment. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 67–84
Langer, M. (1958) Sterility and Envy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39: 139–143
Langer, M. (1962) Selection Criteria for the Training of Psychoanalytic Students. International Journal of
Langer, M., Puget. J., A Methodological to the Teaching of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of
Teper, E., (1964) Psychoanalysis, 45: 567–574
Lanman, M. (et al) (2003) Objectivity in Psychoanalytical Assessment of Couple Relationships. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 182: 255–260
Laverde-Rubio. E. (2004) Envy: One or Many? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 401–418
Lebovici, S., The Breast and Breasts. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 19: 5–32
Kestemberg, E. (1993)
Lefébure, M. (1982) Evil in Angels and Men: Thomas Aquinas and Melanie Klein. New Blackfriars,
63: 460–470
Leitão, H. de A.L. (1995) Gender Differences in Children’s Moral Concern for Others: An Empirical Kleinian
Investigation. Dissertation Abstract, University of Kent
Lerman, M. (2000) Ogden’s Matrix of Transference and the Concept of Sign. British Journal of Medical
Lerner, H. (1984) Research Perspectives on Borderline Phenomena: Implications for Klein’s Theory of
the “Bad Object” Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 2(2): 43–62
Levine, E.G. (1982) Psychoanalysis and Symbolism: The Space between Self and World. Dissertation
Abstract, York University (Canada)
Levine, H.B. (1992) Freudian and Kleinian Theory: A Dialogue of Comparative Perspectives. Journal of
the American Psychoanalytic Association, 40: 801–826
Li Causi, R., Waddell, M. An Appreciation of the Work of Melanie Klein. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 31: 3–5
(2005)
Likierman, M. (1988) Maternal Love and Positive Projective Identification. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
14(2): 29–45
Likierman, M. (1993a) “He Drew my Attention to my Great Gift for Understanding Children …”: Some
Thoughts on Sandor Ferenczi’s Influence on Melanie Klein. British Journal of
Philosophy, 9: 444–455
Likierman, M. (1993b) Primitive Object Love in Melanie Klein’s Thinking: Early Theoretical Influences.
Likierman, M. (1995a) The Debate between Anna Freud and Melanie Klein: An Historic Survey. Journal of
Likierman, M. (1995b) Loss of the Loved Object: Tragic and Moral Motifs in Melanie Klein’s Concept of the
Depressive Position. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 12: 147–159
Likierman, M. (1995c) Psychoanalytic Observation in Community Mental Health Care Education, Tavistock
Gazette, 43: 21–27
Likierman, M. (1997) On Rejection: Adolescent Girls and Anorexia. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 23: 61–80
Likierman, M. (1998) Commentary by a Kleinian Psychotherapist. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
15: 116–119
Likierman, M. (2006a) Unconscious Experience: Relational Perspectives. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
16: 375–376

123
Likierman, M. (2006b) Some Questions about Divergences and Similarities between Kleinian and
Intersubjective Approaches: Replies to Commentaries [Slaivin, M.O. (2006) and
Seligman, S. (2006)]. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 407–412.
Likierman, M. (2008) Melanie Klein and Envy: A Static Totalitarian Script or a Sample of our Protean
Theories?—Commentary on. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 18: 766–775
Lombardi, K.L. (2006) When a Body Meets a Body: A Neo-Kleinian View of Language and Body Language.
Lombardi, R. (2008) The Body in the Analytic Session: Focusing on the Body-mind Link. International
Long, S. (2006) Organizational Defenses against Anxiety: What has Happened since the 1955 Jaques
Paper? International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 3: 279–295
Lopez-Corvo, R.E. (1984a) Libido Adhesiveness and Working through during Pathological Mourning.
Lopez-Corvo, R.E. (1984b) From the Schizo-Paranoid to the Depressive Position. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Lopez-Corvo, R.E. (1987) Transitional Dreams: A Kleinian Approach. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Lubbe, T. (1998) Projective Identification fifty years on: A Personal View. Journal of Child
Lubbe, T. (2008) A Kleinian Theory of Sexuality. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 24: 299–316
Lucas, R. (1985) On the Contribution of Psychoanalysis to the Management of Psychotic Patients in
National Health Service. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1: 2–17
Lucas, R. (1992) The Psychoanalytic Personality: A Psychoanalytic Theory and its Application in
Clinical Practice. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 73–79
Lucas, R. (1993) The Psychotic Wavelength. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 7: 15–24
Lucas, R. (1994) Puerperal Psychosis. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 257–272
Lush, D. (1965) Treatment of Depression in an Adolescent. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(3): 26–32
Lush, D. (1968) Progress of a Child with Atypical Development. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
2(2): 64–73
Lush, D. (1972) Over Determination of a Phantasy Involving Compulsive Rituals and Thoughts.
Lush, D. (1978) The Strength of the Transference in a Ten-year-old Girl at the Beginning of
Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 4(4): 103–118
Luttinger, H. (2005) A Portrait of Melanie Klein. New York State Psychologist, 17: 32–36
Lutzky, H. (1989) Reparation and Tikkun: A Comparison of the Kleinian and Kabbalistic Concepts.
Lyth, I. Menzies (1959) A Case Study in the Functioning of Social Systems as a Defence against Anxiety: A
Report on a Study of the Nursing Service of a General Hospital. Human Relations,
13: 95–121. [rep. London:Tavistock (1961) and republished as see Lyth, I. Menzies
(1970a)]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1970a) The Functioning of a Social System as a Defence against Anxiety. [rep. (1970) as
Tavistock Pamphlet No. 3 London: Tavistock Institute of Human Relations also in
Lyth, I. Menzies (1988): 43–85]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1970b) Psychosocial Aspects of Eating. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 14: 223–227 [also in
Lyth, I. Menzies (1989a): 61–67]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1976) Thoughts on the Maternal Role in Contemporary Society. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 4(1): 5–14 [also in Lyth, I. Menzies (1988): 208–221]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1981) Bion’s Contribution to Thinking about Groups. International Review of Psychoanalysis,
8: 8–11 [also in Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 661–665 and Lyth, I. Menzies (1989a): 19–25]

124
Lyth, I. Menzies (1985a) The Development of the Self in Children in Institutions. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 11(2): 49–64 [also in Lyth, I. Menzies (1988): 236–258 and in Barrows,
P.S. (Ed.) (2004): 195–212]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1985b) Psychoanalysis in Non-Clinical Contexts: On the Art of Captaincy. Free Associations,
5: 65–78
Lyth, I. Menzies (1999) Facing the Crisis. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 13: 207–212
McEnroe, F.J. (1990) Psychoanalysis and Early Education: A Study of the Educational Ideas of Sigmund
Freud (1856–1939), Anna Freud (1895–1982), Melanie Klein (1882–1960) and Susan
Isaacs (1885–1948). Dissertation Abstracts International, 50(10-A): 3188–3189
Mack, B. (2002) Psychoanalytic Insight and Relationships Revisited. Journal of Social Work Practice
16: 191–201
Mackay, N. (1981) Melanie Klein’s Metapsychology: Phenomenological and Mechanistic Perspective.
Magagna, J. (1987) Three Years of Infant Observation with Mrs. Bick. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
13(1): 19–39 [also in Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 75–104]
Magagna, J. (1996) Beyond the Infinite: Psychotherapy with a Psychotic Child. Journal of the Melanie
Magagna, J., Dubinsky, H. Remembering Mrs. Bick, Remembering Mrs. Klein. Tavistock Gazette, 10: 3–4
(1983)
Main, T.F. (1961) Melanie Klein 30 March 1882–22 September 1960. British Journal of Medical
Malin, A. (1966) Projective Identification in the Therapeutic Process. International Journal of
Mancia, M. (1981) On the Beginning of Mental Life in the Fœtus. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62: 51–357
Mancia, M. (1988) The Dream as Religion of the Mind. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
69: 419–426
Mandin, P. (2007) The Contribution of Systems and Object Relations Theories to Understanding of the
Therapeutic Relationship in Social Work Practice. Social Work Practice, 21: 149–162
Masciuch, S. (1988) Jealousy: The Quantitative and Qualitative Testing of a Kleinian Psychoanalytic
Neo-Piagetian Paradigm. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
6(1): 14–34
Mason, A.A. (1987) How Theory Shapes Technique: A Kleinian Perspective. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
7: 189–197
Mason, A.A. (1998) Melanie Klein’s Notes on ‘Citizen Kane’ with Commentary. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
18: 147–153
Mason, A.A. (2003) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160: 241
Mawson, C. (1986) The Use of Play Technique in Understanding Disturbed Behaviour in School.
May, U. (2001) Abraham’s Discovery of the ‘Bad Mother’: A Contribution to the History of the
Theory of Depression. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 283–305
Mayers, D. (1998) Comments by a Post-Kleinian Psychotherapist. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
14: 376–377
Meltzer, D. (1955) Towards a Structural Concept of Anxiety. Psychiatry: Journal for the Study of
Interpersonal Processes, 18: 41–50 [and Meltzer, D. (1994): 3–21]
Meltzer, D. (1963a) A Contribution to the Metapsychology of Cyclothymic States. International Journal of
Meltzer, D. (1964) The Differentiation of Somatic Delusions from Hypochondria. International Journal of
Meltzer, D. (1966a) Introjective Basis of Polymorphous Tendencies in Adult Sexuality. Bulletin of the

125
Meltzer, D. (1966b) The Relation of Anal Masturbation to Projective Identification. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 47: 335–342 [also in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 102–116]
Meltzer, D. (1967b) Identification and Socialization in Adolescence. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
3: 95–100
Meltzer, D. (1968a) Tyranny. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 4
Meltzer, D. (1968b) Terror, Persecution, Dread—a Dissection of Paranoid Anxieties. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 49: 396–400 [also in Meltzer, D. (1973): 99–106 and in Spillius, E.B.
(1988a): 230–238
Meltzer, D. (1969) The Relation of Aims to Methodology in the Treatment of Children. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 2(3): 57–61 [and Meltzer, D. (1994): 170–176]
Meltzer, D. (1971b) Towards an Atelier System. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 7 [also in
Meltzer, D. (1994): 285–289]
Meltzer, D. (1973b) On the Apprehension of Beauty. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 9: 224–229
Meltzer, D. (1974a) Repression, Forgetting and Unfaithfulness. Scientific Bulletin of the British
Psychoanalytic Society, 9 [and Meltzer, D. (1994): 307–322]
Meltzer, D. (1974b) Narcissistic Foundation of the Erotic Transference. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
10: 311–316 [and Meltzer, D. (1994): 323–330]
Meltzer, D. (1974c) The Role of Pregenital Confusions in Erotomania. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Meltzer, D. (1974d) A Biographical Note on Adrian Stokes. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10: 342–345
Meltzer, D. (1975a) Adhesive Identification. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 11: 289–310 [and Meltzer, D.
(1994): 335–350]
Meltzer, D. (1975b) Compulsive Generosity. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 11: 135–145 [and Meltzer, D.
(1994): 351–362]
Meltzer, D. (1976a) Dream-narrative and Dream-continuity. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 12: 423–432
Meltzer, D. (1976b) The Delusion of Clarity of Insight. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 57: 141–146
Meltzer, D. (1977) Temperature and Distance as Technical Dimensions of Interpretation. Bulletin of the
Meltzer, D. (1978a) Routine and Inspired Interpretations: Their Relation to the Weaning Process in
Analysis. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 14: 210–225 [and Meltzer, D. (1994):
290–306]
Meltzer, D. (1978b) A Note on Introjective Processes. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 12 [also
in Meltzer, D. (1994): 458–468]
Meltzer, D. (1980) ‘The Diameter of the Circle’ in Bion’s Work. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 14
Meltzer, D. (1981a) The Relation of Splitting of Attention to Splitting of Self and Objects. Contemporary
Meltzer, D. (1981b) Does Money-Kyrle’s Concept of Misconception Have any Unique Descriptive
Power? Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 15 [also in Meltzer, D.
(1994): 496–513]
Meltzer, D. (1981c) The Kleinian Expansion of Freud’s Metapsychology. International Journal of
Meltzer, D. (1982) The Conceptual Distinction between Projective Identification (Klein) and
Container-Contained (Bion). Journal of Child Psychology, 8(2): 185–202 [and in
Meltzer, D. (et al) (1986): 50–69]
Meltzer, D. (1984b) A One-year Old Goes to Nursery. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 10(1): 89–104
Meltzer, D. (1986) On First Impressions. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 22: 467–470
Meltzer, D. (1987) On Æsthetic Reciprocity. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 13(2): 3–14
Meltzer, D. (1989) Concerning the Stupidity of Evil. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Meltzer, D. (1997) The Evolution of Object Relations. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 14: 60–66

126
Meltzer, D. (2005a) ‘Thought Disorder’: A Distinct Phenomenonological Category? British Journal of

Meltzer, D. (et al) (1982) The Conceptual Distinction between Projective Identification (Klein) and Container-
Contained (Bion). Journal of Child Psychology, 8(2): 185–202 [and in Meltzer, D. (et al)
(1986): 50–69]
Meltzer, D., Harris, M. The Story of Child Development: A Psychoanalytic Account. Infant Observation,
(2001) 4(2): 36–56
Meltzer, D., Mancia, M. Ego Ideal Functions and the Psychoanalytic Process. International Journal,
62: 243–249 [and Meltzer, D. 1981 (1994): 351–362]
Meredith-Owen. W. (2008) ‘Go! Sterilise the Fertile with thy Rage’: Envy as Embittered Desire. Journal of
Middlemore, M. (1934) The Treatment of Bewitchment in a Puritan Community. International Journal of
Milivojevic, L., Strakali, I.S. Importance of Object Relations for Development of Capacity for Normal Love.
(2004) Croatian Medical Journal, 45: 18–24
Miller, J. (1995) “Teaching Klein” Response. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 12: 107–108 [see also
Buckingham, L. (1994)]
Miller, L. (1987) Idealisation and Contempt: Dual Aspects of the Process of Devaluation of the Breast
as a Feeding Relationship. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 13: 41–56
Miller, L. (1999) Infant Observation as a Precursor of Clinical Training. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
19: 142–145
Miller, P., Aisenstein, M. On Analytic Listening. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 1485–1488
(2004)
Mills, J. (2000) Hegel on Projective Identification: Implications for Klein, Bion and Beyond.
Psychoanalytic Review, 8: 841–874 [also in Mills, J. (2006): 132–158
Milner, M. (1944) A Suicidal Symptom in a Child of Three. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
25: 53–61
Milner, M. (1945) Some Aspects of Phantasy in Relation to General Psychology. International Journal of
Milner, M. (1952) Aspects of Symbolism in Comprehension of the Non-Self. International Journal of
Milton, J. (1994) Abuser and Abused: Perverse Solutions Following Childhood Abuse. Psychoanalytic
Milton, J. (2000) Psychoanalysis and the Moral High Ground. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
81: 1101–1115
Minsky, R. (1995) Reaching Beyond Denial—Sight and Insight—a Way Forward? (drawing on the
Theory of Freud, Klein, Winnicott, Lacan and Kristeva). Free Associations, 5:
326–351
Minsky, R. (undated) Beyond Nurture: Finding the Words for Male Identity. [www.//http@human-nature
Mitchell, S.A. (1981) The Origin and Nature of the Object in the Theories of Klein and Fairbairn.
Mitchell, S.A. (1995) Interaction in the Kleinian and Interpersonal Relations. Contemporary Psychoanalysis,
31: 65–91
Mitrani, J. (1993) Deficiency and Envy: Some Factors Impacting the Analytic Mind from Listening to
Interpretation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 689–704
Mitrani, J. (1994) Unintegration, Adhesive Identification and the Psychic Skin: Variations on some
Themes by Esther Bick. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
12(2): 65–89
Mitrani, J. (2007a) Some Technical Implications of Melanie Klein’s Concept of ‘Premature Ego
Development’. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 825–842

127
Mitrani, J. (2007b) Bodily Centred Protections in Adolescence: An Extension of the Work of Francis
Tustin. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 1153–1169
Mizen, R. (2003) A Contribution towards an Analytic Theory of Violence. Journal of Psychoanalytical
Mollon, P. (1985) Self-awareness, Self-consciousness and Preoccupation with the Self. Tavistock
Gazette, 16: 3–8
Mollon, P. (1986) A Note on Kohut and Klein: Idelalisation, Splitting and Projective Identification.
Mollon, P. (2005) Some Thoughts on the Here-and-now Use of ‘Transference’. Bulletin of the British
Psychoanalytic, Society, 41
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1927) Belief and Representation. Symposion, 1: 315–331 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1978): 1–15]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1928a) The Psycho-Physical Apparatus. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 8: 132–142 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 16–27]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1928b) Morals and Supermen. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 8: 277–284 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 28–37]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1929) Critical Abstract: Roheim’s After the Death of the Primal Father British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 9: 33–56 [and Money- Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 38–56]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1931a) The Remote Consequences of Psychoanalysis on Individual, Social and Instinctive
Behaviour. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 11: 173–193 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1978): 57–81]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1931b) A Psychologist’s Utopia. Psyche, (London) 11: 48–69 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1978): 82–108]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1933) A Psychoanalytic Study of the Voices of Joan of Arc. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 13: 63–81 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 109–130]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1934) A Psychological Analysis of the Causes of War. The Listener, 7 Nov. ‘34 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 131–137]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1937) The Development of War. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 16: 219–236 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 138–159]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1941) The Psychology of Propaganda. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 19: 82–94 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 160–175
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1944a) Towards a Common Aim: A Psychoanalytic Contribution Ethics. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 20: 1051–117 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 176–197]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1944b) Some Aspects of Political Ethics from a Psychoanalytic Point of View. International
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1948a) Social Conflict and the Challenge to Psychology. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1948b) Varieties of Group Formation. Psychoanalysis and the Social Sciences, 2: 313–330 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 210–228]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1952) Psychoanalysis and Ethics. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 225–234 [also in
Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955): 421–439]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1953) Toward a Rational Attitude to Crime. (pamphlet) London: The Howard League [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 245–252]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1955a) The Anthropological and Psychoanalytic Concept of the Norm. Psychoanalysis and
the Social Sciences, 4: 51–60 and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 253–263]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1956a) The World of the Unconscious and the World of Common Sense. British Journal of
Philosophy of Science, 7: 86–96 [and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 318–329]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1956b) Normal Counter-transference and some of its Deviations. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 7: 360–366 [also in Money-Kyrle (1978): 330–342, in Furman, A.C.,
Levy, S.T. (Eds.) (2003): 81–94 and in Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 22–33]

128
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1958a) On the Process of Psychoanalytic Inference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1960) On Prejudice—a Psychoanalytic Approach. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1961b) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 43: 29–30
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1963a) A Note on Migraine. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44: 290–292 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 361–365]
Money-Kyrle. R.E. (1963b) Megalomania. American, Imago 22: 142–154 [and in Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1978): 376–388]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1963c) British Schools of Psychoanalysis: Melanie Klein and her Contribution to
Psychoanalysis. Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 4: 9–18 [and in
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 408–415]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1964) Politics from the Point of View of Psychoanalysis. [Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1978) 366–375. Originally written for 20th Century but unpublished]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1965b) Success and Failure in Mental Maturations. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 1 [and in Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 397–406
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1966) A Note on the Three Caskets. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 2 [and in
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 407]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1968) Cognitive Development. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 49: 691–698
[and Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 416–433 addendum in Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.)
(1981b): 537–550
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1969) On the Fear of Insanity. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 5 [and in
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 434–441]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1971) The Aim of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 52: 103–106 [and
in Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 442–449
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1979) Looking Backwards—and Forwards. International Review of Psychoanalysis,
6: 265–272
Morris, M. (1986) J. Henri Rey: An Overview of his Theoretical Concepts. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Muir, E. (1985) The Kleinian Perception of Position and Group Therapeutic Process. Journal of Child
Muir, R. (1999) A Discussion of John Steiner’s Paper. (Steiner, J. 1999). Canadian Journal of
Munro, L. (1948) Analysis of a Cartoon in a Case of Hypochondria. International Journal of
Munro, L. (1952) Clinical Notes on Internalization and Identification. International Journal of
Munro, L. (1955) Steps in Ego-Integration Observed in a Play Analysis. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 35: 202–205 [and in Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955) 109–139]
Myers, J. (2001) Melanie Klein and Anna Freud: A Comparison of their Transference and Child
Treatment Theories. Dissertation Abstracts International, 61(9-B): 4997
Nash, J.L. (1998b) The Thinking Body: A Feminist Perspective of Melanie Klein’s Psychology of
Knowledge. Dissertation Abstract, Sheffield University
Nathan, J. (1994) The Psychic Organisation of Community Care: A Kleinian Perspective. Journal of
Nemas, C. (2005) A Brief Psychoanalytic Biography. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 443–445
Nemetz, M.G. (1961) Child Psychoanalysis of Melanie Klein and Anna Freud: A Comparative Study of
their Theories and Methods. Dissertation Abstracts International, 14: 634–635
Neuberger, R.P. (1988) A Psychoanalytic Tango: Recent Developments in Psychoanalysis in Argentina.
Journal of European Psychoanalysis, 7
Newbigin, J. (1990) Counselling: A Cure for Social IIls? Women: A Cultural Review, 1: 188–197

129
Newirth, J. (2005) A Case Study of Power and the Eroticized Transference-Countertransference.

Newsome, F. (2004) Envy and the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. Modern Psychoanalysis 29: 43–48
Nicholls, L. (2006) When Faith Eclipses Hope: Forgiveness within Reparation. Organisational and Social
Dynamics, 6: 161–182
Nielson, J.A. (2004) Recognising a Different Other: A Neo-Kleinian Analysis of Lesbian Relationship
Violence. Dissertation Abstracts International, 5(3-B): 1558
Nilson, S.V. (2001) Gilgamesh in Relationship: A Feminist Kleinian Hermeneutic of the Contemporary
Eopic. Dissertation Abstracts International, 61(10-B): 5610
Nutkevich, A. (1985) Re-formulation of the Concept of Projective Identification (Envy,
Countertransference). Dissertation Abstract, New York City University
Nuttall, J. (2000) Modes of Therapeutic Relationship in Kleinian Psychotherapy. British Journal of
Obholzer, A. (1986) Institutional Dynamics and Resistance to Change. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
2(3): 201–206
Obholzer, A. (1989) Psychoanalysis and the Political Process. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4(1): 55–66
O’Connor, N. (1990) Is Melanie Klein the one who knows who Really are? Women: A Cultural Review,
1: 180–188
O’Connor, J. (2002) Type A, Type B and the Kleinian Positions: Do they Relate to Similar Processes?
Psychoanalytic Psychology, 19: 95–117
Oelsner, R. & M. (2005) About Supervision: An Interview with Donald Meltzer. British Journal of
Ogden, T.H. (1984) Instinct, Phantasy and Psychological Deep Structure—a Re-interpretation of Aspects
of the Work of Melanie Klein. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 20: 500–525
Ogden, T.H. (1989b) On the Concept of an Autistic-contiguous Position, International Journal of
Ogden, T.H. (1992) The Dialectically Constituted/Decentred Subject of Psychoanalysis: II—The
Contributions of Klein and Winnicott. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
73: 613–626 [and in Ogden, T.H. (1994): 33–60]
Ogden, T.H. (2003) What’s True and Whose Idea Was it? International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
84: 593–606
Ogle, A. (1988) Warhol’s Demotic Writings: A Kleinian Analysis of Postmodern “Murder by
Signifiers” Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 6(2): 27–36
Ogle, A. (2008) The Jocastan Complex: A Kleinian Reading of Poetic Discourse. Dissertation Abstract,
University of California, Santa Cruz.
Olsen, O.A. (2004) Depression and Reparation as Themes in Melanie Klein’s Analysis of the Painter,
Ruth Weber. Scandinavian Psychoanalytic Review, 27: 34–42
Orford, E. (1976) Some Effects of the Absence of his Father on an Eight-year-old Boy. Journal of Child
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1964) The Absent Object. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(2): 34–43 [also in Barrows, P.S.
(2004): 13–24]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1976) On the Concept of Anal Organisation of the Instincts. Bulletin of the British
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1978) A Liar and his Lying Objects: A Clinical Presentation. Bulletin of the British
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1981a) A Clinical Study of a Defensive Organization. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62: 359–369 [also in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 293–310
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1981b) A Commemorative Essay on W.R. Bion’s Theory on Thinking. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 7: 181–189 [also in Spillius, E.B. (1988b) as “W.R. Bion’s Theory of
Thinking and New Techniques in Child Analysis”: 177–190]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1981c) The Impact of Meeting. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 17

130
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1982) Money-Kyrle’s Contributions to Ethics and Politics. Bulletin of the British
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1983a) The Detachment of Talk from Experience: Some Analytic Problems. Bulletin of the
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1983b) Words and Working Through. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 281–289
[also in Spillius. E.B. (1988b): 138–151]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1986) A Three-and-a-half-year-old Boy’s Melancholic Identification with an Original
Object. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 67: 173–179
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1989) Seeing with Meaning and Emotion. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 15(2): 27–31
O’Shaughnessy, O. (1990) Can a Liar be Psychoanalysed? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71: 187–195
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1992b) Enclaves and Excursions. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 603–611 [also in
Bell, D. (1997b): 147–160]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1994) What is a Clinical Fact? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 409–432 [also in
Schafer, R. (1997): 30–47]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1996) Dissension over Homosexuality. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 32
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1999) Relating to the Superego. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 861–870
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2005) Mental Connectedness. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 41
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2006a) Contemporary Freudians, Independents and Kleinians: Perspectives on Projective
Identification. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 42
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2006b) A Conversation about Early Unintegration, Disintegration and Integration. Journal of
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2007) Gratitude: An Essay on Melanie Klein’s Envy and Gratitude. Bulletin of the British
O’Shaughnessy, E., Edna O’Shaughnessy in Conversation with Jean Arundale. British Journal of
Arundale, Jean. (2004) Psychotherapy, 20: 527–539
Ostby, A.C. (2006) Hallucinosis: Psychoanalytic Perspectives (Wilfred Bion, Melanie Klein). Dissertation
Padel, J. (1991) The Psychoanalytic Theories of Melanie Klein and Donald Winnicott and their
Interaction in the British Society of Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Review,
78: 325–345
Paiva, N.D. (2005) The Potential in ‘not Knowing’. International Journal of Infant Observation, 8: 279–289
Pantone, P.J. (1994) Projective Identification: Affectuve Aspects. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 30: 604–618
Parks, C.E. (1983) Effects of Differing Styles of Consultaion on Participants’ Perceptions in Large
Groups. Dissertation Abstracts International, 44 (2B)
Pasquali, G. (1987a) Some Notes on Humour in Psychoanalysis. International Review of Psychoanalysis,
14: 231–236
Pasquali, G. (1987b) Reflections on Œdipus in Sophocles Tragedy and in Clinical Practice. International
Pasquali, G. (1993) On Separateness. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 7: 181–191
Paul, L. (1977) A Kleinian Approach to Psychotherapy. Clinical Social Work, 3: 179–190
Payton, C. (2007) Envy: The Canker in the Bud. Psychodynamic Practice, 13: 183–195
Perelberg, R.J. (2006) The Controversial Discussions and après-coup. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
87: 1199–1220
Pichon-Riviere, A.D. Walking and Speech in Relation to the Depressive Position. International Journal of
Pick, D. (2004) ‘Roma o Morte’: Garibaldi, Nationalism and the Problem of Psycho-biography.
History Workshop Journal, 57: 1–33
Pick, D., Milton, J. (2001) Memories of Melanie Klein: Part 2—Interview with Betty Joseph. (Viewable on

131
Pick, D., Roper, L. (2000) Psychoanalysis, Dreams, History: An Interview with Hanna Segal. History Workshop
Journal, 49: 161–170
Pick, I. Brenman (1967) On Stealing: Clinical Notes on Three Adolescent Boys. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
2(1): 67–79
Pick, I. Brenman (1985a) Development of the Concepts of Transference and Counter-transference.
Pick, I. Brenman (1985b) Breakdown in Communication: On Finding the Child in the Analysis of an Adult.
Pick, I. Brenman (1985c) Working through in the Counter-Transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
66: 157–166 [also in Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 34–47 and Schafer, R. (1997): 348–368]
Pick, I. Brenman (1985d) Male Sexuality: A Clinical Study of Forces that Impede Development. International
Pick, I. Brenman (1988) Adolescence: Its Impact on Patient and Analyst. International Review of
Pick, I. Brenman (1995) Concern: Spurious or Real? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 257–270
Pines, D. (2001) Memories of Melanie Klein: Part 1—Interview with Hanna Segal. (Viewable on
Pines, M. (1986) The Influence of Rickman and Klein on Bion. Tavistock Gazette, 20: 3–6
Pinkney, T.A. (1982) An Interpretation of some Aspects of the Work of T.S. Eliot in the Light of the
Psychoanalysis of Melanie Klein and D.W. Winnicott. M.Litt. thesis, Oxford 32–363
Piontelli, A. (1987) Infant Observation from Before Birth. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
68: 453–463
Piontelli, A. (1988) Pre-natal Life and Birth as Reflected in the Analysis of a Two-year-old Psychotic
Girl. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 15: 73–81
Piontelli, A. (1989) A Srudy on Twins Before Birth. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 16: 413–426
Piontelli, A. (1993) Reflections on Infantile Amnesia. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 29
Piontelli, A. (1995) Kin Recognition and Early Precursors of Attachment as Seen in the Analysis of a
Young Psychotic. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 21: 5–21
Piontelli, A. (1996) Non-shared pre- and post-Natal Environmental Factors: Twins Observed before and
after Birth. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 32
Ployé, P.M. (1984) A Note on Two Important Aspects of Melanie Klein: ‘Project Identification’ and
‘Idealisation’. British Journal of Psychiatry, 145: 55–58
Pocock, D. (2006) Six Things Worth Understanding about Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy. Journal of
Family Therapy, 28: 352–369
Polden, J. (2005) Reparation, Terminable and Interminable. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
21: 559–575
Pozzi, M. (1994) Memories of Frances Tustin. Tavistock Gazette, 42: 7–10
Prado de Olivera, L.E. The Nature of the Transference between Anna Freud and Melanie Klein: Learning
(2001) from the Controversies. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 10: 247–258
Praper, P. (1993) A Kleinian View of the Former Yugoslavia. Group Analysis, 26: 189–193
Proner, B.D. (2005) Bodily States of Anxiety: The Movement from Somatic States to Thought. Journal of
Proner, K. (et al) (1998) Learning and Teaching the Theories of Melanie Klein. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
24: 449–460
Pulver, S.E., Levine, H.B. Freudian and Kleinian Theory: A Dialogue of Comparative Perspectives. Journal of
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2002b) Projective Identification: What do French-speaking Analysts Think? Psychoanalysis
in Europe, 56: 139–147
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2006) Thinking Under Fire. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 87: 1–23

132
Racker, H. (1953) A Contribution to the Problem of Countertransference. International Journal of

Psychoanalysis, 34: 313–324 [and in Racker, H. (1968) as “The Countertransference
Neurosis”: 105–126]
Racker, H. (1954a) Notes on the Theory of Transference. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 23: 78–86. [and in
Racker, H. (1968): 71–78]
Racker, H. (1954b) On the Confusion between Mania and Health. Samiska, 8: 42–46 [and in
Racker, H. (1968) as “Psychoanalytic Technique and the Analyst’s Unconscious
Mania”: 181–185]
Racker, H. (1957a) A Contribution to the Problem of Psychpathological Stratification. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 223–239, in Furman, A.C., Levy, S.T. (Eds.)
(2003): 55–80 and in Racker, H. (1968) as “The Meaning and Uses of Counter-
transference”: 127–173]
Racker, H. (1957b) Analysis of Transference through the Patient’s Relations with the Interpretation.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 26: 223–357 [and in Racker, H. (1968): 79–104]
Racker, H. (1957c) The Meaning and Uses of Counter-transference. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 26: 303–357
[and in Racker, H. (1968) 105–126]
Racker, H. (1958a) Psychoanalytic Technique. (lecture read to The Argentine Psychoanalytic
Association) [and in Racker, H. (1968): 6–22]
Racker, H. (1958b) Classical and Present Techniques in Psychoanalysis. [lecture given—in abridged
form—at the 2nd Latin American Psychoanalytic Congress) [and in Racker, H.
(1968): 23–70]
Racker, H. (1958c) Psychoanalytic Technique and the Analyst’s Unconscious Masochism. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 27: 555–562 [and in Racker, H. (1968): 174–180]
Racker, H. (1958d) Counter-resistance and Interpretation. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 6: 215–221 [and in Racker, H. (1968): 186–192]
Racker, H. (1960) A Study of some Early Conflicts through their Return in the Patient’s Relation with
the Interpretation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41: 47–58
Racker, H. (1966) Ethics and Psychoanalysis and the Ethics of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of
Radin, M. (2004) The Story of Peter Pan as an Allegory in Melanie Klein’s Essay on ‘Love, Guilt and
Reparation’. Dissertation Abstracts International, 64(11-B): 5790
Rank, B. (1942) Where Child Analysis Stands Today. American Imago, 3: 41–60
Rauch-Rapaport, A. (2005) Melancholia in Thomas Mann’s Ordnung und Frühes Leid: Feeling Envy for the
Young and Dancing. Oxford German Studies, 34: 204–210
Reed, G.S., Baudry, F. The Logic of Controversy by Susan Isaacs and Anna Freud on F(Ph)antasy. Journal of
Rees, S.C., Cutcher, J.A. Transference and Counter-transference: A Clinical Study with a Kleinian
(1985) Perspective. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 3(1): 93–108
Regan, B.C. (1981) Melanie Klein’s Psychoanalytic Approach: Its Historical Foundations. Dissertation
Abstract, University of Ottawa.
Reid, V. (2005) André Gide and Curiosity. Dissertation Abstract, University of Reading
Reis, B. (2006) Even Better than the Real Thing. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 42: 177–196
Renik, O., Spillius, E.B. Psychoanalytic Controversies: Intersubjectivity in Psychoanalysis. International
Rey, J.H. (1981) Psycholinguistics, Object Relations Theory and Therapeutic Process. Bulletin of the
Rey, J.H. (1985) A Dream and the Problem of Early Object Formation. Bulletin of the British
Rey, J.H. (1986a) Reparation Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 4(1): 5–36
Rey, J.H. (1986b) The Schizoid Mode of Being and the Space-Time Continuum (beyond Metaphor).

133
Rey, J.H. (1986c) Psycholinguistics, Object Relations Theory and the Therapeutic Process. Journal of
Rey, J.H. (1986d) The Psychodynamics of Psychoanalytic and Psycholinguistic Structures. Journal of
Rey, J.H. (1986e) Psychodynamics of Depression. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Relations, 4(2): 93–115
Rey, J. H. (1988) That Which Patients Bring to Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
69: 457–470
Rey, J.H. (1992) Awake, Going to Sleep, Asleep, Dreaming, Awaking, Awake: Comments on
W. Clifford M. Scott. Free Associations, 3: 439–455
Rey, J.H. (1994a) Further Thoughts on that which Patients Bring to Analysis. British Journal of
Rey, J.H. (1997) Space and Time Factors as Related to Schizoid Conditions. Bulletin of the British
Association of Therapists, 32: 3–26
Rhode, E. (1995) Commentary by a Post-Kleinian Psychoanalytic Psychotherapist. British Journal of
Rhode, E. (1996) The Image in Form. Free Associations, 6A: 73–80
Rhode, E. (1998) The Enigmatic Object: The Relation of Understanding to Being and Becoming.
Rhode, M. (1984) Ghosts and the Imagination. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 10(1): 3–14
Rhode, M. (1994) Autistic Breathing. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 20: 25–41
Rhode, M. (1995a) A Tribute to Frances Tustin. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 21: 153–166
Rhode, M. (1995b) Links between Henri Rey’s Thinking and Psychoanalytic Work with Autistic
Children. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 149–155
Rhode, M. (2003) Sensory Aspects of Language Development in Relation to Primitive Anxieties. Infant
Rhode, M. (2004) Different Responses to Trauma in Two Children with Autistic Spectrum
Disorder: The Mouth as Crossroads for the Sense of Self. Journal of Child
Rhode, M. (2005) Mirroring, Imitation, Identification: The Sense of Self in Relation to the Mother’s
Internal World. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 31: 52–71
Rickman, J. (1921) An Unanalysed Case: Anal Erotism, Occupation and Illness. International Journal of
Rickman, J. (1926) A Psychological Factor in the Aetiology of descensus uteri, Laceration of the
Perineum and Vaginismus. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 363–365
Rickman, J. (1926–1927) A Survey: The Development of the Psychoanalytical Theory of the Neuroses British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 6: 270–294 & 7: 321–374
Rickman, J. (1932) The Psychology of Crime. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 12: 264–269
Rickman, J. (1940) On the Nature of Ugliness and the Creative Impulse. International Journal of
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Melanie Klein: Achievement and Problems. (Concept of Object Relations). Bulletin of
(1980) the British Psychoanalytic Society, 16
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Expiation as Defence. International Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 8: 549–570
(1981a) [also in Bell, D. (1981a) (Ed.) (1997): 105–127]
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Technical Problems in the Analysis of a Pseudo-compliant Patient. International
(1981b) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 62: 477–484
Riesenburg-Malcolm, R. Interpretation: The Past in The Present. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis
(1985) Federation, 24 [also in International Review of Psychoanalysis,13: 433–443 and in (1985)
Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 73–89]
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. The Constitution and the Operation of the Super-ego. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
(1987) 3(2): 149–159

134
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Construction as Living History. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalytical Federation,

(1988b) 31: 3–12
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. As if: The Phenomenon of not Learning. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(1990) 71: 385–392 [also in Anderson, R. (1992): 114–125]
Riesenberg-Malcolm. R. Conceptualization of Clinical Facts. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
(1994) 75: 1031–1040 [also in Schafer, R. (1997): 51–70]
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. How Can you Know the Dancer from the Dance?: Hysteria as Hyperbole, Bulletin of
(1995a) the British Psychoanalytic Society, 31
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. The Three W’s: What, Where and When: The Rationale of Interpretation.
(1995b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 447–456
Riolo, F. (2007) Psychoanalytic Transformations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 88: 1375–1389
Riviere, J. (1920) Three Notes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 1: 200–203 [also in Riviere, J.
(1991): 46–49]
Riviere. J. (ca.1920–1921) The Theory of Dreams. (rep. from the women’s supplement of a newspaper—source
unknown) [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 54–58]
Riviere, J. (1924a) A Castration Symbol. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 85 [also in Riviere, J.
(1991): 51–56]
Riviere, J. (1924b) Phallic Symbolism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 85 [also in Riviere, J.
(1991): 52]
Riviere, J. (1924c) The Castration Complex in a Child. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 467–468
Riviere, J. (1927) Symposium on Child Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 8: 370–377
Riviere, J. (1929) Womanliness as a Masquerade. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 10: 303–313
[also in Riviere, J. (1991): 90–101 and in Hinshelwood, R.D. (Ed.) (2004c): 127–138]
Riviere, J. (1930) Magical Regeneration by Dancing. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 11: 340
Riviere, J. (1932) Jealousy as a Mechanism of Defence. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
13: 414–424 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 104–115]
Riviere, J. (1936a) A Contribution to Analysis of the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 17: 304–320 [also in Riviere, J. (1991): 134–153]
Riviere, J. 1936(b) On the Genesis of Physical Contact in Earliest Infancy. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 17: 395–422 [also in Klein, M. (et al) (1952): 37–66 and in Riviere, J.
(1991): 272–300]
Riviere, J. (1939) An Intimate Impression The Lancet 678 (30.9.1939). [also in Riviere, J.
(1991): 208–212]
Riviere, J. (1952b) The Unconscious Phantasy of an Inner World Reflected in Examples from
Literature. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 160–172 [also in Klein, M. (et al)
(Eds.) (1955): 346–369, in Riviere, J. (1991): 302–330 and Gosso, S. (2004a): 62–84]
Riviere, J. (1952c) The Inner World in Ibsen’s The Master Builder. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
33: 173–180 [and in Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955): 370–383 and Riviere, J.
(1991): 332–347]
Rizq, R. (2007) On the Margins: A Psychoanalytic Perspective. British Journal of Guidance and
Counselling, 35: 283–297
Roazen, P. (2001) The Controversial Discussions: Edward Glover and the Origins of
“Double-barrelled Training”. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 10: 259–274
Robbins, M. (1980) Current Controversy in Object Relations Theory as Outgrowth of a Schism between
Klein and Fairbairn. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 61: 477–492
Robins B.D., Goicoechea, J. The Psyche Genesis of the Self and the Emergence of Ethical Relatedness: Klein
(2005) in the Light of Merleau-Ponty. Journal of Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology,
25: 191–193

135
Rodrigué, E. (1955b) Notes on Menstruation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 36: 328–334

Rodrigué, E. (1956) Notes on Symbolism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 37: 147–158
Rodrigué, E. (1966) Transference and a-Transferrence Phenomena. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
47: 342–348
Rodrigué, E. (1967) Severe Bodily Illness in Childhood. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 48: 290–293
Rodrigué, E. (1969) The Fifty-thousand Hour Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 50: 603–613
Roeckerath, K. (2002) Projective Identification: A Neuro-psychoanalytic Perspective. Neuropsychoanalysis,
41: 177–185
Roitman, M. (1989) The Concept of an Idea: Its Use in Understanding Interpersonal and Group
Processes. Group Analysis, 22: 235–248.
Roper, L. (1991) Witchcraft and Fantasy in Early Modern Germany. History Workshop Journal,
32: 19–43
Rose, J. (1990) Hanna Segal Interviewed by Jacqueline Rose. Women: A Cultural Review, 1: 198–214
Rosenbluth, D. (1965) The Kleinian Theory of Depression. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 1(2): 20–25
Rosenbluth, D. (1967) Insight as an Aim of Treatment. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(2): 5–17
Rosenbluth, D. (1970) Transference in Child Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(4): 72–87 [also
in Barrows, P.S. (2004): 43–62]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1947) Analysis of a Psychotic Schizophrenic State with Depersonalization. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 28: 130–139 [also in Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 13–33 and in
Steiner, J. (Ed.) (2008a): 87–105]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1949) Remarks on the Relation of Male Homosexuality to Paranoia, Paranoid Anxiety and
Narcissism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 30: 36–47 [also in Rosenfeld, H.A.
(1965): 34–51]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1950) Notes on the Psychopathology of Confusional States in Chronic Schizophrenias.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 31: 132–137 [also in Rosenfeld, H.A.
(1965): 52–62]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1952a) Notes on the Psychoanalysis of the Super-ego Conflict in an Acute Schizophrenic
Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 111–131 [also in Rosenfeld, H.A.
(1965): 63–103, in Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955): 180–219 and in Spillius, E.B.
(1988a): 14–51]
Rosenfeld, H. A. (1952b) Transference Phenomena and Transference Analysis in an Acute Catatonic
Schizophrenic Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 457–464 [also in
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 104–116]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1954) Considerations Requiring the Psychoanalytic Approach to Acute Catatonic
Schizophrenia. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 35: 138–140 [also in
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 117–127]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1958a) Some Observations on the Psychopathology of Hypochondriacal States. International
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1958b) Contribution to the Discussion on Variations in Classical Technique. International
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1958c) Discussion on Ego Distortion. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39: 274–275
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1959b) An Investigation into the Theory of Depression. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 40: 105–129]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1960a) On Drug Addiction. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41: 467–475 [also in
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 128–143]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1960b) A Note on the Precipitating Factor in Depressive Illness. International Journal of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1962) The Superego and the Ego-Ideal. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43: 258–263
[also in Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 144–153]

136
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1963a) Notes on the Psychopathology and Psychoanalytic Treatment of Depressive and
Manic-depressive Patients. Psychiatric Research Reports of the American Psychiatric
Association: November.
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1963b) Notes on the Psychopathology and Psychoanalytic Treatment of Schizophrenia.
Psychiatric Research Reports of the American Psychiatric Association: November [also in
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 155–168]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964a) Object Relationships of the Acute Schizophrenic Patient in the Transference
Situation. Psychiatric Research Reports of the American Psychiatric
Association: December.
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964b) On the Psychopathology of Narcissism: A Clinical Approach. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 45: 332–337 [also in Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 169–179 and in Steiner, J.
(Ed.) (2008a): 106–115]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1969) On the Treatment of Psychotic States by Psychoanalysis: An Historic Approach.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 50: 615–630 [see also Rosenfeld, H.A. (1981)]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1970) On Projective Identification, Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 6
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1971b) A Clinical Approach to the Psychoanalytic Theory of the Life and Death
Instincts: An Investigation into the Aggressive Aspects of Narcissism. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 52: 169–178 [also in Spillius, B. (1988a): 239–255 and in
Steiner, J. (Ed.) (2008a): 116–130]
Rosenfeld. H.A. (1972) A Critical Appreciation of James Strachey’s Paper on the Nature of the Therapeutic
Action of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 53: 455–461]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1974) Discussion on the Paper by Greenson, R.R. (1974). International Journal of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1975a) A Review of the Literature on the Therapeutic Action of Psychoanalysis. Bulletin of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1975b) Notes on Some Therapeutical Factors in Psychoanalysis. Bulletin of the British
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1977) Notes on Diagnosis and Psychoanalytic Treatment of Borderline Patients. Bulletin of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1978a) Relation between Psychosomatic Symptoms and Latent Psychotic States. Bulletin of
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1978b) Notes on the Psychopathology and Psychoanalytic Treatment of some Borderline
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1981a) Observations on the Problem of a Psychoanalysis of a Borderline Patient in 1952.
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1983a) Primitive Object Relations and Mechanisms. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
64: 261–267
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1983b) A Psychoanalytic Encounter. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 20
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1986) Impasse in Psychoanalysis and its Relation to Transference and Counter-
transference. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 22
Ross, M. (2000) Body-talk: Somatic Counter-transference. Psychodynamic Counselling, 6: 451–467
Roth, P. (1994) Being True to a False Object: A View of Identification. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
14: 393–405
Rouart, J. (1968) Acting Out and the Psychoanalytical Process. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
49: 185–187
Rozen, D.L. (1993) Projective Identification and Bulimia. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 10: 261–273
Rusbridger, R. (1986) Observations of a Case of Bulimia. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 12(2): 5–28
Rusbridger, R. (1999) Elements of the Œdipus Complex: Building up the Picture. British Journal of
Rusbridger, R. (2004) Elements of the Œdipus Complex: A Kelinian Account. International Journal of

137
Rustin, Margaret (1977) Work with a Rebellious Adolescent Girl Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(1): 40–48
Rustin, Margaret (1982) Finding a Way to the Child, Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 8(2): 145–150
Rustin, Margaret (1987) Obituary: Msttie Harris 1920–1986. Tavistock Gazette, 21: 12–13
Rustin, Margaret (1988) Encountering Primitive Anxieties: Some Aspects of Infant Observation as
a Preparation for Clinical Work with Children and Families. Journal of Child
Rustin, Margaret (1989) On Jane Eyre, Tavistock Gazette, 26: 13–16
Rustin, Margaret (1997b) Once-weekly Work with a Rebellious Adolescent. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
3(1): 40–48
Rustin, Margaret (1998a) Dialogues with Parents. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 24(2): 233–252
Rustin, Margaret (1998b) Observation, Understanding and Interpretation: The Story of a Supervision. Journal
of Child Psychotherapy, 24(3): 433–448
Rustin, Margaret (1999) The Training of Child Psychotherapists at the Tavistock Clinic: Philosophy and
Practice. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19: 125–141
Rustin, Margaret (2001) The Therapist with her Back to the Wall. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 27(3): 273–284
Rustin, Margaret (2002) Struggles in Becoming a Mother: Reflections from a Clinical and Observational
Standpoint. Infant Observation, 5(1): 7–20
Rustin, Margaret (2005) Further Thoughts on Psychoanalytic Observation. Bulletin of the British
Rustin, Margaret (2007a) Inside and Outside the Consulting Room—Current Dilemmas and Developments in
Analytic Work with Children. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 43
Rustin, Margaret (2007b) Taking Account of Siblings: A View from Child Therapy. Journal of Child
Rustin, Margaret and Coups d’État and Catastrophic Change. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 11: 242–259
Michael (1994)
Rustin, Margaret and Learning to Say Goodbye. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 29(3): 415–428
Michael (2003)
Rustin, Michael (1982) A Socialist Consideration of Kleinian Psychoanalysis. New Left Review, 131: 71–93
Rustin, Michael (1984) Psychoanalysis and Social Justice. Free Associations, 1A: 98–112
Rustin, Michael (1985) The Social Organisation of Secrets: Towards a Sociology of Psychoanalysis.
Rustin, Michael (1987) Psychoanalysis, Philosophical Realism and the New Sociology of Science. Free
Associations, 1J: 102–136
Rustin, Michael (1988) Shifting Paradigms in Psychoanalysis in the 1940s. History Workshop Journal,
26: 133–142
Rustin, Michael (1997) What do we See in the Nursery? Infant Observation as Laboratory Work. Infant
Rustin, Michael (1998) Infant Research and Psychoanalysis. Infant Observation, 1(2): 113–116
Rustin, Michael (2003a) Learning about Emotions: The Tavistock Approach. European Journal of
Psychotherapy, Counselling and Health, 6: 187–208
Rustin Michael (2003b) Research in the Consulting Room. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 29(2): 137–145
Rustin, Michael (2006b) Infant Observation Research: What have we Learned so Far? International Journal of
Infant Observation, 9(1): 35–52
Sacret, J. (2006) Classics Revisited ‘Separation: A Clinical Problem’. (Brenman, E. (1982) British
Safá-Gerard, D. (1996) A Kleinian Approach to Group Therapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
46: 17–192
Safá-Gerard, D. (1998) Bearable and Unbearable Guilt: A Kleinian Perspective. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
57: 351–378

138
Sagan, C. (2002) Teaching Psychiatric Patients: A Psychoanalytic Study. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,

16: 58–73
Sakula, A. (2001) Melanie Klein (1882–1960). Journal of Medical Biography, 9: 11
Salomonson, J.W. (1997) Transference in Child Analysis: A Comparative Reading of Anna Freud and Melanie
Klein. Scandinavian Psychoanalytic Review, 20: 1–19
Salter, L.B. (2003) Ethical Dimensions of Psychoanalytic Interpretations of of Kleinian and Kohutian
Theories. Dissertation Abstracts International, 63 (11-A): 3973
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Resistance in Treatment as a Means of Avoiding Inner Conflict. Journal of Child
(1963) Psychotherapy, 1(1): 26–34
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Extending Fields of Work. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 3(1): 22–30
(1977a)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. The Use of Here and Now Experiences in a Teaching Conference of Psychotherapy
(1978) as a Means of Gaining Insight into the Nature of the Helping Relationship. Journal of
Child Psychotherapy, 4(4): 33–50 [also in Barrows, P.S. (Ed.) (2004): 175–194]
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Assessment for Psychotherapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 8(2): 131–144
(1982)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Ending Therapy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 25: 339–356
(1999)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. The Transition from Home to Nursery School. Infant Observation, 4(2): 23–35
(2001)
Sanchez-Pardo, E. (1998) Melancholia as Constitutive of Male Homosexuality: A Kleinian Approach. Gender
and Psychoanalysis, 3: 47–79
Sanders, K. (1976) A Five-year-old Child and her Grandmother: Therapeutic Encounters in General
Practice. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 4(1): 52–60
Sanders, K. (1978) Shakespeare’s The Winter’s Tale and some Notes on the Analysis of a Present-day
Leontes. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 5: 175–178
Sanders, K. (1981) On Being Unable to Weep. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 17
Sanders, K. (1993) The Economics of Introjective Identification and the Embarrassment of Riches.
Sanders, K. (1998) Meltzer’s Concept of the Psychoanalytical Process and its Development. Journal of
the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 16: 245–256
Sanders, K. (2003) On: Review of Post-Kleinian Psychoanalysis: The Biella Seminars. International Journal of
Sanders. K. (2006) Meltzer and the Influence of Bion. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 22: 347–362
Sandford, B. (1952) An Obsessional Man’s Need to be “Kept”. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
33: 144–152 [also in Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955): 266–281]
Sandford, B. (1955) Some Psychotherapeutic Work in Maternity and Child Welfare Clinics. British
Sandford, B. (1957) Some Notes on a Dying Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 158–165
Sandler, A-M., Klein, H.S. The Self and Childhood: A Kleinian Point of View. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
(1985) 11(2): 31–47
Sandler, J. (1999) A Generative Grammar of Phantasy? Some Thoughts on Hanna Segal’s Paper
(1998a) ‘Phantasy and Reality’. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 35
Sayers, J. (1984) Feminism and Mothering: A Kleinian Perspective. Women’s Studies International
Forum, 7: 237–241
Sayers, J. (1989) Melanie Klein and Mothering: A Feminist Perspective. International Review of
Sayers, J. (1990) Sex, Art and Reparation. Women: A Cultural Review, 1: 135–143
Sayers, J. (2003) Divining Psychoanalysis: Melancholia, Dostoevsky and Kristeva. Women: A Cultural
Review, 14: 1–10

139
Sayers, J. (2004) Healing Æsthetics: Kristeva through Stokes. Theory and Psychology, 14: 777–795
Schafer, R. (1975) Danger Situations. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 11
Schafer, R. (1985) Wild Analysis. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 33: 275–299
Schafer, R. (1991a) A Clinical Critique of the Idea of Resistance. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 27
Schafer, R. (1994a) One Aspect in the Freud-Klein Controversies (1941–1945). International Journal of
Schafer, R. (1994b) The Contemporary Kleinians of London. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 63: 409–432
Schafer, R. (1994c) Commentary: Traditional Freudian and Kleinian Analysis. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
14: 462–475
Schafer, R. (1996) Interpreting Sex. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 16: 502–513
Schafer, R. (1999) Recentring Psychoanalysis: From Heinz Hartmann to the Contemporary British
Kleinians. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 16: 339–364
Schafer, R. (2002) You Can Get Here from There. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 22: 29–42
Schain, J. (1985) Can Klein and Kohut Work Together in a Group? Clinical Social Work Journal,
13: 293–304
Schlachet, P.J. (1997) Eine Kleinian Nachtmusik. Group, 21: 287–290
Schlemenson, A. (2005) An Innovative Approach to the Theory and Practicse of Organizational
Analysis: my Journey with Elliot Jaques. International Journal of Applied
Schmideberg, M. (1930) The Role of Psychotic Mechanisms in Cultural Development. International Journal of
Schmideberg, M. (1931) A Contribution to the Psychology of Persecutory Ideas and Delusions. International
Schmideberg, M. (1933) Some Unconscious Mechanisms in Pathological Sexuality and their Relation to
Normal Sexuality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 14: 225–260
Schmideberg, M. (1934) The Play Analysis of a Three-year-old Girl. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
15: 245–264
Schmideberg, M. (1935a) The Psychoanalysis of Asocial Children. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
16: 22–48
Schmideberg, M. (1935b) Reassurance as a Means of Analytic Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
16: 307–324
Schmideberg, M. (1935c) The Psychological Care of the Baby. Mother and Child, 6: 304–308
Schmideberg, M. (1936) A Note on Suicide. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 17: 1–5
Schmideberg, M. (1938a) Intellectual Inhibition and Disturbances in Eating. International Journal of
Schmideberg, M. (1938b) Bad Habits in Childhood: Their Importance in Development. International Journal of
Schmideberg, M. (1938c) After the Analysis ….. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 7: 122–142
Schmideberg, M. (1938d) The Mode of Operation of Psychoanalytic Therapy. International Journal of
Schmideberg, M. (1939) The Role of Suggestion in Analytic Therapy. Psychoanalytic Review, 26: 219–229
Schmideberg, M. (1940) Anxiety States. Psychoanalytic Review, 27: 439–444
Schmideberg, M. (1946) On Querulance. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 15: 472–502
Schmideberg, M. (1947) Learning to Talk. Psychoanalytic Review, 34: 296–335
Schmideberg, M. (1948a) On Fantasies of Being Beaten. Psychoanalytic Review, 35: 303–308
Schmideberg, M. (1948b) A Note on Claustrophobia. Psychoanalytic Review, 35: 309–311
Schmideberg, M. (1950) Infant Memories and Constructions. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 19: 468–481
Schmideberg, M. (1953a) Some Aspects of Jealousy and Feeling Hurt. Psychoanalytic Review, 40: 1–16

140
Schmideberg, M. (1953b) A Note on Transference. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 34: 199–201

Schmideberg, M. (1956) Delinquent Acts as Perversions and Fetishes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
37: 422–424
Schmideberg, M. (1958) Values and Goals in Psychotherapy. Psychiatric Quarterly, 32: 233–265
Schmideberg. M. (1970) Psychotherapy with Failures of Psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry,
116: 195–200
Schmideberg, M. (1971) A Contribution to the History of the Psychoanalytic Movement in Britain. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 118: 61–68
Schmideberg, M. (1974) My Experience of Psychotherapy. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 6: 121–127
Schneider, M. (1987) Omnipotence and Idealization as Contributory Factors in a Failure to Mourn.
Schnier, J. (1957) The Function and Origin of Form. Journal of Æsthetics and Art Criticism, 16: 66–75
Schoenhals, H. (1994a) Prologue and Epilogue to journal issue on Kleinian Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 14: 319–323 and 476
Schoenhals, H. (1994b) Kleinian Supervision in Germany Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 14: 451–461
Schwartz-Salant, N. (1988) Archetypal Foundations of Projective Identification. Journal of Analytical Psychology,
33: 39–64
Schwenger, P. (2005) Cultures of the Death Drive: Melanie Klein and Modernist Melancholia.
Psychoanalysis, Culture and Society, 10: 222–225
Scott, A. (1988) Unconscious Explanations. History Workshop Journal, 26: 143–152
Scott, A. (1990) Melanie Klein and the Questions of Feminism. Women: A Cultural Review, 1: 127–134
Scott, W.C.M. (1946) A Note on the Psychopathology of Convulsive Phenomena in Manic-depressive
Scott, W.M.C. (1947) On the Intense Affects Encountered in Treating a Severe Manic-Depressive Disorder.
Scott, W.M.C. (1948a) Some Embryological, Neurological, Psychiatric and Psychoanalytic Implications of
the Body Schema. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 29: 141–155
Scott, W.M.C. (1948b) Some Psychodynamic Aspects of Disturbed Perception of Time. British Journal of
Scott, W.M.C. (1948c) Notes on the Psychopathology of Anorexia Nervosa. British Journal of Medical
Scott, W.M.C. (1948d) A Psychoanalytic Concept of the Origin of Depression. British Medical Journal,
21: 538–540 [and in Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955) 39–47]
Scott, W.M.C. (1949) The Body Scheme in Psychotherapy. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 22: 139–150
Scott, W.M.C. (1958) Noise, Speech and Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39: 108–111
Scott, W.M.C. (1960) Depression, Confusion and Multivalence. International Journal of Psychoanalysis
41: 497–503
Scott, W.M.C. (1982) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. Psychiatric Journal, University of Ottawa, 7: 149–157
Scott, W.M.C. (1985) Narcissism, the Body, Phantasy, Fantasy, Internal and External Objects and the
“Body Scheme”. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 3(1): 23–49
Scott, W.M.C. (1987) Differences between the Playroom Used in Child Psychiatric Treatment and in Child
Analysis. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 5(2): 3–17
Scott, W.M.C. (1989) A Note about Adopted Children. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Scott, W.M.C. (1992) Making the Best of a Sad Job. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
10(1): 1–18
Searl, M.N. (1927) Symposium on Child Analysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 8: 377–380
Searl, M.N. (1929a) The Flight to Reality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 10: 280–291
Searl, M.N. (1929b) Danger Situations of the Immature Ego. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
10: 280–291

141
Searl, M.N. (1930) The Role of Ego and Libido in Development. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
11: 125–149
Searl, M.N. (1932) A Note on Depersonalization. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 13: 329–347
Searl, M.N. (1933a) The Psychology of Screaming. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 14: 193–205
Searl, M.N. (1933b) Play, Reality and Aggression. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 14: 310–320
Searl, M.N. (1933c) A Note on Symbols and Early Intellectual Development. International Journal of
Searl, M.N. (1936) Some Queries on Principles of Technique. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
17: 471–493
Sedgwick, E.K. (2007) Melanie Klein and the Difference Affect Makes. South Atlantic Quarterly,
106: 625–642
Sedgwick, J.M. (2001) Emily Dickinson’s Grotesque: Ambivalent Interactions with Uncertainty. Dissertation
Abstract, Warwick University
Segal, H. (1950) Some Aspects of the Analysis of a Schizophrenic. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis 31: 268–278 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 101–120 and in Spillius, E.B.
(1988b): 96–114]
Segal, H. (1952) A Psychoanalytical Approach to Æsthetics. International Journal of Psychoanalysis
33: 196–207 [also in Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955) 384–405 rep. 1977 London: Karnac,
in Segal, H. (1981a): 185–206 and in Gosso, S. (2004a): 42–61]
Segal, H. (1953) A Necrophilic Phantasy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 34: 98–101 [also in
Segal, H. (1981a): 165–172]
Segal, H. (1954) A Note on Schizoid Mechanisms Underlying Phobia Formation. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis 35: 238–241 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 137–144]
Segal, H. (1956) Depression in the Schizophrenic. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 37: 339–343
[also in Segal, H. (1981a): 121–130 and Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 52–60]
Segal, H. (1957) Notes on Symbol Formation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis 38: 391–397. [also
in Segal, H. (1981a): 49–60, in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 160–177 and in Furman, A.C.,
Levy, S.T. (Eds.) (2003): 143–156
Segal, H. (1958) Fear of Death: Notes on the Analysis of an Old Man. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis 39: 178–181 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 173–182]
Segal, H. (1961) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. British Journal of Psychology, 52: 1–2
Segal, H. (1962) The Curative Factors in Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
43: 212–217 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 69–80]
Segal, H. (1964b) Phantasy and other Mental Processes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45: 191–194 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 41–48]
Segal, H. (1969) On the Acting-out of a Catastrophic Situation. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 5
Segal, H. (1972a) Role of Child Analysis in the General Psychoanalytic Training. International Journal
Segal, H. (1972b) A Delusional System as a Defence Against the Re-emergence of a Catastrophic
Situation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 53: 393–400
Segal, H. (1972d) A Note on Internal Objects. (À Propos des Objets Internes) Nouvelle Revue de
Psychanalyse, 6: 153–157 [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 159–164]
Segal, H. (1973) Atypical Dreams. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Segal, H. (1974) Delusion and Artistic Creativity: Some Reflections on Reading The Spire by
William Golding. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 1: 135–141 [also in Segal, H.
(1981a): 137–144 and Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 249–258]
Segal, H. (1977a) Psychoanalytic Dialogue: Kleinian Theory Today. Journal of the American
Segal, H. (1977b) Countertransference. International Journal of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 6: 31–37
[also in Segal, H. (1981a): 81–88]

142
Segal, H. (1978a) Psychoanalysis and Freedom of Thought. (Inaugural Lecture, Freud Memorial
Visiting Professor of Psychoanalysis, University College, London. [published
London: H.K. Lewis [also in Segal, H. (1981a): 217–229]
Segal, H. (1978b) On Symbolism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 55: 315–319 [and in Segal, H.
(1997): 41–48]
Segal, H. (1980) Bion’s Clinical Contributions 1950–1965. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 16
Segal, H. (1982) Early Infantile Development as Reflected in the Psychoanalytical Process: Steps
in Integration. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63: 15–21 [and in Segal, H.
(1997): 64–74]
Segal, H. (1983) Some Clinical Implications of Melanie Klein’s Work—Emergence from Narcissism.
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 269–275 [also in Segal, H. (1997): 75–85]
Segal, H. (1984) Joseph Conrad and the Mid-life Crisis. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 11: 3–8
[and in Segal, H. (1997): 123–132]
Segal, H. (1987a) What is Therapeutic and Counter-therapeutic in Psychoanalysis? Bulletin of the
Segal, H. (1987b) Silence is the Real Crime. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 3–12 [and in
Segal, H. (1997): 143–156]
Segal, H. (1988) Sweating it Out. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 43: 167–175 [published as
“Termination—Sweating it Out” In Segal, H. (1997): 103–110]
Segal, H. (1990a) Some Comments on the Alexander Technique. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19: 409–414
Segal, H. (1990b) What is an Object?: The Role of Perception. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis
Federation, 35
Segal, H. (1992a) The Achievement of Ambivalence. Common Knowledge, 1: 92–104
Segal, H. (1993a) On the Clinical Usefulness of the Concept of the Death Instinct. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 74: 55–61 [and in Segal, H. (1997): 17–26]
Segal, H. (1994a) Phantasy and Reality, International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 359–401 [also in
Segal, H. (1997): 27–40 and in Schafer, R. (1997): 75–96]
Segal, H. (1994c) Salman Rushdie and the Sea of Stories. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 611–618 [and in Segal, H. (1997): 133–142]
Segal, H. (1998b) The Importance of Symbol Formation in the Development of the Ego’ in Context.
Segal, H. (2001d) “Interpretation des Rêves” Cent Ans après. Journal de las Psychoanalyse de l’Enfant,
28: Translated “Interpretation of Dreams—100 Years on”. [also in Segal, H.
(2007): 14–24]
Segal, H. (2006) Reflections on Truth, Tradition and the Psychoanalytic Tradition on Truth. American
Imago, 63: 283–292 [and in Segal, H. (2007): 69–78
Segal, H., Britton, R. Interpretation and Primitive Psychic Process: A Kleinian View. Psychoanalytic
(1981) Inquiry, 1: 267–268
Segal, H., Roth, P (1990) How Theory Shapes Technique: A Kleinian View. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 10: 541–549
Segal, H., Steiner, R. (1987) H.A. Rosenfeld (1910–1986) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 68: 415–419
Segal, J. (1998) The Role of a Parent’s Illness in the Emotional Experience of a Child: Evidence from
Melanie Klein’s Narrative of a Child Analysis. Psychodynamic Counselling, 4: 487–504
Segal, J. (2003) Your Feelings or Mine? Projective Identification in a Context of Counselling
Families Living with Multiple Sclerosis. Psychodynamic Practice: Individuals, Groups
and Organisations, 9: 153–171
Segal, L. (2004) Keeping the Faith. History Workshop Journal, 58: 348–352
Segall, A. (2006) After (Teacher) Education: Review of After-Education: Anna Freud, Melanie Klein
and Psychoanalytic Histories of Learning. Journal of Teacher Education, 54: 686–692

143
Seiguer, G.H. (1990) Omnipotence in the Works of Melanie Klein. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Seligman, S. (1999) Integrating Kleinian Theory and Intersubjective Infant Research: Observing P.I.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 9: 129–160
Seligman, S. (2006) The Analyst’s Theoretical Persuasion and the Construction of a Conscientious
Analysis: Commentary on Liekerman, M. (2006). Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
16: 397–405
Seligman, S., Slavin, M.O. On the Interface of Kleinian and Intersubjective Approaches to a Clinical Case.
(2006) Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 363–364
Shaskar, D.A., Blank, L., New Directions in Group Psychotherapy. International Journal of Social Psychiatry,
(1958) 4: 134–139
Silverman, D.K. (1987) Female Bonding: Some Supportive Findings for Melanie Klein’s Views.
Psychoanalytical Review, 74: 201–215
Silverman, R.C., Negative Maternal Attributions, Projective Identification and Intergenerational
Lieberman, A.F. (1999) Transmission of Violent Relational Patterns. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 9: 161–166
Sinason, V. (1989) Mrs. Klein Revisited. Tavistock Review, 24: 17–20
Sirois, F.J. (2008) Æsthetic Experience. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 127–142
Skubal. S. (1999) Word of Mouth: Foor and Fiction after Freud. Dissertation Abstract, University of
Wisconsin, Milwaukee
Slater, B. (1994) Man’s History of Himself as Space: Adrian Stokes Art, Life and Psychoanalysis in
the Writings up to 1951. Dissertation Abstract, Reading University
Slavin, M.O. (2006) How a Kleinian Analysis also Tells a Relational and Intersubjective
Story: Commentary on Liekerman, M. (2006). Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16: 387–396
Smith, H.F. (2003) Analysis of Transference: A North American Perspective. International Journal of
Smith, H.F. (2008) Vicious Circles of Punishment: A Reading of Melanie Klein’s Envy and Gratitude.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 77: 199–218 [also in Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.)
(2008): 211–227]
Snelling, D. (1997) Philosophy, Psychoanalysis and the Origins of Meaning. Dissertation Abstract,
University of London, Birkbeck
Snowden, N.H. (1992) The Origins of Object Relations Theory in Freud, Abraham, Klein and Fairbairn.
Dissertation Abstract, California School of Professional Psychology.
Sodré, I. (1994a) Deciphering, Discovering and Imagining. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalytical
Federation, 43: 30–34
Sodré, I. (1994b) Obsessional Certainty versus Obsessional Doubt: From 2 to 3. Psychoanalytical
Inquiry, 14: 379–392 [also in Schafer, R. (1997): 262–278]
Sodré, I. (2002) Certainty and Doubt: Transparency and Opacity of the Object. Bulletin of the British
Sohn, L. (1973) Analytic Experiences with Anorexic Patients. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 9
Sohn, L. (1978) Working Through. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 14
Sohn, L. (1980) Inability to Feel Loss. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 16
Sohn, L. (1981) Clinical Notes on Empathy. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 17
Sohn, L. (1983) Nostalgia. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 203–211
Sohn, L. (1985a) Narcissistic Organization, Projective Identification and the Formation of the
Identificate. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 66: 201–213 [also in Spillius, E.B.
(1988a): 271–292]
Sohn, L. (1985b) Anorexic and Bulimic States of Mind in the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Anorexic/
Bulimic Patients and Psychotic Patients. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1(2): 49–55

144
Sohn, L. (1988) Origins of Transference and Resultant Varieties of Interpretation. Bulletin of the
Sohn, L. (1995) Unprovoked Assaults: Making Sense of Apparently Random Violence. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 565–575 [also in Bell, D. (Ed.) 1997: 57–74]
Sohn, L. (2003) Working with Disturbed and Disturbing Patients. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 39
Sohn, L. (2006) Condescension, Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 42
Sokol, B.J. (1986) Lolita and Kleinian Analysis. Free Associations, 1E: 7–21
Souder, J.K. (1988) Projective Identification: Comparison of Four Views. Dissertation Abstract, Biola
University School of Psychology
Spielman, R. (2006) Continuity and Change in the Post-Kleinian Evolution in London: Clinical Work of
John Steiner, Ronald Britton and Michael Feldman (1988–2004). International Journal
Spillius, E.B. (1973) Anorexia in Analysis. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 9
Spillius, E.B. (1976) Hospital and Society. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 49: 97–140 [rep. in modified
form as ‘Asylum and Society’ in Trist, E., Murray, H. (Eds.) (1990) The Social
Engagement of Social Science. Vol. 1 Socio-Psychological Perspective: 586–612. London: Free
Association Books.
Spillius, E.B. (1980) Clinical Reflections on the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. Bulletin of the European
Psychoanalytic Federation, 15: 31–39
Spillius, E.B. (1983) Some Developments from the Work of Melanie Klein. International Journal of
Spillius, E.B. (1989) On Kleinian Language. Free Associations, 18: 90–110
Spillius, E.B. (1992b) Two Ways of Experiencing Envy. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 28
Spillius, E.B. (1993a) Varieties of Envious Experience. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 1199–1212
[also in Schafer, R. (1997): 143–170 and in Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 140–162]
Spillius, E.B. (1994a) Developments in Kleinian Thought: Overview and Personal View. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 14: 324–364
Spillius, E.B. (1994b) On Formulating Clinical Fact to the Patient. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
75: 1121–1132
Spillius, E.B. (2001) Freud and Klein on the Concept of Phantasy. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
82: 361–373 [also in.Bronstein, C. (2001(a): 17–31 and in Spillius, E.B.
(2007a): 163–182]
Spillius, E.B. (2002b) Understanding Oneself and Being Understood: Experiences of Supervising
Psychoanalysts and Psycho-therapists. Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis
Federation, 56
Spillius, E.B. (2002c) A Brief Introduction to the Concept of Projective Identification. Bulletin of the
Spillius, E.B. (2003) Anthropology and Psychoanalysis: A Personal Concordance. Bulletin of the British
Psychoanalytic Society, 39 [also in Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 7–24]
Spillius, E.B, (2004) Melanie Klein Revisited: Her Unpublished Thoughts on Technique. Bulletin of the
British Psychoanalytic Society, 40 [also in Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 67–86]
Spillius, E.B. (2005) Projective Identification: Back to the Future. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 41 [also in Sociological Review 55: 658–667 (2005) and in Spillius, E.B.
(2007a): 106–126]
Spillius, E.B. (2007g) On the Influence of Horney’s “Problem of the Negative Therapeutic Reaction”.
Springett, J. (2003) Religious Fundamentalism and Primitive Objective Processes. Psychoanalytic
Stadlen, W. (2004) Mothers at the Cutting Edge of Science. Counselling and Psychotherapy Journal,
15(6): 5–7

145
Steele, J.R. (2001) The Psychological Role of the Father: A Theoretical Dissertation. Dissertation
Stein, R. (1990) A New Look at the Theory of Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
71: 499–511
Steiner, J. (1979) The Border between the Paranoid-Schizoid and the Depressive Positions in the
Borderline Patient: British Journal of Medical Psychology, 52: 385–391
Steiner, J. (1982a) Perverse Relationships between Parts of the Self: A Clinical Illustration. International
Steiner, J. (1984) Some Reflections on the Analysis of Transference: A Kleinian View. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 4: 443–463
Steiner, J. (1985a) Turning a Blind Eye: The Cover Up for Œdipus. International Review of
Psychoanalysis, 12: 161–172 [also in Bell, D. (2004c): 86–102]
Steiner, J. (1985b) The Training of Psychoanalysts. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 1(1): 56–63
Steiner, J. (1987) The Interplay between Pathological Organizations and the Paranoid-schizoid
and Depressive Positions. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 68: 69–80 [also in
Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 324–342 and Schafer, R. (1997): 195–220]
Steiner, J. (1989b) The Aim of Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4(2): 109–120
Steiner, J. (1989c) The Psychoanalytic Contribution of Herbert Rosenfeld. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (1990a) Pathological Organisations as Obstacles to Mourning. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (1991a) The Retreat from Truth to Omnipotence in Sophocles Œdipus at Colonus. International
Steiner, J. (1991b) A Psychotic Organisation of the Personality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
72: 201–207
Steiner, J. (1994) Patient-Centred and Analyst-Centred Interpretations: Some Indications of
Containment and Counter-transference. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 14: 406–422
Steiner, J. (1995) The Influence of Henri Rey’s Work. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 145–148
Steiner, J. (1996a) Revenge and Resentment in the Œdipal Situation. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (1996b) The Aim of Psychoanalysis in Theory and Practice. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (1997a) What Do Psychoanalysts Want?: The Problem of Aims in Psychoanalytic Therapy.
Steiner, J. (1997c) Some Thoughts on The Women of Trachis. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 33
Steiner, J. (1999a) The Work of Hanna Segal. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 35
Steiner, J. (1999b) The Struggle for Dominance in the Œdipal Situation. Canadian Journal of
Steiner, J. (2004b) Gaze, Domination and Humiliation in the Schreber Case. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (2005) The Conflict between Mourning and Melancholia. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
74: 83–104
Steiner, J. (2006a) Interpretive Enactments and the Analytic Setting. International Journal of
Steiner, J. (2006b) Seeing and Being Seen: Narcissistic Pride and Narcissistic Humiliation. International
Steiner, J. (2007) Transference: Now and Then. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 43
Steiner, J. (2008c) Transference to the Analyst as an Excluded Observer. International Journal of

146
Steiner, J., Britton, R. (1994) Interpretation: Selected Fact or Overvalued Fact. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 30
Steiner, M.D. (1989) The Internal Family and the Facts of Life. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4(1): 31–42
Steiner, R. (1981) Psychoanalysis: Lacan Analysis or Lack-of-Analysis. Bulletin of the British
Steiner, R. (1985) Some Thoughts about Tradition and Change Arising from an Examination of the
British Psychoanalytic Society’s Controversial Discussions. International Review of
Steiner, R. (1986a) Responsibility as a Way of Hope in the Nuclear Era: Some Notes on F.Fornari’s
Psychoanalysis of War. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2: 75–82
Steiner, R. (1986b) Herbert A. Rosenfeld (1910–1986). Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2: 263–265
Steiner, R. (1987) A World Wide International Trade Mark of Genuineness? Some Observations on
the History of the English Translation of Sigmund Freud, Focusing Mainly on his
Technical Terms. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 33–102
Steiner, R. (1988a) “Paths to Xanadu …”: Some Notes on the Development of Dream Displacement
and Condensation in Sigmund Freud’s Interpretation of Dreams. International Review
Steiner, R. (1989a) On Narcissism: The Kleinian Approach. Psychiatric Clinics of North America,
12: 741–770
Steiner, R. (1989b) It’s a New Kind of Diaspora ..International Review of Psychoanalysis, 16: 35–78
Steiner, R. (1991) To Explain our View to English Readers in English Words. International Review of
Steiner, R. (1993) Here and Now and Here and How Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 29
Steiner, R. (1994c) In Vienna Veritas ….. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 511–583
Steiner, R. (1994d) ‘The Tower of Babel’ or ‘After Babel in Contemporary Psychoanalysis’? International
Steiner, R. (1994e) Some Observations on the Role Played by Extra-analytical Variables in the
Theoretical and Clinical Issues of the Freud-Klein Controversial Discussions
(1941–1944) and their Relevance Today. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 30
Steiner, R. (1995a) Hermeneutics or Hermes-ness? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 435–446
Steiner, R. (1995b) ‘Et in Arcadia Egoa …?’: Some Notes on Methodological Issues in the Use of
Psychoanalytic Documents and Archives. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
76: 739–758
Steiner, R. (1995c) A Personal Appreciation of the Cultural and Theoretical Applications of Hanna
Segal’s Approach to Creativity and Æsthetics. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic
Society, 31
Steiner, R. (1997) The Future as Nostalgia. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 33
Steiner, R. (1999) Who Influenced Whom? And How?: A Brief Series of Notes on E. Weiss, M.
Klein (and I. Svevo) and the So-called ‘Origins’ of ‘Projection and Introjection
Identification’. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 367–375
Steiner, R. (2004) S. Isaacs (1885–1948) Yesterday or Today? A Short Reminder of her Work. Bulletin of
Stephen, A. (1949) The Superego and other Internal Objects. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
27: 52–59
Stephen, K. (1934) Introjection and Projection: Guilt and Rage. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
14: 316–331
Stephen, M. (1998a) Devouring the Mother: A Kleinian Perspective on Necrophagia and Corpse Abuse.
Ethos, 26: 387–409
Stephen, M. (1998b) Consuming the Dead: Perspective on Death Rituals Cross-culturally. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis 79: 1173–1194

147
Stephen, M. (1999) Witchcraft, Grief and the Ambivalence of Emotions. American Ethnologist,
25: 711–737
Stephen, M. (2000) Reparation and the Gift. Ethos, 28: 119–146
Stephen, M. (2003) Male Mothers and Cannibal Women: A Kleinian Interpretation of Male Initiiation in
New Guinea. Psychoanalytic Review, 90: 615–653
Stiers, M.J. (1987) A Kleinian Approach to Group Development. Group, 11: 67–77
Stoeri, J.H. (1983) The Assessment of Envy and its Relationship to Personality and Therapeutic
Outcome. Dissertation Abstracts International, 43(7-B)
Stokes, A. (1945) Concerning Art and Metapsychology. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
26: 177–179
Stokes, A. (1952) Form in Art. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 225–234 [also in Klein, M.
(et al) (Eds.) (1955): 406–421]
Stokes, A. (1957) Listening to Clichés and Individual Words. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
38: 412–418
Stokes, A. (1960) A Game that must be Lost. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41: 70–76
Stokes, A. (1962) On Resignation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43: 175–181
Stokes, A. (1966) On Being Taken out of Oneself. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 47: 523–530
Stokes, A. (1974a) Primary Process, Thinking and Art. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10: 327–341
Stokes, A. (1974b) Psychoanalysis and Our Culture. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10: 469–482
Storch, M. (1988) The Death of the Mother in Sons and Lovers. Journal of the Melanie Klein Societyand
Strachey, A. (1941) A Note on the Use of the Word ‘Internal’. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
22: 37–43
Strachey, J. (1930) Some Unconscious Factors in Reading. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
11: 322–331
Strachey, J. (1934) The Nature of the Therapeutic Action of Psychoanalysis. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 15: 127–159 rep. 1969 International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
50: 275–292
Strachey, J. (1937) Contribution to a Symposium on the Theory of the Therapeutic Results of
Psychoanalysis, International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 18: 139–145
Strachey, J. (1939) Preliminary Notes upon the Problem of Akhnaton. International Journal of
Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary: Joan Riviere. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44: 228–235
Strenger, C. (1997) Further Remarks on the Classic and the Romantic Visions in Psychoanalysis: Klein,
Winnicott and Ethics. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought, 20: 207–243
Summers, F. (2005) Therapeutic Action, Epistomology and the Ethic of Psychoanalysis. Journal of Applied
Sussal, C.M. (1998) A Kleinian Analysis of Homophobia. Smith College Studies in Social Work, 68: 203–214
Swinburne, M. (2000) “Home is Where the Hate is”. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 14: 223–238
Symington, J. (1983) Crisis and Survival in Infancy. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 9: 25–32
Symington, J. (1985a) The Establishment of Female Genital Sexuality. Free Associations, 1: 57–75
Symington, J. (1985b) The Survival Function of Primitive Omnipotence. International Journal of
Symington, J. (1988) The Analysis of a Mentally Handicapped Youth. International Review of
Symington, J. (1997a) On Rejection: The Little Obsessional Alchemist. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
23: 265–278
Szollosy, M. (2002) Surviving our Paradoxes: The Psychoanalysis and Literature of Uncertainty.
Dissertation Abstract, Sheffield University

148
Szur, R. (1970) Acting-out: Some Notes on Work with an Adolescent Girl and a Boy in the Latency
Period. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(4): 23–38
Szur, R. (1976) Psychotherapy with a Young in-Patient with Dystoria. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
4(1): 80–92
Szur, R., Hignett, E.C. Portraits of Mrs. Bick and Mrs. Klein. Tavistock Gazette, 10: 5–6
(1983)
Tabbia, C. (2005) The Last Supervision. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 451–453
Tarnopolsky, A. (1995) Understanding Countertransference. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 185–194
Tarnopolsky, A. (2000) Normal and Pathological Mourning: A Kleinian Interpretation of Verdi and
Rigoletto. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 8: 19–40
Taylor, D. (1983) Some Observations on Hallucinations: Clinical Applications of Developments of
Melanie Klein’s Work. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 299–308
Taylor, D. (1991) Early Object Relations and Development of Meaning: Initial Consideration.
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1970) On Projective Identification. Bulletin of the British
Taylor, J.N. (1959) A Note on the Splitting of Interpretations. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
40: 295–296
Thieberger, J. (1991) The Concept of Reparation in Melanie Klein’s Writing. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Thorner, H.A. (1938) The Mode of Suicide as a Manifestation of Phantasy. British Journal of Medical
Thorner, H.A. (1948) The Treatment of Psychoneurosis in the British Army. International Journal of
Thorner, H.A. (1951) Notes on a Case of Male Homosexuality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
30: 31–35
Thorner, H.A. (1954a) Examination Anxiety without Examination. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
33: 153–159 [also in Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) (1955): 384–407]
Thorner, H.A. (1954b) The Criteria for Progress in a Patient during Analysis. International Journal of
Thorner, H.A. (1965) Cause or Reason. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 1
Thorner, H.A. (1968) Observations on a Trend in the Theory of Psychoanalysis. Bulletin of the British
Thorner, H.A. (1970) On Compulsive Eating. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 14: 321–325
Thorner, H.A. (1981b) Either/or: A Contribution to the Problem of Synbolisation and Sublimation
Thorner, H.A. (1984) On Repetition: Its Relationship to the Depressive Position. International Journal of
Todd, S. (2001) Guilt, Suffering and Responsibility. Journal of Philosophy and Education, 35: 597–614
Tuckett, D. (1999) A Brief View of Herbert Rosenfeld’s Contribution to the Theory of Psychoanalytic
Techniques. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 70: 619–625
Turner, C.E.M. (1948) An Interpretation of Play Therapy by the Psychosomatic of Family Sexuality. Journal
of Mental Science, XCIV: 718–732
Tustin, F. (1963) Two Drawings Occurring in the Analysis of a Latency Child. Journal of Child
Tustin, F. (1966) A Significant Element in the Development of Autism: A Psychoanalytic Approach.
Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 7: 53–67
Tustin, F. (1967) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Autistic Children. Journal of the British
Association of Psychotherapists, 7: 32–39
Tustin, F. (1969) Autistic Processes. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 2(3): 23–42
Tustin, F. (1978) Psychotic Elements in the Neurotic Disorders of Children. Journal of Child

149
Tustin, F. (1982) I-ness. Bulletin of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 13: 17–36
Tustin, F. (1983) Thoughts on Autism with Special Reference to a Paper by Melanie Klein. Journal of
Tustin, F. (1984) The Growth of Understanding, Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 10(2): 137–149
Tustin, F. (1985) Autistic Shapes. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 11: 279–290
Tustin, F. (1988a) The ‘Black Hole’—a Significant Element in Autism. Free Associations, 11: 35–50
Tustin, F. (1988b) Psychotherapy with Children who Cannot Play. International Review of
Tustin, F. (1991a) Revised Understandings of Psychogenic Autism. International Journal of
Tustin, F. (1994a) The Perpetuation of an Error. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 20(1): 3–23
Tustin, F. (1994b) Autistic Children who are Assessed as not Brain-damaged. Journal of Child
Twemlow, S.W. (2005) Elliott Jaques on the Life and Behaviour of Living Organisms. International Journal of
Tylim, I. (1996) Psychoanalysis in Argentina: A Couch with a View. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
6: 713–727
Unwin, C. (2006) Notes on Unintegration and Integration from Historical and Developmental
Perspective. Journal pf Child Psychotherapy, 32: 193–213
Urban, E. (1992) The Primary Self and Related Concepts in Jung, Klein and Isaacs. Journal of
Van Buren, J. (1993) Mother-Infant Semiotics: Intuition and the Development of Human Subjectivity—
Klein/Lacan: Fantasy and Meaning. Journal of American Academy of Psychoanalysis
and Dynamic Psychiatry 21: 567–580
Vaquer, F. (1989) A Note on Envy. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 7(1): 4–11
Villejo, R.E. (1997) Insights on Envy: A Kleinian Anallysis of Shakespeare’s Othello. Journal of the
Viner, R. (1996) Melanie Klein, Anna Freud and the Discourse of the Early Dispute. Journal of the
History of Behavioural Science, 32: 4–15
Vitz, P.C., Mango, P. (1997) Kleinian Psychodynamics: Religious Aspects of Hatred as a Defense Mechanism.
Journal of Psychology and Theology, 25: 64–71
Vorus, N. (1998) The Concept of Phantasy in Psychoanalysis: An Examination of the Place of Reality
in the Freud-Klein Controversies. Dissertation Abstract, New York City University
Vorus, N. (2003) Disquieting Phantasy: Klein-Freud Controversies. Psychoanalytic Review, 90: 63–99
Vorus, N. (2006) Central Concepts of the Freud-Klein Debates. Infant, Child and Adolescent
Waddell, M. (1986) Concepts of the Inner World in George Eliot’s Work. Journal of Child Psychotherapy,
12(2): 109–124
Waddell, M. (1988a) Kleinian and post-Kleinian Theory: Infant Observation Practice. British Journal of
Waddell, M. (1988b) Modes of Thought: A Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
5: 192–199
Waddell, M. (1989a) Gender Identity—Fifty Years on from Freud. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
5: 381–289
Waddell, M. (1989b) Living in Two Worlds: Psychodynamic Theory and Social Work Practice. Free
Waddell, M. (1990a) Experience and Identification in George Eliot’s Novels. Free Associations, 17: 7–27
Waddell, M. (1990b) Growing Up. Free Associations, 17: 90–105
Waddell, M. (1991) The Vale of Soul-making: Psychotherapy and the Growth of the Mind. British Journal
of Psychotherapy, 7: 392–405

150
Waddell, M. (1995) Psychoanalysis and Feminism. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 12: 81–84
Waddell, M. (1999) On Ideas of the “Good” and the “Ideal” in George Eliot’s Novels and Post-Kleinian
Thought. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39: 271–286
Waddell. M. (2000a) Only Connect: Developmental Issues from Early to Late Life. Psychoanalytic
Waddell, M. (2001) Perverse States of Mind in Adolescence. Journal of the British Association of
Pstchotherapists, 39: 152–165
Waddell, M. (2002) The Assessment of Adolescents: Preconceptions and Realizations. Journal of Child
Waddell, M. (2003) Turning into One’s own Œdipus Complex in Late Adolescence. Journal of Child
Waddell, M. (2005) The Ætiology of an Idea: Observing Development. Bulletin of the British
Waddell, M. (2006a) Infant Observation in Britain: The Tavistock Approach. International Journal of
Waddell, M. (2006b) Narcissism: An Adolescent Disorder? Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 32: 21–34
Waddell, M. (2006c) Integration, Unintegration And Disintegration: An Introduction. Journal of Child
Waddell, M. (2007) From Resemblance to Identity: The Internal Narrative of the Fifty-minute Hour.
Waddell, M. (undated) Living in Two Worlds: Psychodynamic Theory and Social Work Practice. [www.//
http@human-nature viewed August 6, 2008]
Waddell, M., Williams, G. Reflections on Perverse States of Mind. Free Associations, 22(2): 203–213
(1991)
Walker-Kennedy, S. (1988) Autism from a Freudian and a Kleinian Point of View. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Wallerstein, R.S. (1990) Psychoanalysis: The Common Ground. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71: 3–20
Warshaw, S.C. (1994) Whatever Happened to Kleinian Child Analysis? Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy,
11: 401–406
Waska, R. (1998) Hate, Dislike and Disinterest. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
16(2): 389–405
Waska, R. (1999a) Clinical Impressions of Kleinian Theory to Interpretation. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Waska, R.T. (1999b) Projective Identification, Countertransference and the Struggle for Understanding
over Acting out. Journal of Psychotherapeutic Practice and Research, 8: 155–162
Waska, R.T. (1999c) Projective Identification, Self-Disclosure and the Patient’s View of the Object: The
Need for Flexibility. Journal of Psychotherapeutic Pracrice and Research, 8: 225–233
Waska, R.T. (2001a) Schizoid Anxiety: A Reappraisal of the Manic Defense and the Depressive Position.
Waska, R. (2001b) Some Thoughts on “Mrs. Klein”: A Theater Review from a Psychoanalytic
Perspective. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 10: 275–278
Waska, R. (2002a) Fragmentation, Persecution and Primitive Guilt: Clinical and Theoretical Issues
with Psychotic Patients. Psychodynamic Practice: Individuals, Groups and Organisations,
8: 147–162
Waska, R. (2003) Greed, Idealization and the Paranoid-Schizoid Experience of Insatiability.
Waska, R. (2004a) Greed and the Frightening Rumble of Psychic Hunger. American Journal of
Waska, R. (2005a) A Case Study of Borderline Anxiety and the Process of Analytical Transformation.

151
Waska, R. (2006a) Addictions and the Quest to Control the Object. American Journal of Psychoanalysis,
66: 1–43
Waska, R. (2006b) The Analyst as Translator: Failures and Successes. Psychoanalytic Social Work,
3: 43–65
Waska, R. (2007b) When Patients Face the Dual Threat of Depression and Paranoid Phantasies.
Waska, R. (2008a) A Kleinian View of Psychoanalytic Couples Therapy. Part 1 Psychoanalytic
Waska, R. (2008b) A Kleinian View of Psychoanalytic Couples Therapy. Part 2 Psychoanalytic
Waska, R. (2008c) Session-by-Session Report of Low-Frequency Kleinian Psychoanalysis: Establishing
Analytic Contact with a Borderline Patient. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic,
72: 85–108
Watts, D.W. (1986) Creativity and Catharsis: The Psychoanalytic Perspective of Melanie Klein.
Dissertation Abstract, University of Alberta.
Watts. S.C. (1993) Investigation into the Psyches of Serial Killers: A Kleinian Perspective. Dissertation
Abstract, Toronto University.
Weininger, D.E. (2001) Sociocultural and Historical Factors that Support Kleinian Theory in the Bay Area,
California. Dissertation Abstracts International 61(9-A): 3469
Weininger, O. (1983) Equivalence, Substitution and Symbolization. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and
Weininger, O. (1985) Secrets. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 3(1): 108–118
Weininger, O. (1987) Electively Mute Children: A Therapeutic Approach. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Weininger, O. (1988) Mourning as Reflected in The Wonderful Wizard of Oz. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Weininger, O., Harris, R.J. On Primary Masochism. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations,
(1983) 1(2): 54–62
Weisberg, J. (1994) Linking Theory to Practice: Melanie Klein and the Relational Revolution.
International Journal of Communicative Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy, 9: 77–84.
Weisel-Barth, J. (2008) Analyst Envy in Working with an Artist: Four Scenes. Psychoanalytic Dialogues,
18: 735–757
West, M. (2004) Identity, Narcissism and the Emotional Core. Journal of Psychoanalytical Psychology,
49: 521–551
Westlund, J. (1988) Some Problems with Klein’s Theory of Reparations. Journal of the Melanie Klein
White, J. (2008) Pluralism in Contemporary Psychoanalysis: Theory and Practice. British Journal of
Whitehead, C.C. (1975) Additional Aspects of the Freudian-Kleinian Controversy: Towards a
Psychoanalysis of Psychoanalysis. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 56: 383–396
Whyte, R. (1991) Symbolism in a Group. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 6: 133–142
Whyte-Earnshaw, C.E. Towards the Articulation of Kleinian Social Theory. Journal of the Melanie Klein
(1994) Society and Object Relations, 12(1): 59–83
Wiebe, M.L. (1994) The Inner World of a Troubled Child: An Art Therapy Case Study involving a
12-year-old Boy with a History of Early Abuse. Dissertation Abstract, Concordia
University, Canada
Wieland, C. (2003) Ordinary People and Extra-ordinary Protections: A Post-Kleinian Approach to the
Treatment of Primitive Mental States. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 17: 269–273
Williams, A. Hyatt (1960) A Psychoanalytic Approach to the Treatment of a Murderer. International Journal of

152
Williams, A. Hyatt (1970) Report on the Psychoanalysis of a Convicted Murderer. Bulletin of the British
Williams, A. Hyatt (1972) Where Crime Begins . Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 8
Williams, A. Hyatt (1977) Depression, Deviation and Acting-out. Journal of Adolescence, 1: 309–317
Williams, A. Hyatt (1980) Some Ideas on a Case of Stealing. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 16
Williams, A. Hyatt (1981) Adolescence, Violence and Crime. Journal of Adolescence, 5: 125–134
Williams, A. Hyatt (1986) The Ancient Mariner: Opium, the Saboteur of Self Therapy. Free Associations,
6: 123–144
Williams, A. Hyatt (1989) Choice of Victim: Further Ideas. Free Associations, 1R: 113–114
Williams, G. (1991a) Reflections on the Process of Internalisation. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 17(2): 3–14
Williams, G. (1999) On Different Introjective Processes and the Hypothesis of an “Omega Function”.
Williams, M. Harris (1994) A Man of Achievement: Sophocles’ Œdipus. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
11: 232–241
Williams, M. Harris (1997a) Inspiration: A Psychoanalytic and Æsthetic Concept. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
14: 33–43
Williams, M. Harris (1998) The Æsthetic Perspective in the Work of Donald Meltzer. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Williams, M. Harris (1999) Psychoanalysis: An Art or a Science?—a Review of the Implications of the Theory of
Bion and Meltzer. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 16: 127–135
Williams, M. Harris (2003) Conversations with Internal Objects: Family and Narrative Structure in Homer’s
Odyssey. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 20: 209–225
Williams. M. Harris (2004) Obituary: Donald Meltzer. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 329–330
Williams, M. Harris (2005a) The Three Vertices: Science, Art and Religion. British Journal of Psychotherapy,
21: 429–441
Willoughby, R. (2001a) “The Dungeon of Thyself”—the Claustrum as Pathological Container. International
Willoughby, R. (2001b) The Petrified Self: Esther Bick and her Membership Paper. British Journal of
Willoughby, R. (2004) Between the Basic Fault and Second Skin. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
85: 179–196
Wilson, S. (1981) Hans Andersen’s Nightingale. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 7: 483–486
Wilson, S. (1985) Character Development in Daniel Deronda: A Psychoanalytic View. International
Wilson, S. (2005) My Donald Meltzer. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 21: 446–449
Winnicott, D.W. (1941) The Observation of Infants in a Set Situation. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
22: 229–249
Winnicott, D.W. (1945) Primitive Emotional Development. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 26: 137–142
Wisdom, J.O. (1963) Mid-Century Developments with Psychoanalytic Therapy. British Journal of
Philosophy of Science, XIV: 54–63
Wisdom, J.O. (1984) What is Left of Psychoanalytic Theory? International Review of Psychoanalysis,
11: 313–326
Wollheim, R. (1982) The Bodily Ego. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 18
Wollheim, R. (1983) Melanie Klein. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 19
Wollheim, R. (2005) On the Freudian Unconscious. Bulletin of the British Psychoanalytic Society, 41
Woodward, K. (1988) Kleinian Theory and Representation of the Aging Body. Journal of the Melanie Klein
Yaglom, M. (1993) Role of Psychocultural Factors in the Adjustment of Soviet Jewish
Refugees: Applying Kleinian Theory of Mourning. Journal of Contemporary

153
Yorke, C. (1971) Some Suggestions for a Critique of Kleinian Psychology. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 26: 129–155
Yorke, C. (1994) Freud or Klein: Conflict or Compromise. International Journal of Psychotherapy,
75: 375–385
Young, J. (2007) Identity as Subterfuge: A Kleinian and Winnicottian Reading of David Lynch’s
Mulholland Drive. Psychoanalytic Review, 94: 903–925.
Young, R.M. (1990) The Analytic Space: Countertransference and Evocative Knowledge. [on line at http://
www.human-nature.com viewed August 6, 2008]
Young, R.M. (1991) Psychotic Anxieties are Normal. [on line at http://www.human-nature.com viewed
August 6, 2008]
Young, R.M. (1992) Benign and Virulent Projective Identification Groups and Institutions. [on line at
Young, R.M. (1994b) New Ideas about the Œdipus Complex. Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object
Young, R.M. (1996) The Culture of British Psychoanalysis. [on line at http://www.human-nature.com
Young, R.M. (1998) Being a Kleinian is not Straightforward. [on line at http://www.human-nature.com
Young, R.M. (1999) Hate. [on line at http://www.human-nature.com viewed August 6, 2008]
Young, R.M. (2000) Melanie Klein (1) and (2). [on line at http://www.human-nature.com viewed August 6,
2008]
Young, R.M. (2003) Psychoanalysis, Terrorism and Fundamentalism. Psychodynamic Practice, 9: 307–322
Zaretsky, E. (1999) “One Large, Secure, Solid Background”: Melanie Klein and the Origins of the British
Welfare State. Psychoanalysis, 1: 136–154
Zetzel, E.R. (1956) An Approach to the Relation between Concept and Content in Psychoanalytic
Theory (with Special Reference to the Work of Melanie Klein and her Followers).
Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 11: 99–121.
Zetzel, E.R. (1961) Melanie Klein 1882–1960. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 30: 420–425
Zinkin, L. (1991a) The Klein Connection in the London School: The Search for Origins. Journal of
Zinkin, L. (1991b) A Reply to Astor, J. (1991). Journal of Analytical Psychology, 36: 523–527
Zoja, L. (1987) Analytical Psychology and the Metapsychology of Feelings: Possible Connections
between Jung and Melanie Klein. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 32: 47–55
Zysman, S., Erna and Melanie Klein. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 579–581
Hollander, N.C. (2000)

Books including articles from books
Abel, E. (1989) Virginia Woolf and the Fictions of Psychoanalysis. Chicago IL: Chicago University Press
Adams, M. (1999) “Turning a Blind Eye”: Misrepresentation and the Denial of Life Events.
Alford, C.F. (1989) Melanie Klein and Critical Social Theory: An Account of Politics, Art and Reason Based on
her Psychoanalytic Theory. New Haven CT: Yale University Press
Alford, C.F. (1998) Melanie Klein and the Nature of Good and Evil. [Marcus, P., Rosenberg, A. (Eds.)
(1998) Psychoanalytic Versions of the Human Condition: Philosophies of Life and their
Impact on Practice: 118–139 New York: New York University Press]
Alford, C.F. (2000) Psychology and the Natural Law of Reparation. New York, Cornell University Press
Alford, C.F. (2006a) Psychology and the Natural Law of Reparation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Alford, C.F. (2006b) Kleinian Theory is Natural Law Theory. [Mills, J. (2006): 217–245]
Alhanati, S. Kostoulas, K. Primitive Mental States Vol. 1: Across the Lifespan. Northvale, NJ: Aronson
(Eds.) (1997)
Alvarez, A. (1992) Live Company: Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Autistic, Borderline, Deprived and
Abused Children. London: Routledge
Alvarez, A. (1997b) Verbal Themes in Autism: The Concept of the Autistic Object and the
Countertransference. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 231–256]
Alvarez, A. (2000) Borderline Children: Differentiating Disturbance and Deficit. [Margaret Rustin,
Quagliata, E. (Eds.) (2000): 33–50]
Alvarez, A. (2002) Failures to Link: Attacks or Defects, Disintegration or Unintegration? [Briggs, A.
(Ed.) (2002): 240–255]
Anderson, R. (1992) Clinical Lectures on Klein and Bion. London & New York: Routledge
Anderson, R. (1997a) The Unconscious: A Kleinian Perspective. [Burgoyne, Sullivan (1997): 149–157]
Anderson, R. (1997b) The Child in the Adult: The Contribution of Child Analysis to the Psychoanalysis of
Adults. [Schafer, R. (1997): 414–426]
Anderson, R. (1997c) Putting the Boot in: Violent Defences Against Depressive Anxiety. [Schafer, R.
(1997): 223–238 and in Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a): 75–84]
Anderson, R. (2004) Developments in Technique in Kleinian Child Psychoanalysis. [De la Sierra, L.R.
(Ed.) (2004): 15–28]
Anderson, R., Dartington, A. Facing it Out: Clinical Perspectives on Adolescent Disturbance. London: Duckworth.
(Eds.) (1998) Rep. (2002) London: Karnac
Andreou, C. (1997) Survival of the Self: A Sixteen-year-old Girl’s Search for a Good Object, [Rustin, M.
et al (Eds.) (1997b): 71–88]
Arundale, J. (1999) Notes on a Case of Pædophilia. [Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, S. (1999): 135–152]
Astor, J. (1991b) The Emergence of Michael Fordham’s Model of Development: A New Integration in
Analytical Psychology. [Szur, R., Miller, L. (Eds.) (1991): 389–403]
155

156
Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.) Culture and the Unconscious. Basingsoke: Palgrave

(2007)
Baranger, M. & W. (2009) The Work of Confluence: Listening and Interpreting in the Psychoanalytic Field. London:
Karnac
Barrows, K. (2005) Envy and its Relationship to Guilt and Projective Identification. [Budd, S.,
Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 59–74]
Barrows, P.S. (2000) Shadow Lives: A Discussion of Reading in the Dark, a Novel by Seamus Deane.
[Symington, J. (2000a); 68–79]
Barrows, P.S. (2002b) Envy. Cambridge: Icon Books
Barrows, P.S. (Ed.) (2004) Key Papers from the Journal of Child Psychotherapy. Hove & New York: Brunner-
Routledge
Bégoin, J. (2000) Love and Destructivity: From the Aesthetic Conflict to a Revision of the Concept of
Destructivity in the Psyche. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 119–135]
Bell, D. (Ed.) (1997b) Reason and Passion: A Celebration of the Work of Hanna Segal. London: Duckworth
Bell, D. (1998a) Human Error. [Garland, C. (Ed.) (1988a): 32–46]
Bell, D. (1998b) External Injury and the Internal World. [Garland, C. (Ed.) (1988a): 167–182]
Bell, D. (Ed.) (1999) Psychoanalysis and Culture: A Kleinian Perspective. London: Duckworth
Bell, D. (2001a) Projective Identification. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 125–147]
Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a) Revised edition Bell, D. (1997) London: Karnac
Bell. D. (2004b) Introductory Essay: Hanna Segal, the Work and the Person. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a):
1–36]
Bell, D. (2004c) Revised edition Bell, D. (1999) London: Karnac
Bell, D. (2004d) Psychoanalysis, a Body of Knowledge of Mind and Human Culture. [introduction
Bell, D. (2004c): 1–24]
Bell, D. (2004e) The Singing Detective: A Place in Mind. [Bell, D. (2004c): 64–85]
Bell, D. (2007) Psychoanalytic Perspectives on the Dionysiac and the Apollonian in Euripides’s
Bacchæ. [Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.) (2007): 225–241]
Bergmann, M.S. (2004) Understanding Dissidence and Controversy in the History of Psychoanalysis. New York:
Other Press
Berke, J.H. (1989) The Tyranny of Malice. New York: Simon and Schuster
Berke, J.H. (2006) Malice through the Looking-glass: Reflections and Refractions of Envy, Greed and Jealousy.
London: Teva Press
Bersani, L. (1998) Death and Literary Authority: Marcel Proust and Melanie Klein. [Stonebridge,
Phillips (1998): 91–112]
Bersani, L. (1994) Marcel Proust and Melanie Klein. London: University of London Press
Bertolini, R. (2000) The Light, the Thermostat: The Tuner: The Compositional Aspects of Communication
with Very Disturbed Adolescents. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 103–118]
Bion, W.R. (1955) Language and the Schizophrenic. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) 220–239]
Bion, W.R. (1961) Experiences in Groups and Other Papers. London: Tavistock Publications and New
York: Rep. Hove: Brunner-Routledge 2001
Bion, W.R. (1962a) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann Medical Books rep. London:
Karnac 1984
Bion, W.R. (1963) Elements of Psycho-Analysis. London: William Heinemann Medical Books 1963 rep.
London: Karnac 1984
Bion , W.R. (1965) Transformations London: William Heinemann Medical Books 1965 rep. London:
Karnac 1984
Bion, W.R. (1967a) Second Thoughts: Selected Papers on Psycho-Analysis. London: William Heinemann
Medical Books rep. London: Karnac 1984
Bion, W.R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock Publications rep. London: Karnac 1984
Bion, W.R. (1973) Bion’s Brazilian Lectures 1—São Paulo. Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora

157
Bion, W.R. (1974) Bion’s Brazilian Lectures 2—Rio de Janeiro/São Paulo Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1975) A Memoir of the Future Book 1—The Dream Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1977a) A Memoir of the Future Book 2—The Past Presented Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1977b) A Memoir of the Future Book 3 The Dawn of Oblivion Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1977c) A Key to A Memoir of the Future Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora
Bion, W.R. (1977d) Two Papers: The Grid and Cæsura Rio de Janeiro: Imago Editora (revised and
corrected edition) London: Karnac 1989
Bion, W.R. (1978) Four Discussions with W.R. Bion Perthshire: Clunie Press
Bion, W.R. (1980) Bion in New York and São Paulo Perthshire: Clunie Press
Bion, W.R. (1987) Clinical Seminars and Four Papers Abingdon: Fleetwood Press
Bion, W.R. (1992) Cogitations (edited by Francesca Bion) London: Karnac 1992 new extended edition
London: Karnac 1994
Bion, W.R. (1997) Taming Wild Thoughts (edited by Francesca Bion) London: Karnac 1997
Bion, W.R. (2000) Clinical Seminars and other works (edited by Francesca Bion) London: Karnac [single
volume edition containing Bion, W.R. (1978) and (1987)]
Bion, W.R. (2005a) The Italian Seminars (edited by Francesca Bion and transl. from the Italian by Philip
Slotkin) London: Karnac [earlier edition Seminari Italiani: Testo Completo dei Seminari
tenuti da W.R.Bion a Roma. Edizioni Borla 1985]
Bion, W.R. (2005b) The Tavistock Seminars (edited by Francesca Bion) London: Karnac
Bléandonu, G. (1995) Wilfrid R. Bion: His Life and Works. (trans. Papaczowska, C.) London, Free Associations
Boris, H.N. (1993) Passions of the Mind: Unheard Melodies—a Third Principle of Mental Functioning. New
York: New York University Press
Boris, H.N. (1994) Envy. Northville, NJ: Aronson
Boris, H.N. (1998) Tolerating Nothing. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 113–125]
Boston, M, (1977a) The Contribution of the Child Psychotherapist. [Boston, M., Daws, D. (Eds.) (1977):
15–30]
Boston, M. (1977b) The Child Psychotherapist in a Day Centre for Young Children and Parents.
[Boston, M., Daws, D. (Eds.) (1977): 102–121]
Boston, M, (1983a) The Tavistock Workshop: An Overall View. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) (1983): 1–10]
Boston, M. (1983b) Technical Problems in Therapy. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) (1983): 58–66]
Boston, M. (1991) The Splitting Image: A Research Perspective. [Szur, R., Miller, S. (Eds.) (1991): 319–337]
Boston, M., Daws, D. The Child Psychotherapist. Aldershot: Wildwood revised edition London: Karnac
(Eds.) (1977) (1988)
Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) Psychotherapy with Severely Disturbed Children. London, Routledge
(1983)
Boswell, J. (2001) The Œdipus Complex. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 77–92]
Bott, E. (1957) Family and Social Network, London: Tavistock
Bott, E. (1982) Tongan Society at the Time of Captain Cook’s Visits: Discussions with Her Majesty Queen
Salota Tupou. Wellington: Polynesian Society, Inc
Bower, M. (Ed.) (2005) Psychoanalytic Theory for Social Work Practice: Thinking under Fire. Hove, Sussex:
Routledge
Box, S. et al (1991) Crisis at Adolescence: Object Relations with the Family. Northville, NJ: Aronson
Brandschaft, B. (1989) Klein, Balint and Fairbairn: A Self-Psychological Persopective. [Delrick, D.W. &
S.P. Self-Psychology: 231–258 Comparisons and Contrasts. Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press
(1989)]
Bremner, J., Meltzer, D. Autism Proper—Timmy. [Meltzer, D. et al 1975: 35–55]
(1975)
Brenman, E. (1969) The Psychoanalytical Viewpoint. [Klein, S. (Ed.) (1969): 1–13]
Brenman, E. (2004) Meaning and Meaningfulness: Touching the Untouchable. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a):
89–104]

158
Brenman, E. (2006) Recovery of the Lost Good Object. Ed. Spoto, G.F. London and New York: Routledge
Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002) Surviving Space: Papers on Infant Observations. Essays on the Centenary of Esther Bick.
London: Karnac
Briggs, D. (1997) Symbolisation and the Sense of Identity. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 115–137]
Briggs, S. (1997) Growth and Risk in Infancy: London: Jessica Kingsley
Briggs, S. (2002a) Working with Adolescents: Basingstoke and New York: Palgrave-MacMillan
Briggs, S. (2002b) Reflections on the Function of the Skin in Psychosocial Space. [Briggs, A. (Ed.)
(2002): 199–207]
Briggs, S. (2005) Psychoanalytic Research in the Era of Evidence-based Practice. Bower, M. (Ed.)
(2005): 15–30
Britton, R. (1983b) Breakdown and Reconstitution of he Family Circle. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.)
(1983): 105–109]
Britton, R. (1989b) The Missing Link: Parental Sexuality in the Œdipus Complex. [Steiner, J. (1989):
83–101 also in Breen, D. (Ed.) (1997) The Gender Conundrum: Contemporary
Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Femininty and Masculinity: 82–96 London: Routledge and
in Schafer, R. (1997): 242–258]
Britton, R. (1992b) Keeping Things in Miind. [Anderson, R. (1992): 102–113]
Britton, R. (1995b) Reality and Unreality in Phantasy and Fiction [Person, E.S. et al (Eds.) On Freud’s
Creative Writers and Day-Dreaming: 92–105 New Haven, CT: Yale University Press
(1995) also in Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.) (2007): 174–185]
Britton, R. (1998a) Belief and Imagination: Explorations in Psychoanalysis. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Britton, R. (2001a) Beyond the Depressive Position: Ps (n + 1). [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 63–76]
Britton, R. (2003a) The Preacher, the Poet and the Psychoanalyst. [Canham , H., Satyamurti, C. (Eds.)
2003: 113–132]
Britton, R. (2003b) Sex, Death and the Superego: Experiences in Psychoanalysis. London: Karnac
Britton, R. (2004b) Primal Grief and ‘Petrified Rage’: An Exploration of Rilke’s Duino Elegies. [Bell, D.
(2004c): 27–47]
Britton, R. (2005b) Re-enactment as an Unwitting Professional Response to Family Dynamics.
[Bower, M. (Ed.) (2005): 165–174]
Britton, R. (2005c) The Use of Theological Concepts in Psychoanalysis. [Field, N. (Ed.) (2005): 91–106]
Britton, R. (2008a) What Part does Narcissism Play in Narcississtic Disorders? [Steiner, J. (Ed.) (2008a):
22–34]
Britton, R. (2008b) He Thinks Himself Impaired: The Pathologically Envious Personality. [Roth, P.,
Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 124–136]
Britzman, D.P. (2003) After Education: Anna Freud, Melanie Klein and Psychoanalytic Histories of Learning.
Albany NY: State University of New York Press
Britzman, D.P. (2006c) Sigmund Freud, Melanie Klein and Little Œdipus: On the Pleasures and
Disappointments of Sexual Enlightment. [Boldt, G.M., Salvio, P.M. (Eds.) (2006)
Love’s Return: Psychoanalytic Essays on Childhood, Teaching and Learning: 165–184. New
York: Routledge]
Britzman, D.P. (2006d) Contents for Novel Education: Psychoanalytic Studies of Learning and not-Learning.
[especially chapter 5] New York: Lang
Bronstein, C. (1997) Technique and Interpretation in Klein. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997a): 37–43]
Bronstein, C. (Ed.) (2001a) Kleinian Theory: A Contemporary Perspective. Philadelphia PA and London: Whurr
Bronstein, C. (2001b) Melanie Klein: Beginnings. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 1–16]
Bronstein, C. (2001c) What are Internal Objects? [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 108–124]
Bronstein, C. (2007) Borges, Immortality and The Circular Ruins. [Perelberg, R.J. (Ed.) (2007): 129–149]
Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. Introducing Psychoanalysis: Essential Themes and Topics. London: Psychology Press
(Eds.) (2005)

159
Burgoyne, B., (1997) The Klein-Lacan Dialogues. New York: Other Press
Sullivan, M. (Eds.)
Burgoyne, B. (1997) Interpretation. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997a): 45–58]
Butler, J. (1998) Moral Sadism and Doubting one’s own Love: Kleinian Reflections on Melancholia.
[Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 179–189]
Canham, H., Satyamurti, Acquainted with the Night: Psychoanalysis and the Poetic Imagination. London: Karnac
C. (Eds.) (2003)
Caper, R. (1988) Immaterial Facts: Freud’s Discovery of Psychic Reality and Klein’s Development of his
Work. Northvale NJ: Aronson rep. London and New York: Routledge (2000)
Caper, R. (1998a) A Mind of One’s Own: A Kleinian View of Self and Object. London and New York:
Routledge
Caper, R. (2004) Symbol Formation and Creativity: Hanna Segal’s Theoretical Contributions. [Bell,
D. (Ed.) (2004a): 37–56]
Caper, R. (2008) Envy, Narcissism and the Destructive Instinct. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008):
35–49]
Carignani, P. (2000) Clinical Notes on the Organizing Function of Time during Puberty. [Cohen, M.,
Hahn, A. (2000): 86–102]
Case, C., Dalley, T. (1990) Working with Children in Art Therapy. London: Routledge
Cassese, S.F. (2002) Introduction to the Work of Donald Meltzer. London: Karnac
Charles, M. (2006) Precious Illusions: Re-constructing Realities. [Mills, J. (2006): 77–104]
Chiesa, M. (2001a) Envy and Gratitude. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 93–107]
Cohen, M. (2000) Observing Babies and Supporting the Staff. [Symington, J. (2000a): 149–165]
Cohen, M. (2003) Sent before my Time: A Child Psychotherapist’s View of Life on a neo-Natal Intensive Care
Unit. London: Karnac
Cohen, M., Hahn, A. Exploring the Work of Donald Meltzer: A Festschrift. London: Karnac
(Eds.) (2000)
Cooper, C. (2007) Psychodynamic Therapy: The Kleinian Approach. [Dryden, W. (Ed.) Dryden’s
Handbook of Individual Therapy.5th Ed: 56–96 Thousand Oaks, CA. Sage]
Cordon, S. (2007) Film, Feminism and Melanie Klein: ‘Weird Lullabies’. [Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.)
(2007): 154–168]
Culbert-Koehn, J. (1997) Analysis of Hard and Soft: Tustin’s Contribution to a Jungian Study of Opposites.
[Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 111–123]
Dale, F. (1997) The Absent Self. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 305–325]
Daniel, P. (1992) Child Analysis and the Concept of Unconscious Phantasy. [Anderson, R. (1992):
14–23]
Daniel, P. (2000) Psychic Turbulence. [Symington, J. (2000a): 189–198]
Daniel, P. (2004) A Phantasy of Murder and its Consequences. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (2004):
106–121]
David, N. (2003) Love, Hate and Literature: Kleinian Readings of Dante, Ponge, Rilke and Sarraute. New
York: Lang
Davidson, A., Fay, J. (1953) Phantasy in Childhood. London, Routledge
Davis, W.A. (2006) Childhood Play as Tragic Drama. [Mills, J. (2006): 159–187]
Davies, J. (2009) The Making of Psychotherapists: An Anthropological Analysis London: Karnac
De la Sierra, L.R. (Ed.) Child Analysis Today. London: Karnac
(2004)
De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001) Herbert Rosenfeld at Work: The Italian Seminars. London: Karnac
De Masi, F. (2003) The Sadomasochistic Perversion: The Entity and the Theories. London: Karnac
Doane, J.L., From Klein to Kristeva: From Feminisim to the Search f or the ‘Good Enough’ Mother
Hodges, D.L. (1993) Ann Arbor MI. Michigan University Press

160
Dollery, J. with Briggs, A. Secondary Skin and Culture: Reflects on some Aspects of Teaching Traveller
(2002) Children. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 172–187]
Dubinsky, A. (1997) A Little Boy who Did Not Want to Learn Anything. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997):
155–171]
Dubinsky, H. (1997) Jeremy and the Bitten Roof. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997): 212–220]
Du Ry, M. (1997) An Interview with Donald Meltzer. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997): 177–185]
Ehrenzweig, A. (1953) Psychoanalysis of Artistic Vision and Hearing. London: Routledge
Ehrenzweig, A. (1967) The Hidden Order of Art: A Study in the Psychology of Artistic Imagination. London:
Weidenfeld and Nicolson
Eigen, M. (1996) Psychic Deadness. Northville, NJ: Aronson rep. London: Karnac 2004
Eigen, M. (2006) Destruction and Madness, [Mills, J. (2006): 45–59]
Ellis, M.L. (2008) Klein: Splitting the Breast or Split in Time. [Ellis, M.L. (2008) Time in Practice:
Analytic Perspective on the Times of our Lives (chapter 3: 55–78) London: Karnac]
Elmhirst, S.I. (1997) A Scientific Turn of Mind: A Tribute to Frances Tustin. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997):
209–212]
Emanuel, L., Bradley, E. “What can the Matter Be?”: Therapeutic Interventions with Parents. Infants and Young
(Eds.) (2008) Children. London: Karnac
Erlich, H.S. (2008) Envy and Gratitude: Some Current Reflections [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 50–62]
Etchegoyan, R.H. (1989) On Interpretation and its Testing. [Blum, H.P. (Ed.) (1989) The Psychoanalytic Core:
Essays in Honour of Leo Rangell: 369–398 New York: International Universities Press]
Etchegoyan, R.H. (1991a) Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic Technique. London: Karnac
Fairbairn, W.R.D. (1954) An Object Relations Theory of the Personality. London: Routledge
Farrell, E. (1995) Lost for Words: The Psychoanalysis of Anorexia and Bulimia. London: Process Press. rep
(2001) New York: Other Books
Feldman, M. (1989) The Œdipus Complex: Manifestations in the Inner World: And the Therapeutic
Situation. [Steiner, J. (1989): 123–128]
Feldman, M. (1992a) Splitting and Projective Identification. [Anderson, R. (1992): 74–88 also in International
Journal of Psychoanalysis 7: 409–432 (1994) and in Schafer, R. (1997): 119–140]
Feldman, M. (2004a) Supporting Psychic Change: Betty Joseph. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (2004): 20–37]
Feldman, M. (2004b) Pride. [Bell, D. (2004c): 136–153]
Feldman, M. (2005a) The Œdipus Complex. [Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 153–165]
Feldman, M. (2008b) Envy and the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008):
168–185]
Ferro, A. (1999) The Bi-Personal Field: Experiences in Child Analysis. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Ferro, A. (2005) Seeds of Illness, Seeds of Recovery: The Genesis of Suffering and the role of Psychoanalysis.
Hove, Sx: Routledge
Field, N. (Ed.) (2005) Ten Lectures on Psychotherapy and Spirituality. London: Karnac
Figlio, K. (2000) Psychoanalysis, Science and Masculinity. London & Philadelphia PA: Whurr
Fisher, J.V. (2000a) Reading Donald Meltzer: Identification and Intercourse as Modes of Reading and
Relating. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 188–202]
Flynn, D. (2004) Severe Emotional Disturbance in Children and Adolescents: Psychotherapy in Applied
Contexts. Hove and New York: Brunner/Routledge
Fonagy, P. (2008) Being Envious of Envy and Gratitude. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 201–210]
Fordham, M. (1995) Freud, Jung, Klein the Fenceless Field: Essays on Psychoanalysis and Analytical
Psychology. London and New York: Routledge
Frank, C. (2009) Melanie Klein in Berlin: Her Frist Psychoanalyses of Children. Hove: Routledge
Freeman, T. (1994) Melanie Klein and W.R.D. Fairbairn: The Clinical Foundations of Psychoanalysis and
Explanatory Concepts of their Theories. [Ekins, R., Freeman, R. (1994) Centres and
Peripheries of Psychoanalysis: An Introduction to Psychoanalytic Studies: 54–73 London:
Karnac]

161
Furman, C., Levy, T.S. Influential Papers from the 1950s. London, Karnac
(Eds.) (2003)
Gaddini, E. (1992) A Psychoanalytic Theory of Infantile Experience: Conceptual and Clinical Reflections.
Gaddini, R. de B. (1997) From Fear of Change to Mourning. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 213–230]
Gallwey, P.L.G. (1985) The Psychodynamics of Borderline Personality Disorders. [Farrington, D.E., Gunn, J.
(Eds.) (1985) Aggression and Dangerousness: 127–154 Chichester: Wiley]
Gardner, S. (1993) Irrationality and the Philosophy of Psychoanalysis. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press
Garland, C. (Ed.) (1998a) Understanding Trauma: A Psychoanalytical Approach. London: Duckworth [2nd
enlarged ed. 2002 London: Karnac]
Garland, C. (1998b) Thinking about Trauma. [Garland, C. (Ed.) (1988a): 9–31]
Geissmann, P. & C. (1998) A History of Child Psychoanalysis. London and New York: Routledge
Gibb, E. (1998) Dreaming after a Traumatic Bereavement: Mourning or its Avoidance? [Garland, C.
(Ed.) (1988a): 123–138]
Glover, N. (2009) Psychoanalytic Æsthetics: An Introduction to the British School. London: Karnac
Gordon, S.G. (2008) Film, Feminism and Melanie Klein: Weird Lullabies. Hove: Routledge
Gosling, R. (1968) What is Transference? [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1968): 1–10]
Gosling, R. (1981) A Study of Small Groups. [Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 633–645]
Gosso, S (Ed.) (2004a) Psychoanalysis and Art: Kleinian Perspectives. London: Karnac
[n.b. a large proportion of the chapters in this volume are reprinted from Meltzer, D.
(1984b), (1986), (1988) and (1992)]
Gosso, S. (2004b) From Reparation to the Æsthetic Conflict. [introduction to Gosso, C. 2004a: 1–29]
Grauso, G. (2000) Unconscious Fantasy and Knowledge: A Case Study. [Symington, J. (2000a): 23–40]
Green, A. (1977) The Borderline Concept. [Hartocollis. P. (Ed.) (1977): 15–44]
Green, A. (2005) Winnicott at the Start of the Third Millennium. [Caldwell, L. (Ed.) (2005) Sex and
Sexuality: Winnicottian Perspectives: 11–32. London: Karnac]
Grinberg, L. (1977) An Approach to the Understanding of Borderline Patients. [Hartocollis. P. (Ed.)
(1977): 123–141]
Grinberg, L. (1981) The ‘Œdipus’ as a Resistance against the ‘Œdipus’ in Psychoanalytic Process.
[Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 341–355]
Grinberg, L. (1990) The Goals of Psychoanalysis: Identification, Identity and Supervision. London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. (1992) Guilt and Depression. London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. et al (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion. Strathtay: Clunie Press Rep. London: Karnac
Grinberg, L. et al (1993) A New Introduction to the Work of Bion. (revised ed. Grinberg, L. et al (1986) New
York: Aronson)
Grinberg, L. & R. (1989) Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Migration and Exile. New Haven: Yale University Press
[also in Bell, D. (2004c): 154–169]
Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein: Her World and her Work. London: Hodder and Stoughton, Cambridge
MA: Harvard University Press. Rep London: Karnac 1987
Grotstein, J.S. (1981a) Splitting and Projective Identification. New York: Aronson,
Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b) Do I Dare Disturb the Universe?: A Memorial to Wilfred R. Bion Beverley Hills: Cæsura
Press reprinted with corrections London: Karnac Books 1983
Grotstein, J. S. (1981c) Wilfred Bion: The Man, the Psychoanalyst. The Mystic. [Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 1–35]
Grotstein, J.S. (1992) Foreword to Weininger, O. (1992): ix–xvii
Grotstein, J.S. (1996) Object Relations Theory. [Naressian, E., Kopff, R.G. (1996) Textbook of Psychoanalysis:
89–126 Washington, DC. American Psychiatric Press]
Grotstein, J.S. (1997b) The Psychoanalytic Fascination with the Concept of the Primitive. [Alhanati, S.,
Kostoulas, K. (Eds.) (1997): 1–22]

162
Grotstein, J.S. (1997c) One Pilgrim’s Progress: Notes on Frances Tustin’s Contributions to the
Psychoanalytic Conception of Autism. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 257–290]
Grotstein, J.S. (1998) A Comparison of Fairbairn’s Endopsychic Structure and Klein’s Internal World.
[Skolnick, N.J., Scharff, D.E., (Eds.) (1998) Fairbairn Then and Now. Hillside, NJ:
Analytic Press: 71–98]
Grotstein, J.S. (2006) Klein’s Theory of the Positions Revisited. [Mills, J. (Ed.) (2006): 105–131]
Guignard, F. (2008) Envy in Western Society: Today and Tomorrow. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008):
109–123]
Haag, G. (1997a) Psychosis and Autism: Schizophrenic, Perverse and Manic—Depressive States
during Psychotherapy. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 189–211]
Haag, G. (1997b) Encounter with Francis Tustin. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 355–396]
Haartman, K. (2006) Attachment, Metaphor and the Relationality of Meaning. [Mills, J. (Ed.) (2006):
188–216]
Hamilton, V. (1982) Narcissus and Œdipus: The Children of Psychoanalysis. London: Routledge rep.
London, Karnac (1993)
Hamilton, V. (1997) The Analysis of a 9-year old Girl with Learning Disabilities:\Reflections on
Supervision with Francis Tustin, 25 Years Later. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 83–110]
Hamilton, V. (2006) Reflections on “The Concept of Mourning and its Roots in Infancy” Hamilton, V.
(1988) [Lanyado, M., Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 191–209]
Hamon, M-C. (2000) Why do Women Love Men and not their Mothers? New York: Other Press
Hargreaves, E., In Pursuit of Psychic Change: The Betty Joseph Workshop. London & New York:
Varchevker, A. (Eds.) Brunner-Routledge
(2004)
Harris, M. (1977b) The London Tavistock: Training and Philosophy. [Boston, M., Daws. D. (Eds.) (1977):
291–314 and in Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 259–282]
Harris, M. (1987a) Depressive, Paranoid and Narcissistic Features in the Analysis of a Woman
Following the Birth of her First Child and the Death of her Own Mother. [Harris, M.,
Bick, E. (1987): 64–88]
Harris, M. (1987b) Towards Learning from Experience in Infancy and Childhood. [ Harris, M., Bick, E.
(1987): 164–178]
Harris, M. (1987c) The Early Basis of Adult Female Sexuality and Motherliness. [Harris, M., Bick, E.
(1987): 185–200]
Harris, M. (1987d) A Baby Observation: The Absent Mother. [Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 219–224]
Harris, M. (1987f) Bion’s Conception of a Psychoanalytic Attitude. [Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987): 340–344]
Harris, M., Bick, E. (1987) The Collected Papers. (edited Meg Harris Williams) Strathtay: Clunie Press
Hartocollis, P. (1977) Borderline Personality Disorders: The Concept, the Syndrome, the Patient. New York:
Heimann, P. (1952c) Certain Functions of Introjection and Projection in Early Infancy. [Klein, M. et al
(Eds.) (1952): 122–168] See also Heimann, P. (1991)
Heimann, P. (1952d) Notes on the Theory of the Life and Death Instincts. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1952):
321–337]
Heimann, P. (1955b) A Combination of Defence Mechanisms in Paranoid States. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.)
(1955) 240–265]
Heimann, P. (1980) About Children and Children-no-longer. [Psychoanalytici aan het Woord. Deventer:
Van Loghum Slaterus, BV: 289–307] [also in Heimann, P. (1989): 324–343]
Heimann, P. (1989) About Children and Children-no-longer: Collected Papers 1942–1980. (Ed. Tonnesmann, M.)
London: Tavistock/Routledge
Heimann, P. (1991) Some Aspects of the Role of Introjection and Projection in early Development.
[King, P.H., Steiner, R. (1991a): 502–530] [original form in King, P., Steiner, R. (1991a):
502–530] see also Heimann, P. (1952c)

163
Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. Regression. [Klein, M. et al (1952): 169–197 also in King, P., Steiner, R. (1991a): 687–709]
(1952)
Henry, G. (1993) Difficulties about Thinking and Learning. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) (1993): 82–88]
Herman, N. (1985) My Kleinian Home: A Journey through Four Psychotherapies. London: Free Association
Books
Herman, N. (1987) Why Psychotherapy? London: Free Association Books
Herman, N. (1989) Too Long a Child: The Mother-Daughter Dyad. London: Free Association Books
Herman, N. (2001) My Kleinian Home: Into the New Millenium. London: Karnac Books [revised ed.
Herman, N. (1985)]
Hess, N. (1999) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy for Chronic Depression. [Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, S.
(1999) 117: 134]
Hindle, D., Godsil, S. The Idealization of a Lost Object in Julietta and in Clinical Work. [Bainbridge, C.
(2007) et al (Eds.) (2007): 186–201]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1979) The Community as Analyst. [Hinshelwood, R.D., Manning, N. (Eds.) (1979): 103–112]
Hinshelwood,R.D. (1989a) A Dictionary of Kleinian Thought. London: Free Association Books
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989c) Social Possession of Identity. [Richards, B. (Ed.) (1989) Crises of the Self: 75–83
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1994) Clinical Klein: From Theory to Practice. New York: Basic Books, London: Free
Association Books
Hinshelwood,R.D. (1997a) Transference and Counter-transference. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997a): 133–140]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1997c) Therapy or Coercion?: Does Psychoanalysis Differ from Brainwashing? London: Karnac
Hinshelwood,R.D. (1997d) Melanie Klein for Beginners. Irving, TX: Icon Books
Hinshelwood,R.D. (1999a) Introducing Melanie Klein...Irving,TX: Icon Books
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2002b) Applying the Observational Method: Observing Organiizations. [Briggs, A. (Ed.)
(2002): 157–171]
Hinshelwood,R.D. (2004b) Suffering Insanity: Three Psychoanalytic Essays on Psychosis. London: Routledge
(2004c)
(2005)
Hinshelwood, R.D. (2006b) Who Wants to be a Scientist? The Historical and Psychoanalytic Context at the Start
of Klein’s Career: Circa 1918–1921. [Mills, J. (Ed.) (2006): 8–24]
Hinshelwood, R.D., Therapeutic Communities: Reflections and Progress. London, Routledge
Manning, N. (Eds.) (1989)
Hoggett, P. (1992) Partisans in an Uncertain World: The Psychoanalysis of Engagement. London: Free
Associations
Holbrook, D. (1994) Creativity and Popular Culture. Madison NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press
Holder, A. (2005) Anna Freud, Melanie Klein and the Psychoanalysis of Children and Adolescents. London,
Karnac
Hopkins, J. (2006) Narcissistic Illusions in Late Adolescence: Defensive Kleinian retreats or
Winnicottian Opportunities? [Lanyado, M., Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 166–179]
Horne, A. (2006) The Independent Position in Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Children and
Adolescents: Roots and Implications. [Lanyado, M., Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 18–33]
Houzel, D. (1997) Thinking: A Dialectic Process between Emotions and Sensations. [Mitrani, T. & J.
(Eds.) (1997): 341–354]
Houzel, D. (2000) The Beauty and the Violence of Love. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 43–55]
Hoxter, S. (1975) Residential Autistic Condition and its Effect upon Learning—Piffle. [Meltzer, D.
et al (1975: 162–191]
Hoxter, S. (1977) Play and Communication. [Boston, M., Daws, D. (Eds.) (1977): 202–231]

164
Hoxter, S. (1983) Some Feelings Aroused in Working with Severely Deprived Children. [Boston, M.,
Szur, R. (Eds.) (1983): 125–132
Hoxter, S. (2000) Experiences of Learning with Donald Meltzer. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 12–26]
Hughes, A. (1991) Joan Riviere: Her Life and Work [Riviere, J. (1991): 1–43]
Hughes, A. (2004a) Talking Makes Things Happen: A Contribution to the Understanding of the
Patients’ Use of Speech in the Clinical Situation. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.
(2004): 153–166]
Hughes, J.M. (1989) Reshaping the Psychoanalytic Domain: The Work of Melanie Klein, W.R.D. Fairbairn and
D.W. Winnicott. Berkeley CA: University of California Press
Hughes, J.M. (2004) From Obstacle to Ally: The Evolution of Psychoanalytic Practice. Hove and New York,
Routledge
Hughes, J.M. (2007) Guilt and its Vicissitudes: Psychoanalytic Reflections on Morality. Hove and New York:
Routledge
Inoue, O. (2004) The Japanese Psychological Peculiarity Demystified: The Ajase Complex Theory Revisited
and the Stories of Ajatasatru in the Buddhist Scriptures based on Kleinian Theory.
Berkeley, CA: The Wright Institute
Isaacs, S. (1921) An Introduction to Psychology: London: Methuen
Isaacs, S. (1930) The Behaviour of Young Children. Vol. 1 Intellectual Growth in Young Children. London:
Routledge
Isaacs, S. (1932a) The Children we Teach: Seven to Eleven Years. London: University of London Press
Isaacs, S. (1932b) The Nursery Years: The Mind of the Child from Birth to Six Years. London: Routledge
Isaacs, S. (1933a) Social Development in Young Children: A Study of Beginnings, London: Routledge
Isaacs, S. (1933b) The Behaviour of Young Children. Vol. 2 Social Development in Young Children. London:
Routledge
Isaacs, S. (1934) Rebellious and Defiant Children—(public lecture given at the Institute of
Psychoanalysis, not previously published). [Isaacs, S. (1948a: 23–35]
Isaacs, S. (1935b) The Psychological Aspects of Child Development. London: Evans
Isaacs, S. (1937a) Habit. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1939): 123–166]
Isaacs, S. (1937b) The Nursery as a Community. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1939): 167–232]
Isaacs, S. (1939a) Modifications of the Ego through the Work of Analysis. [Isaacs, S. (1948a): 89–108]
Isaacs, S. (1945b) Fatherless Children. [in Volkov, P. (Ed.) Fatherless Children. London: Pouskin Press
also in Isaacs, S. (1948a): 186–207]
Isaacs, S. (1945c) Children in Institutions. [Isaacs, S. (1948a): 208–236]
Isaacs, S. (1948a) Childhood and After: Some Essays and Clinical Essays. London: Routledge
Isaacs, S. (1948b) Troubles of Children and Parents. London: Methuen
Isaacs, S. (1952) see entry Heimann, P.H. (1952d)
Jackson, J., Nowers, E. The Skin in Early Object Relations Revisited. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 208–225)
(2002)
Jackson, M. (1991) Psychotic Disorders. [Holmes, J. (Ed.) (1991) A Textbook of Psychiatry: 307–334
Edinburgh: Churchill/Livingstone]
Jackson, M. (2001) Weathering the Storms: Psychotherapy for Psychosis. London: Karnac
Jackson, M., Tarnopolsky, The Borderline Personality. [Blueglass, R., Bowden, P. (Eds.) (1990) The Principles and
A. (1990) Practice of Forensic Psychiatry: 427–436 Edinburgh: Churchill/Livingstone)
Jackson, M., Williams, P. Unimaginable Storms: A Search for Meaning in Psychosis. London: Karnac
(1994)
Jacobus, M. (1999) Psychoanalysis and the Scene of Reading. Oxford: Oxford University Press

165
Jacobus, M. (2005) Poetics of Psychoanalysis: In the Wake of Klein. Oxford: Oxford University Press
Jaques, E. (1955) Social Systems as a Defence against Persecutory and Depressive Anxiety. [Klein, M.
et al (Eds.) (1955) 478–498]
Jaques, E. (1956) Measurement of Responsibility. London: Tavistock
Jaques, E. (1958) Psychoanalysis and the Current Economic Crisis. [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) 1958: 125–144]
Jaques, E. (1968) Guilt, Conscience and Social Behaviour. [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1968): 31–43]
Jaques, E. (1970) Work, Creativity and Social Justice. London: Heinemann
Jaques, E. (1975) A General Theory of Bureaucracy. London: Heinemann
Jaques, E. (Ed.) (1977) Health Services. London: Heinemann
Jaques, E. (1981a) The Form of Time. London: Heinemann
Jaques, E. (1981b) The Aims of Psychoanalytic Treatment. [Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 417–425]
Joseph, B. (1975) The Patient who is Difficult to Reach. [Giovacchini, P.L. (Ed.) (1975) Tactics and
Techniques in Psycho-analytic Psychotherapy. Vol. 2: Counter-transference. New York:
Aronson: 205–216, Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 48–60, also in Joseph, B. (1989): 75–87]
Joseph, B. (1981a) Toward the Experiencing of Psychic Pain. [Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 93–102 also
in Joseph, B. (1989): 88–97]
Joseph, B. (1988a) Projective Identification—some Clinical Aspects. [Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987): 65–76]
[also in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): (138–150), Joseph, B. (1989a): 168–180 and in Schafer, R.
(1997): 100–116]
Joseph, B. (1989a) Psychic Equilibrium and Psychic Change: Selected Papers. [Ed. Feldman, M., Spillius,
E.B.]. London and New York: Routledge
Joseph, B. (1989b) Passivity and Aggression: Their Inter-relationship. [Joseph, B. (1989a): 67–74]
Joseph, B. (1989c) Psychic Change and the Psychoanalytic Process. [Joseph, B. (1989a): 192–202 and in
Schafer, R. (1997): 395–410]
Joseph, B. (1993a) On Transference Love: Some Current Observations. [Person, E.S., Hagelin, A.,
Fonagy, P. (1993) On Freud’s ‘Observations on Transference-love’. New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press: 102–113]
Joseph, B. (2001) Transference. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 181–192]
Joseph, B. (2004a) ‘Where There is No Vision’: From Sexualisation to Sexuality. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a):
161–174]
Joseph, B. (2005) The Paranoid-Schizoid Position. [Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 39–46]
Katz, E. (1999) When is Enough Enough? The Process of Termination with an Older Patient.
Kavaler-Adler, S. (1993b) Mourning Spirituality and Psychic Change. Hove, Sx: Brunner/Routledge
Kavaler-Adler, S, (1993c) The Compulsion to Create: A Psychoanalytic Study of Women Artists. New York:
Brunner/Routledge
Kavaler-Adler, S. (1993d) The Compulsion to Create: Women Writers and their Demon Lovers. New York: Brunner/
Routledge
Kernberg, O.F. (1972) Critique of the Kleinian School. [Giovacchini, P.L. (Ed.) (1972) Tactics and Techniques
in Psychoanalytic Therapy: 62–96 New York: Science House, London: Hogarth]
King, P.H. (1989) Paula Heimann’s Quest for her own Identity as a Psychoanalyst: An Introductory
Memoir. [Heimann, P. (1989): 1–9]
King, P.H. (1991a) Background and Development of the Freud-Klein Controversies in the British
Psychoanalytic Society. [King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991a): 9–36]
King, P.H. (1991b) Conclusions: Editorial Comments [King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991): 920–931]
King, P.H. (2004) ‘In My End is My Beginning’. [Bell, D. (2004c): 170–188]
King, P.H., Steiner, R. The Freud-Klein Controversies 1941–1945. Hove & New York: Routledge
(Eds.) (1991)
Klein, M. (with Riviere, J.) Love, Hate and Reparation. London: Hogarth
(1937)

166
Klein, M. et al (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth. rep. London, Karnac (1985)
Klein, M. (et al) (Eds.) New Directions in Psychoanalysis: The Significance of Infant Conflict in the Pattern of
Adult Behaviour. London: Tavistock rep. London, Karnac (1977)
Klein, S. (Ed.) (1969) Sexuality and Aggression in Maturation: New Facets. London, Bailliere, Tindall and
Cassell
Klein, S. (1981) Autistic Phenomena in Psychotic Patients. [Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 103–114]
Kristeva, J. (2001) Melanie Klein. New York: Columbia University Press
Langer, M. (1992) Motherhood and Sexuality. New York: Guilford
Lanyado, M., Horne, A. A Question of Technique: Independent Psychoanalytic Approaches with Children and
(Eds.) (2006) Adolescents. London & New York: Routledge
Lasch, C. (1991) The Culture of Narcissism: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations. New
York: Norton
Laurent, E. (1997) Rethinking Kleinian Interpretation: What Difference Does it Make? [Burgoyne,
Sullivan (1997): 159–167]
Leader, D. (1997) Phantasy in Klein and Lacan. [Burgoyne, Sullivan (1997): 83–95]
Lechevalier, B. (1997) Expressions of Annihilation Anxiety and the Birth of the Subject. [Mitrani, T. & J.
(Eds.) (1997): 327–339]
Lemma, A, (2008) Keeping Envy in Mind: The Vicissitudes of Envy in Adolescent Motherhood.
[Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 92–108]
Leoni, C.T. (2000) Living in Intrusive Identification. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 173–187]
Lewin, V., Sharp, B. (Eds.) Siblings in Development: A Psychoanalytical View. London: Karnac
(2009)
Lichtenberg, J.D. (Ed.) Contemporary Kleinian Psychoanalysis. Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press
(1994)
Likierman, M. (2001) Melanie Klein: Her Work in Context. New York: Continuum
Likierman, M. (2007) Donald Winnicott and Melanie Klein: Compatible Outlooks: [Caldwell, L. (Ed.)
(2005) Winnicott and the Psychoanalytic Tradition: 112–127. London: Karnac]
Likierman, M., Urban, E. The Roots of Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy in Psychoanalysis. [Lanyado, M.,
(1999) Horne, A. (Eds.) (1999) The Handbook of Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy:
Psychoanalytic Approaches: 19–30. London & New York: Routledge]
Limentani, A. (1989) Between Freud and Klein. The Psychoanalytic Quest for Knowledge and Truth. London:
Free Association Books
Lindon, J.A. (1966) Melanie Klein: Her View of the Unconscious [Alexander, F. et al (Eds.) (1966)
Psychoanalytic Pioneers: 360–372. New York: Basic Books]
Lindon, J.A. (1972) Melanie Klein’s Theory and Technique: Her Life and Work. [Giovacchini, P.L. (Ed.)
(1972) Tactics and Techniques in Psychoanalytic Therapy: 33–61 New York: Science
House, London: Hogarth
Lipshitz-Phillips, S. (1999) On the Persistence of Early Loss and Unresolved Mourning. [Ruszczynski, S.,
Johnson, S. (1999): 39–54]
Lubbe, T. (2000) The Borderline Psychotic Child: A Selective Integration, Hove/New York: Roujtledge
Lyth, I. Menzies (1969) The Motor-cycle: Growing up on Two Wheels. [Klein, S. (Ed.) (1969): 37–49 and in
Lyth, I. Menzies (1989a): 142–157]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1979) Staff Support Systems: Task and Anti-task in Adolescent Institutions. [Hinshelwood,
R.D., Manning, N. (Eds.) (1979) Therapeutic Communities: Reflections and Progress.
London: Routledge: 197–207 also in Lyth, I. Menzies (1988): 222–235]
Lyth, I. Menzies (1988) Containing Anxiety in Institutions: Selected Essays Vol. 1. London: Free Association
Books
Lyth, I. Menzies (1989a) The Dynamics of the Social: Selected Essays Vol. 2. London: Free Association Books
Lyth, I. Menzies (1989b) A Psychoanalytic Perspective on Social Institutions. [Menzies, I. Lyth, (1989a): 26–44
and in Spiilius, E.B. (1988b): 284–299]

167
Lyth, I. Menzies (1991) The Institution as Therapist: Hazards and Hopes. [Szur, R., Miller, S., (Eds.) (1991):
423–439]
McCaig, J.M. (2007) The Use of Infant Observation in the Treatment of a Clinical Neonate. [Alhanati, S.,
Kostoulas, K. (Eds.) (1997): 53–82]
McMahon, L. (1992) The Handbook of Play Therapy. London: Routledge
Magagna, J. (2000) Severe Eating Difficulties: Attacks on Life. [Rustin, Margaret, Quagliata, E. (Eds.)
(2000): 51–73]
Magagna, J. (2002) Mrs. Bick’s Contribution to the Understanding of Severe Feeding Difficulties and
Pervasive Refusal. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 135–156]
Magagna, J. et al (Eds.) Intimate Transformations: Babies with their Families. London: Karnac
(2005)
Maiello, S. (1997) Going Beyond Notes on the Beginning of Object Relations in the Light of “The
Perpetuation of an Error” (Tustin, F. (1994a) [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 1–22]
Maiello, S. (2000) “Song and Dance” and its Developments: The Function of Rhythm in the Learning
Process of Oral and Written Language. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 68–85]
Mancia, M. (1993) In the Gaze of Narcissus: Memory, Affect and Creativity. London: Karnac
Mason, A.A. (1981) The Suffering Super-ego: Psychotic Break and Claustrophobia. [Grotstein, J.S.
(1981b): 139–166]
Mason, A.A. (2004) A Psychoanalyst’s Look at a Hypnotist: A Study of Folie à Deux. [Bell, D. (2004c):
189–208]
Meisel, P., Kendrick, W. Bloomsbury Freud: The Letters of James and Alex Strachey 1924–1925 London: Chatto
(1986) and Windus
Meisels, M., Shapiro, E.R. Tradition and Innovation in Psychoanalytic Education. Hillside NJ: Erlbaum
(1990)
Meissner, W.W. (1988) Projection and Projective Identification. [Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1988): 27–49]
Meltzer, D. (1963b) Concerning the Social Basis of Art. [Stokes, A. 1963: 19–46]
Meltzer, D. (1967a) The Psychoanalytical Process. London: Heinemann
Meltzer, D. (1971a) Sincerity: A Study in the Atmosphere of Human Relations. [and Meltzer, D. (1994):
185–284] (written in 1971 but unpublished until 1994)
Meltzer, D. (1973a) Sexual States of Mind. Strathtay: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1975c) Psychology of Autistic States and Post-autistic Mentality. [Meltzer, D. et al (1975):
6–30]
Meltzer, D. (1975d) Mutism in Autism, Schizophrenia and Manic Depressive States—the Correlation of
Clinical Psychopathology and Linguistics. [Meltzer, D. et al (1975): 192–206]
Meltzer, D. (1975e) The Relation of Autism to Obsessional States in General. [Meltzer, D. et al (1975):
209–222]
Meltzer, D. (1975f) Dimensionality in Mental Functioning. [Meltzer, D. et al (1975): 223–238]
Meltzer, D. (1978c) The Kleinian Development. Vol. 1: Freud’s Clinical Development; Vol. 2: Richard
Week-by-Week; Vol. 3: The Clinical Significance of the Work of Klein and Bion. Strathtay:
Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1984a) Dream-Life: A Re-examination of the Psychoanalytical Theory and Technique. Strathtay:
Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1992) The Claustrum: An Investigation of Claustrophobic Phenomena. Strathtay: Clunie Press
Meltzer, D. (1994) Sincerity and Other Works: The Collected Papers. (edited Hahn, A.) London: Karnac
Meltzer, D. (1998) The Kleinian Development. (rep.of Meltzer, D. (1978a) in one volume. London, Karnac
Meltzer, D. (2000) A Review of My Writings. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 1–11]
Meltzer, D. (2003) Supervisions with Donald Meltzer (with Rosa Castellà, Carlos Tabbia and Lluís Farré.
London: Karnac
Meltzer, D. (2005b) The Role of Projective Identification in the Formation of Weltanschauung [Field, N.
(Ed.) (2005): 131–136]

168
Meltzer, D. et al (1975) Explorations in Autism. Strathtay: Clunie Press

Meltzer, D. et al (1986) Studies in Extended Metapsychology: Clinical Applications of Bion’s Ideas. Strathtay:
Clunie Press
Meltzer, D., Williams, M. The Apprehension of Beauty: The Role of Aesthetic Conflict in Development, Violence and
Harris (1988) Art. Strathtay; Clunie Press
Middlemore, M. (1937) The Uses of Sensuality. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937): 57–86]
Middlemore, M. (1941) The Nursing Couple. London: Hamish Hamilton
Miller, L. (1997) The Difficulty of Finding a Space for Thinking: The Therapy of a Seven-year-old
Girl. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 56–70]
Miller, L. et al (1990) Closely Observed Infants. London: Duckworth
Mills, J. (2006) Other Banalities: Melanie Klein Revisited. London: Routledge
Milner, M. (1955) The Role of Illusion in Symbol Formation. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 82–108].
Originally in a larger form: Milner, M. (1952) also in Gosso, S. (2004a): 85–109
Milner, M. (1958) Psychoanalysis and Art. [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1958): 77–101]
Minsky, R. (1996) Psychoanalysis and Gender: An Introductory Reader. London & New York: Routledge
Mitchell, J. (Ed.) (1986a) The Selected Melanie Klein. London: Penguin
Mitchell, J. (1986b) Introduction. [Mitchell, J. (1986a) 9–32]
Mitchell, J. (1998) Introduction. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 11–31]
Mitchell, S.A. (1997) Influence and Autonomy in Psychoanalysis. (especially chapter 4: “Interaction in the
Kleinian Tradition”. [Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press rep. 2005 Hove and New York,
Routledge]
Northville, NJ: Aronson
Mitrani, J. (1997) Unbearable Ecstasy, Reverence and Awe, and the Perpetuation of an “Æsthetic
Conflict”. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 23–39 also in Psychoanalytic Quarterly 67:
102–127]
Mitrani, J. (2001) Ordinary People and Extra-ordinary Protections: A Post-Kleinian Approach to the
Treatment of Primitive Mental States. London and New York: Routledge
London: Karnac
Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) Encounters with Autistic States: A Memorial Tribute to Frances Tustin. Lanham, MD:
(1997) Aronson
Mizen, R., Morris, M. On Aggression and Violence: An Analytic Perspective. Basingstoke: Palgrave
(2007)
Mollon, P. (2002) Shame and Jealousy: The Hidden Turmoils. London: Karnac
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1930) The Meaning of Sacrifice. London: Hogarth
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1932a) The Development of the Sexual Impulses. London: Kegan Paul
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1932b) Aspasia. London: Kegan Paul
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1939) Superstition and Society. London: Hogarth
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1951a) Psychoanalysis and Politics: A Contribution to the Psychology of Politics and Morals.
London: Duckworth
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1951b) Some Aspects of State and Character in Germany. [Wilbur, G., Munsterberger, G.
(Eds.) Psychoanalysis and Culture. New York: International Universities Press:
280–292 and in Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 229–244]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1955b) Psychoanalysis and Ethics: [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955): 421–439 and Money-Kyrle,
R.E. (1978): 264–284]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1955c) An Inconclusive Contribution to the Theory of the Death Instinct. [Klein, M. et al
(Eds.) (1955) 499–509]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1958b) Psychoanalysis and Philosophy. Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1958): 102–124 [and
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 297–317]

169
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1961a) Man’s Picture of his World. London: Duckworth

Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1974) Kleinian Psychoanalysis [Arieti, S. (Ed.) (1974) The American Handbook of Psychiatry:
225–238. New York: Basic Books]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1977) On Being a Psychoanalyst. [Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978): 457–465]
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978) Collected Papers. (Ed. Meltzer, D. with the assistance of O’Shaughnessy, E.) Strathtay:
Clunie Press
Morro, M. (2000) Some Reflections on Comparing Obessional Neurosis and Autism. [Symington, J.
(2000a) 98–117]
Mortensen, K.V. (1991) Form and Content in Children’s Human Figure Drawings: Development, Sex Differences
and Body Differences. New York: New York University Press
Nemas, C. (2000) Development is Beauty, Growth is Ethics. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 27–42]
Newirth, J. (2001) Between Emotion and Cognition: The Generative Unconscious. New York: Other Press
Nixon, M. (2005) Fantastic Reality: Louise Bourgeois and a Story of Modern Art. Cambridge MA: MIT Press
Oclander-Goldie, S. (2000) Catastrophe, Containment and Manic Defences. [Symington, J. (2000a): 41–56]
Ogden, T.H. (1982) Projective Identification and Psychotherapeutic Technique. Northville, NJ: Aronson
[rep. London: Karnac (1992)]
Ogden, T.H. (1986) The Matrix of the Mind: Object Relations and the Psychoanalytic Dialogue. Northville,
NJ: Aronson [rep. London: Karnac (1992)]
Ogden, T.H. (1989a) The Primitive Edge of Experience. Northville, NJ: Aronson [rep. London: Karnac (1992)]
Ogden, T.H. (1994) Subjects of Analysis. London: Karnac
Ogden, T.H. (1997) Some Theoretical Comments on Personal Isolation. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997):
179–193]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1988) The Invisible Œdipus Complex. [Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 191–205 and in Steiner, J.
(1989): 129–150]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1992a) Psychosis: Not Thinking in a Bizarre World. [in Anderson, R. (1992): 89–101]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2000) The Anal Organisation of the Instincts: A Note on Theories Past and Present.
[Symington, J. (2000a): 118–127]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2004a) A Projective Identification with Frankenstein: Some Questions about Psychic Limits.
[Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (2004): 168–184]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2004b) Being Frankenstein: A Youth Solution to Psychosis. [De la Sierra, L.R. (Ed.) (2004):
59–72]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2008a) Intrusions’ [Steiner, J. (Ed.) (2008a): 3–14]
O’Shaughnessy, E. (2008b) On Gratitude. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 79–91]
Papadakis, M. (2004) To Defy the Fates: Doubt as an Expression of Envy. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.
(2004): 185–197]
Pasquali, G. (2000) The Significance of Perversion: To Prevent Intimacy. [Symington, J. (2000a): 57–67]
Perelberg, R. (Ed.) (2007) Time and Memory. London, Karnac
Pérez-Sanchez, M. (1990) Baby Observation: Emotional Relationships during the First Year of Life. Strathtay: Clunie
Press
Petot, J.-M. (1990) Melanie Klein: (Vol. 1) First Discoveries and First System 1919–1932. Madison CT:
Petot, J-M. (1991) Melanie Klein. (Vol. 2) The Ego and the Good Object 1932–1960. Madison CT:
Phillips, J. (1998) The Fissure of Authority: Violence and the Acquisition of Knowledge. [Stonebridge,
Phillips (1998): 160–178]
Pick, I. Brenman (1992) The Emergence of Early Object Relations in the Psychoanalytic Setting. [Anderson, R.
(1992): 24–33]
Pick, I. Brenman (2008) Reflections on Envy and Gratitude. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 186–200]
Pick, I.B., Segal, J. (1978) Melanie Klein’s Contribution to Child Analytic Theory and Technique (Glenn, J.
(Ed.) Child Analysis and Therapy: 427–449. New York: Aronson)

170
Piontelli, A. (1986) Backwards in Time: A Study in Infant Observation by the Method of Ester Bick. Strathtay:
Clunie Press
Piontelli, A. (1992) From Fetus to Child: An Observational and Psychoanalytic Study. London: Routledge
Podro, M. (2007) Destructiveness and Play: Klein, Winnicott and Milner. [Caldwell, L. (Ed.) (2005)
Winnicott and the Psychoanalytic Tradition: 24–32. London: Karnac]
Polmear, C. (2008) An Independent Response to Envy and Gratitude. [Roth. P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008):
63–78]
Pontalis, J.-B. (1998) The Question Child. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 81–90]
Pozzi, M. (1997) Beginning the Search for an Identity: Analysis of a Young Woman with Autistic
Features as Supervised by Frances Tustin. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 291–303]
Psychoanalytic Group of A Learning Experience in Psychoanalysis. (Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000b): 203–214]
Barcelona (2000)
Quinodoz, J.-M. (1993) Taming of Solitude: Separation Anxiety in Psychoanalysis. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2002a) Dreams that Turn Over a Page: Paradoxical Dreams in Psychoanalysis. Hove, Sx:
Routledge
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2007) Listening to Hanna Segal. Hove, Sx. Routlledge
Racker, H. (1968) Transference and Counter-transference. London: Hogarth
Rance, S. (1997) “Here I Am!”: Self and Object in a Developmentally Delayed Boy with Autistic
Features. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 138–154]
Reid, S. (1997a) The Technique of Child Psychotherapy. [Rustin, Margaret et al (Eds.) (1997b): 27–36]
Reid, S. (Ed.) (1997b) Developments in Infant Observation: The Tavistock Model. Hove, Sussex: Routledge
Resnik, S. (1987) The Theatre of the Dream. London: Routledge
Rey, J.H. (1974) Intra-Psychic Relations: The Individual and the Group. [Wolberg, L., Aronson, M.
(Eds.): Group Therapy: An Overview. 84–101 (1974) New York: Stratton]
Rey, J.H. (1979) Schizoid Phenomena in the Borderline. [Le Boit, J., Capponi, A. (Eds.): 449–484
(1979) and in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 203–229]
Rey, J.H. (1994b) Universals of Psychoanalysis in the Treatment of Psychotic and Borderline States. London:
Free Association Books
Rhode, E. (1987) Birth and Madness. London: Duckworth
Rhode, E. (1990) The Generations of Adam. London: Free Associations
Rhode, E. (1994) Psychotic Metaphysics. Strathtay: Clunie Press
Rhode, E. (1997) First Light: Knowing the Infant as an Actuality and as an Idea. [Reid, S. (Ed.) (1997):
89–97]
Rhode, M. (1997a) Going to Pieces: Autistic and Schizoid Solutions. [Rustin, M. et al (1997b): 231–244]
Rhode, M. (1997b) Psychosomatic Integrations: Eye and Mouth in Infant Observation. [Reid, S. (Ed.)
(1997): 140–156]
Rhode, M. (1997c) The Voice as an Autistic Object [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 41–61]
Rhode, M. (2000a) On Using an Alphabet: Recombining Separable Components. [Symington, J. (2000a):
80–97]
Rhode, M. (2000b) Assessing Children with Communication Disorders. [Rustin, Margaret, Quagliata,
E. (2000): 9–32]
Rhode, M. (2002) Whom Does the Skin Belong to? Trauma, Communication, and a Sense of Self.
[Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 226–239]
Richmond, S. (2002) Feminism and Psychoanalysis: Using Melanie Klein, [Fricker, M., Hornby, J., (Eds.)
(2002) The Cambridge Companion to Feminism and Philosophy: 68–87. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press]
Rickman, J. (1928a) Index Psychoanalyticus: 1893–1926. London: Hogarth
Rickman, J. (1928b) The Development of the Psychoanalytical Theory of the Neuroses: 1893–1926. London:
Bailliere, Tindall and Cox
Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937) On the Bringing up of Children. London: Kegan Paul

171
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. The Mirror: A Perverse Sexual Phantasy in a Woman seen as a Defence against a
(1988a) Psychotic Breakdown. [Spillius, E.B. (1988b): 115–137]
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. On Bearing Unbearable States of Mind. Ed. Roth, P. London: Routledge
(1999)
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Bion’s Theory of Containment. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 165–180]
(2001)
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. Expiation as a Defence. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004a): 105–127]
(2004)
Riley, C. (1997) Between Two Worlds: Hope and Despair in the Analysis of an Autistic Child.
[Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 63–82]
Riviere, J. (1937a) Hate, Greed and Aggression. [Klein, M., Riviere, J. (1937): 3–53 and in Riviere, J.
(1991): 168–205]
Riviere, J. (1945) The Bereaved Wife. [Volkov, P. (Ed.) (1945) Fatherless Children. London: Pouskin
Press, also in Riviere, J. (1991): 214–226]
Riviere, J. (1952a) General Introduction [Klein, M. et al (1952): 1–36 and in Riviere. J. (1991: 233–269]
Riviere, J. (1958) A Character Trait of Freud’s. [Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1950) Psychoanalysis and
Contemporary Thought. London: Hogarth: 145–149 and in Riviere, J. (1991): 350–354]
Riviere, J. (1991) The Inner World of Joan Riviere: Collected Papers. [Ed. Hughes, A.]. London, Karnac
Roazen, P. (2000) Œdipus in Britain: Edward Glover and the Struggle over Klein. New York: Other Press
Rodrigué, E. (1955a) The Analysis of a Three-year-old Mute Schizophrenic. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955)
140–179]
Roper, L. (1994) Œdipus and the Devil: Witchcraft, Sexuality and Religion in Early Modern Europe.
London: Routledge
Rose, J. (1993) Why War? Psychoanalysis, Politics and Return to Melanie Klein. Oxford: Blackwell
Rose, J. (1998) Negativity in the Work of Melanie Klein. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 126–159] also
in Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations 16 (4): 647–683
Rosenfeld, D. (1997) Understanding Varieties of Autistic Encapsulation: A Homage to Frances Tustin.
[Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 163–177]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964c) The Psychopathology of Hypochondriasis. [Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 180–199]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964d) An Investigation into the Need of Neurotic and Psychotic Patients to Act Out
during the Analysis [Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 200–216]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1964e) The Psychopathology of Drug Addiction and Alcoholism: A Critical Review of the
Psychoanalytic Literature [Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965): 217–242]
Rosenfeld, H.E. (1964f) Object Relations of the Acute Schizophrenic Patient in the Transference Situation.
[Solomon, P., Glueck, B.C. (Eds.) (1965) Recent Research on Schizophrenia. 59–68
Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Association]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965) Psychotic States: A Practical Approach. London: Hogarth Press. rep London: Karnac
(1982)
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1971a) Contribution to the Psychopathology of Psychotic States: The Importance of
Projective Identification in the Ego Structure and the Object Relations of the
Psychotic Patient. [Doucet, P., Lauren, C. (Eds.) (1971) Problems of Psychosis. The
Hague: Excerpta Medica: 115–128 and in Spillius, E.B. (1988a): 117–137]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1975c) The Negative Therapeutic Reaction. [Giovacchini, P. (Ed.) (1974) Tactics and
Technique in Psychoanalytioc Therapy. Vol. 2: 217–228. New York: Aronson]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1979a) Difficulties in the Psychoanalytic Treatment of the Borderline Patient. [LeBoit, J.,
Capponi, A. (Eds.) Advances in Psychotherapy of the Borderline Patient. (1979): 187–206
New York: Aronson]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1979b) Transference Psychosis in the Borderline Patient. [LeBoit, J., Capponi, A. (Eds.)
Advances in Psychotherapy of the Borderline Patient (1979): 485–510 New York: Aronson]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1981b) On the Psychology and Treatment of Psychotic Patients (Historical and Comparative
Reflections. [in Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 167–179 see also Rosenfeld, H.A. (1969)]

172
Treatment of Psychotic, Neurotic and Borderline Patients. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001a) Psychotic Transference Diagnosis and Treatment Issues in the Analysis of a
Psychotic Adolescent. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 3–23]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001b) The Relationship between Psychosomatic Symptoms and Latent Psychotic States.
[De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 24–45]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001c) Communication Problems between Patient and Analyst in Psychotic abd Borderline
Patients. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 46–63]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001d) The Analyst’s Use of Phantasy. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 64–76]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001e) Traumatic Infancy. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 77–117]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001f) Transference in Psychosis. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 118–159]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001g) Persecutory Anxiety. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 160–180]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001h) A Primitive Psychic Structure. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 181–201]
Rosenfeld, H.A. (2001i) Crisis Situations. [De Masi, F. (Ed.) (2001): 202–226]
Roth, P. (2001) The Paranoid-schizoid Position [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 32–46]
Roth, P. (2005a) The Depressive Position. [Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 47–58]
Roth, P. (2005b) Projective Identification. [Budd, S., Rusbridger, R. (Eds.) (2005): 200–210]
Roth, P. (2008) Introduction. [Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 1–18]
Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) Envy and Gratitude Revisited. London: International Psychoanalytical Association
(2008)
Roys, P. (1999) Recollection and Reconstruction. [Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, S. (1999): 9–38]
Rustin, Margaret (1991b) The Strength of a Practitioner’s Workshop as a New Model in Clinical Research.
Rustin, Margaret (1997a) Child Psychotherapy within the Kleinian Tradition. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M.
(1997a): 7–17]
Rustin, Margaret (1997c) Rigidity and Stability in a Psychotic Patient: Some Thoughts about Obstacles to
Facing Reality in Psychotherapy. [Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997): 245–260]
Rustin, Margaret et al Psychotic States in Children. London: Duckworth. Rep. 2002 London: Karnac
(1997)
Rustin, Margaret., Assessments in Child Psychotherapy. London: Duckworth. rev. Ed. (2004) Karnac
Quagliata, E. Eds. (2000)
Rustin, Margaret and Narratives of Love and Loss: Studies in Modern Children’s Modern Fiction London: Verso
Michael (1987)
Rustin, Margaret and Beckett: Dramas of Psychic Catastrophe. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 152–172]
Michael (2000)
Rustin, Michael (1991) The Good Society and the Inner World. Psychoanalysis, Politics and Culture. London:
Verso
Rustin, Michael (1995) Lacan, Klein and Politics: The Positive and Negative in Psychoanalytic Thought.
[Eliot, A., Frosch, S. (Eds.) (1995) Psychoanalysis in Contexts: Paths between Theory and
Modern Culture.191–204 London: Routledge]
Rustin, Michael (2001) Reason and Unreason: Psychoanalysis, Science and Politics. Middletown, CT: Wesleyan
University Press
Rustin, Michael (2002) Looking in the Right Place: Complexity Theory, Psychoanalysis and Infant
Observation. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 256–278]
Rustin, Michael (2004) Psychoanalysis: The Last Modernism. [Bell, D. (2004c): 105–121]
Rustin, Michael (2006a) Klein on Human Nature. [Mills, J. (Ed.) (2006): 25–44]
Rustin, Michael (2007) Psychoanalysis and Culture in Secular Times. [Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.) (2007):
58–73]
Ruszczynski, S. (1999) Tolerating Emotional Knowledge. [Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, S. (1999): 93–116]

173
Ruszczynski, S., Johnson, Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in the Kleinian Tradition. London, Karnac
S. (Eds.) (1999)
Safier, R. (2000) When the Bough Breaks: Working with Parents and Infants. [Symington, J.
(2000a): 128–148]
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Psychoanalytic Insights and Relationships: A Kleinian Approach. London, Routledge
(1970)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Primal Depression in Autism—John. [Meltzer, D. et al (1975): 56–99]
(1975)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Counselling Young People. [Boston, M., Daws, D. (Eds.) (1977): 136–160]
(1977b)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Brief Therapeutic Work with Parents of Infants. [Szur, R., Miller, L. (Eds.) (1991):
(1991) 83–105]
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Beginnings: The Family, the Observer and the Infant Observation. [Reid, S. (Ed.)
(1997a) (1997b): 19–32
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. Autism as a Defence Against Hopelessness. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 125–141]
(1997b)
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I., The Emotional Experience of Learning and Teaching. London: Routledge
Henry, G., Osbourne, E.
(1983)
Sanchez-Pardo, E. (2003) Cultures of the Death Drive: Melanie Klein and Modernist Melancholia. Durham NC:
Duke University Press
Sanders, K. (1986) A Matter of Interest: Clinical Notes of a Psychoanalyst in General Practice. Strathtay:
Clunie Press
Sanders, K. (2001) Post-Kleinian Psychoanalysis: The Biella Seminars. London: Karnac Books
Sanders, K. (2005) Mind and Body: Emotional Problems in Primary Care—a Psychoanalytic View. London:
Westcombe
Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987) Projection, Identification, Projective Identification. New York: International Universities
Press & London, Karnac
Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1989) Dimensions of Psychoanalysis. London, Karnac
Sandler, J. & A.-M. (2004) On Remembering, Repeating and Working Through. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004): 128–138]
Sandler, P.C. (2005) The Language of Bion: A Dictionary of Concepts. London: Karnac
Sayers, J. (1986) Sexual Contradictions: Psychology, Psychoanalysis and Feminism. London: Tavistock
Sayers, J. (1991) Mothers of Psychoanalysis: Helene Deutsch, Karen Horney, Anna Freud and Melanie Klein.
New York: Norton
Sayers, J. (1992) Mothering Psychoanalysis. London: Hamish Hamilton
Sayers, J. (2000) Kleinians: Psychoanalysis Inside Out. Cambridge: Polity Press
Sayers, J. (2001) British Psychology and Psychoanalysis: The Case of Susan Isaacs. [Bunn, G.C.,
Lovie, A.D., Richards, G.D. (Eds.): Psychology in Britain: Historical Essays and Personal
Reflections: 205–222. London: British Psychological Society (2001)]
Sayers, J. (2007) Thinking Art and Psychoanalysis. [Bainbridge, C. et al (Eds.) (2007): 74–87]
Schafer, R. (Ed.) (1997a) The Contemporary Kleinians of London. Madison CT: International Universities Press
Schafer, R. (1997b) Tradition and Change in Psychoanalysis. Madison, CT: International Universities Press
Schafer, R. (2004) Blocked Introspection/Blocked Incorporation. [Bell, D. (Ed.) (2004): 139–146]
Schoenhals, H. (1994c) Contemporary Kleinian Psychoanalysis. Hillside, NJ: Analytic Press
Scott, W.M.C. (1955) A Psychoanalytic Concept of the Origin of Depression. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.)
(1955) 39–47]
Scott, W.M.C. (1981) The Development of the Analysands’ and Analysts’ Enthusiasm for the Process of
Psychoanalysis’ [Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 571–578]
Searl, M.N. (1937) Questions and Answers. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937): 87–122]

174
Segal, H. (1955) A Psychoanalytical Approach to Æsthetics. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) 384–405 rep.
1977 London: Karnac also in Gosso, S. (2004a): 42–61]
Segal, H. (1964a) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Heinemann Medical Books. rep.
London: Karnac. (1988)
Segal, H. (1967) Melanie Klein’s Technique. [Wolman, B.B. (Ed.) (1967): Techniques: 168–190 New
York and London: Basic Books, also in Segal, H. (1981a): 3–24]
Segal, H. (1972c) Melanie Klein’s Technique of Child Analysis. [Wolman,B.B. (Ed.) (1972) Handbook of
Child Psychoanalysis:
401–414 New York: Van Nostrand, also in Segal, H. (1981a): 25–37]
Segal, H. (1975) A Psychoanalytic Approach to the Treatment of Schizophrenia. [Lader, M.H. (Ed.)
(1975) Studies of Schizophrenia: 94–97 Ashford, Kent: Headley] [also in Segal, H.
(1981a): 131–136 as “A Psychoanalytic Approach to the Treatment of Psychoses”]
Segal, H. (1979) Melanie Klein. (Fontana Modern Masters) London: Collins rep. London: Karnac (1989)
Segal, H. (1981a) The Work of Hanna Segal: A Kleinian Approach to Clinical Practice. Northville NJ:
Aronson, and London: Free Association Books with Karnac
Segal, H. (1981b) The Function of Dreams. [Segal, H. (1981a): 89–97 and in Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b):
579–587]
Segal, H. (1981c) Manic Reparation. [Segal, H. (1981a): 147–158 and in Schafer, R. (1997): 281–296]
Segal, H. (1989a) Introduction. [Steiner, J. (1989): 1–10]
Segal, H. (1989b) Psychoanalysis and Freedom of Thought. [Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1989): 51–64]
Segal, H. (1991) Dream, Phantasy and Art. London and New York: Routledge
Segal, H. (1992b) Acting on Phantasy and Acting on Desire. [Hopkins, J., Saville, A. (Eds.) (1992):
Psychoanalysis, Mind and Art: Perspectives on Richard Wollheim. Oxford: Blackwell:
55–67 also in Segal, H. (2007): 96–110]
Segal, H. (1994b) Paranoid Anxiety and Paranoia. [Oldham, J.M., Bone, S. (Eds.) (1994): Paranoia: New
Psychoanalytical Perspectives: 17–26 Madison: International Universities Press and in
Segal, H. (1997): 95–102]
Segal, H. (1995) Hiroshima, the Gulf War and After. (Eliot, A., Frosch, S. (Eds.) (1995) Psychoanalysis
in Contexts: Paths between Theory and Modern Culture. 191–204 London: Routledge
and as From Hiroshima to the Gulf War and After: Socio-political Expressions of
Ambivalence. [Segal, H. (1997: 157–168)]
Segal, H. (1997) Psychoanalysis, Literature and War: Papers 1972–1995. Ed. Steiner, J. London, Routledge
Segal, H. (1998a) A Psychoanalytic Approach to Æsthetics. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 203–222]
Segal, H. (2001a) Symbolization. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 148–156]
Segal, H. (2001b) Changing Models of the Mind. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 157–164]
Segal, H. (2001e) New Perspective on the Œdipus Complex. [Hartocollis, P. (Ed.) (2001) Mankind’s
Œdipal Destiny: Madison, CT. International Universities Press]
Segal, H. (2007) Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow. Ed. Abel-Hirsch, N. Hove, Sx: Routledge
Segal, H., Bell, D. (1981) The Theory of Narcissism in the Work of Freud and Klein. [Sandler, J. et al (Eds.) (1991)
Freud’s “On Narcissism: An Introduction”: 149–174 New Haven: Yale University Press]
Segal, J. (1986) Phantasy in Everyday Life: A Psychoanalytic Approach to Understanding Ourselves.
London: Penguin. rep. London: Karnac (1995)
Segal, J. (1992) Melanie Klein. (2nd Ed, 2004) London & Thousand Oaks CA: Sage
Sharpe, E.F. (1937) Planning for Stability. [Rickman, J. (Ed.) (1937): 1–30]
Sharpe, E.F. (1945) What the Father Means to a Child. Volkov, P. (Ed.) (1945) [Fatherless Children.
London: Pouskin Press]
Sharpe, E.F. (1950) Collected Papers on Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth
Sherwin-White, S.M. ‘The Ghost is Coming’: The Fear of Annihilation in a Nine-year-old Boy. [Rustin, M.
(1997) et al (Eds.) (1997b): 221–230]

175
Shuttleworth, A. (1991) Intensive Child Psychotherapy: Working with Matthew towards Understanding.
Sinclair, A. (1993) The Deceived Husband: A Kleinian Approach to the Literature of Infidelity. Oxford:
Oxford University Press
Smirnoff, V. (1971) The Scope of Child Analysis. London: Routledge
Smith, D.L. (1999) Approaching Psychoanalysis: An Introductory Course. (Chapter 10—‘New Positions:
Kleinian Psychoanalysis’: 118–140) London: Karnac
Sodré, I. (2004a) Who’s Who/Notes on Pathological Identifications. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.
(2004): 53–68]
Sodré, I. (2004b) Death by Daydreaming: Madame Bovary. [Bell, D. (2004c): 64–85]
Sodré. I. (2008) “Even now, now, very now …”: On Envy and the Hatred of Love. [Roth, P.,
Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 19–34]
Sohn, L. (2000) The Concept of the Envious/Jealous Superego. [Symington, J. (2000a): 199–212]
Solomon, I. (1995) A Primer of Kleinian Therapy. Lanham, MD: Aronson
Spensley, S. (1995) Frances Tustin. London and New York: Routledge
Spensley, S. (1997) Borderline Autism as a Factor in Somatoform Disorder. [Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.)
(1997): 143–162]
Speziali-Bagliacci, R., Guilt: Remorse and Responsibility in Psychoanalysis. Hove, London: Psychology Press
Budd, S. (2004)
Spillius, E.B. (1968) Psychoanalysis and Ceremony. [Sutherland, J.D. (Ed.) (1968) The Psychoanalytic
Approach: 52–77 London: Baillière, Tindall and Cassell and in Spillius, E.B. (1988b):
259–283]
Spillius, E.B. (1988a) (Ed.) Melanie Klein Today: Developments in Theory and Practice (Vol. 1): Mainly Theory
Spillius, E.B. (1988b) (Ed.) Melanie Klein Today: Developments in Theory and Practice (Vol. 2): Mainly Practice
Spillius, E.B. (1992a) Clinical Experiences of Projective Identification. [Anderson, R. (1992): 59–73]
Spillius, E.B. (2007a) Encounters with Melanie Klein: Selected Papers. (edited Roth. B., Rusbridger, R.) Hove,
Sx. Routlledge
Spillius, E.B. (2007b) Kleinian Thought: Overview and Personal View. Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 25–62 (later
version of Spillius, E.B. (1994a))
Spillius, E.B. (2007c) Melanie Klein on the Past. Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 87–105
Spillius, E.B. (2007d) Clinical Reflections on the Negative Therapeutic Reaction. Spillius, E.B. (2007a):
129–139 (later version of Spillius, E.B. (1980)
Spillius, E.B. (2007e) Developments in Kleinian Technique. Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 183–198
Spillius, E.B. (2007f) Recognition of Separateness and Otherness. Spillius, E.B. (2007a): 199–211
Spoto, G.F. (2004) Luxuriating in Stupefaction: The Analysis of a Narcissistic Fetish. [Hargreaves, E.,
Varchevker, A. (2004): 122–135]
Steinberg, J. (2005) Infant Observation at the Heart of Training. London: Karnac
Steiner, J. (Ed.) (1989a) The Œdipus Complex Today: Clinical Implications. London: Karnac [revised ed. 2004]
Steiner, J. (1990b) The Defensive Function of Pathological Organisations. [Boyer, L.B., Giovacchini,
P.L. (1990) Master Clinicians on Treating the Regressed Patient: 97–116. Northvale, NJ.
Aronson]
Steiner, J. (1992) The Equilibrium between the Paranoid-schizoid and the Depressive Positions.
[Anderson, R. (1992): 46–58]
Steiner, J. (1993) Psychic Retreats: Pathological Organizations in Psychotic, Neurotic and Borderline
Patients. London & New York: Routledge
Steiner, J. (1997b) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique: Patient-Centred and Analyst-centred
Interpretations. [Schafer, R/(1997): 372–392]

176
Steiner, J. (2004a) Containment, Enactment and Communication. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A.

(2004): 38–52]
Steiner, J. (Ed.) (2008a) Rosenfeld in Retrospect: Essays on his Clinical Influence. Hove: Routledge
Steiner, J. (2008b) A Personal View of Rosenfeld’s Contribution to Clinical Psychoanalysis. [Steiner, J.
(Ed.) (2008a): 58–84]
Steiner, J. (2008d) The Repetition Compulsion, Envy and the Death Instinct. [Roth, P., Lemma, A.
(Eds.) (2008): 137–151]
Steiner, R. (1994a) Background to the Scientific Controversies. [King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991a):
227–263]
Steiner, R. (1994b) Conclusions: Editorial Comments [King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991a): 914–919]
Steiner, R. (2000a) Tradition, Change, Creativity: Repercussions of the New Diaspora in Aspects of British
Steiner, R. (2000b) “It is a New Kind of Diaspora”: Explorations in the Sociopoltical and Cultural Context of
Steiner, R. (2008) Some Notes on H.A. Rosenfeld’s Contributions to Psychoanalysis. [Steiner, J. (Ed.)
(2008a): 39–57]
Sternberg, J. (2006) Not Simply ‘Doing’: Thoughts from the Literature on Technique. [Lanyado, M.,
Horne, A. (Eds.) (2006): 191–209]
Steuerman, E. (2000) The Bounds of Reason: Habermas, Lyotard and Melanie Klein on Rationality. London &
New York: Routledge
Stokes, A. (1947) Inside Out. London: Faber
Stokes, A. (1951) Rough and Smooth. London: Faber
Stokes, A. (1955) Michelangelo. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1958) Greek Culture and the Ego. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1961) The Painting of our Time. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1963) Painting and the Inner World. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1965) The Invitation to Art. London: Tavistock
Stokes, A. (1973) A Game that Must be Lost. London: Carcanet
Stonebridge, L. (1998a) Anxiety in Klein: The Missing Witch’s Letter. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 190–202]
Stonebridge, L. (1998b) The Destructive Element: British Psychoanalysis and Modernism. London & New York:
Routledge
Stonebridge, L, Phillips, J. Reading Melanie Klein. London & New York: Routledge
(Eds.) (1998)
Strachey, A. (1957) The Unconscious Motives of War. London: George Allen & Unwin
Sussman, D. (1997) Finding a Safe Place: A Four-year-old Child’s Recovery from Sexual Abuse. [Rustin,
M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 39–55]
Sutherland, J., (Ed.) (1958) Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought. London: Hogarth
Sutherland, J. (Ed.) (1968) The Psychoanalytic Approach. London: Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell
Symington, J. (1997b) The Suction Tentacle, [Alhanati, S., Kostoulas, K. (Eds.) (1997): 83–90]
Symington, J. (Ed.) (2000a) Imprisoned Pain and its Transformation: A Festschrift for H. Sydney Klein. London: Karnac
Symington, J. (Ed.) (2000b) Frozen Pain. [Symington, J. (2000a): 213–226]
Symington, J. (2002) Mrs. Bick and Infant Observation. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 105–116]
Symington, N. (1986) The Analytic Experience: Lectures from the Tavistock. London: Free Associations
Symington, N. (1993) Narcissism: A New Theory. London: Karnac
Symington, N. (2001) The Spirit of Sanity. London: Karnac
Szur, R. (1983a) Sexuality and Aggression as Related Themes. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) (1983): 47–57]
Szur, R. (1983b) The Transition from an Institution to a Family. [Boston, M., Szur, R. (Eds.) (1983):
89–97]
Szur, R. (1991) Thinking about Adolescence. [Szure, R., Miller, S. (Eds.) (1991): 151–164]

177
Szur, R., Miller, S. (Eds.) Extending Horizons: Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy with Children, Adolescents and
(1991) Families. London: Karnac
Taylor, D. (2004) Beyond Learning Theory. [Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (2004): 136–152]
Temperley, J. (1989) Psychoanalysis and the Threat of Nuclear War. [Richards, B. (Ed.) (1989) Crises of the
Self: 259–267] London: Free Association Books
Temperley, J. (1997) Klein’s Views on Sexuality with Particular Reference to Female Sexuality.
[Burgoyne, Sullivan (1997): 97–103]
Temperley, J. (2001) The Depressive Position. [Bronstein, C. (2001a): 47–62]
Thorner, H.A. (1955) Three Defences against Inner Persecution. [Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) 282–308]
Thorner, H.A. (1981a) Notes on the Desire for Knowledge. [Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b): 589–597]
Torok, M., Sylwan, B., Melanie Mell by Herself. [Stonebridge, Phillips (1998): 51–80]
Covello, A. (1988)
Tustin, F. (1951) A Group of Juniors. London: Heinemann
Tustin, F. (1972) Autism and Childhood Psychosis. London: Hogarth rep. London: Karnac (1995)
Tustin, F (1977) Psychotherapy with Psychotic Children. [Boston, M., Daws, D., (Eds.) (1977): 232–250]
Tustin, F. (1981a) Autistic States in Children. London & Boston: Routledge [revised ed. (1992) London:
Routledge]
Tustin, F. (1981b) Psychological Birth and Psychological Catastrophe. [Grotstein, J.S. (1981b): 181–196]
Tustin, F. (1986) Autistic Barriers in Neurotic Patients. London: Karnac
Tustin, F. (1990a) Projective Shell in Children and Adults. London: Karnac
Tustin, F. (1990b) Autistic Encapsulation in Neurootic Patients. [Boyer, L.B., Giovacchini, P.L. (1990)
Master Clinicians on Treating the Regressed Patient: 117–138. Northvale, NJ. Aronson]
Tustin, F. (1991b) What Autism is and What Autism is Not. [Szur, R., Miller. S. (Eds.) (1991): 243–266
and a shorter version in Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations 7(1):
12–18 (1996)]
Ulanov, A.B. (1981) Receiving Woman: Studies in Psychology and Theology of the Feminine. Louisville KY:
Westminster Press
Van Buren, J. (1997) Themes of Being and non-Being in the Work of Frances Tustin and Jacques Lacan.
[Mitrani, T. & J. (Eds.) (1997): 195–207]
Van Haute, P., Geyskens, From Death Instinct to Attachment Theory: The Primacy of the Child. New York: Other
T. (2007) Press
Waddell, M. (1997) Inside Lives: Psychoanalysis and the Growth of the Personality. New York: Aronson
[revised, expanded edition London: Karnac (1997)]
Waddell, M. (1998a) Psychoanalysis and the Growth of Personality. London: Duckworth
Waddell, M. (1998b) The Scapegoat. [Anderson, R., Dartington, A. (Eds.) (1998) Facing it Out: Clinical
Perspectives in Adolescent Disturbances. London: Taylor and Francis: 127–142]
Waddell, M. (2000b) Assessing Adolescents: Finding a Space to Think. [Rustin, Margaret, Quagliata, E.
(Eds.) (2000): 145–161]
Waska, R. (2002b) Primitive Experiences of Loss: Working with the Paranoid-Schizoid Patient. London:
Karnac
Waska, R.T. (2004b) Projective Identification in the Clinical Setting: A Kleinian Perspective. Hove, Sx. and
New York: Brunner/Routledge
Waska, R. (2005b) Real People, Real Problems and Real Solutions: The Kleinian Psychoanalytic Approach with
Difficult Patients. London: Taylor and Francis/Routledge
Waska, R. (2006c) The Danger of Change: The Kleinian Approach with Patients who Experience Progress as
Trauma. London: Routledge
Waska. R. (2007a) The Concept of Analytic Contact: The Kleinian Approach to Reaching the Hard-to-reach
Patient. London: Routledge
Weddell, D. (1975) Disturbed Geography of the Life Space in Autism—Barry. [Meltzer, D. et al (1975):
100–161]

178
Weininger, O. (1984) The Clinical Psychology of Melanie Klein. Springfield, IL: C.C. Thomas
Weininger, O. (1989) Children’s Phantasies: The Shaping of Relationships. London: Karnac
Weininger, O. (1992) Melanie Klein: From Theory to Reality. London, Karnac
Weininger, O. (1996) Being and Not Being: Clinical Applications of the Death Instinct. Madison, CT.
International Universities
Weisinger, D.E. (2000) Sociocultural and Historical Factors that Support Interest in Kleinian Theories in the Bay
Area. Berkeley, CA: The Wright Institute
Weiss, H. (2008) Romantic Perversion: The Role of Envy in the Creation of a Timeless Universe.
[Roth, P., Lemma, A. (Eds.) (2008): 152–167]
Wells, A. (1997) The Beginnings of Mind: Psychotherapy of a Sexually Abused Six-year-old Girl.
[Rustin, M. et al (Eds.) (1997b): 101–114]
Wheeler, W. (1999) A New Modernity: Science, Literature and Politics. London: Lawrence and Wishart
White, J. (2006) Generation: Preoccupations and Conflicts in Contemporary Psychoanalysis. Hove:
Routledge
Williams, A. Hyatt (1963) The Psychopathology and Treatment of Sexual Murderers. [Rosen, I. (Ed.) (1960) The
Pathology and Treatment of Sexual Deviation. Oxford: Oxford University Press: 351–377]
Williams, A. Hyatt (1969) Murderousness. [Blom-Cooper, L. (Ed.) (1969) The Hanging Question. London:
Duckworth 91–99]
Williams, A. Hyatt (1998) Cruelty, Violence and Murder: Understanding the Criminal Mind. Northvale, NJ:
Aronson & London: Karnac
Williams, G. (1991b) Work with Ethnic Minorities. [Szur, R., Miller, S. (Eds.) (1991): [183–204]]
Williams, G. (1997) Internal Landscapes and Foreign Bodies: Eating Disorders and other Pathologies. London:
Duckworth. New edition London: Karnac (2002)
Williams, G. (2000) Reflections on “Aesthetic Reciprocity”. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 136–151]
Williams, G. (2005) Double Deprivation. [Bower, M. (Ed.) (2005): 89–102]
Williams, M. Harris A Trial of Faith: Horatio’s Story—Hamlet in Analysis. Strathtay: Clunie
(1997b)
Williams, M.Harris. (2000) Keats’s “Ode to Psyche”. [Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (2000): 56–67]
Williams, M.Harris. The Vale of Soulmaking: The Post-Kleinian Model of the Mind and its Poetic Origins.
(2005b) London: Karnac
Williams, M. Harris., Chamber of Maiden Thought: Literary Origins of the Psychoanalytic Model of the Mind.
Waddell, M. (1991) London: Routledge
Williams, P. (Ed.) (2002) Key Papers on Borderline Disorders: With IJP Internet Discussion Reviews. London: Karnac
Williams, P.,Gabbard, G.O. Key Papers in Literature and Psychoanalysis. London: Karnac
(Eds.) (2007)
Winnicott, D.W. (1965) A Personal View of the Kleinian Contribution. [The Maturational Processes and the
Facilitating Environment. (1965) London: Hogarth: 171–178]
Wolheim, R. (1985) The Thread of Life. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press
Wollheim, R. (1993) The Mind and its Depths. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Wollheim, R. (2004) Emotion and the Malformation of Emotion. [Bell, D. (2004c): 122–135]
Youell, B. (2002) The Relevance of Infant and Young Child Observation in Multidisciplinary
Assessments for the Family Courts. [Briggs, A. (Ed.) (2002): 117–134]
Youell, B. (2006) The Learning Relationship: Psychoanalytic Thinking in Education. London: Karnac
Young, R.M. (1994a) Mental Space. London: Process Press
Young, R.M. (1997) Phantasy and Psychotic Anxieties. [Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (1997a): 65–81]
Young, R.M. (2001) Œdipus Complex. Irving TX: Icon Books
Young, R.M. (2006) Projective Identification. [Mills, J. (Ed.) (2006): 60–76]
Zarelsky, E. (1998) Melanie Klein and the Emergence Modern Personal Life. [Stonebridge, Phillips
(1998): 32–50]

Reviews
Alford, C.F. (1989) Melanie Klein and Critical Social Theory: An Account of Politics, Art and Reason Based on her
Psychoanalytic Theory
Friedman, H.J. (1993) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society, 41: 254–260
Moskowitz, M. (1991) Contemporary Psychology, 36: 987–988
Pollock, G.H. (1991) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 18: 588–589
Anderson, R. (1992) Clinical Lectures on Klein and Bion
Gallagher, J. (1993) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 7: 279–280
Levine, H.B. (1993b) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 62: 651–653
Robbins, M. (1992) American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 52: 382
Taylor, D. (1994) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 627–632
Bell, D. (1997b) Reason and Passion: A Celebration of the Work of Hanna Segal
Bégoin, J. (1988) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 819–821
Levine, H.B. (2003) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 51: 239–242
Solow, S.P. (1999) Psychoanalytic Books, 10: 402–408
Bell, D. (1999) Psychoanalysis and Culture: A Kleinian Perspective
Brearley, M. (2001) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 1275–1278
Lawrence, M. (2001) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 15: 90–92
Nevins, P. (2000) International Journal of Psychotherapy, 5: 177–180
Bion, W.R. (1963) Elements of Psycho-Analysis
Money-Kyrle, R.E. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 46: 365–368 [and in Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1965a) (1978): 389–396]
Flugel, J.C. (1961) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 32: 259–261
Herold, C.M. (1952) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 21: 227–233
Britton, R. (1998) Belief and Imagination: Explorations in Psychoanalysis
De Urtubey, L. (1999) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 80: 828–881
Lawrence, M. (2000) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 14: 93–95
Britton, R. (2003b) Sex, Death and the Superego: Experiences in Psychoanalysis
Quinodoz, J.-M. (2004) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 790–793
Bronstein, C. (Ed.) (2001a) Kleinian Theory: A Contemporary Perspective
King, L. (2003) Contemporary Psychology, 48: 819–822
Lawner, P. (2002) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 50: 1061–1068
Segal, J. (2004b) Psychodynamic Practice: Individuals, Groups and Organisations, 10: 133–135
Burgoyne, B., Sullivan, M. (Eds.) (1997) The Klein-Lacan Dialogues
Antinucci-Mark, G. (1998) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 1253–1255
179
6005TS-2.3 KLEINBIB.REVIEWS .ind179 179 7/9/09 1:02:29 PM

180
Featherston, C.R. (1999) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 7: 152–153

Oakley, C. (1999) Journal of European Analysis, 8/9
Caper, R. (1988) Immaterial Facts: Freud’s Discovery of Psychic Reality and Klein’s Development of his Work
Esman, A.H. (1993) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 62: 653–655
Gerrard, H.B. (1991) Psychoanalytic Psychology, 8: 111–122
Hughes, A. (1990b) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 17: 521–523
Rainer, J.D. (1989) American Journal of Psychotherapy, 43: 293–294
Caper, R. (1998a) A Mind of One’s Own: A Kleinian View of Self and Object
Garvey, P. (1999) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 13: 273–275
Steiner, J. (2000) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 48: 637–643
Rusbridger, R. (2002) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 719–721
Tucker, S.S. (1999) Psychoanalytic Books, 10: 527–531
Cohen, M., Hahn, A. (Eds.) (2000) Exploring the Work of Donald Meltzer: A Festschrift
Sheppard, A. (2003) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 11: 576–580
Etchegoyen, R.H. (1991a) Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic Technique

Berman, E. (1994) Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 4: 129–136
Casement, P. (1993) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 393–396
Chessick, R.D. (2000) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 28: 731–736
Kernberg, O.F. (1995) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society, 43: 601–605
Forsyth, D. (1922) The Technique of Psychoanalysis

Riviere, J. (1921–1922a) British Journal of Medical Psychology, 2: 32–39
Freud, S. (1922) Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego. [James Strachey translation]
Riviere, J. (1923) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 4: 183–199
Freud, S. (1933) New Introductory Lectures on Psychoanalysis

Riviere, J. (1934) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 15: 329–339 [also in Riviere, J. (1991):
118–131]
Freud, S. (1935) An Autobiographical Study

Riviere, J. (1937b) British Journal of Medical Psychology, 16: 72–77
Freud, S. (1947) The Question of Lay Analysis

Riviere, J. (1948) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 29: 257–258
Grinberg, L. et al (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion

Money-Kyrle, R.E. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 57: 500–502 [and in Money-Kyrle, R.E.
(1976b) (1978): 451–456]
Grinberg, L. (1992) Guilt and Depression

Britton, R. (1994b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75: 621–623
Volkan, V.D. (1995) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society, 43: 938–941
Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein: Her World and her Work

Bernstein, J.A. (1987) Modern Psychoanalysis, 12: 98–105
Boulanger, J.B. (1986) Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 4(1): 141–148
Ganzarian, R. (1993) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 41: 799–803
Gillespie, W. (1987) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 68: 136–142
Grotjahn, M. (1987a) Group Analysis, 20: 88–90
Grotjahn, M. (1987b) American Journal of Psychotherapy, 41: 620–621
Mason, A.A. (1989) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 58: 262–268
Mitchell, S.A. (1988) Contemporary Psychology, 33: 855–856
O’Shaughnessy, E. (1987) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 132–136
Roazen, P. (1988) American Journal of Psychiatry, 145: 1310
Roth, M.S. (1988) American Historical Review, 93: 671–673
Sayers, J. (1987) Psychology of Women Quarterly, 11: 380–382

181
Shainess, N. (1987) Journal of the American Medical Association, 258: 1539

Steiner, J. (1986) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2: 186–192
Grotstein, J.S. (1981a) Splitting and Projective Identification

Allison, G.H. (1981) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 51: 652–656
Dorpat, T.L. (1983) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64: 116–119
Grotstein, J.S. (Ed.) (1981b) Do I Dare Disturb the Universe?: A Memorial to Wilfred R. Bion
Eigen, M. (1984) Psychoanalytic Review, 71: 346–348
Meissner, W.W. (1985) Psychoanalytic Psychology, 2: 279–282
Steiner, J. (1982b) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 9: 492
Guntrip, H. (1969) Schizoid Phenomena, Object Relations and the Self
Brierley, M. (1970) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 51: 540–546
Hargreaves, E., Varchevker, A. (Eds.) (2004) In Pursuit of Psychic Change: The Betty Joseph Workshop
Arundale, J. (2005) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 22: 243–249
Aubry, C. (2005) Bulletin of the European Psychoanalysis Federation, 59
Blessing. D. (2005) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 21: 117–180
Hinshelwood, R.D. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85: 1299–1303
(2004a)
Kite, J.V. (2007) Psychoanalytical Quarterly, 76: 640–649
Heimann, P. (1989) About Children and Children-no-longer: Collected Papers 1942–1980. [(Ed.) Tonnesmann, M.]
Kohon, G. (1992) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 164–165
Stekelman, S. (1995) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 64: 596–599
Tyndale, A. (1991) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 22: 85–88
Tyson, R.L. (1992) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 365–366
Hingley, R.H. (1921) Psychoanalysis
Riviere, J. (1921–1922b) British Journal of Medical Psychology, 2: 147–148
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1989a) A Dictionary of Kleinian Thought
Chessick, R.D. (1991) American Journal of Psychotherapy, 45: 451
Dicks-Mireaux, M-J. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 35: 364–365
(1990)
Grotstein, J.S. (1990) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 6: 452–457
Mason, A.A. (1991) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 39: 272–274
Segal, H. (1993b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 417–419
Slavin, J.H. (1993) Journal of the History of the Behavioural Sciences, 29: 169–172
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1994) Clinical Klein: From Theory to Practice
Boris, H.N. (1997) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 45: 601–605
Fintzy, R.T. (1995) American Journal of Psychiatry, 152: 1682–1683
Klich, C.K. (1995) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 28: 104–107
Roth, P.B. (1995) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 1075–1077
Tabin, J.K. (1996) Contemporary Psychology, 41: 485–486
Hughes, J.M. (1989) Reshaping the Psychoanalytic Domain: The Work of Melanie Klein, W.R.D. Fairbairn and D.W.
Winnicott
Anshin, R.M. (1991) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 19: 497–499
Decker, H.S. (1990) American Historical Review, 95: 1153–1154
Giovacchini, P.L. (1990) American Journal of Psychiatry, 147: 807
Grotstein, J.S. (1991d) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 60: 136–140
Lester, J.M. (1992) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 40: 936–941
Lipman, A.J. (1990) Current Psychology, 9: 88–89
Padel, J. (1990) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71: 715–717
Rogers, R. (1990) Psychoanalytic Books, 1: 459–463
Sussal, C.M. (1991) Clinical Social Work Journal, 19: 435
Titchener, J. (1990) American Journal of Psychotherapy, 44: 140–141
Hughes, J.M. (2004) From Obstacle to Ally: The Evolution of Psychoanalytic Practice

182
Aguayo, J. (2006) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 87: 620–623

Blumenthal, E. (2006) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 54: 287–291
Joseph, B. (1989a) Psychic Equilibrium and Psychic Change: Selected Papers. [(Ed.), Feldman, M., Spillius, E.B.]
Hinshelwood, R.D. (1991c) Free Associations, 2B: 295–310
Pulver, S.E. (1994) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 42: 287–292
Rogers, R. (1992b) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 352–360
Schafer, R. (1991b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 72: 169–171
King, P.H., Steiner, R. (Eds.) (1991) The Freud-Klein Controversies, 1941–1945

Bollas, C. (1993) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 41: 807–815
Chessick, R.D. (1992) American Journal of Psychiatry, 149: 701–702
Grosskurth, P. (1995) Psychoanalytic Review, 82: 173–177
Hess, N. (1993) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 24: 117–122
McDonald, A. (1995) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 9: 213
Papernik, D.S. (1994) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 63: 549–552
Roazen, P. (1992b) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 391–398
Robbins, M. (1993) American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 53: 374
Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children. (trans. Strachey, A.)

Glover, E. (1933) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 14: 119–129
Klein, M. (1948a) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921–1945

Evans, W.N. (1951) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 20: 107–110
Hoffer, W. (1949) British Medical Journal, 2462: 109
Stern, E.S. (1949) Journal of Mental Science, 95: 993–994
Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude: A Study of Unconscious Sources

Prados, M. (1959) American Journal of Psychiatry, 115: 861–862
Rosenfeld, H. (1959a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 40: 64–66
Zetzel, E.R. (1958) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 27: 409–412
Klein, M. (1961) (WMK IV) Narrative of a Child Analysis: The Conduct of the Psychoanalysis of Children as Seen in the
Treatment of a Ten-Year Old Boy
Davidson, S. (1961) Journal of Mental Science, 107: 986
Lax, R.F. (1962) Psychoanalytic Review, 49: 136–137
Lowenfeld, Y. (1963) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 32: 409–415
Mosse, H.L. (1962) American Journal of Psychiatry, 119: 93–94
Rau, L. (1962) Contemporary Psychology, 7: 146–147
Klein, M. (Ed.) (1963a) Our Adult World and Other Essays

Lowenfeld, Y. (1964) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 33: 582–584
Segal, H., Meltzer, D. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44: 507–513
(1963)
Stokes, A. (1964) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 45: 131–134
Klein, M. et al (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis

Braceland, F.J. (1954) Psychoanalytic Review, 41: 390–391
Evans, W.N. (1953) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 22: 575–577
Garner, A.M. (1954) Psychological Bulletin, 5: 191–193
Klein, M. et al (Eds.) (1955) New Directions in Psychoanalysis

Beres, D. (1967) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 26: 406–411
Lorand, S. (1957) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 283–285
White, R.W. (1958) Contemporary Psychology, 3: 81–84
Wisdom, J.O. (1956) British Journal of Philosophy of Science, VII: 105–110

183
Klein, M. (1937c) (with Riviere, J.) Love, Hate and Reparation

Cramer, P. (1979) Contemporary Psychology, 24: 511–512
Kelsys, D. (1955) Journal of Mental Science, 101: 416
Lindsay, S.F. (1955) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 36: 138
Pullias, E.V. (1940) Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 35: 586–588
Kristeva, J. (2001) Melanie Klein
Baker, J.M. (2003) Tulsa Studies in Women’s Literature, 22: 206–208
Bass, A. (2006) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 54: 686–693
Fitzpatrick-Hanly, M.A. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 87: 287–293
(2006)
Lieberman, E.J. (2001) Library Journal, 126: 252
Segal, H. (2001c) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 401–405
Vida, J.E. (2003) American Imago, 60: 379–400 [with Likierman, M. (2001)]
Weissbourd, K. (2004) Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 40: 304–309
Likierman, M. (2001) Melanie Klein: Her Work in Context
Davenport, V. (2002) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 19: 115–118
Davies, J. (2002) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in South Africa, 10: 82–84
Fisher, J.V. (2004) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 42: 84–87
Hinshelwood, R.D. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 28: 255–256
(2002c)
Segal, J. (2004a) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 18: 143–145
Southgate, B. (2002) Feminism and Psychology, 12: 124–128
Spillius, E.B. (2002a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 83: 297–303
Vida, J.E. (2003) American Imago, 60: 379–400 [with Kristeva, J. (2001)]
Limentani, A. (1989) Between Freud and Klein: The Psychoanalytic Quest for Knowledge and Truth
Akhtar, S. (1992) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 43–48
Burgner, M. (1990) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 5: 92–95
Galef, H.R. (1992) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 61: 457–461
Grosskurth, P. (1990) Psychoanalytic Review, 77: 612–614
McDonnell, J. (1992) Free Associations, 3B: 291–297
McDougall, J. (1989) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71: 536–537
Stramer, R. (1991) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 22: 93–98
Meisel, P., Kendrick, W. (1986) Bloomsbury Freud: The Letters of James and Alex Strachey 1924–1925
Bernstein, A. (1990) Modern Psychoanalysis, 15: 272–274
Esman, A.H. (1988) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 36: 235–237
Goldberger, M. (1987) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 557–563
Grolnick, S.A. (1986) American Journal of Psychiatry, 143: 1611–1612
Kanzer, M. (1987) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 56: 699–702
McCarthy, J.B. (1991) Psychoanalytic Psychology, 8: 515–517
Roth, N. (1992) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 20: 322–323
Schulman, M. (1988) Psychoanalytic Review, 75: 348–351
Steiner, R. (1988b) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 15: 404–407
Meltzer, D. (1978c) The Kleinian Development
Fordham, M. (1980) Journal of Analytical Psychology, 25: 201–204
Meltzer, D. (1984a) Dream-Life: A Re-examination of the Psychoanalytical Theory and Technique
Stewart, H. (1988) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 69: 382–384
Meltzer, D. (1994) Sincerity and Other Works: Collected Papers. [(Ed.) Hahn, A.]
Ainslie, G.M. (1996) Contemporary Psychology, 41: 278–279
Apprey, M. (1996) Psychoanalytic Books, 7: 168–175
Bégoin, J. (1995) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76: 1043–1050
Katz, E. (1995) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 29: 91–95
Meltzer, D. et al (1975) Explorations in Autism
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1976a) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 57: 499–500

184
Meltzer, D., Williams, M. Harris (1988) The Apprehension of Beauty: The Role of Aesthetic Conflict in Development,
Violence and Art
Bergmann, M.S. (1992) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 40: 885–888
Mills, J. (2006) Other Banalities: Melanie Klein Revisited
Waska, R. (2007c) Psychodynamic Practice, 13: 429–432
Mitrani, J. (2001) Ordinary People and Extra-ordinary Protections: A Post-Kleinian Approach to the Treatment of Primitive
Mental States
Dorpat, T.L. (2002) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 71: 596–602
(2002a)
Margulies, J. (2002) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society, 50: 1042–1051
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1951a) Psychoanalysis and Politics: A Contribution to the Psychology of Politics and Morals
Eisenbud, J. (1952) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 21: 547–548
Flugel, J.C. (1952) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33: 70–71
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1961a) Man’s Picture of his World
Sterba, J.F. (1963) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 32: 255–257
Money-Kyrle, R.E. (1978) Collected Papers. [(Ed.) Meltzer, D. with the assistance of O’Shaughnessy, E.]
Jaques, E. (1979) (1978) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 6: 383–384
Parsons, F.A. (1924) The Psychology of Dress
Riviere, J. (1924d) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 5: 499
Petot, J.-M. (1990) Melanie Klein: (Vol. 1) First Discoveries and First System 1919–1932
Lafarge, L. (1995) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 43: 606–610
Langs, R.J. (1993) Contemporary Psychology, 38: 75–76
Mohavedi, S. (1993) Modern Psychoanalysis, 18: 118–123
Roazen, P. (1992a) American Journal of Psychiatry, 149: 700
Spillius, E.B. (1993b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 1274–1280
Petot, J.-M. (1991) Melanie Klein. (Vol. 2) The Ego and the Good Object 1932–1960
Grotstein, J.S. (1993) Contemporary Psychology, 38: 420–422
Lafarge, L. (1995) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 43: 606–610
Slavin, J.H. (1993) Journal of the History of the Behavioural Sciences, 29: 169–172
Spillius, E.B. (1993b) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 74: 1274–1280
Stone, A.A. (1992) American Journal of Psychiatry, 149: 1607
Racker, H. (1968) Transference and Counter-transference
Meltzer, D. (1970) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 51: 83–87
Rey, J.H. (1994b) Universals of Psychoanalysis in the Treatment of Psychotic and Borderline States [(Ed.) Magagna, J.]
Da Silva (2006) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 4: 174–176
Morgan, D. (1997) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 70: 420–424
Riesenberg-Malcolm, R. (1999) On Bearing Unbearable States of Mind. (Ed.), Roth, P
Bronstein, A.A. (2002) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 50: 1052–1055
Schafer, R. (2000) Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 832–833
Riviere, J. (1991) The Inner World of Joan Riviere: Collected Papers. [(Ed.) Hughes, A.]
Britton, R. (1992c) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 19: 505–506
Roth, N. (1993) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 21: 160–161
Roazen, P. (2000) Œdipus in Britain: Edward Glover and the Struggle over Klein
Aguayo, J. (2002c) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 71: 127–134

185
Rosenfeld, H.A. (1965) Psychotic States: A Practical Approach

Brandschaft, B. (1966) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 47: 569–575
Richter, P. (1988) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 37: 612–615
Treatment of Psychotic, Neurotic and Borderline Patients
Bauer, S.P. (1992) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 64–71
Carsky, M. (1989) Contemporary Psychology, 34: 270–271
Gedo, J.E. (1989) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 58: 268–273
Headlee, K. (1991) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 19: 161–162
Kernberg, O.F. (1989) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 70: 173–177
Modell, A. (1991) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 39: 248–250
Salzberger-Wittenberg, I. (1970) Psychoanalytic Insights and Relationships: A Kleinian Approach
Hubback, J. (1971) Journal of Analytic Psychology, 16: 224
Williams, A. Hyatt (1971) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 52: 324–325
Sanders, K. (2001) Post-Kleinian Psychoanalysis: The Biella Seminars
Mawson, C. (2001) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 84: 1086–1088
Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987) Projection, Identification, Projective Identification
Alfillé, H. (1989) Journal of British Association of Psychotherapists, 20: 107–111
Cooper, A.M. (1989) American Journal of Psychiatry, 146: 540–541
Ginsburg, R. (1992) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 263–270
Rosenblatt, A.D. (1991) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 39: 822–826
Steiner, R. (1989c) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 70: 727–735
Sayers, J. (2000) Kleinians: Psychoanalysis Inside Out
Di Ceglie, G. (2002) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 19: 119
Gooch, J.A. (2002) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 50: 1033–1034
Pitt, A.J. (2002) European Journal of Cultural Studies, 5: 107–108
Schafer, R. (Ed.) (1997a) The Contemporary Kleinians of London
Carveth, D. (1998) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 6: 176–177
Geller, M.H. (1998) Contemporary Psychology, 43: 202
Goldberg, R.S. (1997) American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 57: 395–396
Grotstein, J.S. (1999a) Psychoanalytic Review, 68: 643–648
Nash, J.L. (1998a) Journal of Psychotherapy Practice and Research, 4: 320–321
Stern, J. (1998) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 12: 75–79
Schafer, R. (1997b) Tradition and Change in Psychoanalysis
Dorpat, T.L. (1999) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 68: 129–131
Jacobson, J.G. (2000) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Society, 48: 311–314
Levy, S.T. (1998) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 183–184
Naiman, J. (1998) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 6: 169–171
Robertson, L.R. (1998) Psychoanalytic Books, 9: 151–155
Tolchin, M. (1997) Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 25: 535–537
Segal, H. (1964a) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein
Ekstein, R. (1964) Contemporary Psychology, 10: 424–425
Guntrip, H. (1965) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 46: 256–261
Stengel, E. (1964) British Medical Journal, 5396: 1499
Watson, J.P. (1973) British Journal of Psychiatry, 123: 123
Zetzel, E.R. (1965) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 34: 588–593
Segal, H. (1979) Melanie Klein. (Fontana Modern Masters)

186
Grotstein, J.S. (1982b) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 51: 149–153

Jaques, E. (1980) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 61: 88–89
Katz, J.B. (1985) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 33: 209–214
Slavin, J.H. (1981) Contemporary Psychology, 26: 511–512
Segal, H. (1981a) The Work of Hanna Segal: A Kleinian Approach to Clinical Practice
Grotstein, J.S. (1983b) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 52: 291–295
Jaques, E. (1982) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63: 502–504
Segal, H. (1991) Dream, Phantasy and Art
Levine, H.B. (1993a) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 62: 492–495
Ravid, Z. (1991) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 22: 89–90
Rogers, R. (1992a) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 352–360
Williams, M. Harris Free Associations, 3B: 306–310
(1992)
Wollheim, R. (1992) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 166–167
Zimmer, R.B. (1994) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 42: 945–950
Segal, H. (1997) Psychoanalysis, Literature and War: Papers 1972–1995. (Ed.), Steiner, J
Ernsberger, C. (1999) Modern Psychoanalysis, 24: 117–118
Galatzer–Levy, R.M. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 1029–1033
(2001)
Rogers, R. (1998) Psychoanalytic Books, 9: 304–308
Segal, H. (2007) Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow (Ed.), Abel–Hirsch, N
Birkett, D. (2008) British Journal of Psychotherapy, 24: 239–241
Campbell, D. (2008) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 912–917
Segal, J. (1992) Melanie Klein
Orwin, C. (1994) Journal of Mental Health, 3: 558
Tabin, J.K. (1993) Contemporary Psychology, 38: 1316–1317
Spillius, E.B. (Ed.) (1988a) Melanie Klein Today: Developments in Theory and Practice (Vol. 1): Mainly Theory
Lederman, R., Journal of Analytical Psychoanalysis, 89: 96–98
Wharton, B. (1989)
Rustin, Margaret (1991a) Free Associations, 3C: 458–460
Shapiro, R.L. (1991) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 72: 730–734
Sklar, J. (1989) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4: 92–93
Spillius, E.B. (Ed.) (1988b) Melanie Klein Today: Developments in Theory and Practice (Vol. 2): Mainly Practice
Altieri, H. (1995) Psychoanalytic Review, 82: 633–637
Rustin, Margaret (1991a) Free Associations, 3C: 458–460
Sklar, J. (1989) Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 4: 92–93
Traub-Werner, D. (1991) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 72: 734–736
Spillius, E.B. (2007a) Encounters with Melanie Klein: Selected Papers [(Ed.) Roth, B., Rusbridger, R.]
Brearley, M. (2008) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89: 448–452
Stobart, R. (2008) Journal of Analytical Psychology, 53: 576–578
Waska, R. (2008d) Psychodynamic Process, 14: 469–473
Steiner, J. (Ed.) (1989a) The Œdipus Complex Today: Clinical Implications
Chasseguet-Smirgel, J. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 72: 727–730
(1991)
Steiner, J. (1993) Psychic Retreats: Pathological Organizations in Psychotic, Neurotic and Borderline Patients
Bauer, S.F. (1997) Psychoanalytic Books, 8: 198–203

187
Cooper, J. (1994) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 27: 104–105

Jurist. E.L. (1997) Psychoanalytic Psychology, 14: 299–309
Stokes, A. (1973) A Game that Must be Lost
Friedman, L. (1974) Review: Stokes, A. (1974) Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10: 511–521
Stonebridge, L., Phillips, J. (Eds.) (1998) Reading Melanie Klein
Robinson, H.T. (2000) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 81: 618–620
Tustin, F. (1972) Autism and Childhood Psychosis
James, M. (1975) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 56: 106–111
Leonard. M.R. (1975) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 44: 282–287
Schwartz, E. (1975) Psychoanalytic Review, 62: 520–522
Tustin, F. (1981a) Autistic States in Children
Achenbach, T.M. (1982) Contemporary Psychology, 27: 579
Grotstein, J.S. (1983c) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 10: 491–498
Horne, A. (1983) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 35: 86–88
James, M. (1982) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63: 504–514
Tustin, F. (1986) Autistic Barriers in Neurotic Patients
Bergman, A. (1991) Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 60: 654–661
Danbury, H. (1987) Bulletin of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 18: 114–116
Herman, N. (1986) Free Associations, 1H: 127–132
Klein, S. (1987) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 14: 426–427
Tustin, F. (1990) Projective Shell in Children and Adults
Hamilton, V. (1992) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 73: 173–176
Valentine, C.W. (1921) Dreams and the Unconscious: An Introduction to the Study of Psychoanalysis
Riviere, J. (1921–1922c) British Journal of Medical Psychology, 2: 244–246
Waddell, M. (1997) Inside Lives: Psychoanalysis and the Growth of Personality
Poggi, E.G. (1999) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 49: 325–327
Robinson, H.T. (2001) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 82: 836–838
Weininger, O. (1984) The Clinical Psychology of Melanie Klein
Boulanger, J.B. (1984b) Journal of the Melanie Klein Society and Object Relations, 2(2): 191–198
Esman, A.H. (1985) Contemporary Psychology, 30: 303–304
Weininger, O. (1989) Children’s Phantasies: The Shaping of Relationships
Hughes, A. (1990a) International Review of Psychoanalysis, 17: 262–263
Karush, R.K. (1992) Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 40: 932–936
Weininger, O. (1996) Being and Not Being: Clinical Applications of the Death Instinct
Milrod, D. (1998) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 79: 200–202
Usher, S. (1998) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 6: 160–162
Weininger, O. (1992) Melanie Klein: From Theory to Reality
Gladwell, S. (1992) The Lancet, 340: 1149
Gordon, J. (1993) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 24: 125–131
(1993)
Roys, P. (1994) Journal of the British Association of Psychotherapists, 27: 106–109
Spillius, E.B. (1994c) Psychoanalytic Books, 5: 108–111
Winnicott, D. (1949) The Ordinary Devoted Mother and her Baby: 9 Broadcast Talks
Segal, H. (1951) International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 32: 327–328

Klein, Melanie - Karnac, Harry - Melanie Klein and Beyond - A Bibliography of Primary and Secondary Sources-Karnac (2009)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Klein, Melanie - Karnac, Harry - Melanie Klein and Beyond - A Bibliography of Primary and Secondary Sources-Karnac (2009)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MELANIE KLEIN AND BEYOND

6005TS-kleinbib.indd i 7/9/09 11:53:59 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd iii 7/9/09 11:54:00 AM

Copyright © 2009 by Harry Karnac

British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data

A C.I.P. for this book is available from the British Library

Typeset by Vikatan Publishing Solutions (P) Ltd., Chennai, India

6005TS-kleinbib.indd iv 7/9/09 11:54:01 AM

Foreword – Robert Hinshelwood vii

Introduction – Harry Karnac ix

Part 1: The writings of Melanie Klein 1

Part 2: Secondary sources 7

6005TS-kleinbib.indd v 7/9/09 11:54:01 AM

To Harry Karnac’s Melanie Klein Bibliography

6005TS-kleinbib.indd vii 7/9/09 11:54:01 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd viii 7/9/09 11:54:02 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd ix 7/9/09 11:54:02 AM

The writings of Melanie Klein

1920 Der Familienroman in Statu Nascendi. Internazionale Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse,

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 1 7/9/09 11:54:03 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 2 7/9/09 11:54:03 AM

1952a Developments in Psychoanalysis. with Heimann, P. Isaacs, S. and Riviere. J. London:

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 3 7/9/09 11:54:04 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 4 7/9/09 11:54:05 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 5 7/9/09 11:54:05 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 6 7/9/09 11:54:06 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 7 7/9/09 11:54:06 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 8 7/9/09 11:54:07 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 9 7/9/09 11:54:07 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 10 7/9/09 11:54:08 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 11 7/9/09 11:54:08 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 12 7/9/09 11:54:09 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 13 7/9/09 11:54:10 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 14 7/9/09 11:54:10 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 15 7/9/09 11:54:11 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 16 7/9/09 11:54:11 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 17 7/9/09 11:54:12 AM

Britton, R. (2001c) Deification of Person or Process: Idolatry and Fundamentalism in Psychoanalytic

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 18 7/9/09 11:54:12 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 19 7/9/09 11:54:13 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 20 7/9/09 11:54:13 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 21 7/9/09 11:54:14 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 22 7/9/09 11:54:15 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 23 7/9/09 11:54:15 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 24 7/9/09 11:54:16 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 25 7/9/09 11:54:16 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 26 7/9/09 11:54:17 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 27 7/9/09 11:54:18 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 28 7/9/09 11:54:18 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 29 7/9/09 11:54:19 AM

Ginsburg, R. (1992) Review: Sandler, J. (Ed.) (1987) Psychoanalytic Books, 3: 263–270

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 30 7/9/09 11:54:19 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 31 7/9/09 11:54:20 AM

Grinberg, L. & R. (1974b) Pathological Aspects of Identity in Adolescents, Contemporary Psychoanalysis.

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 32 7/9/09 11:54:21 AM

Grotstein, J.S. (1982d) The Spectrum of Aggression. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 2: 193–211

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 33 7/9/09 11:54:21 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 34 7/9/09 11:54:22 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 35 7/9/09 11:54:22 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 36 7/9/09 11:54:23 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 37 7/9/09 11:54:23 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 38 7/9/09 11:54:24 AM

6005TS-kleinbib.indd 39 7/9/09 11:54:25 AM